Top Notch Tactical

Heckler & Koch USC/UMP Conversion

HK HDPS USC to UMP conversion includes everything you can do and need in a HK USC Carbine. All components of this conversion are factory NEW German HK. It's a civilian legal to own semi auto with the looks of the HK UMP Submachine Gun, will sell like any other Title one firearm without any need for registration. Features Include: HK UMP NAVY Lower Receiver with all semi USC internals. Upper receiver was milled to accept the UMP magazine. Upper receiver, Lower and folding stock are precisely held by our stock block B that was CNC milled from a aluminum solid block and refinished with Teflon Molly Coat to achieve same polymer texture. Also, Carbine come accessorized with top rail, 3 forehand rails. SPECIFICATIONS: - Model: USC/UMP - Caliber: .45 ACP - Barrel: USC 16" Barrel - Lower: Navy Lower (3 position lower blocked to semi auto) - Quad Rails

Heckler & Koch UMP SBR

Heckler & Koch HK UMP Semi Auto SBR. A NEW in the box HK USC Carbine... Has Many Features that a post 86 machine gun as to offer except it can be owned by civilians!!! As it is semi auto only, and not restricted to law enforcement and military sales. The HK UMP is a light weight, compact .45 semi auto submachine gun-type firearm. Has a Navy type ambidextrous pictograph lower wich is semi auto only. Side folding UMP stock, flanged submachine gun type stainless steel barrel wich will accomodate the GEMTECH UMP .45 Q/D Suppressor. The UMP is a super gun to shoot as it packs the punch of the .45ACP round. Complete in factory box, with a 25 round magazine. manual and sling. Conversion done by Top Notch Tactical. Availablity of this SBR is getting very scarce due to the availablilty of HK UMP's. FEATURES: - 3 position pictogram lower - All genuine HK parts - HK UMP vent holes in for arm - 8" UMP Barrel - 1 25rd. magazine Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Vang Comp Remington 870 Barrel

The Vang Comp System (VCS), designed by gunsmith Hans J. Vang, is a set of modifications to shotgun barrels. The alterations to the barrel consist of lengthening the forcing cone, back-boring the barrel, and adding compensating ports. With the VCS, accuracy significantly improves, felt recoil is dramatically reduced, and muzzle rise diminishes. By lengthening the forcing cone, the pellets have a smooth flow from the chamber to the bore. This prevents the pellets from bunching up in the barrel and reduces the felt recoil. In addition, the pellets do not become as deformed and keep a more consistent shape. HIGHER RATE OF ACCURACY: With less deformation and a less turbulent flow, the pellets achieve a higher rate of accuracy. Back-boring the barrel is accomplished by boring the barrel from the chamber towards the muzzle creating a choke where there was none. Back-boring is a key portion of the VCS modification and aids in both increasing accuracy and reducing felt recoil. COMPENSATION PORTS: Probably one of the most important and most obvious parts of the VCS are the compensating ports. Some of the gases, created by the burnt powder exiting the muzzle, vent upward through the ports. This redirected gas flow helps prevent the muzzle from rising and allows for both increased accuracy and a more rapid recovery time between shots. Also, the ports reduce muzzle flash, which in turn helps to retain night vision and keep the shooters location less conspicuous in low light conditions. REDUCE FELT RECOIL BY ABOUT 15%: In combination, the lengthened forcing cone, the back-boring, and the compensating ports make up the Vang Comp System. The VCS has been estimated to reduce felt recoil by about 15%. The increase in accuracy is dramatic. For example, patterns using 9 pellet 00 buck are as tight as 2 3/4" at 15 yards and 10 to 12" at 25 yards. Also of note, all modifications, except the compensating ports, are internal. MAXIMIZE PERFORMANCE: No extra parts are added to the barrel. Thus, the VCS barrel requires no maintenance other than normal cleaning. Also, other types of specialty ammunition, such as slugs, can be used in the Vang Comp System. The VCS, developed to maximize performance of the tactical shotgun for Law Enforcement and Military applications, is covered by three U.S. Patents. Currently only Mr. Vang's Arizona facility produces the VCS. SPECIFICATIONS: - Length: 18 1/8" - Finnish: Black Phosphate - Sight: Bead

Geissele Combat Trigger (SSA / SSF)

Description: Geissele Non-adjustable Combat Trigger. Geissele makes one of the best 2 stage triggers on the planet and now is offered in a non-adjustable, drop in trigger. Extremely durable and battle proven triggers are the best upgrade to any precision upper / rifle. Configuration: - SSA - SEMI Auto - SSF - Full Auto

Geissele AR-15 Hi Speed Trigger

Description AR15 Spaceguns are the Formula 1 weapons of High Power Rifle competition. With very few restrictions, these highly customized semi-automatic weapons are intended to produce extreme accuracy at long range. The Geissele Match trigger is a perfect Spacegun add on as the pull weight can be adjusted to low levels that enhance trigger control. The fast lock time assists the shooter in getting every ounce of accuracy out of his weapon. The Hi-Speed hammer also imparts more kinetic energy into the firing pin which produces much more consistent primer ignition especially with experimental cartridges or AR10 based weapons. Features: - Lightning fast lock time - Separate sear adjustment for a sharp 2nd stage - Independent 2nd stage weight adjustment - Overtravel adjustment - Wire EDM cut sear surfaces for a smooth, precise pull Pull Weights: Match - First Stage: 1.3 3 pounds (2 pound nominal) - Second Stage: 4 to 14 ounces Pull Weights: Service - First Stage: 3.2 5 pounds (4 pound nominal) - Second Stage: 0.5 to 1.5 pounds Pull Weights: DMR - First Stage: 1.3 - 3 pounds (2 pound nominal) - Second Stage: 0.5 to 1.5 pounds The Geissele Hi-Speed Match Rifle Trigger is designed for NRA High Power Rifle competition with highly modified AR15 Spaceguns. Small Pin Size .154"

Geissele AR-15 Super 3 Gun Trigger (Small Pin)

Description: The Geissele Super 3 Gun (S3G) trigger is a semi-automatic-only derivative of the two-stage Super Select-Fire (SSF) combat trigger that Geissele Automatics produces for customers in the U.S. Special Operations Community. The S3G was developed to combine the SSF combat triggers match-grade semi-automatic performance with its smooth single-stage full-automatic feel to make a fast, smooth, and robust trigger ideal for 3 Gun competition shooting. The new Geissele Super 3 Gun trigger has a super short trigger pull and a short reset so that rounds can be sent downrange as quickly as possible while still maintaining superb accuracy. The SSFs long, smooth pull was shortened and combined with a lightning-quick reset to give it a unique, hybrid trigger pull that is a cross between a traditional two-stage and single-stage trigger while at the same time retaining the safety and robustness of the SSFs two-stage trigger design. The result is an outstanding, well-balanced trigger that is ideal for high-volume, accurate fire. An S3G-equipped rifle enables the shooter to engage targets faster and more accurately than with any other trigger/rifle combination available today. Field tests have shown that expert S3G shooters can routinely and accurately deliver up to twelve shots on an IDPA target at 7 yards in an amazing 1.9 seconds. A description of the S3G pull: 1. The shooter starts pulling the trigger as his sights become aligned on target. 2. At about 3.5 lbs., the trigger starts to move back smoothly, like its on ball bearings. 3. After the trigger moves a short distance, the weapon discharges. Nothing precedes the discharge: no second stage stop, no grittiness, no stacking of the trigger pull weight as the hammer is cammed down like on a stock AR15 trigger. The trigger finger feels a sensation of walking along a perfectly flat, glassy-smooth plateau that suddenly drops away. 4. After a short overtravel, the trigger is quickly reset when the shooter slightly relaxes his trigger finger and the next shot is ready to be fired without having to go back to the beginning of the trigger pull cycle.

Heckler & Koch MR762

Like its 5.56 mm counterpart, the MR762 is a direct descendent of the HK416/417 series, only in a semi-automatic rifle configuration developed for civilian users. Using the HK-proprietary operating system, the MR762 is gas operated and uses a piston and a solid operating pusher rod in place of the common gas tube normally employed in AR15/M16/M4-style weapons. Pioneered by Heckler & Koch in the G36, HK416, and HK417; this method virtually eliminates malfunctions common to direct impingement gas systems since hot carbon fouling and waste gases do not enter the receiver area. The MR762 stays cleaner and heat transfer to the bolt and bolt carrier, and wear and tear on critical components is drastically reduced. The service life of all parts is increased substantially The MR762 uses a barrel produced by Heckler & Koch's famous cold hammer forging process. This manufacturing process uses the highest quality steel, producing a barrel that ensures superior accuracy, even after firing 20,000 rounds. The MR762 will be produced at Heckler & Koch's new manufacturing facility at Newington, New Hampshire from both American and German made components. The MR762 uses many of the assemblies and accessories originally developed for the HK416/417 series including adjustable buttstocks, ergonomic pistol grips, mechanical sights, and the HK free-floating four-quadrant rail system/handguard. This MIL-STD-1913 Picatinny type rail system allows all current accessories, sights, lights, and aimers used on M4/M16-type weapons to be fitted to the MR series. The HK rail system can be removed without special tools by the user and ensures 100% return to zero when reinstalled.   Ambidextrous operating controls are standard on the MR762, including the charging handle and an ambidextrous selector lever. The MR762 also uses the same 10- and 20-round translucent polymer box magazines made for the HK417. Production delays will prevent Heckler & Koch from meeting its delivery schedule on both the MR556 and MR762 rifles introduced at the 2009 SHOT Show in Orlando. Aside from finalizing the manufacturing process, HK engineers and technical staff in the U.S. and Germany are using the time to refine elements of the design, improve the quality of the rifles components, and ensure the final product is consistent with HKs highest standards. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 7.62 x 51mm - Overall Length: 35.94 in. - Barrel Length: 16.6 in. - Weight: 9.84 lb

Tango Down Battlegrip 6" Rail Cover w/ Pocket

TangoDown Rail Grips offer superior impact and easy installation on Mil-Standard 1913 weapon system rail fore ends. They may be placed anywhere on the rail (depending on rail length). The aggressive texture allows a positive grip on the weapon even in wet or muddy conditions. The BP-4S is 6" in length. - 'Binary' Aggressive Texture - Superior Heat and Impact Resistance - Locates Anywhere on Mil-Standard 1913 Rail Systems - Length: 6" - Weight: 1.28 oz - Inside Diameter of Switch Pocket: 0.653" w/SureFire - Inside Diameter of Switch Pocket: 0.93" w/ITI

Tango Down Battlegrip SCAR Rail Cover

Based on feedback from the Special Forces operators who have been so vital to the design and planning of SCAR, we redesigned our BattleGrip Rail Grip for the SCAR program. We made it slimmer. We improved the binary texture to make the grip purchase even more aggressive. And we redesigned the locking tab for an easier fit to MIL-STD 1913 rails. Like our original BattleGrip Rail Grip, the SCAR panels are made from high strength, heat, and impact-resistant polymer made from a proprietarily blended resin, precision molded to exact MIL-STD 1913 rail specifications. Our special polymer formulation has an added bonus of protection against barrel heat. It is also impact resistant thanks to a scientifically formulated material with a correct elasticity factor to lend flexibility while also giving superior strength. Length: 6" Weight: 0.96 oz

Young Manufacturing M-16 Chrome BCG Complete

M-16 Bolt Carrier Chrome Complete: a. Assembled complete with chrome cam pin, firing pin, bolt, gas key b. Ready to shoot in your M-16/AR-15

Young Manufacturing M-16 National Match Chrome BCG Complete

M-16 National Match Bolt Carrier Chrome Complete

NOVESKE 16" .300 BLACKOUT, LO PRO

16" 300 AAC BLACKOUT Stainless Barrel --Noveske Forged Gen 2 Lower --1 in 8" twist rifling --Extended Feed Ramps --Beadblasted finish on barrel --Carbine length gas system --5/8x24 threads --Low-profile gas block pinned to barrel --Forged Vltor MUR upper receiver featuring an anti-rotation interface with the handguard --11" free floated handguard w/ 1913 rails --Shot peened and MP tested bolt --Auto carrier with properly staked carrier key --Gun Fighter Charging Handle --Blackout 51T Flash Suppressor Upper Weight: 4 3/4 lbs Rifle includes above plus: --Forged Gen II Lower --Mil-Spec receiver extension --Noveske QD End Plate, staked --H Buffer --Vltor iMod Carbine stock --Flip-up front and rear sights (NOT INCLUDED ON UPPER) --MOE pistol grip --One 30 rd mag included Rifle Weight: 7 1/4 lbs The Noveske 300 AAC BLACKOUT is designed to run optimally firing both subsonic suppressed and supersonic unsuppressed, while keeping supersonic suppressed reliable. It may not reliably cycle the action under adverse conditions with subsonic ammunition unless a silencer is attached. We recommend supersonic ammunition for Military, Law Enforcement, and Self Defense use without a silencer.

NOVESKE 6.8 SPC 16" Recon

--16" Recon 6.8mm SS, 1 in 12" twist --Noveske Forged Gen 2 Lower --6.8mm SPC MOD 1 Chamber (.100 freebore) --Vltor MUR upper receiver --Extended Feed Ramps --Beadblasted finish on barrel --Mid-Length length gas system --Properly staked carrier key --Auto carrier --Mil-Spec receiver extension, staked --H Buffer --Vltor Carbine buttstock --Tango Down pistol grip --Noveske QD End Plate --One 25 rd mag included --11" free floated handguard w/ 1913 rails with anti-rotation interface with the MUR upper receiver --Low-profile gas block pinned to barrel --Flip-up front and rear sights

NOVESKE 5.56 16" Light Recce, LO-PRO

16" Cold Hammer Forged 5.56mm Barrel --Made of Mil Spec M249 Machine Gun barrel steel, with heavy M249 Chrome Lining, (appx. 2 times as thick as an M4 or M16) --Extended Feed Ramps --Same weight as M4 barrel, 1 lb, 9 oz, but improved contour for maximum rigidity, no M203 notch --MP HP tested with certification --1 in 7" twist --Mil Spec Phosphate finish --Mid length gas system --1/2x28 threads --Low-profile gas block pinned to barrel --Flip-up front and rear sights --Forged Vltor MUR upper receiver featuring an anti-rotation interface with the handguard --11" free floated handguard w/ 1913 rails --Shot peened and MP tested bolt --Auto carrier with properly staked carrier key --Forged charging handle --Vortex Flash Suppressor Rifle includes above plus: --Forged Gen 2 Lower with: --Mil-Spec receiver extension --Noveske QD End Plate, staked --H Buffer --Vltor iMod Carbine stock --Tango Down pistol grip --One 30 rd mag included All 5.56mm rifles and uppers are test fired with Black Hills Ammunition.

NOVESKE 14.5" Skinny Carbine, Basic MOE

14.5" Cold Hammer Forged 5.56mm Barrel --M249 Machine Gun barrel steel and Chrome Lining (appx. 2 times as thick as an M4 or M16) --Extended Feed Ramps --Skinny contour, 1 lb, 4 oz, --MP HP tested --1 in 7" twist --Mil Spec Phosphate finish --Mid length gas system --1/2x28 threads --Fixed front sight base, F marked --Flat-top upper receiver --MOE Handguard --Shot peened and MP tested bolt --Auto carrier with properly staked carrier key --Gun Fighter Charging Handle --Vortex Flash Suppressor pinned to 16" OAL --Back up iron sight NOT included Upper Weight: 4 lbs Rifle includes above plus: --Forged Lower (standard) --Mil-Spec receiver extension --Noveske QD End Plate, staked --H Buffer --MOE Stock --MOE pistol grip --MOE rear flip-up sight --One 30 rd mag included --Rifle Weight: 6 1/4 lbs

Noveske 7.5" Diplomat 5.56mm w/ VIS

7.5" Diplomat 5.56mm Stainless Barrel: --1 in 7" twist polygonal rifling --Extended Feed Ramps --Beadblasted finish on barrel --Pistol length gas system --1/2x28 threads --Low-profile gas block pinned to barrel --Vltor VIS 7" monolithic upper --Shot peened and MP tested bolt --Auto carrier with properly staked carrier key --Forged charging handle --KX3 Flash Suppressor

Noveske 18" SPR 5.56 w/ Switchblock

18" SPR 5.56mm W/Switchblock: --18" SPR 5.56mm Stainless Barrel --1 in 7" twist polygonal rifling --Extended Feed Ramps --Beadblasted finish on barrel --Intermediate length gas system --1/2x28 threads --Switchblock pinned to barrel --Forged Vltor MUR upper receiver featuring an anti-rotation interface with the handguard --11" free floated handguard w/ 1913 rails --Shot peened and MP tested bolt --Auto carrier with properly staked carrier key --Forged charging handle --AAC 51T Blackout flash suppressor

Noveske 16" Light Recce, Low-PRO UPPER

16" Light Recce, LO-PRO: --16" Cold Hammer Forged 5.56mm Barrel --Made of Mil Spec M249 Machine Gun barrel steel, with heavy M249 Chrome Lining, (appx. 2 times as thick as an M4 or M16) --Extended Feed Ramps --Same weight as M4 barrel, 1 lb, 9 oz, but improved contour for maximum rigidity, no M203 notch --MP HP tested with certification --1 in 7" twist --Mil Spec Phosphate finish --Mid length gas system --1/2x28 threads --Low-profile gas block pinned to barrel --Flip-up front and rear sights --Forged Vltor MUR upper receiver featuring an anti-rotation interface with the handguard --11" free floated handguard w/ 1913 rails --Shot peened and MP tested bolt --Auto carrier with properly staked carrier key --Forged charging handle --Vortex Flash Suppressor

Noveske 13.7" Infidel 5.56 w/ VIS

13.7" Infidel 5.56mm W/VIS: --13.7" Infidel 5.56mm Stainless Barrel --1 in 7" twist polygonal rifling --Extended Feed Ramps --Beadblasted finish on barrel --Mid length gas system --1/2x28 threads --Low-profile gas block pinned to barrel --Vltor VIS 12" monolithic upper --Shot peened and MP tested bolt --Auto carrier with properly staked carrier key --Forged charging handle --KX3 Flash Suppressor, pinned for 16" OAL

Noveske 12.5" Crusader 5.56 w/ Switchblock

Noveske 12.5" Crusader 5.56 w/ Switchblock --12.5" Crusader 5.56mm Stainless Barrel --1 in 7" twist polygonal rifling --Extended Feed Ramps --Beadblasted finish on barrel --Carbine length gas system --1/2x28 threads --Switchblock pinned to barrel --Forged Vltor MUR upper receiver featuring an anti-rotation interface with the handguard --9.5" free floated handguard w/ 1913 rails --Shot peened and MP tested bolt --Auto carrier with properly staked carrier key --Forged charging handle --AAC 51T Blackout flash suppressor

Noveske 10.5" CQB W/ Switchblock Upper

Noveske 10.5" CQB w/ Switchblock Upper: --10.5" CQB 5.56mm Stainless Barrel --1 in 7" twist polygonal rifling --Extended Feed Ramps --Beadblasted finish on barrel --Carbine length gas system --1/2x28 threads --Switchblock pinned to barrel --Forged Vltor MUR upper receiver featuring an anti-rotation interface with the handguard --9.5" free floated handguard w/ 1913 rails --Shot peened and MP tested bolt --Auto carrier with properly staked carrier key --Forged charging handle --AAC 51T Blackout flash suppressor

Heckler & Koch MR556

A direct descendent of the HK416, the MR556 is a semi-automatic rifle developed by Heckler & Koch as a premium level commercial/civilian firearm. Like the HK416, the MR556 is a major product improvement of conventional AR-type carbines and rifles. Using the HK-proprietary gas piston system found on the HK416 and G36, the MR556 does not introduce propellant gases and carbon fouling back into the rifle's interior, making it the most reliable of any AR-type firearm. The MR556 will be produced at Heckler & Koch's new manufacturing facility at Newington, New Hampshire from American and German made components. To conform to German export regulations, certain design changes made in the MR556 prevents the rifle's upper receiver from being used on other AR-style firearms. The MR556 uses many of the assemblies and accessories originally developed for the HK416 series arms including the HK free-floating four-quadrant rail system/handguard. This system allows all current accessories, sights, lights, and aimers used on M4/M16-type weapons to be fitted to the MR556. The HK rail system can be installed and removed without tools and returns to zero when reinstalled. Like the famous HK416, the MR556 uses a barrel produced by Heckler & Koch's famous cold hammer forging process. The highest quality steel is used in this unique manufacturing process producing a barrel that provides superior accuracy for more than 20,000 rounds with minimal degradation of accuracy and muzzle velocity. Production delays will prevent Heckler & Koch from meeting its delivery schedule on both the MR556 and MR762 rifles introduced at the 2009 SHOT Show in Orlando. Aside from finalizing the manufacturing process, HK engineers and technical staff in the U.S. and Germany are using the time to refine elements of the design, improve the quality of the rifles’ components, and ensure the final product is consistent with HKs highest standards. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 5.56 x 45 mm - Overall Length: 33.90 in. - Barrel Length: 16.50 in. - Weight: 8.91 lb

40mm Mil Spec Chalk Grenade

These are 40mm live practice grenades. These are Military Spec practice grenades. They were manufactured Military and Police departments. When fired, they will leave an orange chalk mark on the target.

US Night Vision PVS-7 Auto-Gated

Generation III Auto-Gated Mil. Spec Housing Lightweight Submersible The USNV PVS-7 is the standard issue goggle supplied to the U.S. Military and its allies. With the use of a single Generation 3 Auto-Gated image tube and a dual eye configuration, the USNV PVS-7 provides outstanding night vision performance. It features simple user controls and fully automated image tube protection. This system allows the user to have complete freedom of movement while maintaining equilibrium and balance in a hands free application. The USNV PVS-7 also incorporates an infrared illuminator with a momentary and continuous on switching function. Infrared operation and low battery indicators are displayed within the users field of view. The USNV PVS-7 comes complete with a lightweight, fully adjustable military head strap that allows for comfortable long-term use. A wide range of optional accessories include high magnification lenses, compass, infrared spot/flood lens and helmet mounting bracket. Ships With: Unit, Military Soft Case, Shoulder Strap, Headmount, Demist Shield (2), Sacrificial Window, (2) Eye Cups, Lens Tissue, Lanyard, Objective Lens Cap, Brow Pads (2) AA Batteries & Ops Manual. SPECIFICATIONS: - Technology: Generation III Auto-Gated - Magnification: 1x - Field of View: 40 - Diopter Adjustment: +2 to -6 - Weight: 19.2 oz. - Dimensions: 6" x 3" x 6" - Power Source: 2 x AA - Battery Life: 40 hours - Warranty: 2 Year Limited Warranty: Purchasing this product entitles you to a 2 Year Warranty from the original date of purchase. At our discretion your equipment can be repaired or replaced with new or refurbished product or parts, if any product or parts are determined to be defective due to materials or workmanship. Shipping & handling is not included in this warranty. Export: The Export of this product without proper licensing is strictly prohibited and falls under ITAR per title 22, CFR, parts 120-130. Please contact US Night Vision Export Dept. to receive further information on how to obtain proper licensing from the U.S. Department of State

Nemesis Barrel

We do not compromise our client's accuracy when it comes to barrels. These barrels thread on and off, 99% of all other barrels do not. The heart of the Nemesis platform, extra barrels, are available in .338 Federal, .308 Winchester, .260 Remington, 6.5 Creedmoor & .243 Winchester and include our custom muzzle brake. Our barrels are 6 land, 6 groove match grade with the proper profile to support most suppressors.

Nemesis Arms Windrunner Kit

Nemesis Arms is the manufacturer of a truly unique .308 custom rifle. "The concept behind much of the Windrunner series is to eliminate the variables that when taken individually are small, but taken collectively represent the majority of accuracy issues on any precision platform. "Parts rifles," with their components from various vendors, must then be machined, mated, bedded, attached and adjusted. The chances for inaccuracy, instability and deterioration become ever greater. Remove as many of these same variables as possible, rule them out by experienced design and skillful manufacturing and what remains is a coherently monolithic, ultimately accurate platform. Windrunners represent such an outcome, it is a "monochasis" that appears stark but is actually so stable, robust and precisely machined as to move the rifleman into the 21st century, enabling these very same rifles to pack down in under 1 minute to 20 inches is a breakthrough of the highest order." RT51 Marine Scout Snipers tested this weapon at the High Altitude Shooting Course in Hawthorne, NV and were able to hold 3 inch groups at 600 yards and 6.5 inch groups at 905 yards. SPECIFICATIONS: - Overall length: 39 inches - Total Weight: 11 lbs. - Barrel: 20 inch match grade and fluted, 4140 Chrome Moly with 6 lands & grooves at 1:10 twist. - Magazine: 5 round detachable - Machining: CNC & Wire EDM - Muzzle brake (optional)

Nemesis Muzzle Break

Most muzzle brakes on the market today are cast and then machined. Ours is 100% machined in house. Our tolerances are kept within .002 making our small profile muzzle brake act like those 30% larger. Theirs crack, ours dont and are warrantied for life. The result? Using our .308 brake on any rifle will reduce felt recoil down to the level of .223.

SEI Crazy Horse Barreld Action

Grab these while they are available. Very Limited Numbers Available!!! Smith Enterprise Crazy Horse receivers are the best receivers on the market. Milled from solid billet aluminum. Includes SEI Med weight barrel. 1:10 twist, 4 grooves. Made from 4140 chrome-moly and stress relived, with MIL-STD 171 magnesium phosphate finish. Includes: - Head Spaced Bolt - M80 HT Gas Cylinder - Enhanced Chrome Piston - DC Vortex - Enhanced Gas Plug

HTG ARIS (.223)

17 HMR to 22-250 caliber, for rifles and pistols. The most popular HTG suppressor for military applications (including full-auto) and varmint hunters, the Aris provides the maximum noise reduction in a 6 can. This silencer produces excellent noise, flash, and recoil suppression. Like all of the HTG silencers, it is designed for heavy use, and has a removable end cap for easy disassembly and cleaning. SPECIFICATIONS: - Design Cartridge: 5.56/.223 - Length: 6.1" - Length Added: 5.5" - Diameter: 1.5" - Weight: 21 oz - Materials: Inconel & SS - NSR: 34 dB - Rated high as a varmint success for both bolt and AR platforms - Full auto rated - Takedown design for ease of cleaning. Tool included - Accurate and excellent recoil reduction with flash elimination - Multiple thread types available (1/2-28 standard) -1/2-28 -9/16-24 -5/8-24 -5/8-18

AVON ST53

The ST53 combines Avons FM53 NIOSH-certified mask with modular breathing apparatus technology to provide positive pressure SCBA and/or PAPR capability for specialist applications. The ST53 system provides the operator with total flexibility to select the necessary level of protection while continuing to operate effectively. The standard ST53 with lightweight, high-pressure backframe is available with 4500 PSI lightweight carbon cylinder options for 30, 45 and 60 minute durations (2600 PSI is available by Special Order.) Cylinder Valves: Both versions include a nickel-plated brass cylinder valve. The ST53 is available in locking and non- locking configurations. The ST53SD is only available in non-locking configuration. Cylinder Content Monitoring: The ST53 backframe option includes a remotely accessible, chest mounted pressure gauge for monitoring pressure and a whistle for end-of- service alarm (which can be disabled if required). Compact Demand Valve (CDV): The compact, chemically-hardened demand valve provides constant positive pressure. With the option to mount on either side of the mask, it is unobtrusive and allows excellent integration with weapons and other equipment. With the ST-PAPR, the integrated CDV enables the user to switch instantly from powered air to positive pressure SCBA mode when required. The CDV is attached to the mask via the standard 40mm thread. Stealth Features: Design features for stealth applications include non-reflective black components and a warning whistle which can be silenced. Communication: For enhanced voice amplification, an optional Voice Projection Unit (VPU) with internal microphone can be connected via the Electronic Communication Port (ECP).

AVON ST53 SD

***Due to the nature of this product, inventory is ordered on demand*** Short duration variant ST53SD, provides a belt or harness carry option and a 10 minute duration air cylinder. Compatible with the ST-PAPR module, the ST53 SD meets the unique requirements of end users in short-duration tactical operations. The ST53SD provides the option of either a remote whistle and pressure gauge or a single pressure gauge attached directly to the regulator body. With the ST-PAPR module, the integrated CDV enables the user to switch instantly from powered air to positive pressure SCBA mode when required. The CDV is attached to the mask via the standard 40mm thread connection. The standard configuration is supplied with black cylinder carrier and waist belt.

Camelbak Thermobak Omega 100

100 0z. With case and pack straps. We sampled the competition but their claims failed to meet muster. Camel-Bak has dominated from the beginning of the hydration revolution and they are still leading the pack with a fairly comfortable margin. We needed a product that could match Mil-Spec for life span durability and they are continuing to outpace competitors. The bite valve on Camel-Bak Military grade systems is hands down the best for field work. The options and styles make Camel-Bak a solid choice for tactical hands free hydration. There is a broad selection of styles to fit individual needs and missions. The small patrol Packs are great for security operators and all styles are available in Olive, Black, Camo, Desert, Coyote, and the all new Digital Camo. We are recommending choosing a durable insert of at least 70 oz. for use with assault vests and packs, and spares 70 oz or larger to be used for storage blivets inside a larger rucksack.

Blackhawk Omega Elite Gas Mask Pouch

SPECIFICATIONS: Black Only Made of lightweight 500 denier ripstop Adjustable/removable shoulder strap and non-slip leg straps Y-harness configuration and heavy-duty hanger straps with quick-release swivel buckles Side-release buckles and hook & loop closure Dual non-slip BTS belt loops 1/8 padded back Weight: 1lb. 7 oz. Dimensions: 6.25W x 9.75H x 5D

VLTOR MUR

The MUR is a rigid MilSpec flat-top upper receiver made to fit all AR15/M16/M4 rifles and carbines. The MUR was developed to give the customer a MilSpec correct upper receiver with a thicker wall making the MUR upper receiver a more rigid platform. A more rigid upper receiver will increase accuracy and reliability while extending the life of interfacing components such as the bolt carrier group and barrel assembly. The main benefit of the MUR is it's dimensionally correct. Unfortunately, with the current war effort, a number of AR suppliers are rushing through production, bypassing critical dimensions which will either make or break the reliability and accuracy of the weapon. With the existence of the MUR, you'll receive the best and highest quality upper receiver available on the market today. The MUR comes in two models: one with a Bolt-Assist/Shell-Deflector and the second with a Shell-Deflector only. All MURs feature a MilStd-1913 scope mounting rail and come equipped with an Ejection-Port, Dust Cover Door. All MURs feature a MilStd-1913 scope mounting rail and come equipped with an Ejection-Port, Dust Cover Door.

Enidine Hydraulic Recoil Carbine Buffer (AR-15)

Drop-in replacement buffer absorbs recoil, reducing bolt wear and creating faster follow-up shots. Also perfect for reducing the cyclic rate of full-auto rifles. Measure the length of your firearms current buffer tube (while compressed) to determine which buffer tube will work for your application. The AR-15 Carbine buffer measures 3-1/4".

Enidine Shot Stock Hydraulic Buffer

Endine Shot Stock Hydraulic recoil buffer mil-spec tube adds recoil absorption. The Shot Stock tube contains a hydraulic buffer system that reduces felt recoil up to 70%. Adjustable to six positions to fit to different users. Can be used in place of the standard M4 stock on all Telescoping Stock adaptors. Mil-spec diameter tube. Technical Information: - Mil-spec tube - 6 positions - Recoil absorbing Note: Recoil buffer tube only, buttstock and adaptor not included

"Secret" Morale Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** - "Secret" morale Patch. - 2" x 3" Black with White lettering & logo. - Hook Velcro Backing - 100% embroidered - Perfect for range bags, plate carriers, and our Operator Ball Cap.

Heckler & Koch Factory 416 Front & Rear Sight Set

Brand new German 416/417 Sight Set. Price includes front and rear sight assemblies complete. Fits all standard picatinny rail systems. Comes with an HK multiple weapon rear drum sight which is combat effective to 400 yards with 5.56 or 7.62. These are not MMR223 sights for barrel specific rifles. But rather a sight that can be installed on all NATO 5.56/7.62 rifles. We also offer just the bases so you can add a more specific HK drum sight of your choosing: MP5, 33/93, G3, HK21/MSG90 1200M, Etc. (WILL FIT ALL AR-15 PLATFORMS)

Arsenal SLR-106FR (5.56)

Manufacturer: Arsenal Co., Bulgaria Model: SLR-106FR Caliber: 5.56x45 Description: SLR-106FR - Import, 5.56 NATO caliber, stamped receiver, chrome lined hammer forged barrel, bayonet lug, 24mm muzzle brake, cleaning rod, accessory lug, black polymer furniture, side folding polymer stock, stainless steel heat shield, scope rail and U.S. made double stage fire control group. Comes with one 5-round magazine, sling, oil bottle, and cleaning kit. SPECIFICATIONS Caliber: 5.56 x 45 mm (.223) Total Length (with Compensator): 937 mm (36 7/8 in.) Folded Length (with Compensator): 695 mm (27 3/8 in.) Barrel Length: 415 mm (16 1/4 in.) Rifling: 6 grooves Twist Rate: 1 in 178 mm (7 in.) Weight without Magazine: 3.31 kg (7.3 lbs.) Muzzle Velocity: 910 m/s (2,985 fps) Effective Range: 500 m (550 yds) Maximum Range: 1,350 m (1,480 yds) Rear Sight Range: 800 m (875 yds)

Arsenal SLR-107 (7.62x39)

Manufacturer: Arsenal Co., Bulgaria Description: SLR-107F with Metal Folding Stock - Import, 7.62x39 caliber, stamped receiver, chrome lined hammer forged barrel, bayonet lug, 24mm U.S. made muzzle brake, cleaning rod, accessory lug, black polymer furniture, original metal left-side folding stock, stainless steel heat shield. Comes with one 5-round magazine, sling, oil bottle, and cleaning kit. SPECIFICATIONS Caliber: 7.62 x 39 mm Total Length (with muzzle brake): 937 mm (36 7/8 in.) Folded Length (with muzzle brake): 695 mm (27 3/8 in.) Barrel Length: 415 mm (16 1/4 in.) Rifling: 4 grooves Twist Rate: 1 in 240 mm (9.44 in.) Weight without Magazine: 3.31 kg (7.3 lbs.) Muzzle Velocity: 710 m/s (2,329 fps) Effective Range: 500 m (550 yds) Maximum Range: 1,350 m (1,480 yds) Rear Sight Range: 800 m (875 yds)

Arsenal SGL31-84 (5.45x39)

SGL31 (Saiga) - Russian made stamped receiver, 5.45x39.5 caliber, hammer forged chrome lined barrel, front sight block with bayonet lug and 24x1.5 right-hand threads, muzzle brake, US made mil-spec black polymer stock set, standard mil-spec. handguards with stainless steel heat shield, US made double stage trigger group, 1000 meter rear sight leaf, scope rail, accessory lug. 10rd. Russian magazine included. Special Edition of SGL31 rifle is manufactured with authentic Russian current production metal side-folding buttstock, available on a factory-made rifle for the first time in the United States. SPECIFICATIONS Caliber: 5.45 x 39.5 mm Total Length: 927 mm (36 1/2 in.) Barrel Length: 415 mm (16.3 in.) Rifling: 4 grooves Twist Rate: 1 in 195 mm (7.68 in.) Weight without Magazine: 3.31 kg (7.30 lbs.) Muzzle Velocity: 900 m/s (2,953 fps) Effective Range: 500 m (550 yds) Maximum Range: 1,350 m (1,480 yds) Rear Sight Range: 1000 m (1,094 yds)

AVON GPCF50 Filter (FM53)

GPCF50 (72601-70) Low profile conformal filter for use only with the FM53 Mask. General purpose military CBRN performance. Chemical, biological and radiological warfare agents in accordance with NATO requirements. Also for certain toxic industrial chemicals such as chlorine, hydrogen sulfide, sulfur dioxide and organic vapors with a boiling point of above 65C. Not NIOSH certified. Specifications: - Classification: Mil Spec - Weight (approx): 280g - Breathing Resistance (approx): 40mm H2O at 85 1/min - Packing: Foil - Shelf Life (if left in packaging): 5 years - Filter Body Style: Conformal Suitable Protection Against: - Arsine - Asbestos - Bacteria - Benzene - Blister Agent - Blood Agent - Bromine - Carbon Dioxide - Carbon Disulphide - Carbon Monoxide - Carbon Tetrachloride - Chlorine - Chlorine Dioxide - Chloroacetophenone (CN) - Chloropicrin - o-Chlorobenzylidene Malononitrile (CS) - Cyanogen - Cyanogen Chloride (CK) - Cyclohexane - Fluorine - Formaldehyde - Hydrogen Chloride - Hydrogen Cyanide (AC) - Hydrogen Sulfide - Lewisite - Mustard (HD) - Nerve Agent - Nitrogen Dioxide - Nuisance Dusts - Nuisance Odors - Oleoresin Capsicum (OC, Pepper Gas) - Organic Vapors w/ Boiling Point >65 Degree C - Particulates - Phosgene - Phosphine - Radioactive Particulates - Sarin (GB) - Soman (GD) - Sulfur Dioxide - Tabun (GA) - Toluene - Virus - VX - Xylene

AVON CTF12 Riot Agent Filter (C50, FM53, FM12)

*** Sold In Packages Of 6*** CTF12 Riot Agent Filter (71510-2) NIOSH certified 42 CFR 84 CN-CS-P100 with C50, FM53 and FM12 masks. Approved for particulate hazards including dust, mist, bacteria, and virus, plus riot agents, CS-CN-OC and low level organic vapors. - Classification: CS/CN/P100 - Weight (aprox): 200g - Breathing Resistance (aprox): 32mm H2O at 85 l/min - Packing: Plastic Barrier - Shelf Life (if left in packaging): 5 years - Filter Body Style: Standard Suitable Protection Against: - Asbestos - Bacteria - Chloroacetophenone (CN) - o-Chlorobenzylidene Malononitrile (CS) - Cyanogen - Nuisance dusts - Nuisance odors - Oleoresin Capsicum (OC, pepper gas) - Particulates - Radioactive Particulates - Virus

AVON CSCF50 (C50,FM53,FM12)

CSCF50 (72601-71-4) Filter designed to protect against particulate hazards including dust, bacteria and virus, plus riot agent CS (complies with 8 hour test standards) and CN (< 1 hour against test standards). Not NIOSH certified. Specifications: - Classification: CS/P100 - Weight (approx): 120g - Breathing Resistance (approx): 20mm H2O, at 85 1/min. - Packing: Plastic Barrier - Shelf Life (if left in packaging): 5 Years - Filter Body Style: Conformal Sutable Protection Against: - Asbestos - Bacteria - Chloroacetophenone (CN) - o-Chlorobenzylidene Malononitrile (CS) - Nuisance dusts - Oleoresin Capsicum (OC, pepper gas) - Particulates - Radioactive particulates - Virus

AVON CBRNF12B (C50, FM53, FM12, C420)

CBRNF12B (71510-1) NIOSH certified for use with Avon C50, FM12, FM53 and C420 PAPR. Dual classification for industrial TICs & TIMs and CBRN agents. Particulate hazards including dust, mist, bacteria and virus plus all NIOSH specified CBRN gases and vapors including nerve, blood, choking and blister agents. - Classification: CBRN Cap 1 - Weight (Aprox): 320g - Breathing Resistance (aprox): 41mm H2O at 85 l/min - Packing: Foil - Shelf Life (if left in packaging): 5 years - Filter Body Style: Standard Specifications: - Classification: Mil Spec - Weight (approx): 280g - Breathing Resistance (approx): 40mm H2O at 85 1/min - Packing: Foil - Shelf Life (if left in packaging): 5 years - Filter Body Style: Conformal Suitable Protection Against: - Ammonia - Arsine - Asbestos - Bacteria - Benzene - Blister Agent - Blood Agent - Bromine - Carbon Dioxide - Carbon Disulphide - Carbon Monoxide - Carbon Tetrachloride - Chlorine - Chlorine Dioxide - Chloroacetophenone (CN) - Chloropicrin - o-Chlorobenzylidene Malononitrile (CS) - Cyanogen - Cyanogen Chloride (CK) - Cyclohexane - Fluorine - Formaldehyde - Hydrogen Chloride - Hydrogen Cyanide (AC) - Hydrogen Sulfide - Lewisite - Mustard (HD) - Nerve Agent - Nitrogen Dioxide - Nuisance Dusts - Nuisance Odors - Oleoresin Capsicum (OC, Pepper Gas) - Organic Vapors w/ Boiling Point >65 Degree C - Particulates - Phosgene - Phosphine - Radioactive Particulates - Sarin (GB) - Soman (GD) - Sulfur Dioxide - Tabun (GA) - Toluene - Virus - VX - Xylene

LMT Bolt Carrier Assembly

Complete bolt assembely includes: - Black Phosphate Finnish - Carrior w/ key - Firing pin - Firing pin retaining pin - Bolt cam - Complete Bolt assembly

ALS Fog Generation Machine

DESCRIPTION: This unit will dispense up to 9 gallons per hour or over 57,000 cubic feet of or 1600 cubic meters per minute. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: This device was developed to help officers in the use of force continuum and to provide reliable, less-lethal, effective means of incapacitation. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters, Forced Entry. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: Top Cop thermal fog systems are designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, violent coughing, and extreme burning sensation to exposed skin surfaces. The smoke is designed to screen or mask large areas while making large unit movements into an affected area. PHYSICAL DATA: Power: 30 HP Motor. Weight: 19 lb (empty), 27 lb (full). Fuel Capacity: 1.0 liter. Formulation Tank: 1.1 gal or 4.2 liters. Dimensions: 52 x 9.5 x 14.5 inches. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: This unit is capable of dispensing 57,000 cubic feet of material per minute, designed to contaminate massive areas quickly. Available chemical mixtures: ALS2744 (CS), ALS6244 (OC), ALS9744 (White Smoke), and ALS3644 (Fog). Very large and rapid output of chemical. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: The effects of thermal fogs tend to vary from individual to individual. It can have an immediate effect or a delayed effect depending on the person contaminated. Subjects may panic and not respond to verbal commands when fogged and may not be able to comply immediately, this is known as auditory exclusion. Subjects must be decontaminated as soon as possible. Some subjects generally experience high levels of anxiety and their behavior can become more confrontational in the long run. Officers may be contaminated by fellow officers, this can also cause confusion in certain situations. This unit must be cleaned with Flush after every use. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished.

ALS Fog Formula

ALS Fog Formula comes in 1 Quart canisters for the ALS Fog Generation Machine.

ALS Top Cop 46 oz. Horizontal Tactical Tank

Mesa Tactical Urbino Tactical Stock

Developed to meet the needs of law enforcement and military operators, the rugged Urbino Tactical stock features a tactical 12 inch length of pull (LoP), Santoprene rubber grip, optional Limbsaver butt pad, optional adjustable cheek riser and a variety of flexible sling mounting options. The reduced LoP makes the Urbino the first truly tactical stock for the Benelli shotguns. A shorter stock is necessary for use in tactical applications, especially with body armor. The Urbino Tactical stock is durable, easy to shoulder and will not slip. The Urbino Tactical stock is also comfortable, thus reducing operator fatigue, especially during prolonged training and qualification sessions. The Santoprene grip is padded at the rear to reduce recoil impact against the web of the operators hand, and the optional Limbsaver buttpad substantially reduces felt recoil. The field-adjustable cheek riser was developed to provide superior cheek weld when using optics. The cheekpiece snaps onto rails molded into the sides of specially equipped Urbino stock armatures. In the event of optics failure, the cheek riser can be quickly removed or readjusted to a lower level. Specially-developed SureShell shotshell carriers can be fitted to the cheek riser. While rail-equipped Urbino stocks can be used without the cheekpiece, cheek risers cannot be fitted to stocks that do not have the rails. All Urbino Tactical stocks are made in the USA, and include Benelli-style rear sling loops for 1 inch sling webbing. In addition, a hole at the lower rear of the stock accepts QD style sling swivels (not included). Urbino Tactical stocks can also be fitted with any of a variety of optional steel pocket sling mounts similar to those offered for our Remington telescoping stock adapters.

Rock River Arms National Match Lower Parts Kit

Rock River Arms National Match Lower Parts Kit. National match lower parts kit includes every part you will need to complete your striped AR-15 lower reciever. Instead of including the standard GI trigger and hammer witch can have a very heavy, and slopy trigger break. Rock River Arms decided to supply their cutting edge two stage trigger kit included lower parts kit. This way you will not have to purchase a trigger you will want to replace. Experiance the lighter, crisper, and more pronounced trigger break in your AR-15 from the start!

Rock River Arms Lower Parts Kit

Rock River Arms Lower Parts Kit Includes Every Part Nessesary To Complete Your Stripped Lower Reciever.

ALS Long Range, White Smoke (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: The Long Range, White Smoke cartridge launches one Long Range pyrotechnic sub-munition that releases a white smoke agent. The single sub-munition provides a wide area of coverage for training, smoke screening and other applications. The sub-munition is launched up to 150 yards and releases smoke for approximately 25-30 seconds. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Long Range, White Smoke cartridge was developed to create a useful screening and training cartridge without the problems generally associated with tear gas and the effects that normally follow its dispersion. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Long Range, White Smoke cartridge is designed to obscure or reduce visual identification. This would afford officers the opportunity to operationally engage or withdraw when concealment is required and not available. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 4.8 inch x 1.5inch (37/40mm) - Projectile Weight: Approximately 25 grams - Power Requirements: 37 mm gas gun / M203 PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 450 feet from point of impact based on weather conditions for ALS5797. DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / M203 launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or M203 launchers. Easy to train officers and implement use. Waterproof DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

Mega Machine Billet Set

FEATURES Our billet upper & lower have been designed for a truly unique look unlike any of our competitors. Machined from billet 7075-T6 aluminum vs. the more commonly used 6061 for a 70% increase in strength. Integrated trigger guard for added functionality, and strength. Magwell features an enlarged bottom flare and inner chamber for easier magazine insertion. Lug Angle at the shell deflector has been altered to 60.0 for increased effectiveness. Upper receiver has been re-designed to incorporate increased wall thicknesses for added strength. Butt stock attachment feature fortified for added strength in high power applications. Billet charging handle features a new anti-slip surface for improved grip. Black Hard anodized with a surface hardness of 60 Rockwell. 19.4 oz.

C-MAG System M16 Clear for M16/M4 Weapon

Includes: - C-MAG Magazine M16 with clear covers - Personal Loader - Black Pouch - Technical Manual and Graphite Tube. Ammunition not included.

Noveske 6.8 SPC Barrels

SPECIFICATIONS: --1 in 12" twist polygonal rifling --6.8mm SPC MOD 1 Chamber (.100 freebore) --Extended feed ramps --Bead blasted finish --Mid length gas system --Gas tube --Pinned Low Profile Gas Block --5/8x24 threads --Medium Contour Weight: The barrel ships with gas block installed and the dowel pin in place. This barrel is designed for our gas block that is 1" long(INCLUDED). A standard front sight base is 1.9" long and WILL NOT FIT. Barrel installation should be performed by a qualified gunsmith. Removal and installation of the gas block dowel pin and gas block is required to complete the assembly process.

Noveske 5.56mm Barrels

SPECIFICATIONS: --1 in 7" twist improved polygonal rifling --5.56 Noveske Match Mod 0 chamber --Extended feed ramps --Bead blasted finish --Mid length gas system --Gas tube --Pinned Low Profile Gas Block --1/2x28 threads --Medium Contour Weight: 35oz The barrel ships with gas block installed. This barrel is designed for our gas block that is 1" long(INCLUDED). A standard front sight base is 1.9" long and WILL NOT FIT. Barrel installation should be performed by a qualified gunsmith. Installation of the gas block dowel pin and gas block is required to complete the assembly process.

Noveske .300 AAC Blackout Barrels

8", 10", 12", 14.5", 16" .300 AAC BLACKOUT Stainless Barrel --1 in 8" twist rifling --300 AAC BLACKOUT chamber --Extended feed ramps --Bead blasted finish --Gas System: - 8": Pistol Length - 10": Pistol Length - 12": Pistol Length - 14.5": Carbine Length - 16": Carbine Length --Gas tube --Pinned Low Profile Gas Block --5/8x24 threads --Medium Contour --Weight: - 8" : 19oz - 10": 19oz - 12": 23oz - 14.5": 31oz - 16": 31oz The Noveske 300 AAC BLACKOUT is designed to run optimally firing both subsonic suppressed and supersonic unsuppressed, while keeping supersonic suppressed reliable. It may not reliably cycle the action under adverse conditions with subsonic ammunition unless a silencer is attached. We recommend supersonic ammunition for Military, Law Enforcement, and Self Defense use without a silencer. Barrel installation should be performed by a qualified gunsmith. Installation of the gas block dowel pin and gas block is required to complete the assembly process.

NOVESKE 8" .300 AAC BLACKOUT W/VIS

8" 300 AAC BLACKOUT Stainless Barrel --1 in 8" twist rifling --Extended Feed Ramps --Beadblasted finish on barrel --Pistol length gas system --5/8x24 threads --Low-profile gas block pinned to barrel --Vltor VIS 7" monolithic upper --Shot peened and MP tested bolt --Auto carrier with properly staked carrier key --Gun Fighter Charging Handle --Blackout 51T Flash Suppressor Upper Weight: 3 3/4 lbs Rifle includes above plus: --Forged Gen II Lower --Mil-Spec receiver extension --Noveske QD End Plate, staked --H Buffer --Vltor iMod Carbine stock --Flip-up front and rear sights (NOT INCLUDED ON UPPER) --MOE pistol grip --One 30 rd mag included Rifle Weight: 6 lbs The Noveske 300 AAC BLACKOUT is designed to run optimally firing both subsonic suppressed and supersonic unsuppressed, while keeping supersonic suppressed reliable. It may not reliably cycle the action under adverse conditions with subsonic ammunition unless a silencer is attached. We recommend supersonic ammunition for Military, Law Enforcement, and Self Defense use without a silencer.

NOVESKE 7.5" Diplomat W/ VIS

7.5" Diplomat 5.56mm Stainless Barrel --1 in 7" twist polygonal rifling --Extended Feed Ramps --Beadblasted finish on barrel --Pistol length gas system --1/2x28 threads --Low-profile gas block pinned to barrel --Vltor VIS 7" monolithic upper --Shot peened and MP tested bolt --Auto carrier with properly staked carrier key --Gun Fighter Charging Handle --KX3 Flash Suppressor,(US pat #7,836,809) Upper Weight: 4 lbs Rifle includes above plus: --Forged Gen II Lower --Mil-Spec receiver extension --Noveske QD End Plate, staked --H2 Buffer --Vltor iMod Carbine stock --Flip-up front and rear sights (NOT INCLUDED ON UPPER) --MOE pistol grip --One 30 rd mag included Rifle Weight: 6 1/4 lbs All 5.56mm rifles and uppers are test fired with Black Hills Ammunition.

Magpul P-Mag 30G 30 Round

***Reserve Yours Today!!!*** PMAGS Mission: (5.56 NATO/.223 Remington) The PMAG 30G MagLevel is a durable, lightweight, high reliability 30-round polymer magazine for the HK G36. Description: The PMAG 30G features a four-way anti-tilt follower, and constant-curve internal geometry for reliable feeding. PMAG 30G MagLevel utilizes the same internal components as the PMAG 30, including follower, floor plate, lock plate, milspec black oxide coated stainless steel spring for corrosion resistance, and proprietary polymer to ensure durability and performance in all environments.

C-MAG SYSTEM M1A/M14 Clear for M1A/M14 Weapon

Components: C-MAG 100 Round Magazine M1A/M14 7.62mm with clear covers, Personal Loader , Pouch: Black, Tech Manual, Graphite. Ammunition not included. The C-MAG Magazine M1A/M14 is a 100 round ammunition magazine, manufactured to the highest production standards. It meets and exceeds NATO Military Specifications. The patented design provides for equal distribution of the ammunition in each of the twin-drums. Rounds are fed alternately from each drum through the feed clip into the weapon, resulting in a fixed center of gravity during firing. Using a unique rotation device and low torsion stress springs, the C-MAG is the worlds first magazine with a full 100-round capacity, capable of being preloaded and stored indefinitely. The compact design allows for better ground clearance and stability.

Fortis RAP (Rail Attachment Point)

Fortis Mfg Rail Attachment Point with its compact & robust design is perfect in size and function. The RAP accepts the Heavy Duty quick detachable sling swivels. Made of 6061 aluminum and hard coat anodized to a deep black finish. The RAP allows you to attach your sling with a minimal footprint on your rail system and is rotation limited. ***Quick Detach Swivel Sold Separately***

Knights Armament M-110 SASS

***AWARDED ONE OF THE BEST 10 INVENTIONS IN 2007 By The US ARMY*** The M110 Semi-Automatic Sniper System (SASS) is the U.S. Army's latest medium caliber sniper rifle. The 7.62mm SASS delivers a new level of long range precision rapid fire that enables execution of operational missions not possible using manually operated weapon systems. High capacity, quick change magazines enable ammo selection optimization in both the suppressed and unsuppressed firing modes. The semi-automatic firing M110 has increased sniper rate of fire, precision and lethality against personnel and light material targets, especially in target rich environments and scenarios requiring multiple follow-up shots. The SASS is also the first U.S. Army weapon system that integrates an optimized quick attach/detach sound suppressor to aid with Warfighter survivability by reducing weapon firing signature. SPECIFICATIONS: - M110 SASS: P/N: 24123 - CALIBER: 7.62 x 51mm - RATE OF FIRE: Semi-Auto - VELOCITY: 2,571 fps (175 gr. M118LR) 784 meters p/ second - MAGAZINE TYPE / CAP.: Standard 10/20 Rounds - WEIGHT (w/o MAGAZINE): 16 lbs / 7 Kgs - LENGTH w/ STOCK RET.: 46 3/4" / 119 cm - LENGTH w/ STOCK EXT.: 47 1/4" / 120 cm - BBL LENGTH: 20" / 51 cm

Knights Armament UNS-LR-A1 (AN/PVS-26)

PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS - RANGE: Recognize a Standing Man, (starlight) exceeds 800 meters, (1/4 moon) exceeds 1000 meters. Detect a Vehicle, (starlight) exceeds 1000 meters, (1/4 moon) exceeds 1500 meters - BORE SIGHT: Factory Bore Sight to within .5 MOA of alignment to the day scope point of impact - BORESIGHT RETENTION: .5 moa over 300 rounds, 300 WIN MAG firing schedule - WEAPONS CERTIFICATION: Tested for use on weapons up to and including .50 caliber rifles. - The in-line UNS LRLP weapon sight adds night capability to the existing rifle & day sight. - The UNS LRLP is universal. It fits most fielded rifles & day sights. - Cheek weld, eye relief, & bullet impact, are unchanged when the UNS LRLP is clipped on the rifle. OPTICAL CHARACTERISTICS - 120MM Refractive Telephoto Lens Design Unity Magnification Focus Range 20 Meters to Infinity Patented Bore sight Alignment Technology ITT Gen 3 Pinnacle Tube (USA only) ITT Gen 3 1600/1250 FOM Tube (Exportable) - The power system used with the Knights Armaments SIB engineering has unique attributes that include: Operation using a single battery, either type AA or type DL123. - Ability to operate for several hours using an otherwise dead DL123 battery discarded from a flashlight or other illumination device. - Allows the battery to be changed while the shooter remains in shooting position. SPECIFICATIONS - SIZE: 3.0 inch OD x 9.5 inches long - WEIGHT: 3 lbs 6 ozs with battery & lens cap - FINISH: Black, Matte Finish, Corrosion Resistant - CONTROLS: On/Off Gain Control Knob, Focus Ring - POWER: (1) AA or (1) DL123 Battery - BATTERY LIFE: AA Exceeds 24hrs, DL123 Exceeds 36 hrs - MOUNT: KAC 26597 for Quick Attach /Detach to Mil-STD-1913 Rail or equivalent mounting surface - FOV: 9 - WATERPROOF: 3ft. for 4 hours

Knights Armament UNS AN/PVS-22

PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS - RANGE: Recognize a Standing man, (starlight) exceeds 500 meters, (1/4 moon) exceeds 700 meters Detect a Vehicle, (starlight) exceeds 850 meters, (1/4 moon) exceeds 1000 meters - BORESIGHT: Factory Bore Sight to within .5 MOA of alignment to the day scope point of impact - BORESIGHT RETENTION: .5 moa over 300 rounds, 300 WIN MAG firing schedule - WEAPONS CERTIFICATION: Tested for use on weapons up to and including .50 caliber rifles OPTICAL CHARACTERISTICS - 68MM Catadioptic Lens Design - Unity Magnification - Focus Range 20 Meters to Infinity - Patent Bore Sight Alignment Technology - ITT Gen 3 Pinnacle Tube (USA only model 064) - ITT Gen 3 1600 FOM Tube (Exportable model 064E) SPECIFICATIONS: - SIZE: 3 inch O.D. × 7.25inch Length - WEIGHT: 28 ozs - FINISH: Black, Matte, Corrosion Res. - CONTROL: Pull On/Off Gain, Focus - POWER: Two Standard AA - BATTERY LIFE: Exceeds 48 Hours - MOUNT: Quick attach/detach MIL-STD 1913 Rail or equivalent mounting surface - WATERPROOF: 3 ft for 4 hours, 66 ft optional

Vertx Men's Shorts

Designed to offer a balance of mobility, storage, and styling, these shorts are a direct modification to the Vertx pants. Requested by a federal law enforcement team, they, like many in law enforcement, were concerned that conventional tactical pants were dated and had not progressed at the rate of the outdoor industry. Additionally the visual signature across tactical brands produced a quick tell to a potential threat that the wearer was a law enforcement officer. Vertx brought in the outdoor industry leading brand Arcterytx to design the pants. Aided by the direction of the operators the collaboration produced a pant that was as useful on the range as in the office. Security: Concealed, on seam zippered pocket and back pocket credential flap defend your valuables Comfort: Gusseted crotch, articulated knee & hip, and stretch waistband combined with world class patterning for the pinnacle of comfort. The pants that you want to wear. Arsenal: Well organized, multi-purpose and high capacity pockets. The internal Haul pocket fits your mobile coms as perfectly as a set of handcuffs or an AR magazine. Mobility: Tight sewing tolerances, patterning, and our advantage stretch material provide peerless athletic movement. The wide performance range makes these pants appropriate from the briefing to the chase. Concealment: This combination of mobility, low visual profile, and inset cargo pockets give the function of a full battle garment and the appearance business casual. Stay overlooked and underestimated. Additional Features: - Advantage stretch fabric 98% cotton / 2% LYCRA - Concealed zippered security pocket - Articulated patterning - Gusseted crotch - Pocket inside cargo pocket for blackberry or cell phone - Internal stretch waistband - Back pocket credential trap

Vertx Men's Phantom LT Pant

FABRIC: - 65/35 Polyester/Cotton WEIGHT/WEAVE: - 6.5-oz., Mini Rip-Stop BENEFITS: Wrinkle resistant Machine washable Deep dye for maximum color retention Intelli-Dry technology: -Liquid repellent on outer surface -Moisture wicking next to skin -Stain resistant UNIQUE DESIGN FEATURES: World-class design and functionality with articulated knees, crotch, rise, and waistband for a great balance of comfort and mobility Concealed zippered pocket on right side bearer plus back pocket credential flap to defend your valuables Multi-purpose cargo pockets for duty item storage

Vertx Men's Pant

Security: Concealed, on seam zippered pocket and back pocket credential flap defend your valuables Comfort: Gusseted crotch, articulated knee & hip, and stretch waistband combined with world class patterning for the pinnacle of comfort. The pants that you want to wear. Arsenal: Well organized, multi-purpose and high capacity pockets. The internal Haul pocket fits your mobile coms as perfectly as a set of handcuffs or an AR magazine. Mobility: Tight sewing tolerances, patterning, and our advantage stretch material provide peerless athletic movement. The wide performance range makes these pants appropriate from the briefing to the chase. Concealment: This combination of mobility, low visual profile, and inset cargo pockets give the function of a full battle garment and the appearance business casual. Stay overlooked and underestimated. Additional Features: - Advantage stretch fabric 98% cotton / 2% LYCRA - Concealed zippered security pocket - Articulated patterning - Gusseted crotch - Pocket inside cargo pocket for blackberry or cell phone - Internal stretch waistband - Back pocket credential trap

Vertx Men's Multicam Pant

Security: Concealed, on seam zippered pocket and back pocket credential flap defend your valuables Comfort: Gusseted crotch, articulated knee & hip, and stretch waistband combined with world class patterning for the pinnacle of comfort. The pants that you want to wear. Arsenal: Well organized, multi-purpose and high capacity pockets. The internal Haul pocket fits your mobile coms as perfectly as a set of handcuffs or an AR magazine. Mobility: Tight sewing tolerances, patterning, and our advantage stretch material provide peerless athletic movement. The wide performance range makes these pants appropriate from the briefing to the chase. Concealment: This combination of mobility, low visual profile, and inset cargo pockets give the function of a full battle garment and the appearance business casual. Stay overlooked and underestimated. Additional Features - Nyco, 50% Nylon, 50% Cotton ripstop - Concealed zippered security pocket - Articulated patterning - Gusseted crotch - Pocket inside cargo pocket for blackberry or cell phone - Internal stretch waistband - Back pocket credential trap

Vertx Men's Coldback Short Sleeve Polo

Vertx polos are made with a unique material called coldblack. This material is named among the Top Innovations 2008 by Popular Science. How coldblack Works: Dark colors heat up stronger when exposed to direct sunlight compared to light colors. This no longer needs to happen! Now there is coldblack, a special finishing technology for textiles which reduces heat build-up and provides reliable protection from UV rays. Comfort: The Vertx polo is 100% moisture wicking polyester and utilizes the exclusive, patent pending coldblack technology from Schoeller Technologies AG. coldblack reflects up to 80% of the suns rays making dark colors feel light. Mobility: This athletically patterned polo features a raglan sleeve for ease of movement. Durability: The no-fade performance fabric and the non roll collar with stay looks professional enough for duty wear wash after wash. Additional Information: - Performance 6.5 oz pique knit fabric - Mic tab or sunglass loop at base of placket - UV protection of at least 30 SPF, and reflects up to 80% of the sun's rays - 100% moisture wicking

Vertx Men's Coldback Long Sleeve Polo

Vertx Gunfighter Storm Shirt

Immediate Action: The Gunfighter series was designed in cooperation with SWAT operators interested in a clean, functional approach to a High Incident tactical uniform. The Storm variant incorporates state-of-the-art technical soft shell materials and finishes for use in harsh weather conditions. Comfort: In addition to the strong patterning and construction techniques, the Storm variant utilizes a technical laminate fabric to provide excellent foul weather performance. Light weight 40 denier nylon is bonded to a wicking anti Microbial polyester knit. This laminate provides tremendous water repellency and wind protection and the wicking backer keeps the moisture management moving. Durability: The 40 denier nylon face fabric is deceptively durable despite its light weight. Additional Features: - Stand up collar protects neck from slings and flying hot brass - Low visual profile zippered bicep pockets provide fluent access to contents - Loop Velcro patch on both upper arms for Unit patch - Clean comms wire pass through with Velcro closure - Intuitive Velcro wrist closures - Anti-Microbial - 100% Made in the USA (Berry Amendment compliant)

Vertx Gunfighter Shirt

Immediate Action: The Gunfighter series was designed in cooperation with SWAT operators interested in a clean, functional approach to a high incident tactical uniform. Comfort: With this advancement of the traditional BDU strips the body of the garment clean for extended comfort when worn under body armor, plates and chest rigs. The aggressive patterning of the gunfighter facilitates the freedom of movement without the added bulk and weight of traditionally patterned BDUs. Gussets, articulation and the microfleece lined stand up collar combine to provide the gunfighter with predatory comfort. Durability: The 50% cotton and 50% nylon blend was developed for the US military and is the predominate tactical uniform material. This intimate blend of cotton and nylon maintains the comfort and feel of the cotton with the superior durability of the nylon. Additional Features: - Stand up collar protects neck from slings and flying hot brass - Low visual profile zippered bicep pockets provide fluent access to contents - Loop Velcro patch on both upper arms for Unit patch - Clean comms wire pass through with Velcro closure - Intuitive Velcro wrist closures For a water resistant version check out the Gunfighter Storm

Vertx Combat Smock - Multi Cam

Shell: Light-weight Soft Shell 40 Denier nylon 2-way stretch laminaed to a Wicking/Anti-Microbial Knit. NanoSphere treated for a permanent highly water resistant finish while maintaining complete breathability. Assets: Concealed zipper front to topof collar with Velcro closure Stand up collar and fleece lined button-down hood with 4 draw cord adjustments - hood rolls up or detaches when not in use Large chest pockets with concealed vertical zipper closure that includes inside mag pockets - pockets are bellowed at bottom and sides for extra capacity Mesh lined dual pull pit zips for ventilation - Mesh keeps snow and debris from entering jacket, also allows easier donning and doffing of jacket Fleece-lined hand warmer pockets with double flapped entry and button closure - pockets are bellowed at bottom for extra capacity Back pockets with single flap entry at Velcro closure - pockets are bellowed at bottom for extra capacity Sleeve pockets with concealed zipper closure - sleeve includes loop Velcro area for unit patch Gusset and articulation added to elbow area for maximum range of motion Intuitive Velcro wrist closures

Vetx Women's Coldback Long Sleeve Polo

Vertx Women's Phantom LT Pant

Vertx Women's Pant

Designed by Women for Women: The women's Vertx pant was designed by women, and the fit was approved by women. These are not a high-waisted pant that was a simple modification of the men's pant. Security: Concealed, on seam zippered pocket defends your valuables. Comfort: Gusseted crotch, articulated knee & hip, and stretch waistband combined with world class patterning for the pinnacle of comfort. The pants that you want to wear. Arsenal: Well organized, multi-purpose and high capacity pockets. The internal Haul pocket fits your mobile coms as perfectly as a set of handcuffs or an AR magazine. Mobility: Tight sewing tolerances, patterning, and our advantage stretch material provide peerless athletic movement. The wide performance range makes these pants appropriate from the briefing to the chase. Concealment: This combination of mobility, low visual profile, and inset cargo pockets give the function of a full battle garment and the appearance business casual. Stay overlooked and underestimated. Additional Features: - Designed by women for women - Advantage stretch fabric 98% cotton / 2% LYCRA - Concealed zippered security pocket - Articulated patterning - Gusseted crotch - Pocket inside cargo pocket for blackberry or cell phone - Internal stretch waistband

Vertx Women's Coldback Short Sleeve Polo

FN Herstal FNP-45 Tactical - Black

GENERATION 2 The FNP-45 Tactical features traditional double-action/single-action (DA/SA) operation with frame-mounted decocker levers. Its high-capacity polymer frame is offered in black. The FNP-45 Tactical USGs barrel is cold hammer-forged stainless steel, and threaded. Specifications:- - Caliber: 45 ACP - Operation: DA/SA with Decocker - Barrel Length: 4.5 - Overall Length: 7.85 - Weight: 33.2 oz. empty - Magazine: 14- or 10-round magazines - Interchangeable arched and flat backstrap inserts with lanyard holes Features: - Textured and checkered frame surfaces for enhanced operator grip - Two interchangeable backstrap inserts with lanyard holes - Integrated accessory rail for mounting tactical lights or lasers - Full-length guide rod and flat-coil recoil spring - Ambidextrous frame-mounted decocking levers - Ambidextrous magazine release buttons - Ambidextrous slide release levers - Loaded chamber indicator on external extractor - C-More Systems fixed three-dot combat sights - Three magazines, owners manual, locking device and lockable fitted hard case come standard - Doctor Optics Red Dot (Optional) - Threaded Barrel

FN Herstal FNP-45 Tactical

GENERATION 2 The FNP-45 Tactical features traditional double-action/single-action (DA/SA) operation with frame-mounted decocker levers. Its high-capacity polymer frame is offered in Flat Dark Earth only. The FNP-45 Tactical USGs barrel is cold hammer-forged stainless steel, and threaded. Specifications:- - Caliber: 45 ACP - Operation: DA/SA with Decocker - Barrel Length: 4.5 - Overall Length: 7.85 - Weight: 33.2 oz. empty - Magazine: 14- or 10-round magazines - Interchangeable arched and flat backstrap inserts with lanyard holes Features: - Textured and checkered frame surfaces for enhanced operator grip - Two interchangeable backstrap inserts with lanyard holes - Integrated accessory rail for mounting tactical lights or lasers - Full-length guide rod and flat-coil recoil spring - Ambidextrous frame-mounted decocking levers - Ambidextrous magazine release buttons - Ambidextrous slide release levers - Loaded chamber indicator on external extractor - C-More Systems fixed three-dot combat sights - Three magazines, owners manual, locking device and lockable fitted hard case come standard - Doctor Optics Red Dot (Optional) - Threaded Barrel

FN Herstal Five Seven

The FN Five-seveN single-action autoloading pistol fires the low-recoil 5.7x28mm cartridge making it ideal for personal protection, target shooting or NRA Tactical Police Competition. It features a textured, ergonomic polymer frame with checkered panels for enhanced grip. The polymer slide cover helps reduce weight and the operating controls allow for easy access with a reversible magazine release and ambidextrous manual safety levers. The barrel is hammer-forged and chrome-lined for enhanced accuracy and extended service life. Models are available with matte black, olive drab green or Flat Dark Earth frames with a choice of adjustable target sights or fixed three-dot combat sights. Features: - Integrated accessory rail for mounting tactical lights or lasers - Reversible magazine release button - Ambidextrous manual safety levers - Hammer-forged, chrome lined barrel - Choice of adjustable three dot target sights or fixed C-More Systems day or night combat sights Specifications: - Caliber: 5.7x28mm - Operation: Single-Action Only (SAO) - Barrel Length: 4.75 - Overall Length: 8.2 - Weight: 20.8 oz. empty - Magazine: 20- or 10-round magazines

HK 45C (V1)

Smaller in length and height that the standard HK45, the HK45 Compact (HK45C) uses a slim-line grip profile, otherwise is nearly identical in features to the full-size HK45. Like the HK45, the HK45 Compact was developed as a possible candidate for the Joint Combat Pistol (JCP) and Combat Pistol (CP) programs administered by the U.S. military in their search for a new service handgun. These programs were suspended before completion and no pistols were selected. The HK45 Compact uses an HK proprietary O-ring barrel for precise barrel-to-slide lockup and optimal accuracy. HK45 barrels are made using the famous HK cold-hammer forging process for superior performance. Using HKs unique internal mechanical recoil reduction system reduces the recoil forces imparted to the weapon and shooter by as much as 30%, improving shooter control during rapid firing and increasing component service life. Capable of firing standard .45 ACP ball through +P ammunition, the HK45 Compact has an 8-round magazine capacity but can also use 10-round magazines, including those designed for the full-size HK45. The HK45 combines the accuracy, modularity, reliability, and minimum 20,000 round service life of the renowned USP45 Compact with the improved ergonomics of the P2000 series pistols. HK45 Compacts can be also be fitted with threaded barrels for use with muzzle mounted sound suppressors. Each HK45 Compact comes standard with an extra backstrap for a custom fit for each shooters hand. Both the HK45 Compact and full-size HK45 use an improved USP-style control lever, a combination safety and decocking lever. The control lever is frame mounted and is quickly accessible; it has a positive stop and returns to the fire position after decocking. By using the modular approach to the internal components first pioneered by HK on the USP, the control lever function of the HK45 and HK45C can be switched from the left to the right side of the pistol to accommodate left-handed shooters (additional parts required). Left and right mounted control levers provide safety and/or decocking functions as required and can be fitted to the pistol simply by changing parts. For true ambidextrous use, a control lever can also be mounted on both sides of the pistol if required. Well-suited for personal defense use, the HK45C is available in, or can be converted to, a wide variety of variants that use different trigger firing modes, including double action/single action (DA/SA) and DAO (double action only). The DAO mode uses the unique Heckler & Koch LEM (Law Enforcement Modification) firing system, providing an enhanced double action trigger pull. Extensively tested and operationally proven, the HK45C is currently being made at HKs new American manufacturing facility in Newington, New Hampshire. Specs: Caliber: 45 ACP Weight: 1.58 LBS Barrel: 3.94 Length: 7.20" Trigger: LEO Key features and system characteristics:: Integral MIL-STD-1913 (Picatinny) rail molded into the polymer frame dust cover for mounting lights, laser aimers, and other accessories ERGO (HK45 full-size) and slim-line (HK45 Compact) grip profiles with user replaceable grip panels to adjust the feel and grip circumference of the weapon to suit individual operator hand size and shooting preference 8-round metal magazine is standard for the HK45C, common high-capacity (10 rounds) that fit both the HK45 and HK45C also available Ambidextrous controls with dual slide releases and enlarged magazine release Uses the proven modified Browning linkless recoil operating system O-ring barrel for precise barrel-to-slide lockup and better accuracy Polygonal rifling for longer barrel life and increased accuracy Improved ergonomic control levers (safety and/or decocking) Low profile drift adjustable 3-dot sights Contoured and radiused slide with forward slide (grasping) grooves and anti-glare longitudinal ribs Choice of black or neutral colored (tan) polymer frame

Sig Sauer P226R Combat TB

The P226 Combat with threaded barrel is designed to meet, and exceed, rigorous military standards. The P226 Combat performs like no other .9mm available. Each pistol features the militarys Flat Dark Earth finish on its alloy frame and SIGs Nitron over a stainless slide. Internal parts and controls are phosphated for extreme corrosion resistance and reduced friction while the threaded barrel is hard chromed and finished in Nitron which easily passes the militarys accuracy requirements even after 20,000 rounds. The P226 Combat also passes the militarys 240-hour salt spray corrosion test. Outfitted with a true M1913 Picatinny rail, vertical front strap serrations and SIGLITE night sights. (Suppressor not included with pistol)

Sig Sauer Mosquito Tactical

The SIG SAUER Mosquito is now available with a threaded barrel (M9 x 0.75). Only 90% the size of a P226, its the ideal choice for hours of shooting fun. Its wear-resistant polymer frame and integral accessory rail is ergonomically designed to enhance accuracy and provide a better all-around shooting experience. Additional features include a rugged blowback system, fixed barrel and adjustable sights. Its also loaded with safety features that include a decocking lever and the automatic drop safety youd expect in a SIG SAUER pistol. Its further enhanced with an ambidextrous manual slide mounted safety, magazine safety and internal locking device. An optional Threaded Barrel Adapter facilitates the mounting of accessories requiring a x 28 thread pattern, including many popular sound suppression devices. Specifications: - Caliber: .22LR - Action Type: DA/SA - Trigger Pull: DA 12.4 lbs - Trigger Pull: SA 4.4 lbs - Overall Length: 8.3 in - Overall Height: 5.3 in - Overall Width: 1.5 in - Barrel Length: 4.9 in - Sight Radius: 5.5 in - Weight: w/Mag 27.8 oz - Mag Capacity: 10 Rounds - Sights: Adjustable Rear - Grips: Black Polymer - Frame Finish: Black Polymer - Slide Finish: Blued - Accessory Rail: Yes - Features: Wear-resistant polymer frame outfitted with an integrated accessory rail, Threaded Barrel

Sig Sauer Mosquito FDE Tactical

SOMETIMES THE BUZZ IS GOOD. The buzz about the SIG SAUER Mosquito, is thatthis scaled down, rimfire version of the companys popular P226 reduces the noise, recoil and expense of centerfire shooting but keeps the accuracy, precision and exhilaration the same. The polymer frame, blowback-operated pistol is offered in a wide range of configurations. SPECIFICATIONS: - Item Number: MOS-22-FDE-TB - Caliber: .22LR - Action Type: DA/SA - Overall Length: 8.3 - Overall Height: 5.3 in - Overall Width: 1.5 in - Barrel Length: 4.9 in - Sight Radius: 5.5 in - Weight w/Mag: 24.6 oz - Mag Capacity: 10 Rounds - Sights: Adjustable Rear - Grips: Black Polymer - Frame Finish: FDE Finish - Slide Finish: FDE Finish - Accessory Rail: Yes - Features: FDE Finish, Integral Accessory Rail, Threaded Barrel

Wilson Combat Ultralight Carry

The new Ultralight Carry was designed from the beginning to be the ultimate full-size carry pistol. The foundation is a fully machined aluminum frame for reduced weight. When combined with the carry cuts, ball endmill cuts, round butt frame, concealment beavertail grip safety and hammer, the Ultralight Carry is over 1/2 pound lighter than a comparable steel frame pistol. Experts agree the ultimate carry pistol must be as light as possible while maintaining the shootability of a 5" pistol. The Ultralight Carry is handcrafted with all the features imperative in a daily use pistol. To reduce the profile and improve comfort, we have incorporated our new concealment beavertail grip safety, a round butt frame and carry cuts / ball endmill cuts on the slide. The slide stop post has been countersunk to allow the use of laser grips completing the features necessary in a daily concealed carry pistol. KEY FEATURES: Full-Size Aluminum Frame 30 LPI High Cut Checkered Frontstrap Image Round Butt Frame Image Concealment Bullet Proof Beavertail Grip Safety and Hammer Image Tactical Bullet Proof Thumb Safety Image Ambidextrous Bullet Proof Thumb Safety Optional 3 1/2# - 3 3/4# Crisp Trigger Pull with Medium Length Pad Contoured Magazine Well Image Bullet Proof Magazine Release Image G10 Starburst Grips Torx Head Grip Screws Countersunk Slide Stop Image 5" Carbon Steel Slide Heavy Machine Chamfer on Bottom of Slide Image Tactical Combat Pyramid U-Notch Rear Sight with 40 LPI Serrations, Improved Ramp Front Sight with White Outline Tritium Insert 5" Stainless Match Grade Barrel & Bushing, Flush Cut and Crowned Image Bullet Proof Recoil Spring Plug Image 30 LPI Slide Top Serrations Image 40 LPI Serrated Rear of Slide and Extractor Image Carry Cuts / Ball Endmill Cuts Image De-Horn for Carry Test Fire and Zero SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: .45 ACP - Magazine Capacity: 8 rd. - Barrel Length: 5" - Overall Length: 8.5" - Sight Radius: 6.6" - Height: 5.6" - Width: 1.3" - Weight Empty: 32.8 oz. - Weight Loaded: 40.5oz. - Accuracy Guarantee: 1" At 25 yds.

PRI Gas Buster Charging Handle (Combat Latch)

M84 Gas Buster AR15-M16-M4 Charging Handle - Featuring The Big Latch Increases safety by inhibiting harmful blowback gas and oil particles from striking shooter's face and glasses. The gasbuster is less effective for the left hand shooter based on the porting.

Daniel Defense 6 Position Tube

DD 6 Position Ar-15 Buffer Tube (Mil Spec)

Knights Armament SR-15 E3 (TAUPE)

The Stoner Rifle 15 series are semi-automatic rifles featuring a 16" chrome chamber barrel, a URX free floating barrel system, an ambidextrous control system, a two-stage trigger, an improved multi-lug E3 bolt and integral front sling and sling mounts. This is already a comprehensive package on its own and does not require excessive modular accessories for the performance enhancement. The KAC SR-15 is the first rifle model with an Integrated Weapons System (IWS) that combines both built-in and modular features. FEATURES: - 7 integrated sling swivel mounts (5 front, 2 Rear) - Ambidextrous Safety/Selector - Ambidextrous Bolt Catch - Ambidextrous Magazine Catch - Hammer Forged 1:7 Twist Chrome Lined & Bore Barrel - SOCOM Type Sloping Cheekpiece Adjustable Length Buttstock - Integrated Rail Folding Front Sight - Integrated Picatinny Rail Mid-Length URX Forend - Removable Mid-Length Lower Rail - Mid-Length (Battle Riffled Gas Tube) - Gloved Finger Trigger Guard - Two Stage Match-Trigger (4.5 LBS) SPECIFICATIONS: - Model: SR-15 - Caliber: 5.56mm NATO - Barrel Length: 16" - Weight: 6.75 LBS - Length: 33" - Color: Taupe - Muzzle Velocity: 55GR. FMJ; 3074 FPS (Winchester), 62GR. M855; 2901 FPS (US Military/Lake City)

AVON FM50 Mask System

The FM50 Mask is the commercially available derivative of the Avon JSGPM/M50 military mask that utilizes the M50s unique conformal filter configuration for military and specialist applications. The FM50 twin conformal filter mask provides a close-to-face, streamlined design for optimal weapons integration, weight distribution and user comfort. Self-sealing valves allow the user to change filters without compromising respiratory protection levels. Available in 3 sizes, the FM50 features a panoramic flexible visor, Electronic Communication Port (ECP), high-flow fail-safe drink device and low profile twin filters with a bayonet quick fit connection. FM50 Kit Includes: - FM50 Mask Assembly - Primary Filters (Pair) (71601-1) - Clear Outsert Assembly (70501-156) - Operators Manual (71601-30) - Mask Carrier (Black) (72601-48)

AVON FM53 Twin Port Mask

The Avon FM53 mask was developed to meet the unique requirements of specialist end-users in the field. The mask, based on the U.S. M50/JSGPM (Joint Service General Purpose Mask), provides maximum operational flexibility to counter multiple threat scenarios, including chemical, biological, nuclear and radiological (CBRN) agents, Toxic Industrial Chemicals (TICs), and Toxic Industrial Materials (TIMs). The FM53 mask is NIOSH-certified in the following configurations: FM53 mask with CTF12 filter Certified under 42 CFR 84 FM53 mask with CBRNF12B filter Certified under CBRN APR Standard cap1 Available in four sizes for customized protection to accommodate all operators. Removable outserts are available to provide additional ballistic protection, comfortable operation in sunlight, and blue light filtration for sharper sighting. Mask integrates with NFPA Class 2 and 3 suits. Integrated voice communications capability with internal microphone for both radio and voice projection unit use. Additional electronic passthrough for external radio use. FM53 Mask Includes: - FM53 Mask Assembly - Voice Project Unit w/ Microphone Assembly (72601-15) - Faceform (72601-53) - Storage Bag (72601-97) - FM53 User Manual (72601-59) - Plug Removal Tool (72601-57) (Twin Port Mask Only)

Desert Tactical Arms Caliber Conversion Kits (Covert Chassis)

The SRS Covert uses our patented Quick Caliber Conversion feature. Covert conversion kit barrels have fast-twist rates for optimum performance in 16-inch barrels giving operators the option to fire both suppressed subsonic ammunition or full power standard ammunition with 1/2 MOA accuracy. The Covert accepts full-length SRS conversion kits, providing operators full-size rifle flexibility. The calibter conversion and return to zero is simple and takes less than 60 seconds. Benefits: 1. Operators can change rifle length, penetration, and distance capabilities. 2. Snipers can shoot various ammo calibers and types depending on METT-T. 3. Snipers can progressively train on more powerful ammo. 4. Reduced training costs (train and practice with .308 WIN) 5. Reduced system down-times (the operator can change his own barrels). Twist Rate: - .308: 1 in 8 - .300: 1 in 10 - .338: 1 in 9 Price is for the Conversion Kit only. Rifle Chassis' are sold separately.

Desert Tactical Arms Caliber Conversion Kits (SRS Chassis)

The SRS is quickly convertible between the following 8 calibers: .243 WIN, .308 WIN, 260 Rem, 6.5x47 LM, 7mm WSM, .300 WIN MAG, .338 Norma, .338 LM. The caliber conversion and return to zero is simple and takes less than 60 seconds. Benefits: 1. Operators can change rifle length, penetration, and distance capabilities. 2. Snipers can shoot various ammo calibers and types depending on METT-T. 3. Snipers can progressively train on more powerful ammo. 4. Reduced training costs (train and practice with .308 WIN) 5. Reduced system down-times (the operator can change his own barrels). els). Caliber Conversion Kits Include The Following: - Barrel - Bolt - Spacer (If needed) - Magazine

Knight Armament QD Flash Hider

Made to work with the Knight's QD sound suppressors. Includes shim kit.

Accu Shot BT-10 LW17

The Atlas Bipod project has been a long journey, from conception of what a bipod should be to a brief and frank discussion with Mr. Harris at SHOT, where he expressed no interest in adding my concepts to the Harris product line to what we see today as the Atlas bipod. The Atlas has been tested by professionals and civilians alike, tested in the sands of Iraq and found to not foul, tested in a Red Bull induced shooting session and survived. The V8 Atlas is ready for you. FEATURES: - Construction from T6061 Aluminum, Type III Hard Anodized black - Stainless steel springs and fasteners - UHMW components used for smooth tracking - 15 degrees +/- of preloaded Pan - 15 degrees +/- of preloaded Cant - Preload on Pan and Cant can be tightened by means of the knurled knob - Picitinny Rail Mount interface by either standard machine screw fastener based clamp or optional ARMS 17S lever mount (we offer the ARMS 17S on the BT10-LW17 but any lever mount with that same hole spacing will work on the BT10-NC). - Non orientated leg positioning use either hand to move leg into any of the four leg positions; legs stowed back, 90 degrees straight down, 45 degrees forward and stowed forward. - All 4 leg positions are solid allowing the shooter to load the bipod at the 45 and 90 degree positions. - Non orientated leg length adjustment, Outer leg slides on the Inner leg locating on any of five positions " apart and can be done by either hand. - Optional 3" leg extensions to increase height available. - Standard soft durable Rubber feet that are suitable for many surfaces. - Optional interchangeable Ski and Cleat style feet can be swapped in the field with the press of a ball plunger with a bullet tip. - Optional mounting systems available for Accuracy International and Sako rifles. - Estimated range of elevation on the BT10 is 5-9" from the surface up to the rail. - Estimated weight of 10.5 ounces for the clamp on style - Proudly Made in America

KAC MK11 MOD 0 Suppressor

SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 7.62x51mm - .308 - P/N: 98440 - NSN: 1005-01-474-0197 - dB Reduction: -28dB - Length: 12.25" - Diameter: 1.375" - Weight: 1 lb 14oz - Attachment Method: Quick Detach Mechanism Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

KAC QDSS-NT4 Suppressor

SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 5.56 NATO - P/N: 96062-1 - NSN: 1005-01-437-0324 Taupe - P/N: 96062-2 - NSN: 1005-01-568-4844 - dB Reduction: -28dB - Length: 6.6" - Diameter: 1.5" - Weight: 1 lb 8oz - Attachment Method: Quick Attach and Detach Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

FN SCAR Heavy

Early 2004, United States Special Operations Command (USSOCOM) issued a solicitation for a family of Special Forces Combat Assault Rifles, the so-called SCAR, designed around two different calibers but featuring high commonality of parts and identical ergonomics. FN Herstal took part in the full and open competition and released prototypes of a brand new family of weapons within timeframe taking advantage of our long-standing firearms know-how. From the first pre-selection tests, the SCAR system developed by FN Herstal has remained the first and only choice of USSOCOM. Modular: The SCAR-H STD assault rifle is chambered in 7.62x51mm NATO caliber and is fitted with a standard 16" barrel. The operator can replace the standard barrel with a short 13" barrel for close quarter combat in less than five minutes. The rifle is then called SCAR-H CQC. The SCAR-H STD assault rifle can be fitted with a FN40GL-H grenade launcher mounted on the lower rail of the rifle, for additional firepower. Adaptable: The SCAR assault rifle features a foldable buttstock, an adjustable cheek piece (2 positions) and an adjustable length of pull (6 positions) to adapt to any operators. Ambidextrous: The SCAR assault rifle features a reversible charging handle and an ambidextrous safety/firing selector and magazine release. Right- and left-handed operators are at ease with any SCAR assault rifle. Compact: The SCAR-H STD weights no more than 3.720 kg (without magazine) and does not exceed 721mm in length with folded buttstock. Accuracy: The SCAR assault rifle fires semi-automatic or full automatic maintaining high firing accuracy in either mode. Wide range of Accessories: The SCAR assault rifle features an upper Picatinny rail for optional day or night sighting systems (in-line mounting possible) and lower and side rails for optional accessories (e.g. light, laser, foregrip). Further accessories are available, such as sling, bipod, carrying bag and blank firing system. Easy Field Stripping The SCAR assault rifle consists of 5 major assemblies: - Buttstock - Receiver - Bolt carrier - Trigger module - Magazine

TNT CQBRM

TOP NOTCH TACTICAL CQBRM (Close Quarters Battle Reflex Mount) - Available Models: Remington 870, 1100, 1187 - Material: 6061 Aluminum - Coating: Type III Hard Coat Anodizing - Weight: 1.3 oz. - Tools Required: Phillips Screw Driver, Flat Head Screw Driver The Close Quarters Battle Reflex Mount (C.Q.B.R.M.) by Top Notch Tactical (T.N.T.) is a custom designed mount that enables the use of light weight and low profile sighting devices on Remington 870, 1100, and 1187 shotguns for tactical use. An increasing number of tactical operations are done in low light or darkness. Operators using shotguns, for less-lethal applications, dynamic entry or any operations that utilize a shotgun, have been unable to accurately sight in their targets. This heightens the risk for collateral damage. Typical solutions involve bulky red dot sights and scope mount rigs that add weight and often prevent safe mounting in patrol vehicles. TNTs C.Q.B.R.M., and light weight reflex sights, such as the Leupold Delta Point. Allow aiming accuracy and speed without handling inhibiting bulk. The TNT C.Q.B.R.M. is a low cost unobtrusive solution that provides a mounting platform for reflex sights on shotguns, while adding minimal weight and no obstruction to patrol car mounting. Designed to retro-fit current in-use military and police Remington shotguns the unit gets clamped in between the butt stock and the receiver, and can be used with standard or pistol grip configurations. Unit offers a 1.75 picatinny Rail on top to easily mount a small reflex red dot sight, and a .5 picatinny rail on the left side so the operator may select from a countless number of different sling attachments available for any standard AR-15 rifle. Such attachments include: QD Swivel Mount, HK Style hook mount, 1 or 1.5 webbing loop, and many others. Unit sits far enough back on the shotgun to utilize most squad car mounts/locks, as well as home defense shotgun locks that wrap around the ejection port / breach of the weapon, but far enough forward so the shooter can acquire the proper eye relief and sight picture. *Limited Lifetime Warranty

American Defense Aimpoint Magnifier Swing Off Mount - Absolute

DESCRIPTION The AD-SM-01 Magnifier Swing Off Mount features an absolute co-witness when used on an AR15, M16, M4 flat top with Mil-Spec size iron sights. It enables the operator to flip the magnifier out of view for an unmagnified sight picture. It is configurable for a right or left direction of flip. It is precision machined from 6061 T6 aluminum and finished in hard coat T3 Mil-Spec anodize. It features the Patented QD Auto Lock Lever system to accommodate both in spec and out of spec rail systems. FEATURES: The AD-SM-01 Magnifier Swing Off Mount features the Patented QD Auto Lock Lever system which has the following advantages: - Does not require proprietary tools for adjustment. - Can be adjusted with your finger or a flat blade screwdriver. - Lever can be configured to lock to the front or the rear. - Superior clamping surface to insure maximum rail engagement. MATERIALS & CONSTRUCTION: The AD-SM-01 Magnifier Swing Off Mount is precision CNC machined from a block of 6061 T6 aluminum and finished in hard coat type 3 Mil-Spec anodize for a rock hard lasting finish. - Precision machined from 6061 T6 Aluminum. - Hard coat anodized for a lifetime of performance. - Fully adjustable to fit both in spec and out of spec rail systems. - American Defense MFG, LLC. products feature a lifetime warranty. - Features the Patented QD Auto Lock Lever system. - Made with pride in the U.S.A. SPECIFICATIONS: The AD-SM-01 Magnifier Swing Off Mount has the following specifications: - Weight: 4.8ozs.

Magpul MS3 Sling

Driven by the operational experience of Magpul DynamicsSM instructors, the MS3 Multi-Mission Sling System was designed to give a versatile weapon-retention solution for a multitude of tactical environments and missions. As a standalone product, the rapidly-convertible MS3 allows an operator to leverage the maneuverability of one-point attachment for direct action, or two-point attachment for stability. Single-hand adjustments and quick-release, positive-locking hardware provide flexibility and durability in a truly adaptable sling system. Used in conjunction with the Magpul ASAP plate (sold separately), the MS3 enables seamless transitions into an array of shooting positions without getting bound or fouled. The MS3 concept allows switching from Weapon Shoulder to Reaction Shoulder for shooting around corners, under vehicles, or to minimize exposure. The MS3 can also increase operator survivability by keeping the weapon in the fight in case of injury to the operator's shoulder, arm, or hand. The MS3 incorporates several new features over its predecessor, the MS2, including all new Magpul designed and built hardware as well as improved webbing for greater durability and compatibility. Made in U.S.A. and 100% Berry Amendment Compliant. FEATURES: - Fast transition from one-point to two-point configuration - Adjustment Loop for rapidly adding or removing sling tension with a single-hand - Symmetrical Paraclip shackles allows for easy transition and provides weapon quick-release capabilities in an emergency - Cross-Bolt Lock Bar in each Paraclip allows the user to optionally lock its lever closed - Light weight yet durable hardware made with hardened steel and heavy-duty polymer - Steel Paraclip levers are case hardened and finished with a ferritic nitrocarburizing process for extreme resistance to wear and corrosion - Custom 1.25 inch wide nylon webbing material is strong and wear resistant while remaining anti-chaff for user comfort - Coyote colored webbing is MIL-STD-595 IR compliant - Sling Mounting - REAR - Works with the Magpul ASAP for optimal transitioning in one-point mode. Also compatible with many snap-hook style sling connectors and standard or QD sling swivels. - FRONT - Compatible with the Magpul RSA, MSA, many snap-hook style sling connectors, and standard or QD sling swivels for use in two-point mode.

Magpul P-Mag 20 Round

This variant of the PMAG (Polymer MAGazine) is a lightweight 20-round 5.56x45 NATO, M-16 compatible magazine. It features a straight body with an advanced impact resistant polymer construction, a pop-off Impact Cover for storage, and an easy to dissasemble design with a flared floorplate for positive magazine extraction from pouches. The PMAG 20 utilizes a resilient stainless steel spring for corrosion resistance and a controlled-tilt, self-lubricating follower for increased reliability. FEATURES: • Impact and crush resistant polymer construction Straight-bodied 20-round design maintains a low profile Controlled-tilt, self-lubricating follower for increased reliability Multi-use Impact Cover protects feedlips from impact damage, keeps dust and dirt out of the magazine during storage, and can be used as a tool for easy cartridge removal High quality stainless steel spring for corrosion resistance Textured gripping surface and flared floorplate for positive magazine handling and easy disassembly PMAG 20 Technical Resources:

Accu Shot BT-10 Accuracy International

- BT10-Mounts directly to any 1913 style Picatinny rail via a low profile two screw clamp assembly. - Height Range approximately 4.75 9.0". - Weight 11.0 ounces. - Available in black only. Atlas Bipod that mounts directly to the AAIS which plugs into the Accuracy International AI/AICS stocks utilizing the factory retention/release mechanism. The AAIS is constructed from 6061T6 Aluminum with a type II hard coat anodize mated with an alloy steel Spigot that is finished with a Manganese Phosphate. The AAIS weighs approximately 4.7 ounces is proudly made in the USA. **Important** When installing the BT-19 Please be sure to Loosen the Tension Nut up as much as possible before inserting the Spigot into the stock. Push Spigot into the receptacle using the Tension Knob until there is a good solid Click of the spigot locking into place, then tighten the Tension Knob.

Accu Shot BT-10

- BT10-Mounts directly to any 1913 style Picatinny rail via a low profile two screw clamp assembly. - Height Range approximately 4.75 9.0". - Weight 11.0 ounces. - Available in black only.

Crimson Trace AR-15 Light / Laser VFG

Crimson Trace is proud to debut the MVF-515, a revolutionary, patent-pending concept that combines three tactical tools into a single, modular package. We began with a rock solid vertical foregrip. Then we upgraded it with an aiming laser on one side and a dual-intensity tactical light on the other. The instinctive activation switches are ambidextrous, letting operators select the light or the laser individually, or both simultaneously. Laser and light functions are programmable, so operators can also select from three illumination modes: independent momentary, strobe, or constant-on. The master on/off switch permits complete shutdown of either side. Additional future components can integrate into the robust platform. Technical Specs: Activation: Instinctive Activation; Ambidextrous Dual-Side Activation Switches Material: Rugged Hard Polymer Grip Panels w/ Hard Anodized 6061-T6 Aircraft Aluminum Tang User Adjustable: Both Windage and Elevation Warranty: 3 Years Complete Master On/Off Switch: Yes - 3 activation modes on each panel Beam Intensity: 5mw peak, 633nm, class IIIa red laser. Maximum output that federal law and technology allow. Light Specs: Replaceable, 150/200-Lumen LED white light module (rotate to select intensity) Dot Size: Approximately 0.5" diameter at 50 feet. Power Source: Two CR123 lithium batteries

Wilcox Universal Control Grip

Universal Control Grip with Bipod and SureFire ScoutLight Kit (One (1) 6" Male Threaded Connectors, One (1) 6" Threaded to a Male Connector, and One (1) Tail Cap) The Wilcox Line of Weapon Grips feature a patented mounting interface which allows for quick attachment to the MIL-STD-1913 rail. A Universal Control Grip provides unsurpassed control of a variety of weapon mounted lasers and tactical flashlights by eliminating the need for a strip switch to control the illumination device and laser attached to the weapon. All grips are available with and without an integrated bipod. ADDED FEATURES OF THE UNIVERSAL CONTROL GRIP: New Integrated Electronic Design Eliminates Strip Switches that Interfere with Operation for which the Vertical Grip is Intended Simple Pre-Select for Flashlight, Laser, or Flashlight and Laser Provides Momentary or Constant Activation Ergonomically Positioned Activation Buttons Located on Left or Right Side Allow for Control of the Flashlight and Laser without Losing Grip during Operation SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 0.44 LBS (7.04 oz.) - Dimensions (Collapsed: 5.1" x 1.9" W x 1.5" D WILCOX GRIP COMPONENTS: The Wilcox Line of Weapon Grips features a combination of the following components, based upon model selected: 1) A Remote Connector Cable interfaces with an attached Laser, Wilcox Multi-Function Tail Cap Switch (for interfacing with the SureFire line of flashlights, or the Wilcox Power Grip MADTM (Cable Sold Separately). 2) A Wire Connector Interface allows the attachment of up to two devices by means of a Remote Connector (Sold Separately). 3) Left and Right Activation Switches provide control of laser (left) and flashlight (right). Provides momentary operation with single tap and constant on with double tap. 4) A Center Selection Switch allows the Grip to be powered On or Off. 5) A Robust Cam Lock Mechanism provides an easy lock-on attachment to the bottom MIL-STD-1913 rail. 6) Retractable legs pivot to ease rotation of the weapon when used in a prone position. 7) A Lock Release Button provides spring action release of retracted optional bipod legs. 8) The Universal Control Grip (PN 41900G01) ships with Two Remote Cables.

Wilcox Para Grip w/ Bipod

The Wilcox Para Grip is an all-aluminum, articulating vertical weapon grip that features a patented mounting interface which allows for quick attachment to the MIL-STD-1913 rail. The folding mechanism of the Para Grip allows grip to fold up against the rail when not in use. The ergonomically correct grip has a polymer sleeve that is ribbed vertically and horizontally to prevent slippage during weapons fire and an optional removable bipod extends with the push of a button and easily collapses to a stowed position. An optional removable storage compartment easily threads on in place of the removable bipod, providing storage of two 123A batteries. The Para Grip also features flats on the right and left side of the grip for attachment of pressure pads used for controlling a variety of tactical flashlights and lasers. FEATURES OF PARA GRIPS: Ergonomically Correct Grip is Ribbed Vertically and Horizontally to Prevent Slippage During Weapons Fire Optional Removable Bipod Extends with the Push of a Button and Easily Collapses to a Stowed Position Optional Removable Battery Stowage Compartment Easily Threads on in Place of the Removable Bipod, Providing Stowage for Two (2) 123A Batteries Flats Located Left and Right of the Grip Allow Attachment of Remote Connector Cables (Sold Separately) for Controlling a Variety of Lasers and Tactical Flashlights SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 0.63 LBS (10.14oz.) - Dimensions (Collapsed): 6.6" L x 1.6" W x 2.4" D

Wilcox Mini Cutting Torch System Kit

The Wilcox line of Mini Cutting Torch Systems utilizes oxygen as a fuel source to perform utility cutting. These torch systems provides an expedient alternative when other methods of breaching are inappropriate for technical or tactical reasons. This system features a distinct advantage over competitor products in that they are very light weight, low profile, and scalable to meet a variety of mission requirements. It also easily integrates with the Wilcox Portable Oxygen Supply System (sold seperately) for easy on-site cascade charging to accommodate larger jobs. FEATURES: Allows the Breacher to Melt or Burn Through Objects for Gaining Entry to Secured or Confined Spaces Utilizes Torching Rods of Various Lengths to Generate an Exothermic Burn Polycarbonate Handle Resists the Heat Generated by the High Temperatures of Exothermic Operation Carry Pouch is Black for Covert Use Green Oxygen Supply Hose Conforms to DOT Color Coding Standards for Oxygen Products SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight (with Oxygen): *95 Cubic Inch: 8.42 LBS. *56 Cubic Inch: 6.21 LBS. - Dimensions: *95 Cubic Inch: 4.14 in. DIA x 19.5 in. H *56 Cubic Inch: 3.52 in. DIA x 11.0 in. H - Cylinder Capacity (3,000 PSI) *95 Cubic Inch: 11.3 Cubic Foot (325.0 L) *56 Cubic Inch: 6.66 Cubic Foot (190.5 L) MINI CUTTING TORCH SYSTEMS: 1) A Flow Valve Adjuster located within the tip of the Cylinder Valve allows the O2 flow to be adjusted. 2) A Cylinder Valve allows the breacher to secure the cylinder when not in use 3) Pressure Gauge displays remaining cylinder pressure in 1,000 PSI increments. 4) Quick Disconnect attachments on the cylinder and Torch Handle allow the hose to be quickly disassembled. 5) Pressure Relief Valve releases O2 in the event that the Second Stage Regulator becomes overpressurized. 6) CGA Charging Port is quickly accessible for O2 charging. A threaded cap secures the port when not in use. 7) Light weight Composite Cylinder stores up to 3,000 PSI of Oxygen. 8) A Carry Pouch provides a secure waist attachment and removable carry strap. A locking pull string at the top secures the cylinder in place within the pouch. 9) Torch Handle features locking trigger assembly that prevents accidental ignition when dropped, and accommodates rod sizes of 1/4 and 3/8 10) A light-weight Velcro carry pouch pocket allows the breacher to stow the torch handle when not in use. 11) Burst Valve ruptures to release O2 from the cylinder in the event that the the cylinder becomes overpressurized. 12) Quick Disconnect attachments on the cylinder and Torch Handle allow the hose to be quickly disassembled.

Wilcox Titanium Grappling Hook (154 Degree 3x Hook)

The Wilcox Line of Vertical Assault Climbing Hooks features a series of uniquely designed hooks that easily interface with a telescopic pole for use in vertical assault applications by means of a high strength, two-piece locking pole interface. These uniquely designed hooks are manufactured of 5/8 diameter Titanium Rod with a weld attachment point that is machined, not bent. This, allows for greater weld area, while providing decreased weight and increased strength over currently fielded hooks that are made of 1/2 rod. SYSTEM COMPONENTS: 1) A threaded connector on each pole interfaces with a Pole Interface for mounting to currently fielded boat poles. 2) Precision welded hooks provide a secure attachment. 3) Rounded Carabiner Interface provides a secure point for attaching a carabiner with decreased cockle (carabiner not included). 4) A Pole Interface provides a two piece male-female connector that easily disconnects to meet mission requirements. 5) A Release Button allows the Pole Interface to lock into place when inserted into the pole tip. Simply depressing the Release Button allows the interface to slide out of the pole tip. 6) Serialized and date stamped for tracking service requirements (not shown). CONSTRUCTION: - Material: Aerospace Grade Titanium 6AL-4V Hooks, Aluminum Interface - Weight: 41.84 oz. (1.25 KG)

Wilcox Fusion AMP Rail

The Wilcox FUSION AMP Rail for the M-4 Type Carbine provides a unique electrical power management system to control a line of FUSION accessories that do not feature a battery compartment. The Wilcox FUSION Vertical Grip Module is a Three (3) Volt system that housesaQuickChangeGripPowerCassetteTM that can be adjusted at any point along the 6 oclock rail for operational comfort and moves the weapons center of gravity for better weapon handling. One quick change of the battery recharges power to all of the attached accessories. PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS: - Weight: M-4 FUSION AMP Rail TM 0.74 lb, (0.34 kg) FUSION Vertical Grip TM approx. 0.50 lb, (0.23 kg) - Wilcox / Surefire Weight: FUSION FL Module TM 0.28 lb, (0.13 kg) FUSION Laser Module TM approx 0.26 lb, (0.12 kg) Features: All FUSION AMP Rails are manufactured to NATO standard MIL-STD-1913 specifications. The Power Management System allows independent control of the desired accessories. The 3 and 9 oclock rail positions are powered when the corresponding 3 or 9 oclock activation switch on the vertical grip is depressed, activating the attached accessory. Quick Change Grip Power Cassette houses one (1) CR-123A battery within the vertical grip. This design realizes a smaller more low profile accessory that is less prone to snag hazard when handling the weapon. One Quick Change of the Grip Power Cassette changes what would have involved having to alternatively replace each individual battery in each device. The standard operating procedure of replacing all batteries before going out on patrol is eliminated, saving unutilized batteries. The electrical conduit features a robust design to work in the rigors of combat and adverse environmental conditions. Specifications: - M-4 FUSION AMP Rail TM: 0.74 lb, (0.34 kg) - FUSION Vertical Grip TM: approx 0.50 lb, (0.23 kg) - Wilcox / Surefire FUSION FL Module TM: 0.28 lb, (0.13 kg) FUSION Laser Module TM: 0.40 lb, (0.18 kg)

Wilcox AN/PVS-14 Arm w/ NVG ON/OFF Switch

The Wilcox AN/PVS-14 Arm with NVG Interface Shoe provides a durable connection for mounting an AN/PVS14 goggle to a Wilcox Combat Helmet Interface Mount. This version of the PVS-14 Arm features a one-handed, On/Off push button that the operator can easily access without the need of taking the NVG off the mount or helmet. It can be easily mounted and dismounted from the AN/PVS-14 goggle by means of a thumb screw, and allows the operator to select the height and angle for comfort with the ability to make fine adjustments to the Arm to customize the position of the Night Vision Goggle for proper eye position and relief. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 2.08 oz (0.06 kg). - Material Construction: Light Weight, Aerospace Grade Metals and High Strength Polymer - Accommodates: NVG Suite AN/PVS-14 - Flip Mechanism: 110 of Travel (Left or Right Eye) - Features the On/Off Switch

Wilcox L4 NVG Head Mount

The L4 NVG Head Mounting System features Wilcoxs Breakaway System that allows the mount to break away from the head mount under a stressed conditions or the operator can choose to lock the mount into place when the breakaway mode is not required. The Head Mounting System fully integrates with the complete L4 line of NVG Mounts. The system offers seven points of quick adjustment points for proper fit and comfort. The NVG mount features a tilt adjustment, for/aft and vertical adjustments that ensures proper eye alignment of the NVG. The system also features a weight storage basket on the back that will hold a shot bag to provide NVG weight distribution that provides outstanding control support and comfort even while on the move. A button allows the operator to flip the NVGs up out of the way into a low profile stowed position and a magnetic switch on the mount facilitates in the NVGs auto off function. To prevent the loss of NVGs Wilcoxs NVG lanyard is included with the system. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight (NVG Head Mounting System) 10.8 oz (0.29 kg) - Weight (Total System) 16.03 oz (0.45 kg) - Material Construction: Light Weight, Aerospace Grade Metal Mount with Nylon Webbing and High Strength Polymer - Accommodates: NVG Suite AN/PVS-7A, 7C, 15 or 18 - Vertical Height Adjustment .900 Total Travel - Viewing to Stowed Position 117 of Travel - Finite Tilt Adjustment 0 to 20 Tilt - Fore/Aft Travel 1.100 Total Travel - Auto On-Off Feature Applicable with Wilcox AN/PVS Metal Interface Shoes

TNT MK4 5.56 Rifle - Multi Cam

Top Notch Tactical is pleased to announce its release of the TNT MK4 Rifle in 5.56mm. It is on the cutting edge of rifle building. Each rifle is meticulously assembled by hand by one of our talented rifle smiths. We designed this rifle to give the operator the best possible, and most reliable package right out of the box. Nothing is spared on this rifle. Multi-Cam Special Edition Features: - Multi-Cam Licensed Crye Precision Hydro-Coat (Upper, Lower, Quad Rail, Grip, Stock) - KG Coated Flat Dark Earth Offset (Barrel, Flash Hider, Buffer Tube, Charging Handle, Trigger Hammer Pins, Take Down Pins, Selector, Mag Release, Ejection Port Cover Door, Forward Assist) SPECIFICATIONS: - UPPER: - Barrel: 16" Cold Hammer Forged Light Weight Contour Barrel - Gas System: Mid Length direct impingement w/ pinned LP gas block - Flash Hider: PWS SM556 (Compatible with KAC Suppressors and Gemtech HALO) - Hand Guard: Daniel Defense 12.5" RIS II System - Upper: VLTOR MUR - Charging Handle: BCM Mod 4 - Sights: Troy Flip Up Sight Set - Bolt & Carrier: Chrome M-16 Bolt Carrier & Bolt - Sights: Troy BUIS Rear w/ HK Style Front Sight - LOWER: - Lower: TNT MK4 Billet Lower - Drilled and tapped holes for Dowel Pins (No Roll Pins) - Enhanced Trigger Guard - Elongated Magazine Well for Comfort Grip - Trigger Over Travel Screw - Upper Tensioning Screw - Trigger: Tactical 3.5 lbs Adjustable Trigger (Single Stage) - Selector: BAD ASS (Battle Arms Development Ambidextrous Selector Switch) - Trigger / Hammer Pins: KNS NRTHP Black - Take Down: KNS Machined Pins / Detents - Furniture: Magpul ACS Stock / MIAD Grip - Recoil Reducing Buffer Tube w/ QD Points integrated - EXTRAS: - Tactical Assault Soft Case - 30rd Magpul Pmag - 3x Magpul Ladder Rail Covers - TNT Vinyl Sticker

Guns & Coffee 15oz. Mug

Product Description: - Oversized café style mug holds nearly two cups of your favorite beverage. - Holds 15oz (740ml) - Measures 4.5" tall, 3.25" diameter - Dishwasher and microwave safe - Extra large handle - Glossy finish - Printed in the USA

ERGO Tactical DLX Grip

ERGO Tactical Deluxe Grips offer an ergonomic styling featuring palm swells and an extension of the back of the grip to fill the web of the hand which sets the hand further to the rear for better trigger control. Features: - Smooth textured finger groves - Heavier tactical design with rear upper web support - Superior textured funishes minimize slippage, even while wearing gloves - Virtually impervious to oils and solvents - Ambidextrous - SUREGRIP models feature an overmolded rubber surface resembling the consistency of a pencil eraser and offers the user a grip with little give - US Made

US Night Vision ATAC 360 Portable Magnetic Mount Thermal Camera

New From US Night, The ATAC 360˚ Magnetic is a mobile pan/tilt vehicle mounted thermal imaging system that allows users to see in total darkness from within the comfort of your vehicle. Wireless remote controls power a state-of-the-art Forward Looking Infrared, or FLIR Camera, the system can easily see man sized targets from over 1500 feet away and further with higher resolution. The portable system can cover a wide array of vehicles and can be deployed in minutes. Our high power magnets easily mount to the roof of the vehicle or our universal roof rack and can then be taken back off quickly for storage of the system. The included 7" Magellan RoadMate Doubles as a High Resolution Display and is also a full feature GPS system. It ships in its original packaging and includes a suction cup mount and power cable. It works great right out of the box. System switches from thermal image to GPS screen in seconds. *ATAC 360˚ Magnetic Ships with Wireless Remote Controls (In Dash & Handheld) Magnetic Head System, 7 Magellan RoadMate, 25 Power/Video Cable and Install Manual (9-16VDC Operation). Universal Roof Rack Is Not Included, PN 001197, *This product produces a white hot image only, it is plug and play compatible with the US Night Vision NightMIR Full Feature Master Hardcase Controller. Warranty: Purchasing this product entitles you to a 1 Year Limited Warranty from the original date of purchase. At our discretion your equipment can be repaired or replaced with new or refurbished product or parts, if any product or parts are determined to be defective due to materials or workmanship. Shipping & handling is not included in this warranty. Export: The Export of this product without proper licensing is strictly prohibited and falls under ITAR per title 22, CFR, parts 120-130. Please contact US Night Vision Export Dept. to receive further information on how to obtain proper licensing from the U.S. Department of State.

Knights Armament Forward Grip

Forward Pistol Grip in COLOR BLACK. Model: P/N: 97098 NSN: 1005-01-416-1091 Shipping Weight: 1lbs Manufactured by: Knight's Armament Company

US Night Vision iPhone 4,4s AN/PVS-14 Night Vision Adapter

Get Connected With Your Night Vision Go Digital, Gen 3 Digital! Use With Your Standard Or Favorite Camera App. View It, Capture It, Share It With Your Team Or Friends, Its That Easy! iPhone 4,4S AN/PVS-14 Night Vision Adapter. Exclusive from US Night Vision Corp. We just showed our friends at FLIR GS what we can do with a high resolution imaging system like their M18, we connect it to an iPhone 4S and start shooting video. iPhone 4,4S AN/PVS-14 Night Vision Adapter. What happens when an eight megapixel digital camera works this closely with a state-of-the-art Gen III optical night vision device? Perfection! We have a new way to look at night vision, Digitally. Never before have two technologies worked better together and it is exclusive from US Night Vision Corp. Our cases are low profile and form fitted to your iPhone allowing access to all buttons and features. They are precision machined from aircraft aluminum and anodized in Northern, CA. iPhone 4,4S Night Vision Adapter (Patent Pending) currently works with AN/PVS-14, AN/PVS-7, AN/PVS-15, AN/PVS-18, FLIR M24 & M18. More to come! Warranty: Purchasing this product entitles you to a 1 Year Warranty from the original date of purchase. At our discretion your equipment can be repaired or replaced with new or refurbished product or parts, if any product or parts are determined to be defective due to materials or workmanship. Shipping & handling is not included in this warranty. Export: The Export of this product without proper licensing is strictly prohibited and falls under ITAR per title 22, CFR, parts 120-130. Please contact US Night Vision Export Dept. to receive further information on how to obtain proper licensing from the U.S. Department of State.

Zombie Hunting Permit Sitcker

Legally hunt without the game warden breathing down your neck. Get your Zombie Hunting Permit today! Adhesive backing SIZE: 4 1/4" x 2 7/8"

TNT Vinyl "T" Logo Sticker

Top Notch Tactical NEW "T" logo vinyl sticker Sticker is high quality flat black film. Cut to size and ready to stick onto any item. Measures in 3",4",5" sizes to fit anyones needs. Perfect for windows.

Guns & Coffee Sticker

Show your love the the two greatest things around. Guns & Coffee with this excelent moral sticker. Made from durable vinal. 3.5" Across.

Surefire 60rd Magazine

The SureFire high-capacity magazine for 5.56x45 mm (.223 Remington) ammunition, also available in a 100-round version, is compatible with M4/M16/AR-15 variants and other firearms that accept standard STANAG 4179 magazines. Constructed from Mil-Spec hard-anodized aluminum, they feed smoothly and reliably due to optimal geometry, non-binding coil springs, and ingenious nesting polymer followers. The long-lasting springs are cadmium coated for low friction and excellent corrosion resistance. Magazines require no lubricants and can be easily disassembled without tools for cleaning. SureFire High-Capacity magazines provide distinct tactical advantages: increased initial firepower in ambush situations; fewer reloads overall, which means less downtime and target distraction in a firefight; fast and easy magazine insertion, even with a closed bolt; less bulk compared to drum mags, enabling a normal weapon grip. The 60-round magazineslightly thinner than two 30-round magazines clipped together and about the same overall lengthfits in most dual magazine pouches, eliminating special carry pouches required for drum magazines. FEATURES: - Compatible with all weapons that accept standard STANAG 4179 compliant magazines - Reliable functioning due to mechanical simplicity and high-quality non-binding coil springsno lubricants required - Long-lasting springs are cadmium coated for low friction and excellent corrosion resistance - Easily seated in weapon with bolt forward - May be kept fully loaded for extended periods without spring fatigue - Only 1.66" thick, less than two 30-round magazines clipped together - 60-round magazine is approximately same length as two 30-round magazines clipped together - 60-round magazine fits in most dual-mag pouches

ENDO Tactical Glock Stock Adapter

Features And Benefits Compatible with Glock models: G17, G20, G21, G22, G24, G31, G34, G35, G18 includng the Long (L), Compensated (C), and Rough Textured Frame (RTF) versions of each Enjoy the familiarity of using your favorite AR-15 / M16 / M4 shoulder stock Compatible with all AR-15 / M16 / M4 receiver endplate sling adapters Increased stability when using your handgun Greater stability means increased accuracy and control Reduces shooter fatigue by re-distributing the felt recoil and weight of the handgun Quick and easy to attach (no weapon alterations necessary) No interference with the usual operation of your handgun Easily concealed under a light jacket when attached to handgun Lightweight body made from high strength fiber reinforced thermoplastic Stainless steel detent retaining pin, tethered by a stainless steel chain lanyard Very solid fit. Adapter feels integral to the handgun Enjoy a natural, comfortable shooting position with a stock connected No tools necessary for installation Made in the USA Additional Benefits For Law Enforcement Can be fielded for a fraction of the cost of a patrol rifle Practical for bike patrol, horse mounted officers, marine officers and foot patrol Improved tactical abilities in situations where there is no time to wait for SWAT Decreased departmental liability & litigation exposure Lower additional training costs over patrol rifle use Increased officer survivability during critical incidents such as active shooter scenarios ***ALL NFA RULES APPLY***

Sage EBR PMRI Stock

SAGE TSAR Rem / Moss Stock

SAGE TS880RLW Remington Stock

SAGE TS870R Remington Stock

ALS/LMT 40mm Tactical Launcher

The 40LMTS is a tactical 40mm single shot launcher that features an expandable stock and moveable front vertical grip. The 40LMTS will fire standard 40mm Less Lethal ammunition, up to 4.8 inches in cartridge length and most medium velocity H.E. 40mm ammunition. This weapon is NOT designed to fire 40mm high velocity ammunition. The Picatinny Rail Mounting System will accept a wide array of enhanced optics/sighting systems. Lightweight and rugged, the 40LMTS features precision machining and engineering found in every weapon system produced by LMT. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 40mm Rifled Barrel - Action: Single Or Double - Barrel Length 14" (35.6cm) - Overall Length: 27.25 Inches (Extended) 23.75 Inches (Collapsed) - Weight: 3.2 LBS (1.45kg) - Sight: Adjustable Bead With Picatinny Rail - Frame: Aluminum Alloy - Stock: Collapsible - Grip: Adjustable Vertical Front Grip - Latch: Ambidextrous Barrel Release - Finish: Black Warranty: 4 Years From Date Of Purchase

SAGE ACE 40mm Multi Role Launcher

SAGE DEUCE 40mm Multi Role Launcher

Sage EBR Cantilevered Scope Mount

Generally accepted as the BEST sight/scope base for the Sage EBR Chassis used on the civilian and military M14, is the Sage International Cantilevered Sight Base. With its firm grip on the forward rails and second contact point over the stripper clip holder, it does an exemplary job of holding zero when using a EBR chassis. FEATURES: Cantilevered Sight Base Manufactured from aircraft grade aluminum Completely bridges the M14 action back to the rear sight Adjustable for oversized or undersized rails Positive cam locking mechanism Rail surface is engaged by flat non-scuffing pads Sight base is supported on both ends Actuating Cam & Cam Lock: Positive engagement of the rail surface is achieved by robust actuating cams (2) acting on flat pads Actuating cams can be locked in the closed position Stripper Clip Insert All steel construction Stainless steel set screw Installation requires no modification to the rifle Sight Base Adjustment Screw Stainless steel screw lock screw Stops vertical movement of the cantilevered mount Stops lateral movement of the mount

VLTOR Mod Pod

Vltor Side Mounted Bipod (ModPod) For the first time available, a bipod assembly that mounts to the side of railed fore ends. Each individual Vltor ModPod bipod leg attaches to the side rails, allowing the user to have an obstructed lower rail, where most bipods normally mount to. This design lowers the weapons center of gravity, giving the weapon a more secured stance. Also, the Vltor ModPod allows the use of the M203 Grenade Launcher while Vltor ModPod is deployed. When mounting the Vltor ModPod to carbine and mid-length rail systems, be aware that the folded Vltor ModPod legs may interfere with the weapons ejection port. By mounting the Vltor ModPod legs to the rear of the rail system and folding the legs forward, this will eliminate the possible ejection process. The Vltor ModPod legs rotate 360 degrees, locking every 90 degrees. The lock is a simple and silent push button for each leg. Each leg also has 3 height adjustments for uneven ground. Vltor ModPod kits include two legs (left and right), all mounting hardware is self contained - no small parts to lose when the bipod is removed! - Sturdy side-mounted bipod legs - 360 degree rotation - Adjustable length from 9" to 11.5" - Push button operation - Legs lock into place at 90 degree intervals

VLTOR Stocks

The evolution of the original... After years of reliable service, the Vltor Modstock has underwent design changes prompted by feedback from real world use on ranges, battlefields, and patrols around the world. Taking features from the Enhanced Modstock, the IMOD has been beffed up to be even stronger than the original, the ergonomics have been improved and snag hazards even further minimized. The IMOD also features an integral rubber buttpad wich increased negative camber to make shouldering and holding the weapon more positive; all while adding only a couple of ounces to the design. (Main Picture) E-MOD STOCK: The EMOD is about one inch longer than the original Modstock and with the rubber butt plate installed, is about a quarter of an inch longer than the CRANE SCB. The increased length of the EMOD is a major benefit when used on scoped rifles (SPR/DMR), as it increases the available comb for any given length of pull. The buttplate of the EMOD is slightly wider and longer at the toe than the regular M4 stock with a noticeable negative pitch, making transitions from the ready feel much more natural. The EMOD was given enough weight to help balance out the normally muzzle heavy feel associated with negative pitch buttstocks. The toe of the buttplate is rolled under; giving the EMOD a superior feel when the weapon is held in the "out of pocket" heads up hold. The buttplate is covered with a removable rubber buttpad that is molded over a metal strike plate. The shape of the buttplate and the rubber buttpad give a solid stock purchase in all situations. The EMOD features more storage in the removable, waterproof side compartments; the EMOD holds up to four CR123 or three AA batteries. There is also an additional weather proof compartment in the clubfoot area of the stock, this compartment can be accessed quickly and holds two AA batteries or other small parts. Constructed from the finest materials, the EMOD will stand up to the most rugged demands. The EMOD is available for either the standard "MilSpec" receiver extension tube, or for the aftermarket "Commercial" size tube. (Inset Picture)

SEI Lightweight QD MIL STD 1913 Bipod

Extremely robust, yet lightweight design for harsh conditions. Suitable for all weapons with MIL STD 1913 interface. Now available in a MIL STD 1913 Picatinny rail design, this design features a number of improvements. Our bipod is TiG-welded in no less that 18 places to assure a lifetime of rugged use. The legs are percision cut for the detents with positive locking notches. These spring-powered legs provide 15 times the load of competing friction types. This level of strength is asured by the Wire Electro Discharge Machine (EDM) manufactured 4140 chrome moly steel latches. The highly desirable 4140 chrome moly ski feet are returning in this modern adaptation of the classic design - a significant and far more practical improvement over rubber feet and clawed-feet models. Our knuckle joint, which is a highly critical stress point, is manufactured from 304 stainless for an exceptionally long life. Extremely easy to place into operation, the user need only make an initial adjustment to the two adjusting nuts and then snug them tight. The right side throw lever then simply allows for rapid installation and removal of the unit as mission requires. SPECIFICATIONS: - Material: 4140 Chrome Moly Steel & 304 Stainless Steel - Weight: 1 LB - Height: 7" to 9"

SEI Lightweight QD MIL STD 1913 Bipod

Aimpopint COMP ML2 Package

Package, Includes: CompML2 Red Dot Sight, 4 MOA, Matte Finish, with QRP (Quick Release Picatinny) Mount, AR-15 Spacer, Front and Rear Flip-up Protective Caps, Flat Dark Earth Rubber Sight Cover, and DL 1/3N Battery The CompML2 is a specially modified version of our groundbreaking CompC sight and is designed to meet law enforcement and military needs. The CompML2 is every bit as durable as the CompM2 and can withstand the roughest physical handling and extreme temperatures as well as weather conditions. The very efficient CETechnology diode gives the user months of continuous use on a single battery. Currently in use by Special Forces and elite police units around the world, the CompML2 is primarily designed for use in daylight and in lowlight conditions. The CompML2 can also be used by hunters and sport shooters who demand the best in the field. For night vision compatibility, check out the CompM2 or CompM3. Features for CompML2: Designed for day use, including dusk and dawn CET technology allows up to 10,000 hours of operation one battery Submersible to 25 meters (80ft) Standard features for all Aimpoint sights: Unlimited field of view Parallax-free with unlimited eye relief Unaffected by extreme weather conditions Rugged, durable construction No hazardous materials used No radioactive components No laser emission that could be harmful to your eyes Mechanical switch for speed and reliability Increased aiming confidence Reduced training time and ammunition TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OPTICAL DATA: - System: Parallax Free, Reflex, Collimator System - Magnification: No magnification (1X) - Eye Relief: Unlimited, No centering required - Reticle, Size: Red dot, diameter 4 MOA* - Optical Coating: Anti Reflex coating all surfaces. Multi-layer coating for reflection of red light ELECTRONIC DATA: - Battery Type: One 3 Volt Lithium battery type 2L76 or DL1/3N - Battery Life, typical**: CET technology, 1.000-10.000 hours average - Switch, Dot Brightness: 10 positions, Off and 9 daylight, of which 1 Extra Bright MECHANICAL DATA: - Material housing: Extruded high strength aluminium - Surface Finish: Hard anodized, matte, Graphite Gray - Material lens covers: Thermoplastic Elastomer, black non-glare - Adjustment: 1 click = 10 mm at 80 meters = 13 mm at 100 meters = - Mounting: 1 ring, 30 mm or Aimpoint QR DIMENSIONS: - Length: 130 mm ( 5.1") - Width/Height: 55 mm (2.2") - Ring Width: Max 30 mm (1.2) - Weight: 200 grams (7.1 oz) ENVIRONMENTAL DATA: - Temperature Range: -45C to +70C (-50F to +160F) - Water resistance: Submersible to 25 m (80ft) water depth *MOA (Minute Of Angle) 1 MOA = 30 mm at 100 meters = 1" at 100 yards **Depending on power setting. Dimensions and weights for CompML2 and CompM2 are given with Flip-Up Lens Covers

Aimpoint Patrol Rifle Optic (PRO)

The PRO seems to sit squarely between the now discontinued CompM2 and the CompM3. It has the 2 MOA red dot of the CompM3 but the 3 year battery life is a bit lower than the CompM3′s 50,000 hour battery life. 3 years on one 1/3N lithium battery is no slouch. It also features night vision compatibility, hard anodizing, and the extra waterproofing that is typical of Aimpoints military/police offerings. This would be an attractive optic at this price point if all that you received in the box was the Aimpoint PRO itself, but Aimpoint takes it a step further by including their QRP2 mount. The QRP2 can be used on an AR-15/AR-10 flat top with the included spacer or you can remove the spacer to low mount the sight on something like a shotgun. The QRP2 isnt my favorite mount on the market but it very functional and will serve to get the user up and running right away. Aimpoint also includes some very slick lens covers. The rear cover has a transparent window that allows the sight to be used in an emergency even if both lens covers are closed. Since there is no window in the front lens cover, the sight functions like the old occluded eye sights when both covers are closed. It would be nice to see these become standard on all Aimpoint offerings. Applications: - Law Enforcement carbines, rifles, shotguns and submachineguns Optical Data: - Objective Lens: Band Pass coating for NVD - LED, Light source wave length: 650 nm, red light - Red dot size: 2 MOA - Eye relief: Unlimited - Optical surfaces: All surfaces anti-reflex coated Multi-layer coated objective lens - Magnification: 1X Electronic Data: - Battery: DL 1/3N - Battery Life: 3 years continuous at setting 7 - Dot intensity regulator: Rotary switch - Settings: 4 NVD and 6 Daylight including 1 extra bright Mechanical Data: - Surface finish: Hard anodized - Adjustment: 1 click = 1/2" at 100 yards - Mounting method: QRP2 mount for M1913 standard Picatinny rail, and spacer for AR 15/M4 carbine application included. Environmental Data: - Temp range: -50 - 160F - Water resistance: Submersible to 150 feet Dimensions: - Length: 5.1" - Weight: 11.6 oz including mount and spacer - Ring diameter: 30mm

Aimpoint MICRO T1 4-MOA

Micro T-1 - No matter what your mission, the size and weight of your equipment is a critical factor. With the Micro T-1, Aimpoint has introduced an aiming system that provides the performance of our full-sized sights in the smallest package possible. Built to offer the same battle proven ruggedness as other Aimpoint products, the Micro T-1 is able to perform under extreme conditions while adding negligible weight to your weapon. Suitable for use on Rifles, Carbines, Shotguns, Submachineguns and Handguns, the Aimpoint Micro T-1 is ideal as a stand-alone sight, and can also be piggybacked on top of larger magnifying scopes, night vision, or thermal imaging optics. The Micro T-1 can also be used by hunters and sport shooters that need night vision comptability. The performance of the Micro T-1 is optimized for use with all generations of night vision devices (NVDs), but is especially suited for 3rd generation night vision technology. Aimpoints unique band-pass coating on the reflective lens reflects select frequencies of red light at near 100% efficiency in order to give the highest possible dot brightness, while transmitting nearly 100% of light in the Infrared and near-infrared part of the spectrum to provide the clearest, brightest image possible when used with a 3rd generation NVD. With 4 NVD-compatible brightness settings and 8 daylight settings including one extra-bright setting, the Micro T-1 is ready for use around the clock. UNIQUE FREATURES OF THE Aimpoint MICRO T-1: Ideal for rifles, carbines, shotguns, submachineguns and handguns Weight 3.7 oz. (105g) including mount 1X (non-magnifying) parallax free optic. Compatible will all generations of Night Vision Devices (NVD) 4 night vision compatible settings and 8 daylight settings one extra bright for use with laser protection glasses or in bright desert sunlight. Integral Picatinny-style base allows easy attachment to any rail. Patent pending mount is keyed to the sight body to absorb recoil. New ACET technology allows 50,000 hours (over 5 years) of constant operation from one battery 4 MOA dot Hard anodized non-reflective finish. Submersible to 80 feet (25 meters) Precision adjustments for windage and elevation. Top of protective caps fits into holes on adjustment screws no other tool required. Use as a stand alone sight or piggybacked on larger magnifying, thermal, or night vision optics.

Aimpoint MICRO T1 2-MOA

Micro T-1 - No matter what your mission, the size and weight of your equipment is a critical factor. With the Micro T-1, Aimpoint has introduced an aiming system that provides the performance of our full-sized sights in the smallest package possible. Built to offer the same battle proven ruggedness as other Aimpoint products, the Micro T-1 is able to perform under extreme conditions while adding negligible weight to your weapon. Suitable for use on Rifles, Carbines, Shotguns, Submachineguns and Handguns, the Aimpoint Micro T-1 is ideal as a stand-alone sight, and can also be piggybacked on top of larger magnifying scopes, night vision, or thermal imaging optics. The Micro T-1 can also be used by hunters and sport shooters that need night vision comptability. The performance of the Micro T-1 is optimized for use with all generations of night vision devices (NVDs), but is especially suited for 3rd generation night vision technology. Aimpoints unique band-pass coating on the reflective lens reflects select frequencies of red light at near 100% efficiency in order to give the highest possible dot brightness, while transmitting nearly 100% of light in the Infrared and near-infrared part of the spectrum to provide the clearest, brightest image possible when used with a 3rd generation NVD. With 4 NVD-compatible brightness settings and 8 daylight settings including one extra-bright setting, the Micro T-1 is ready for use around the clock. UNIQUE FREATURES OF THE Aimpoint MICRO T-1: Ideal for rifles, carbines, shotguns, submachineguns and handguns Weight 3.7 oz. (105g) including mount 1X (non-magnifying) parallax free optic. Compatible will all generations of Night Vision Devices (NVD) 4 night vision compatible settings and 8 daylight settings one extra bright for use with laser protection glasses or in bright desert sunlight. Integral Picatinny-style base allows easy attachment to any rail. Patent pending mount is keyed to the sight body to absorb recoil. New ACET technology allows 50,000 hours (over 5 years) of constant operation from one battery 2 MOA dot Mil Spec Hard anodized non-reflective finish. Submersible to 80 feet (25 meters) Precision adjustments for windage and elevation. Top of protective caps fits into holes on adjustment screws no other tool required. Use as a stand alone sight or piggybacked on larger magnifying, thermal, or night vision optics.

Aimpoint MICRO H1 w/ LRP Mount

Micro H-1 w/ LRP Designed with the hunter, and sport shooter in mind, these sights are the lightest red dot sights tough enough to bear the Aimpoint name. Small enough to be used anywhere that you could put iron sights, these sights can be used on any type of firearm or archery equipment. A lightweight rifle with an Micro H-1 mounted on it remains a lightweight rifle! A hunting revolver with an Micro H-1 installed remains as easy to carry as with iron sights and is much quicker to aim. On a bow, the parallax-free Micro H-1 eliminates the need for a peep, allowing you to shoot accurately in lower light. Unique features for Micro H-1 Its weight 84 g without mount and 105 g with mount ideal for rifles, shotguns, handguns or archery equipment Integral Weaver-style base allows easy attachment ACET technology allows 50,000 hours of operation on one battery Available in 4 MOA (minutes of angle) Submersible to 15 feet (5 meters) 1X (non-magnifying) parallax free optic Patent pending mount is keyed to the sight body to absorb recoil Precision adjustment for windage and elevation Top of protective caps fits into holes on adjustment screws no other tool required 13 settings for use in daylight and lowlight conditions Color Black Standard features for all Aimpoint sights Unlimited field of view Parallax-free and unlimited eye relief Unaffected by extreme weather conditions Rugged, durable construction No hazardous materials No laser emission that could be harmful to your eyes Mechanical switch for speed and reliability Increased aiming confidence

Aimpoint LPI

The Aimpoint LPI, IR Laser Aiming Device is an active aiming device or target designator for military and Law Enforcement applications in darkness or poor light conditions. It is a development based on long experience in engineering and manufacturing of lasers ranging from pistol to military infantry rifle applications. The Aimpoint LPI is intended as a complement to the passive aiming systems from Aimpoint. It is designed to fit directly on an Aimpoint red dot sight, which means that no special rail system is required. This is a truly unique tool, lightweight, small and sturdy. It enhances the red dot sight capability and meets the increasing demands on target lasers. The combination provides a choice to select the best sight to suit all conditions. This is the smallest military IR laser aiming device with a slim design and it meets all military demands. The desired wavelength insert can be selected from a range of basic laser sources. The insert can be adjusted in X and Y axis independently of the red dot sight. -MILITARY & LE ONLY-

Aimpoint COMP M4 / M4s

The Aimpoint CompM4 series of sights are the finest sights that Aimpoint has ever produced. Improvements include improved energy efficiency that provides up to 8 years of continuous use from a single AA battery! The CompM4 sights incorporate an integral mount that eliminates the need for a separate ring, and can be customized with vertical and forward spacers to fit a variety of weapon systems. They can also be used by hunters and sport shooters that need night vision compatibility. To accommodate our customers, the CompM4 series of sights are available in two versions: The CompM4 offers a high battery compartment, while the CompM4s offers a low battery compartment. In all other aspects, the Aimpoint CompM4 and Aimpoint CompM4s are identical. The performance of the CompM4 series of sights is optimized for use with all generations of night vision devices (NVDs), but is especially suited for 3rd generation night vision technology. Aimpoints unique band-pass coating on the front lens reflects select frequencies of red light at near 100% efficiency in order to give the highest possible dot brightness with the smallest amount of energy while transmitting nearly 100% of light in the Infrared and near-infrared part of the spectrum to provide the clearest, brightest image possible when used with a 3rd generation NVD. With 7 NVD-compatible brightness settings and 9 Daylight settings including one extra-bright setting, the CompM4 and CompM4s are ready for use around the clock. UNIQUE FEATURES: Compatible with every generation of Night Vision Devices (NVD) Super ACET technology allows up to 80,000 hours (over 8 years) of daytime operation on one AA battery Internal voltage regulator allows the CompM4 to be used with any AA size battery. Seven night vision compatible settings and 9 daylight settingsr QRP2 mount has twice the clamping force of the original QRP, and the mounting knob is wider and shorter to improve operation, and lessen the chance of becoming snagged on other gear. Mount base is keyed into to the body of the sight to absorb recoil. Mount base screws directly into the sight no separate sight ring is required. 500,000 hours of use on NVD setting 2 MOA dot for close combat and long distance engagement Matches perfectly with Aimpoint 3XMag, (magnifier module). Unequalled light transmission. Front lens opening is threaded for addition of killFlash anti-reflective device. Submersible to 150 feet (45 meters) Vertical spacer included Standardized as the US Armys new M68CCO Improved adjustment caps are easier to remove, and are protected against impact. Can be used with a carry handle adaptor for use on all M16 rifles.

Aimpoint COMP M3

Like the CompM3 features our breakthrough Advanced Circuit Efficiency Technology (ACET) that gives the sight unparalleled battery life and ease of use. Built primarily for use in daylight and in low light conditions for law enforcement and military applications, the CompML3 will hold up under the roughest physical handling and most severe weather conditions. It is the perfect choice for professionals, hunters and sport shooters who dont need night vision device compatibility but want an extremely tough and reliable sight. For night vision compatibility we recommend the CompM3. The CompML3 comes with a replaceable outer black rubber cover, which protects it from scratching and adds an additional stealth factor. The outer cover is also available in Dark Earth Brown perfect camo for use in the desert and in the jungle. UNIQUE FREATURES FOR COMPMP3: Designed for day use, including dusk and dawn New technology called ACET allows 50,000 hours of operation on one battery Available in 2 dot sizes (2 and 4 MOA) Submersible to 135 feet (45 meters) Outer rubber cover now available in earth brown Comes with replaceable outer black rubber cover Reduced training time and ammunition STANDARD FREATURES FOR ALL Aimpoint SIGHTS: Unlimited field of view Parallax-free with unlimited eye relief Unaffected by extreme weather conditions Rugged, durable construction No hazardous materials used No laser emission that could be harmful to your eyes Mechanical switch for speed and reliability Increased aiming confidence Reduced training time and ammunition

Aimpoint COMP M2

CompM2 and can withstand the roughest physical handling and extreme temperatures as well as weather conditions. The very efficient CETechnology diode gives the user months of continuous use on a single battery. Currently in use by Special Forces and elite police units around the world, the CompM2 is primarily designed for use in daylight and in lowlight conditions. The CompM2 can also be used by hunters and sport shooters who demand the best in the field. Night vision compatibility, check out the CompM2 or CompM3. Features for CompML2: - Designed for day use, including dusk and dawn - CET technology allows up to 10,000 hours of operation one battery - Submersible to 25 meters (80ft) Standard features for all Aimpoint sights: - Unlimited field of view - Parallax-free with unlimited eye relief - Unaffected by extreme weather conditions - Rugged, durable construction - No hazardous materials used - No radioactive components - No laser emission that could be harmful to your eyes - Mechanical switch for speed and reliability - Increased aiming confidence - Reduced training time and ammunition TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OPTICAL DATA: - System Parallax: Free, Reflex, Collimator System - Magnification: No magnification (1X) - Eye relief: Unlimited, No centering required - Reticle, size: Red dot, diameter 4 MOA* - Optical coating: Anti Reflex coating all surfaces. Multi-layer coating for reflection of red light ELECTRONIC DATA - Battery Type: One 3 Volt Lithium battery type 2L76 or DL1/3N - Battery Life, typical**: CET technology, 1.000-10.000 hours average - Switch, dot brightness: 10 positions, Off and 9 daylight, of which 1 Extra Bright MECHANICAL DATA - Material housing: Extruded high strength aluminium - Surface finish: Hard anodized, matte, Graphite Gray - Material lens covers: Thermoplastic Elastomer, black non-glare - Adjustment: 1 click = 10 mm at 80 meters = 13 mm at 100 meters = - Mounting: 1 ring, 30 mm or Aimpoint QR DIMENSIONS - Length: 130 mm ( 5.1") - Width/height: 55 mm (2.2") - Ring width: Max 30 mm (1.2) - Weight: 200 grams (7.1 oz) ENVIRONMENTAL DATA - Temperature Range: -45C to +70C (-50F to +160F) - Water resistance: Submersible to 25 m (80ft) water depth *MOA (Minute Of Angle) 1 MOA = 30 mm at 100 meters = 1" at 100 yards **Depending on power setting. Dimensions and weights for CompML2 and CompM2 are given with Flip-Up Lens Covers

Aimpoint CEU

The Aimpoint CEU (Concealed Engagement Unit) is the latest component incorporated into Aimpoints unique System-of-Systems approach. It gives the operator the ability to observe and/or engage a threat from a concealed or covered position. The Aimpoint CEU easily rotates from side to side, so an operator can safely look around either right- or left-hand corners. It can also be quickly removed to rapidly return to direct engagement. The recommended mounting solution for the Aimpoint CEU is the Aimpoint TwistMount base, which allows for quick attachment and detachment. The Aimpoint TwistMount fits any MIL-Std 1913 Picatinny Rail. (Picture: CEU with Ring CEU high rise and TwistMount base) -MILITARY & LE ONLY-

Aimpoint 3x Magnifier

The 3XMag magnifying module is specially designed for compatibility with Aimpoint sights and for maximum flexibility and increased performance in the field. The 3XMag is a revolutionary tool for military personnel, law enforcement, sport shooters and hunters. When combined with Aimpoints patented TwistMount, the 3XMag gives the user something never before possible the ability to switch in a split second from CQB (Close Quarters Battle) to semi-sniping and vice versa. Hunters can rapidly switch from non-magnifying to magnifying while still being able to keep their Aimpoint sight on their firearm. The versatile 3XMag also can be used as a handheld magnifying glass monocular for discrete observation and identification. UNIQUE FREATURES: Mountable on a rail system behind Aimpoint sights Extremely fast and ingenious mounting solution (Twist Mount - Picatinny) Can also be mounted with a regular 30 mm ring Provides extended range to the operator Combines the best of two worlds CQB & semi-sniping Increases confidence, performance and flexibility No influence on point of impact No need for re-zeroing the sight Doubles as handheld magnifying monocular The recommended mount for the 3XMag is the Aimpoint Twist Mount, which allows for quick attachment and detachment. The Aimpoint TwistMount fits any MIL-Std 1913 Picatinny Rail. (Picutred Above)

GG&G SOCOM II Accucam

SOCOM 2 Quick Detach Scope Mount The SOCOM II M1A Rifle is a compact, powerful close quarter combat battle rifle. However its "Cluster Rail" system makes it difficult to mount a conventional low powered scope. You have to install an additional receiver mounted scope base to the SOCOM II along with a set of scope rings that are tall enough so that the objective lens clears the top rail. If you want Quick Detach capability, you need to mount your scope on top of the receiver mounted scope base with some type of QD mount and ring combo. We think that's a PIA and has too many interface points that could negatively affect the zero retention of your scope. The New Products Team at GG&G has come up with an innovative solution---The SOCOM II Accucam Quick Detach Scope Mount With 30mm Integral Rings: SOCOM 2 Accucam Quick Detach Scope Mount Specifications: - The overall design provides smooth integrated appearance. - The Accucam Quick Detach System provides quick and easy on-off transitions while maintaining 1/2 MOA accuracy. - Accucam QD System is fully adjustable to fit worn or out of spec dovetails. - The SOCOM II Accucam Quick Detach Scope Mount has dual recoil lugs that interface with the recoil slots of the top dovetail rail to provide secure recoil resistance. - Lightweight skeletonized construction -- 7.7 ozs. - 6" total length - 30mm integral rings with four cap screws per ring. Each cap screw threads into stainless steel helicoils. - 2.5" measurement inside ring face to inside ring face allows for forward/rearward adjustment of different eye releif scopes. - 1.260" from top of the SOCOM II "Cluster Rail" to center of 30mm integral rings, provides lower scope mounting while still clearing the objective lens of most scopes up to 50mm. - The cantilever feature of the SOCOM II Scope Base overhangs 3" to allow for additional forward/rearward adjustment for scopes with different eye reliefs. - The underside of the SOCOM II QD Scope Mount is relief cut for unimpeded cartridge ejection. - The main body is manufactured from solid billet 6061 T-6 aluminum Type III hard anodized in a non-reflective combat finish per mil-spec. - All steel components of the Accucam Quick Detach System are manufactured from 4140 ordnance steel and manganese phosphated in a non-reflective combat finish per mil-spec.

Sage M4 Shotgun Mount

IPS INTER-BAR Platform System Fits M4/M16 rifle and Colt 9mm SMG; shotgun must be fitted with a robust Picitannny rail. The IPS bar mounts a quick opening rail grabber for ease of mounting or releasing the shotgun without removing the IPS Rail. ***All NFA Rules Apply***

GG&G 45 Degree Offset Accessory Rail

45 Offset Accessory Rail: - Allows for small micro red-dot optics to be mounted at a 45 degree offset for close range engagements. - Ambidextrous by design for right and left hand shooters. - The Offset Accessory Rail can also be installed on tactical forearms to mount flashlights and lasers. - Mounts to a MIL-STD 1913 dovetail rail. - It is manufactured with 5 cross-slot mounting locations to accommodate most micro red-dot optics. - Manufactured to MIL-STD-1913 specifications and will accept accessories with a Weaver or MIL-STD 1913 inteface. - The 45 Degree Offset Accessory Rail is manufactured with an enclosed recessed sidebar with a full one inch of dovetail engagement for secure mounting. - Counter sunk locking cross bolt helps eliminate the possibility of snags. - The geometry of this low profile offset mount allows for Zero Cheek-weld shift while transitioning between primary and secondary offset optics. - The 45 Degree Offset Accessory Rail is 2.5 inches long but only uses one inch of top rail for mounting. - Lightweight at only 1.45 oz. - Manufactured from billet 6061 T-6 aluminum.Type III hard coat anodized in a non-reflective combat finish to meet mil-spec. - Fully deburred for the shooters safety.

GG&G Remington Side Saddle Shell Holder

Remington Side Saddle Shell Holder: The unique design provides quick access to your ammunition at an angle that matches your hand. The GG&G Remington Side Saddle facilitates loading the mag tube and the chamber. - As easy to install as changing a car tire. - No modifications are required to the weapon for installation. - The Remington Side Saddle mounts solidly to receiver using provided steel trigger pin replacement bolts. - Non marring backing plate will not damage the receivers finish.The backing plate is cut out to view weapons serial number.Holds six rounds of 12 ga ammunition at a unique angle of 15 degrees to facilitate the speed of bottom loading the magazine tube or the top loading of the chamber. - With The Remington Side saddle Shell Holder, shotshells can be retained in base up or base down position depending on shooters style of reloading. - The side saddle features a durable, oil resistant, replaceable shotshell retention system. - Manufactured from 6061 T-6 aluminum. - Type III hard anodized black per mil-spec. - Ergonomic design including lightning cuts for weight reduction. - Weighs 5.5 oz. - 6.5 overall length.

GG&G 12ga. Hi Visibility SS Follower

Remington 870 Shotgun shooters know that the standard Remington 870 follower leaves much to be desired. It is unreliable and does not offer the necessary features tactical shooters are looking for. It is one of the first 870 shotgun components to be upgraded. The GG&G Remington 870 Follower for 12 ga. shotguns is an enhanced follower manufactured with the tactical shooter in mind. Remington 870 Magazine Follower Specifications: - The enhanced 870 follower fits the Remington 870, 1100 and 1187 12 ga. shotguns. - Installs just like the factory 870 follower. No modification to the shotgun required. - The GG&G Remington Follower is manufactured from stainless steel for corrosion and wear resistance. The stainless steel body provides smooth operation and resists galling and contaminants imbedding into the body of the follower. These are the two major contributors to aftermarket followers malfunctioning. - The high visibility red insert is aluminum and is manufactured so that you cannot only quickly see that the magazine tube is empty, but in low light conditions, feel the difference between the face of the follower and the rear of a shotgun shell. - The follower is manufactured with a deep spring pocket to better control spring movement.

SEI M14 Adapter, Castle Nut Type

M14 Adaptor, Castle Nut Type Machined from fatigue proof steel bar stock. Includes wire EDM internal male splines and rectangular hole for the castle nut. Threaded 5/8"x24, with .730" length of thread, a common size that fits most other accessories. The dove tail deck will fit any USGI type front sight, including: P/N 2055 SEI/USGI standard front sight P/N 2004 NM .062 P/N 2018 Tritium Bar Stripe P/N 2019 Tritium Dot If you are using this with an 18 inch barrel: 18" barrels will shoot higher than 22" barrels. To compensate, SEI recommends P/N 2012 GLFS-D-18, or P/N 2013 GLFS-D-18 Gas Lock that is at the correct height, mated to a standard front sight such as the ones mentioned above. Springfield Armory uses a taller front sight like the Springfield Scout.

SEI Vortex .30cal/6.8mm SPC Flash Eliminator

Worlds best flash eliminator available for the Noveske and similar semiauto weapons systems, as well as bolt action rifles, including the Savage 110 FCP. Ideal for 6.8mm SPC applications or up to .30 Cal. Heat treated 8620 CM steel. Also fits DPMS Panther. Threaded 5/8 x 24 x .635 thread depth. The world's most effective flash eliminator is now available for the several AR-based semiautomatic 308/7.62mm NATO caliber weapons and similar weapons, as well as for bolt-action rifles. This design is also optimal for 6.8mm SPC caliber weapons. Based on the combat-proven VORTEX system, the definitive development of the patented Vortex design now features a 40% increase in structural rigidity. This new version also enables the use of our Direct Connect .30 caliber sound suppressor. The new Vortex model features our patented 15-degree helix, guaranteeing a complete propellant burn and negligible flash, unlike the standard issue closed-end "Bird Cage" unit or competing straight-flute designs. Right hand helical flutes will not loosen under sustained fire. The aligning of exiting gases helps to improve accuracy. SPECIFICATIONS: - Thread: 5/8x24 TPI x .730" - Diameter: .0985" - Length: 2.900" - Weight: .36 LBS

SEI M14 Vortex Flash Hider (DC)

M-14 DIRECT CONNECT (DC) VORTEX FLASH HIDER/SUPPRESSOR AND GAS LOCK FRONT SIGHT (GLFS) INTERFACE SYSTEM New gas lock and flash hider system issued to US Army, Navy and Air Force units Developed originally for the new Navy SEAL MK14 Mod O and now standard issue, these two items provide the shooter with a number of advantages over the original M-14 front sight and gas cylinder lock designs. The GLFS/Vortex DC system does away with the old castle nut and front sight housing, providing the host weapon with a reliable and sturdy method for attaching a flash hider and sound suppressor. The flash hider is now mounted directly to the barrel threads, as opposed to the old and questionable method of mounting the flash hider to an extension of the front sight housing. The highly effective and proven Vortex flash eliminator, also patented, serves as a very secure interface for the attachment of a sound suppressor. With the castle nut being eliminated, barrel stress is greatly reduced, greatly enhancing overall accuracy. Our gas cylinder lock (GLFS) is not only a front sight housing, but aids in tightening up the gas cylinder unit, much in the same manner as match gas cylinder assemblies. Lastly, it is important to remember that with the development of the GLFS/DC Vortex, the host weapon can employ virtually any barrel length appropriate for the chambering. NOTE: Availability may be limited due to on-going military requirements. SPECS: 1. GLFS-H: Heat-treated 4140 steel, RC 55-60 Internal, RC 35-38 Surface Hardness to depth .006.. Black Melonite finish. Overall Length 2.720, Weight .08 lbs. Material characteristics of GLFSD- 18 and GLFS-D-22 identical to GLFS-H. 2. DC Vortex: Heat-treated 8620 steel, RC 55-60 Internal, RC 35-38 surface Hardness to depth .006 to .010. Phosphate finish. Overall Length 3.175, Diameter .860, Wt. .26 lbs.

SEI M14 US Coast Guard / Navy Muzzle Brake

New and improved -- now made from 1144 Stressproof cold drawn barstock steel for greater durability, tensile strength, and yield characteristics. Not for use with SEI M14DC Sound Suppressor. Just adopted by the US Coast Guard after passing their torturus endurance testing requirements, the SEI USCG / Navy Muzzle Brake is designed for extremely repid follow-up shots with the hard-hitting 7.62mm NATO caliber M-14 service rifle. Provides 25-35% decrease in felt recoil and nearly 100% decrease in muzzle climb over USGI flash suppressor. This time-proven design, with it's 14 gas ports is now made from 1144 stressproof cold drawn barstock steel for greater durability, tensile strength, and yield characteristics, provided in a maganese phosphate finish. SPECIFICATIONS: - Material: 1144 Stressproof steel, heat-treated - Finish: Maganese Phosphate - Diameter: .860" - Overall Length: 3.4" - Weight: .31 LBS - Features: Two Piece Design 5/8x20 TPI RH

SEI M14 Operating Rod

Government contract item. Made from 1 piece forging. Now available.

SEI M14 GLFS-D-22 (Dovetail)

Deck height allows use of GI or match front sight. Chrome-moly, highly advanced metallurgical process. Double heat treated, as well as M80HT, corrosion resistant 60 HRC surface. Designed for 22.0" barrels. Developed to meet a US Navy requirement and now standard issue, the patent pending Gas Lock Front Sight (GLFS) is intended to enables the user of the M-14 to effectively mount a sound suppressor on the Vortex DC flach suppressor.

SEI M14 Gas Piston

New manufacture by SEI. 420 Stainless, heat treated, thin-dense hard chromed, and cryogenically treated will not chip, flake or peel all hydrogen embrittlement removed. As used on our military contracted rifle builds.

SEI M14 Gas Lock Front Sight - Hooded (GLFS-H)

***Note: BOTH GLFSH-18 & GLFSH-22 ARE THE SAME EXACT SIGHT. USER CAN ADJUST FRONT SIGHT POST TO COMPENSATE FOR BARREL LENGHT*** Features height-adjustable .062 dia. front sight pin, used on SEIs Crazy Horse, 2ID, USN, and USMC versions. Chrome-moly, highly advanced metallurgical process. Double heat treated, as well as M80HT, corrosion resistant 60 HRC surface. For 18" & 22.0" barrel lengths (i.e. M14SE). Developed to meet a US Navy requirement and now standard issue, the patent pending Gas Lock Front Sight (GLFS) is intended to enables the user of the M-14 to effectively mount a sound suppressor on the Vortex DC flach suppressor.

Wilcox L4 G24 LP Breakaway NVG Mount

The Wilcox L4 G24 Low Profile Breakaway Mount allows firm attachment of a variety of NVGs to a MICH/ACH helmet using an Ops-Core VAS or standard Army shroud. This NVG mounting system allows the mount to break away from the base under a stressed condition, such as when prompted by interference during fast roping, maritime operations, hard impact or when entering or exiting mobility platforms. Without the Wilcox breakaway feature, the potential for induced neck injury and NVG breakage are increased. The Wilcox L4 G25 option additionally features an OpsCore VAS Shroud, and provides easy attachment of the mount to any helmet drilled with a standard three-hole configuration. FEATURES: Breakaway Feature allows Mount to Break Away under Stress, or to Securely Lock in Place by Means of a Breakaway Lever Each Mechanical Adjustment is Durable and Ergonomically Positioned for Easy One-Handed Operation while Handling a Weapon Provides Over-travel in the Fully Extended Position to Maximize the Low Profile of the Mount Maintains a Very Low Profile Stance on the Helmet SPECIFICATIONS: - Dimensions (Operational): 3.98 L x 2.60 W x 2.40 H - Weight (G24 Mount Only): .36 lb (5.76 oz) - Weight (VAS Shroud Only): .10 lb (1.6 oz) - Material Construction: Light Weight, Aerospace Grade Metal - Accommodates NVG: AN/PVS-7B and 14 (Both Require Optional Hardware), 7A, 7C, 15, and 18 - Vertical Height Adjustment: .900 Total Travel - Fore/Aft Travel: 1.10 Total Travel The Wilcox L4 NVG Mounting Systems Product Line is featured with a wide range of adjustments to customize the position of the Night Vision Goggle for proper eye position, and provide a maximum low profile position to the helmet. Integrated Breakaway Interface: 1) Lock Release Lever allows NVG height to be easily adjusted up or down, then secured. 2) A Mount Release Lever allows the operator to easily set the desirable mode (breakaway or locked), depending upon operational needs. 3) An ergonomically placed Flip Release Button allows the Mount to flip up to a stowed position when the goggle is attached. This pivot m- echanism is simple and robust by design and can not loosen over time. 4) A Tilt Adjustment Knob allows the operator to fine adjust the tilt angle of the NVG. 5) A Fore/Aft Release Lever allows for fore/aft travel of the goggle. Releasing the lever allows the operator to set the fore/aft position of the goggle. Securing the lever secures the goggle in place. 6) An ergonomically placed NVG Release Button allows for one handed release of the NVG. 7) Magnets enable Auto-Off Functionality of the NVG.

US Night Vision 3X Military Magnifier Lens

A high performance Galilean afocal telescope, the 3X Military Lens with F/1.5 optics mounts to the objective lens of many of Mil. Spec. night vision devices we sell. This lens comes in a convenient, flexible and durable carrying case. Can be used as quick detach or fixed lens. For Use With: AN/PVS-7, AN/PVS-14 & USNV-14. The lens can be used as quick detach or screwed to the objective of the PVS-7 & PVS-14. Warranty: Purchasing this product entitles you to a 1 Year Warranty from the original date of purchase. At our discretion your equipment can be repaired or replaced with new or refurbished product or parts, if any product or parts are determined to be defective due to materials or workmanship. Shipping & handling is not included in this warranty. Export: The Export of this product without proper licensing is strictly prohibited and falls under ITAR per title 22, CFR, parts 120-130. Please contact US Night Vision Export Dept. to receive further information on how to obtain proper licensing from the U.S. Department of State

US Night Vision 5X Military Magnifier Lens (PVS-7 & 14)

The 5X Military Lens is a high performance Galilean afocal telescope, the 5X Military Lens with F/1.5 optics mounts to the objective lens of Military night vision devices. This lens comes in a convenient, flexible and durable carrying case. For Use With: PVS-7, USNV-14, PVS-14 The lens can be used as quick detach or screwed to the objective of the PVS-7 & PVS-14. Warranty: Purchasing this product entitles you to a 1 Year Warranty from the original date of purchase. At our discretion your equipment can be repaired or replaced with new or refurbished product or parts, if any product or parts are determined to be defective due to materials or workmanship. Shipping & handling is not included in this warranty. Export: The Export of this product without proper licensing is strictly prohibited and falls under ITAR per title 22, CFR, parts 120-130. Please contact US Night Vision Export Dept. to receive further information on how to obtain proper licensing from the U.S. Department of State

US Night Vision AN/PVS-14 Auto Gated

Part Number: 000499 Manufacturer: US Night Vision Corporation Auto-Gated Military Performance Single AA Battery Submersible Weapons Mountable New 5 Year Limited Warranty The USNV PVS-14A is US Night Visions most advanced monocular. The versatile Gen 3 USNV PVS-14A features a manual gain control which allows the user to increase or decrease image tube brightness for greater image contrast in varying light conditions. The USNV PVS-14A uses an auto-gated Generation 3 image tube in a compact, high performance, mil-spec housing designed for multiple applications. The USNV PVS-14A can be hand-held, head-mounted, helmet-mounted, weapons mounted, and adapted to a camera/camcorder. Ships with: Unit, Military Soft Case, Eye Cup, Headmount, Brow Pads, Transfer Arm, Shoulder Strap, Sacrificial Window, Demist Shield, Lens Tissue, Lanyard, Objective Lens Cover, Ops Manual, (1) AA Battery. SPECIFICATIONS: - Technology: Generation III - Magnification: 1x - Field of View: 40 - Diopter Adjustment: +2 to -6 - Weight: 12.2 oz. - Dimensions: 4.5" x 2" x 2.25" - Power Source: 1 x AA - Battery Life: 40 hours - Warranty: 5 Year Limited

US Night Vision L3 AN/PVS-24 (M2124)

Manufacturer: L3 Electro-Optical Systems Manufacturer Part No: M2124 The M2124 is a rugged, clip-on night vision device (CNVD) based upon the military nomenclature AN/PVS-24 used by U.S. Special Operations Forces. The advanced design of the M2124 eliminates the typical requirement of removing a primary (day) sighting system since the CNVD mounts in line with a standard day optical sight. Combining day and night vision sights eliminates the need to re-zero, since the primary sight remains undisturbed. Additional advantages to supplementing a primary sighting system with the M2124 include maintaining a users consistent eye relief and shooting position as well as retaining user muscle memory. By operating the locking quick-disconnect, single-throw lever mounting system provided, the M2124 easily attaches to a MIL-STD-1913 rail interface system. The unit may also be used as a hand-held observation device. Ships With: Sight, Quick-Disconnect Mount, Batteries, Lens Tissue, Adjustment Wrenches, Soft Case & Ops Manual. SPECIFICATIONS: - Technology: Generation III Auto-Gated - Magnification: 1x - Field of View: 13 - Objective: 55 mm - Weight: 1.7 lbs - Dimensions: 2.9" x 3.5" x 5.8" - Power Source: 1 x 3V Lithium - Warranty: 1 Year Limited Warranty: Purchasing this product entitles you to a 1 Year Warranty from the original date of purchase. At our discretion your equipment can be repaired or replaced with new or refurbished product or parts, if any product or parts are determined to be defective due to materials or workmanship. Shipping & handling is not included in this warranty. Export: The Export of this product without proper licensing is strictly prohibited and falls under ITAR per title 22, CFR, parts 120-130. Please contact US Night Vision Export Dept. to receive further information on how to obtain proper licensing from the U.S. Department of State

US Night Vision MTM V2-VIS w/ USB Download Cable

Manufacturer: L-3 Insight Technology Manufacturer Part No: MTM-000-A507 Integrated Visible Red Laser Facial Recognition at 25 Meters Unity Magnification External Video Jack Lightweight / Pocket Size, 11.5 oz Waterproof to 3 Four Hours of Continuous Operation Using Two 3V Lithium Batteries (123) Comes with USB Download Cable After listening to customer and user feedback on the MTM, Insight Technology responded with the MTM-V2. The V2 is a more cost-effective method of putting the industry-leading miniaturization and resolution into the hands of more law enforcement agencies and first responders. The MTM-V2 has reduced the offering of ancillary items (image capture/video interface package, helmet mount and night vision filter/demist shield) without substantially sacrificing the core technology enabling thermal detection, recognition and identification of a scene. The MTM-V2 is more evidence of Insight's continuous efforts to take cutting-edge military inspired designs and put them in the hands of the men and women on the job, every day. The MTM-V2 is lightweight, pocket-sized and ergonomically designed for handheld operation. It features menu-driven functions including brightness and gain, polarity (white hot and black hot), calibration and a 2x digital zoom. With a quick start up time, the monocular is fully operational and imaging in less than 5 seconds from power up. The MTM-V2 can see facial recognition at 25 meters, stationary man-sized target detection at 400 meters and moving man-sized target detection at 500 meters. *Note This model does not come standard with helmet mount or night vision filter. SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS: - Dimensions: 5 L x 2.8 W x 2.2 H - Weight: 11.5 oz (with batteries) - Battery Type: (2) 3-volt lithium - Battery Life: 4.5 hours typical - Field of View: 29.25 - Magnification: 1x with 2x digital zoom - Focus Range: 18 to Infinity - Frame Rate: 60 Hz - Detection Range: Approx 500 m (stationary man) VISIBLE LASER - Output Power: <4.3 mW - Beam Divergence: .5 mrad - Wavelength: 645 nm

Gemtech TREK

The TREK is our shortest, most rugged threadmount suppressor: a 5.56mm unit suitable for full auto and usage on modern, shorter barrel (10.4" or greater) carbines. The quietest of the Gemtech threadmounting suppressors, it also features a short profile that keeps compact carbines compact. The TREK is made of rugged stainless steels and inconel, with welded construction. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 5.56MM NATO (.223) - Overall Length: 5.7" - Diameter: 1.5" - Weight: 17.3 OZ - Materials: Stainless Steel & Inconel - Finish: Non-Reflective Black Oxide - Threads: 1/2x28 (2A) Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Gemtech SFN-57

The FN 5.7 pistol has become a favorite because of its large magazine capacity, varied ammunition available, and its chambering for the 5.7x28 cartridge designed for the FN P90 personal defense weapon. In early 1998, Gemtech developed our SFN-57 suppressor specifically for this weapon at the request of FN Manufacturing. It is threaded M10x1mm for the factory extended threaded barrel, and also fits the aftermarket Jarvis barrels. To this day, the Gemtech SFN-57 suppressor remains the most efficient and lightest weight suppressor available specifically for this impresive handgun. It can also be used in subcaliber role on .17HMR, .22lr, and .22 Magnum calibers. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 5.7x28 mm - Overall Length: 5.8 inch (147 mm) - Diameter: 1.25 inch (31 mm) - Weight: 5.2 ounces (147 gm) - Construction Materials: High tensile strength Aluminum - Standard Finish: Matte Black Anodize Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Gemtech Sandstorm

Answering the call for the lightest, shortest 7.62 suppressor available, the Gemtech SANDSTORM brings high performance in an extremely compact and lightweight package. With no compromise made in any design parameter, its titanium construction is stronger than steel, trimmed and tuned until no excess remains. Lighter weight translates into lessened point of impact shift, less harmonic disturbance to the barrel, and the titanium allows for faster cooling of the system - all making for a very accurate weapon light enough to pack with you through the longest trek. Premium sonic reduction is achieved even with forgiving baffle apertures (no extra tight "cheater" exit hole that can lead to dangerous baffle strikes). An all new baffle design gives better accuracy while still aggressively muting sound and flash signature. Thread mounting to fit .308 or like-caliber bolt action or semi-auto precision rifles in either U.S. standard threading of 5/8-24, or for the Accuracy International rifles in 18x1.5M threading. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 7.62 (.300WM or lesser) - O.A. Length: 7.8 inches - Diameter: 1.5 inches - Weight: 13.3 ounces - Construction: Corrosion resistant welded Titanium - Finish: Non-reflective grey - Threads: 5/8-24 or 18x1.5M Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Gemtech Quicksand

The QUICKSAND was developed in response to customer requests for a quick-detach version of the ultra-lightweight 7.62mm SANDSTORM which maintained all of the SANDSTORM's features. The QUICKSAND mounts on the standard Gemtech flash hider/mounts used by the HVT, maintaining 100% backward mount compatibility. The patented quick mount is a simple 1-handed, 2-second push/twist/click secure mount that guarantees consistency each time it is mounted. Featuring the same baffle stack and constructions techniques as the SANDSTORM, this 100% welded high tensile strength titanium 7.62 NATO suppressor is the lightest weight QD .308 suppressor available. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: .308 or .300WM (7.62MM NATO) - Overall Length: 9.2" - Diameter: 1.5" - Weight: 17.5 OZ - Finish: Titanium - Threads: Various Mounts Available, See Below Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Gemtech Outback-II

The OUTBACK-II is a highly advanced thread mounting .22LR caliber suppressor adaptable to almost all .22LR rifles and pistols. For its tiny size, the OUTBACK-II has premium level sound reduction dry with some of the lowest first round âpopâ in the industry, outperforming many significantly larger units. While a true bargain, Gemtech doesnât skimp on quality: 7075 high tensile strength aluminum is used (not cheaper, weaker grades), a non-galling titanium thread mount area instead of cheap steels, and it is finished in an attractive and durable matte hardcoat finish in either black or Realtree photorealistic anodizing. Everything that makes up this silencer is premium â except the price. It mates well with virtually any .22LR firearm which can have the barrel externally threaded. It is usable on pistols as well as a wide variety of .22 rimfire rifles. Since mounting to the firearm is accomplished by attachment to muzzle threads, the suppressor can be quickly removed for cleaning, compact carry, or storage. IN SHORT: the best .22LR suppressor at the best price; a true "Sweet Spot" between sonic performance, price, size, and weight. The Outback-II is America's most popular suppressor â for many good reasons, all backed by Gemtech's proven 16 years of the best customer service in the business! SPECIFICATIONS: - Length: 5 inches (128mm) - Diameter: 1 inch (25mm) - Weight: 2.5 ounces (71 gm) - Materials: Aluminum with Titanium threads - Finish: Matte Black or RealtreeTM Anodize - Thread: 1/2x28 Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Gemtech Multi Mount

After years of hearing the question, "I've got all these different guns, How can I suppress them with one great can?" Gemtech pioneered the concept of the interchangeable mounting system for a pistol/submachine guns with the Trinity. The MULTIMOUNT system is the next logical progression: the versatility of the Trinity in a universal suppressor with no equal: The most firearm mounting options, the lightest weight in its size class, and constructed of strong materials for use on subgun to pistol duty! The MULTIMOUNT bases off our TALON 9mm AR15/M16 upper as it's primary host. The entire registered suppressor threads onto this upper, shielding it under a rock-solid modular Picatinny 1913 spec rail system for use on a compact short barreled rifle or submachine gun. The TALON features Gemtech's new GUARDRAIL system specifically made to house and protect 1.375 or lesser diameter suppressors.The ability to use the suppressor on other host weapons through the use of innovative firearm mounts has made it a commercial favorite - you can use our adapters on many host firearms. The modular firearm-mounted adapters to make your MULTIMOUNT a 3-lug fast attach suppressor for 9mm carbines such as the MP5 or UZI. You can use our L.I.D. (Linear Inertial Decoupler) recoil device mounted to your pistol for flawless cycling on many hard-to-function handguns including Glock 9mms. Installing a simple thread-mount adapter on your carbine makes for the shortest package with a variety of carbines and also fixed barrel 9mm pistols, and even in a pinch on .22lr firearms. Available threads for the L.I.D. are 1/2-28 and M13.5x1-(LH), and for the conventional thread mount 1/2-28 and 1/2-36. The MULTIMOUNT's open back design allows ease of cleaning the blast baffle and entrance chamber. The new 2008 L.I.D. (Linear Inertial Decoupler recoil enhancer) pistol thread adapter has been totally re-designed and can be tuned for minimizing point of impact shift with no tools required for either adjustment, cleaning, or re-configuring. No tool to lose! It is available with an interchangeable thread sleeve for either the popular 1/2-28 threads used in the USA or the metric M13.5x1(LH) thread used on European factory threaded barrels. The pistol-mounted L.I.D. threads directly to many common handguns and works reliably on the Beretta, Glocks, SIGs, HK, S&W, and many others. The MULTIMOUNT is a dry suppressor, but can also be used with a small amount of coolant for maximum flash and sound reduction. Its light weight and small size makes for a pleasant, accurate shooting experience as compared to nose-heavy suppressors. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 9mm - Overall Length: 7 inch (178 mm) - Diameter: 1.375 inch (35 mm) - Weight: 6.5 ounces (190 gm) - Construction Materials: Aircraft Grade Aluminum - Standard: Finish Matte Black Anodize Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Gemtech HVT

**Does not include QD Flash Hider** A shorter, lighter, more efficient suppressor for rifles chambered in 7.62x51mm NATO and .30 caliber cartridges of similar case capacity, the Gemtech HVT sets the bar for endurance and reliability. It is offered in either threadmount or maintenance-free Quickmount fast attach configurations. The HVT has an unusually quiet sound signature that is indistinguishable from, and masked by, the bullet flight noise, making it ideal for both urban and rural tactical operations. Recoil and visual signature (flash, dust) are reduced greatly along with the audible signature. With our high-accuracy / low-blowback baffle design that the U.S. Navy deemed highly favorable in limiting rate-of-fire increase, the HVT makes for an excellent choice on automatic rifles as well as bolt-action precision rifles. The Gemtech Quickmount attachment system permits consistent mounting with repeatable accuracy. The male mount is torqued into position over a threaded barrel to assure utmost accuracy, and the suppressor affixes over with a simple, one-handed movement with no gates, latches, or threads to stick or fumble. Its either on, or its off. There are no Is it on where it should be? questions with the Quick-Mount. While the Quik-Mount retains backward compatibility with the original Bi-Lock flash hider mounting system, the mount has been totally re-designed for limited or no maintenance. Quick-Mounts are available in flash hider style to fit factory threading on M1A/M14, AR10, HK417, and other AR-type automatic rifles, or in a tensioning back-over-barrel mount for bolt action rifles. Thread Mounting units are available in 5/8-24 or M18x1 configurations. SPECIFICATIONS: - O.A. Length: (Thread mount) 7.8 inches - Caliber: .308 or .300WM (7.62mm NATO) - O.A. Length: (Quickmount) 9.1 inches (235 mm) - Diameter: 1.5 inch (38 mm) - Weight: (Thread mount) 24 ounces (680 gm) - Weight: (Quickmount) 28 ounces (795 gm) - Construction: Welded Stainless steel - Finish: Optically flat black oxide Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Gemtech HALO

The HALO is our true "grunt" suppressor rock solid, easy to use, and requires no modification to the host weapon. It utilizes a simple, patented, no-tools mounting system that slips over most NATO weapon 5.56mm flash hiders. There is no need for proprietary mounts or modifications to the barrel. It may be swapped between many different weapons easily, including the M16, M4, HK416, and M249. HALO's have earned a reputation as a product of exceptional quality at an absolutely fair price. Welded construction alone isn't enough the HALO is a fully welded inconel and stainless suppressor core encased in a stainless shell for double-walled security and impressive longevity. If you break things for a living, this is durable enough to be your can. Birthed for battle, the HALO has proven itself in conflicts around the globe. As technology has advanced, the combat-proven HALO has been improved by trimming weight and length while retaining the same excellent dB and flash reduction. The patented mounting system utilizes the 22 mm standard NATO-specification bird-cage type flash hider as used by the military worldwide. Mounting or removal can be performed without the use of tools in less than 30 seconds. The suppressor comes with detailed instructions for installation and use. It also includes a peel washer for remounting of the AR15/M16 flash hider should the original flash hider be mounted with a crush washer. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 5.56 mm NATO (.223) - O.A. Length: 7.75 inch (197 mm) - Diameter: 1.5 inch (38 mm) - Weight: 25 ounces (700 gm) - Materials: 300 series stainless steels - Finish: Matte Black Oxide Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Gemtech G5-22

Since a small-diameter .22lr suppressor like our ALPINE or OUTBACK performs well, but can look mis-sized on the new crop of .22lr copies of famous assault rifles, we engineered a correctly proportioned .22LR silencer to match these perfectly. Designed from the ground up to complement the M&P1522, SIG 522, and other .22lr carbines, the G5-22 is correctly proportioned, utilizes Gemtech's patented Quickmount system, and even has the correct cosmetics of it's big brother, the 5.56mm G5. The larger body size gives a low-blowback result, as well as an extremely low pitched, quiet tone. Made primarily from 7075 aluminum with a Type-III black hard anodize finish, this rugged, efficient suppressor can be 100% user disassembled for cleaning. The G5-22 was further designed for superb group size and zero first round pop. It's ready for rugged use as well, full-auto rated for those that have .22lr machineguns. Each G5-22 includes one 1/2-28 QUICKSNAP flash hider mount. Extra mounts as available through this webstore, as well as separate adapters for mating the Quicksnap flash hiders to unusual thread pitch carbines (such as the GSG AK47). SPECIFICATIONS: - Length: 6.6" - Weight: 7.3 oz. - Thread Pitch: 1/2x28 Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Gemtech G5

If you want high speed low drag this is it. Every component of this suppressor has been critically assessed, shot hard, improved upon, thought through, and tested tough to become the new standard in 5.56mm quick mounting suppressors. Lighter, stronger, quieter, more durable and maintenance-free, the G5 is made for those that demand the apex of performance. Titanium, stainless steels, and inconel are mated throughout the G5 to ensure the right material for each task.. It adds 5.5 inches to the overall weapon system length, affixing over our Quick-Mount flash hider an easy push and twist that may be done wearing gloves, in any weather condition, and in total darkness. The mount provides repeatable POI shift each time it is mounted. The barrel portion of the mount is torqued into position to assure utmost accuracy. By utilizing additional flash hider mounts on a variety of weapons, the G5 suppressor can be quickly, easily, and securely moved from weapon to weapon as the situation requires. The G5 Quik-Mount retains compatibility with the older Bi-Lock mounts. Quick-Mount Flash hiders are available 1/2-28 (for most US mfg. carbines), Metric 15x1RH (HK), 9/16-24 (RH or LH), or with a special flash hider that mates G5 suppressors with the FN P90 PDW. One Quick-Mount of your choice is included with each G5 suppressor. The suppressor is rated for fully automatic fire. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 5.56 mm NATO (.223) - O.A. Length: 7 inch (178 mm) - Diameter: 1.5 inch (38 mm) - Weight: 21 ounces (595 gm) - Materials: Stainless steel, Inconel, & Titanium - Finish Matte: Black Oxide Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Gemtech Blackside 45 ACP / 40 S&W

BLACKSIDE-45: The Blackside-45 is a handgun suppressor designed from the ground up to be the shortest, lightest weight, and highest efficiency suppressor in the most compact package possible. Highest performance is achieved with only a minimal amount of artificial environment (such as light oil). Although not as efficient dry, it is acceptable when artificial environment media is unavailable. The mount features positive front stop threading to reduce thread wear and provide proper alignment on 1911 and other pistols. Extensive testing has demonstrated that a recoil booster is not necessary for many host firearms, including the 1911, Smith & Wesson M&P45, and the majority of the difficult to cycle full-sized HK USP Tactical. At extra cost the Blackside can be ordered with a recoil booster (L.I.D.) or one can be retrofitted later. The upgrade charge of $180 is the difference between the boosted and non-boosted version. Constructed of high tensile strength aluminum alloys heat treated to Gemtech specifications, this unit does not utilize any bore obstructing "wipes" or mesh. The advanced frequency shifting baffle design creates outstanding performance. With complete suppression of the muzzle flash signature, this device is an exceptionally effective tool for tactical users. The Blackside-45 is currently available threaded either M16x1-LH for the HK USP Tactical, M16x1-RH for the MK23/SOCOM, and 0.578-28 for the Glock-21, 1911, and other barrels. The recoil boosted (L.I.D.) version is currently available threaded 0.578-28 and M16x1-LH for the USP Tactical. BLACKSIDE-40: The Blackside suppressor in .40 caliber is currently available for a number of handguns designed for the .40 S&W cartridge. Specifications are similar to the .45 caliber version. However, by default, all the BLACKSIDE-40 suppressors incorporate an integral L.I.D. (recoil booster), while the .45 caliber BLACKSIDE-45 does not. The Blackside-40 suppressor is threaded 9/16-24 (2A). On special order it can be supplied threaded M14.5x1-LH for the HK USP Tactical in .40 caliber. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: .45ACP / .40S&W - O.A. Length: 6.1 inch (155 mm) / 6.5 inch (165 mm) - Diameter: 1.37 inch (35 mm) / 1.37 inch (35 mm) - Weight: 5.2 ounces (145 gm) / 10 ounces (280 gm) - MOUNT TYPE: Thread L.I.D. (recoil booster) - Standard Finish: Matte Black Anodize / Matte Black Anodize - Construction Materials: High Tensile Strength Aluminum / High Tensile Strength Aluminum Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Gemtech Alpine

The Gemtech ALPINE is a user-servicable .22lr suppressor that is lightweight and requires no special tools to disassemble. Easy to take down and clean, it features high decible reduction, unique-to-Gemtech "Caged-K" baffles, which provide the strength needed for disassembly. This allows the ALPINE to still offer the outstanding performance of the K-type baffles but without the weakness of an unprotected K as seen in fragile competing designs. Made of tough 7075 aerograde aluminum with non-galling titanium thread area, the ALPINE also features the distinctive and functional Gemtech grip surface on the rear which adds a distinctive, elegant touch to this premium suppressor. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: .22LR - O.A. Length: 5.6 inches - Diameter: 1 inch - Weight: 3.7 ounces - Materials: aluminum, titanium - Finish: Black Matte Hardcoat Anodize - Thread Pitch: 1/2x28 Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Nighthawk Lady Hawk

We have received several requests for a 1911 style pistol with as thin of grip as possible. The reasons vary from something that is easier to grip for more control, smaller hands, or something for ladies to use. Based on these requests we are proud to introduce our collaboration with Richard Heinie: the new Lady Hawk. The Lady Hawk uses a both a frame and a mainspring housing that have been thinned down and scalloped to reduce the overall circumference of the grip. We also install thin Alumagrips to further reduce the circumference of the pistol grip. These features make for a pistol grip like no other, a perfect fit for those with small hands or for a female shooter. The first thing we were asked was "Can I get it without the Lady Hawk model name on it?". So we have decided not to put "Lady Hawk" on the slide unless the customer requests it. The Lady Hawk comes standard in 9mm, but is also available in .45ACP or .40 S&W. The Lady Hawk also comes standard with a Titanium Blue Frame and Slide finish with polished Stainless Steel controls, but is also available in any other Nighthawk colors. All black with stainless steel controls is a popular option. FEATURES ON THE LADY HAWK INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: - Caliber: 9mm / Match Grade Crowned and Recessed Barrel - Heinie Signature Scalloped front strap and Mainspring Housing - Reduced overall frame circumference - Nighthawk Custom Ultra-Thin Alumagrips - Forged Carbon Steel Frame and 4.25" Slide - Heinie Magazine Release - Heinie Stainless Steel Hammer and Sear - Finish: Titanium Blue with Stainless Steel Controls - Heinie Slant-Pro Straight Eight Night Sights - Magazine well contoured for carry - Tactical Magazine Release - Hand Serrated Rear of Slide SPECIFICATIONS: - Height: 5 5/8" - Barrel Length: 4.25" - Mag Catch: Extended tactical - Weight: 2 lb. 4 oz. - Safeties: Tactical single-side or Ambi-safety available - Sights: Heinie Straight Eight - Finish: Perma Kote finish in Black, Sniper Gray, Green, Coyote Tan, Titanium Blue, Hard Chrome also available - Action: Single action only

Nighthawk Chris Costa Recon

When we were approached by Chris Costa to do a new pistol model to his exact specifications, we jumped at the opportunity. We started with a full size fighting weapon, the Costa Recon. The Costa Recon has many new features that make this pistol one tough, reliable weapon. The slide has been machined to have a completely different look and feel than any of other models, with a multi-faceted slide top. The slide has top serrations culminating in an arrow point at the front to direct shooters eyes to the red fiber optic front sight. This model incorporates our new EVERLAST Recoil system, which allows shooters to go over 10,000 rounds without a spring change. Some of the other features include our new fully machined one piece mainspring housing / magwell with a rounded butt, Jardine Tactical Hook rear sights, and an extreme high cut checkered front strap. In short, the Costa Recon has everything that Chris wanted to incorporate into his idea of the perfect 1911. FEATURES: - Integrated recon light rail compatible with a Surefire X300 tactical light - Unique multi-faceted slide - Serrated arrow style slide top - Heavy bevel on bottom of slide - Hand serrated rear of slide - Barrel is crowned and beveled flush with the bushing - One-piece fully machined 20 lpi checkered mainspring -housing/magwell - High cut front strap - Lightweight aluminum medium solid Match trigger - Aggressive 10-8 Performance Hyena Brown grips - Red fiber optic front sights (Tritium dot front sight upgrade available) - Jardine Rear Black Sights (No other rear sight available) - Extended Tactical Mag Catch - Nighthawk Custom/Marvel EVERLAST Recoil System - COSTA logo engraved in silver after finish SPECIFICATIONS: - Height: 5 5/8" - 5" Barrel Length - 2 lb. 8 oz. - Tactical single-side or Ambi-safety upgrade available - Melonite finish in Black only - Available in .45 ACP only

AAC TITAN-SS (.338)

The TITAN series of silencers deliver excellent signature and recoil reduction along with enhanced accuracy on precision rifles chambering the powerful .338 Lapua Magnum and .300 WM cartridges. Extreme durability is achieved by the incorporation of a patented Hyposone monolithic baffle module and CNC fusion welding. Updated for 2011, the TITAN-SS gets a new contoured and fluted tube. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: .338LM and lower - Weight: 38oz - Length: 10" - Length added: 8.0" - Diameter: 1.85" - Finish: Moly Resin - Sound Reduction: 34dB - Mount: Thread - Materials: 316L SS

AAC TITAN-QD (.338)

Fast Attache Mounting Building upon the groundbreaking design of the original TITAN silencer, AACs top-of- the-line TiTAN-QD raises the bar even further with a 90-tooth Ratchet-Mount and titanium construction that drops its weight by almost 50%. The TiTAN-QD features our patent-pending monolithic Hyposone baffle module and is assembled via fully CNC automated fusion welding. The TiTAN-QD has been tested and selected by some of our nations most demanding end users and was recently selected as the silencer for the Armys XM2010 sniper rifle. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 20 oz - Length: 10" - Length added: 8.4" - Diameter: 1.85" - Finish: Moly Resin - Sound Reduction: 32dB - Mount: 90T Ratchet Mount - Materials: Grade 5 Titanium

AAC CYCLONE

The rigidly simple threaded mounting design provides reliable precision accuracy with minimal and repeatable zero-shift. Extraordinary sound and recoil reduction are two of the instant benefits of the CYCLONE silencer. Durability is maximized by fully CNC automated fusion welding of every high-temperature aerospace alloy component used in its construction- making 100% suppressed fire possible. The back-pressure lowering design of the silencer aids in shooter comfort, reduces weapon fouling, and minimizes cyclic rate increase. EDM technology is utilized as a final step to ensure precise bore alignment and enhance accuracy. The elimination of approximately 95% of the muzzle report nullifies the need for ear protection, facilitates field communications, and masks the location of the user. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 22.4 oz - Length: 9.5" - Length added: 8.75" - Diameter: 1.50" - Finish: Moly Resin - Sound Reduction: 30-33dB - Mount: 5/8-24, M18x1.5, & M18x1 - Materials: Inconel 718 & 316L SS

AAC MINI 4

The Mini4 is the result of a request for an ultra-compact can for 5.56mm rifles and carbines. The Mini4 features the same fully welded all-Inconel guts as our M4-2000. With an overall weight of 13 ounces and adding less than 3 inches to the overall length of the host weapon, it is easy to disregard the Mini4 until the shooting starts. Despite its compact dimensions, the Mini4 reduces the muzzle signature below the 140 decibel threshold at the shooters ear and dramatically reduces visible flash. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 5.56mm - Weight: 13.5oz - Length: 5.25" - Length added: 2.8" - Diameter: 1.5" - Finish: Moly Resin - Sound Reduction: 22dB - Mount: Ratchet Mount - Materials: Inconel 718, 316L SS

AAC TI-RANT 9s

The Ti-RANT series are ultra-high-performance sound and flash suppressors for today's 9mm and .45 Auto handguns. Advanced material selection gives the Ti-RANT series unequalled durability despite compact dimensions and light weight. For 2011, users will be able to remove the 17-4 PH stainless steel and hard coat anodized 7075-T6 aluminum alloy baffles from the Grade 9 Titanium tube for cleaning and maintenance using a supplied end cap spanner. Class-defining sound reduction is worthless if your silenced handgun is unreliable; To ensure reliable functioning with all popular host pistols, the Ti-RANT series incorporates a second-generation A.S.A.P (Assured Semi Automatic Performance) booster system. The fully integrated A.S.A.P. System enables flawless semi-automatic operation and can be quickly and easily disassembled for service by the end-user without the use of tools. For 2011, the previously military-only "Short" versions are available for civilian purchase. For added sound and flash reduction on these short models, a wet charge of 5cc's of water will increase performance by up to 30% and will remain effective for 20 to 50 shots. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 7.6oz - Length: 5.07" - Diameter: 1.38" - Finish: Moly Resin, T3 HC, SCARmor - Sound Reduction: 22dB Dry / 27.2dB Wet - Mount: Thread - Materials: Grade 9 Ti, 17-4PH SS, 7075-T6

AAC TI-RANT 45

The Ti-RANT .45 is the worlds first silencer for .45 ACP pistols that is truly stealthy when fired dry. The average dry sound signature of the Ti-RANT .45 is 133 dB when fired on a Heckler and Koch USP Tactical .45 with Remington 230 grain ammunition. This puts the dry performance of the Ti-RANT .45 squarely in the ballpark of most competitor's 9mm pistol silencers. With a wet charge of 5ccs of water, the sound signature drops to 125 dB. To put it another way, our .45 silencer is quieter than some companys .22 silencers. The Ti-RANT .45 does not stand out among a sea of posers just because of its jaw-dropping performance. Intelligent material selection gives the Ti-RANT .45 unequalled durability in a deceptively light-weight package. The Ti-RANT .45 incorporates AACs new A.S.A.P. CLUTCH. This highly evolved Nielsen device enables flawless semi-automatic operation on all relevant host pistols, and can be fully disassembled for cleaning or piston replacement with no tools in seconds. The Ti-RANT .45 can be outfitted with pistons threaded M16 x 1 Right Hand, M16 x 1 Left Hand, and two pistons threaded .578-28; one extended for the Sig P-220 and 1911s with a full length guide rod, and a flush mount for 1911s with a standard G.I. guide rod. For multi-caliber use, pistons are available in the most common 9mm and .40 thread patterns to allow use of the Ti-RANT 45 on hosts in those calibers. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: .45 - Weight: 11.5 oz - Length: 8.74" - Diameter: 1.38" - Finish: Moly Resin, T3 HC Anodize, SCARmor - Sound Reduction: (Dry/Wet): -30dB/-41dB - Mount: Threads - Materials: Grade 9 Ti, 17-4PH, 7075-T6

AAC Element

Say hello to the baddest technology in .22 silencers. Using our latest internal designs, the ELEMENT offers a revolutionary level of sound reduction in a compact, incredibly light-weight package that can readily be disassembled for cleaning by the user. The baffles and end caps are heat-treated 17-4 stainless steel, while the tube is ultra-durable SCARmor-coated alloy steel. This construction allows the ELEMENT to handle .17HMR and .22Mag without modification. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 4.3 oz - Length: 5.25" - Diameter: 1.0" - Finish: SCARmor - Sound Reduction: 41dB - Mount: 1/2-28 TPI - Materials: 17-4PH & Alloy Steel

AAC Prodigy

Often imitated but never equaled, the PRODIGY is the worlds first silencer to combine ultra-high-performance, light weight, and modular construction in a single design. The patent pending Hyposone monolithic baffle core delivers class leading sound suppression on all popular .22LR host firearms. Constructed of durable Type 3 hard coat anodized 7075-T6 aluminum, the PRODIGY has an improbable weight of only 3.6 ounces. It quickly and easily field strips into two basic components for cleaning and maintenance. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 3.6 oz - Length: 5.79" - Diameter: 1.0" - Finish: T3 HC Anodize and SCARmor - Sound Reduction: 40dB - Mount: 1/2-28 TPI - Materials: 7075-T6 & 17-4 PH

AAC Pilot 2

The PILOT 2 is a compact, durable, and light weight .22LR muzzle silencer for pistols & rifles. Since 2003, the original PILOT has been one of the best selling silencers available based on outstanding sound reduction, AAC quality, and attention to detail. Updated for 2011, the PILOT 2 allows easy takedown for cleaning and maintenance that can extend the cans service life when shooting dirty .22LR ammunition. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 3.75 oz - Length: 5.22" - Diameter: .99" - Finish: T3 Hard Coat & SCARmor - Sound Reduction: 36dB - Mount: 1/2-28 TPI - Materials: 6061-T6, 7075-T6, & 17-4PH

Magpul MOE + (Plus) Grip

The MOE+ Grip combines reinforced polymer body construction with comfortable, wrap-around rubber overmolding for maximum weapon control in adverse environments. With a similar shape to a 'medium' sized MIAD, this AR15/M16 drop-in design features a hard-polymer bottom edge to reduce the possibility of equipment snags or grip damage. The MOE+ Grip accepts optional storage cores for gear stowage and includes a basic grip cap. All mounting hardware included. NOTE: This grip will function properly with 7.62 NATO AR10/SR25 style of rifles but, depending on the make of the rifle, may or may not leave a gap between the 'beaver tail' and the receiver. This gap is purely aesthetic and will not affect function.

Accu Shot Stow Away VFG - BT27

Here we have our Folding Vertical Fore Grip using the base and mechanism from our Precision Rail Monopod (PRM), adding a non-moving 3 handle that is knurled with two flats machined into opposing sides where the Buna O-Rings will secure light switches and/or lunch money or both. Unscrewing the bottom will reveal a storage compartment for a single 123 battery and placing a battery in there positive side (+) towards the relieved cap will insure it wont be drained. When the knob is folded up, the profile is reduced for a cleaner presentation for lower rifle positions as well as reducing the stop or snag point found with fixed vertical fore grips. American made with the main components being constructed from 6061T6 with Type III Hard anodize and 4041 alloy steel with a R52 heat treatment. Get your grip on!

Accu Shot Bipod Cleats - BT-24

Easily installed with the press of a stainless steel plunger, the cleats deliver a fully articulated aggressive foot to support the bipod. Available in black only. Weight 2.1 ounce.

Accu Shot Bipod Leg Extensions - BT-22

asily installed with the press of a stainless steel plunger they provide an additional 3 inches of elevation. Work with any of our three available feet. Available in black only. Weight 1.8 ounce.

Accu Shot Bipod Rubber Feet - BT-32

The standard rubber feet for the Atlas Bipod per pair. Made in America. Available in black only, Weight 1 ounce.

Accu Shot Bipod Ski Feet - BT-23

Easily installed with the press of a stainless steel plunger, the skis deliver a fully articulated smooth foot to support the bipod. Available in black only. Weight 1.6 ounce.

Accu Shot BT-08 ASAI (Accu-Shot Accuracy International) Monopod

ASAI (Accu-Shot Accuracy International) Monopod (BT08) with Quick Knob Option The patented Accu-Shot Accuracy International (ASAI) monopod for the Accuracy International AE, AW and AICS systems. Major components constructed from alloy steels, heat treated to Rockwell 52 for long lasting strength and durability. The ASAI is attached via an application specific nut without modification to the stock and is deployed and retracted with the press of a button. The same actuator knob with steel on steel threads and locking feature found on the BT04 is utilized on the ASAI. The leg folds up and retracts out of the way when not in use. This unit allows a range of travel of approximately 1.05" or elevation adjustments between 3.45 - 4.5" (measured from center of lower buttstock bolt clearance hole). Made in the USA. Approximate weight 8.5 ounces. Consider upgrading with the new Quick Knob (QK01) for faster target acquisition. These monopods are being delivered now and are manufactured in limited quantities on a regular basis. They are available on first come first served basis so delays might be experienced. If you place an order your credit card will be charged immediately and we will ship your ASAI asap. If you want to be notified when units are available, please email us with your requests and you will be notified. Those that prepay will get preference over those on the "to be notified" list. Quick Knob-Standard Option: The new Standard Quick Knob (QK01) allows quick gross adjustments into the target with a push of a button! The QK01 has a spring loaded button that when depressed allows the operator to slide the knob up or down on the Actuator Rod quickly into the desired sight picture. When the button is released, the fine threads are re-engaged and the operator can make the final adjustments by rotating the QK01 knob. The QK01 works with the Thumbnut to eliminate any tolerance for increased stability. The new QK01 replaces the standard knob on BT01, BT04, BT08 and BT12 providing the same approximate range of elevation. Machined from T6061 Aluminum with a hard anodize finish and steel threads for strength and durability the QK01 is a valued upgrade. When purchased with any of the above noted Accu-Shot monopods the QK01 will be delivered installed.

PWS Enhanced Buffer Tube

The PWS Enhanced Buffer Tube is the first major upgrade and improvement to the buffer tube in years! Unlike the original PWS EBT, this unit is made from impact extruded 6061 aluminum in order to keep the cost down while keeping the quality high. The Enhanced Buffer Tube will resolve any carrier tilt symptoms exhibited by a short stroke piston AR and will reduce felt recoil. The most notable features on this buffer tube include: - One piece construction eliminating the castle nut and ensuring that when installed, the buffer tube cannot become loose. - Attachment system automatically indexes the buffer tube perfectly straight. - The bottom of the interior buffer tube extends a lip into the receiver, supporting the bottom rear of the bolt carrier, reducing the carrier tilt present in some piston systems. - A dead blow buffer is securely installed in the rear of the buffer tube to reduce carrier speed by an average of 10%, and dramatically reduce felt recoil. - Two QD sling swivel attachments are machined into the front of the buffer tube allowing ambidextrous connection of your QD slings. - The buffer tube is fluted to allow debris to be pushed out of the way, and a drain hole has been placed in the bottom of the tube, allowing for draining of water when the rifle is parallel to the ground. The PWS Enhanced Buffer Tube is made to accept Mil-Spec stocks. an average of 10%, and dramatically reduce felt recoil. Specifications: - Length: 7.8" (19.8 cm) - Diameter:1.15" (2.9 cm) - Width: 1.8" (4.5 cm) at QD points - Weight: 5.5 oz (156 grams) ***The PWS Enhanced Buffer Tube is Mil-Spec.

PWS TRIAD .30 Cal

The Triad flash suppressor features a revolutionary design bringing true flash suppression together with reduced muzzle flip by redirecting gases exiting the muzzle without the overpressure created by traditional recoil compensators. The unique internal design of the Triad provides an excellent performing flash suppressor while retaining a great deal of the muzzle control that PWS muzzle devices have become known for. As with all PWS muzzle devices, the Triad is backed by a money back guarantee. If you buy one, install it, shoot it and are not amazed by the performance, send it back and we will happily refund your purchase price. The Triad is classified as a flash suppressor under ATF guidelines and should be used in accordance with each states firearms laws. The Triad flash suppressors ship with the PWS Shim set, therefore use of additional mounting devices such as peel or crush washers is not required. Specifications: - Length: 2.20" (56 mm) - Diameter: .925" (23.4mm) - Thread Pitch: 5/8x24 RH - Weight: 2.3 oz (65 grams)

PWS FSC556 Gemtech / KAC

DESCRIPTION: The Flash Suppressing Compensator (FSC) series of muzzle devices from PWS provides superior compensation characteristics combined with enough flash suppression to keep the flash out of your optics and line of sight. Designed for both competitive and tactical use, the FSC series allows for superior muzzle stabilization and aids the shooter in faster follow up shots and accuracy. The unique port design of the FSC series yields muzzle control that meets or exceeds the performance of the best muzzle brakes on the market without the teeth rattling overpressure indicative of other brakes and compensators. The FSC Series muzzle devices are the only compensators on the market backed by a money back guarantee. If you buy one, install it, shoot it and are not amazed by the performance, send it back and we will happily refund your purchase price. All of the FSC Series muzzle devices have been classified as a non-flash suppressing device by the BATFE, thus removing any restriction from assault weapon ban states or provinces. See the BATFE document here. FSC Series muzzle devices ship with the PWS Shim set, therefore additional mounting devices such as peel washers or crush washers are not required. USAGE: A specialized version of the FSC556 Tactical Compensator made as a multiple suppressor adapter version. The SM556 will accomodate the Knights QDSS-NT4 suppressor as well as the Gemtech HALO suppressors and is for use on weapons that have a bullet diameter equal to or less than .223/5.56 and threaded 1/2x28 RH. SPECIFICATIONS: Length 2.2" (55.8mm) Diameter .865" (22mm) Thread Pitch 1/2x28 RH Weight 2.5 oz (70.8 grams)

PWS CQB Comp

The CQB Comp, originally designed as part of the Diablo Upper, is designed to provide as much compensation as possible while suppressing flash and sending all the blast forward of the shooter and those next to the shooter. The CQB comp is designed for just that - CQB. This product comes by request of those running through buildings that love the FSC556, but the blast in that narrow space is too much, especially for the guy standing next to them. The primary function is to send all the blast forward. The secondary function is to suppress flash and the tertiary function is to compensate the rifle. This product in no way compensates the weapon to the level of the FSC556 or our other comps, but it does serve the needs of those that requested its development. This unit is 2.8" in length, 1.4" in diameter and is threaded 1/2x28.

PWS FSC556 / FSC30

This FSC556 & FSC30 Tactical Compensator has all of the compensation of the standard DNTC compensator combined with enough flash suppression to keep the flash out of your optics and line of sight. This unit is 2.10" in length .865 (22mm) in diameter and is threaded 1/2x28 RH or 5/8x24.

Trijicon ACOG TA31RCO - 4x32

The TA31RCO is an Advanced Combat Optical Gun sight (ACOG) designed for the M16M4 weapon system (14.5 barrel). It provides the shooter with quick target acquisition at close combat ranges while providing enhanced target identification and hit probability out to 800 meters utilizing the Bullet Drop Compensator. The TA31RCO incorporates dual-illumination technology using a combination of fiber optics and self-luminous tritium. This allows the aiming point to be always illuminated without the use of batteries. The Tritium illuminates the aiming point in total darkness, and the fiber-optic self-adjusts reticle brightness during daylight according to ambient light conditions. This allows the operator to keep both eyes open while engaging targets and maintaining maximum situational awareness. Designed to the exact specifications of the United States Marine Corp, the unique reticle pattern provides the shooter with quick target acquisition at close combat ranges while providing enhanced target identification and hit probability out to 800 meters utilizing the Bullet Drop Compensator. Magnification - 4x Counter Sniper - RCO KillFlash Reticle - USMC w/ Lead compinsator Specifications: - Magnification: 4 - Objective Size: 32 - Bullet Drop Compensator: Yes - Length (in): 5.80 - Weight (oz): 9.90 - Illumination source: Fiber Optics & Tritium - Reticle Pattern: Chevron w/ Target Reference System - Day Reticle Color: Red - Night Reticle Color: Red - Calibration: 0.223 - Bindon Aiming Concept: Y - Eye Relief (in): 1.50 - Exit Pupil (mm): 8.00 - Field of View (): 7.00 - Field of View @ 100yrds (ft): 36.80 - Adjustment @ 100 yds (clicks/in): 3 - Tube Size: N/A - Mount: TA51 - Mount On/Comes With: Flattop - Housing Material: Forged Aluminum - Special Order: No

Trijicon ACOG TA31F-G

TA31F-G: 4x32 Trijicon ACOG Dual Illuminated Green Chevron Reticle, BAC, & Flattop Mount ACOG 4x32 Scope with Green Chevron BAC Flattop Reticle- includes Flat Top Adapter. The chevron reticle is designed to be zeroed using the tip at 100 meters. The width of the chevron at the base is 5.53 MOA which is 19 in. at 300 meters. This allows range estimation for silhouette targets. Features dual illumination (Fiber optics provides daylight illumination and tritium illuminates reticle at night). The ranging reticle is calibrated for 5.56(.223 cal) flattop rifles out to 800 meters. The TA31F-G also includes: 1 Flattop Mount (TA51) 1 4x32 Scopecoat (TA64) 1 Lenspen (LENSPEN) 1 Trijicon Logo Sticker (PR15) 1 ACOG Manual 1 Warranty Card Specifications: - Magnification: 4.0 - Objective Size: 32.0 - Bullet Drop Compensator: Yes - Length (in): 5.80 - Weight (oz): 9.9 w/o mount - Illumination source: Fiber Optics & Tritium - Reticle Pattern: Chevron - Day Reticle Color: Green - Night Reticle Color: Green - Calibration: 0.223 - Bindon Aiming Concept: Y - Eye Relief (in): 1.50 - Exit Pupil (mm): 8.00 - Field of View (): 7.00 - Field of View @ 100yrds (ft): 36.80 - Adjustment @ 100 yds (clicks/in): 3.0 - Tube Size: N/A - Mount: TA51 - Mount On/Comes With: TA51 - Housing Material: Forged Aluminum - Special Order: No

Trijicon ACOG TA31ECOS-G - 4x32

TA31ECOS-G: 4x32 Trijicon ACOG Dark Earth Brown with Green Center Illumination & 4.0 MOA RMR Sight The Trijicon ACOG ECOS is the ultimate sight for both Close Quarter Battle (CQB) situations and longer distance shooting where accuracy and pinpoint bullet placement are required. Trijicon is the first to market with its unique dark earth brown color, a definite factor to concealment- directly contributing to the safety of the operator, who is often in harms way. This dual-sighting system gives the shooter a distinct tactical advantage with the option of either the Trijicon ACOG or the RMR Sight. With the quick target acquisition of the RMR Sight or the precise aiming capabilities provided by the magnified 4 power Trijicon ACOGthe shooter has the ability to select the proper aiming solution for the situation at handtruly the best of both worlds. No tools are needed for windage and elevation adjustments because the ECOS also features external windage and elevation adjusters, making it waterproof up to 11m without caps. The TA31ECOS-G also includes: 1 4.0 MOA RMR LED Red Dot mounted to ACOG (RM01) 1 A.R.M.S. Throw Lever Mount 1 Set of backup Iron Sights 1 Lenspen (TA56) 1 Trijicon Logo Sticker (PR15) 1 ACOG Manual 1 Warranty Card Specifications: - Magnification: 4.0 - Objective Size: 32.0 - Bullet Drop Compensator: Yes - Length (in): 6.20 - Weight (oz): 15.00 - Illumination source: Fiber Optics & Tritium - Reticle Pattern: Crosshair - Day Reticle Color: Green - Night Reticle Color: Green - Calibration: 0.223 - Bindon Aiming Concept: Y - Eye Relief (in): 1.50 - Exit Pupil (mm): 8.00 - Field of View (): 7.00 - Field of View @ 100yrds (ft): 36.80 - Adjustment @ 100 yds (clicks/in): 2.0 - Tube Size: N/A - Mount: A.R.M.S. #19LD - Mount On/Comes With: A.R.M.S. #19LD - Housing Material: Forged Aluminum - Special Order: No

Wilson Combat Tactical Elite

We all want to avoid life and death encounters but if you are unfortunate enough to find yourself in one you dont want to have to worry about performance of your firearm. When nothing less than 100% functional reliability, fast handling, rapid shot-to-shot recovery and accuracy is acceptable, you want to have a Wilson Combat Tactical Elite on your side. Possibly the easiest .45ACP pistol to shoot well in todays market, it is the highest performance self defense pistol available. With all the combat proven features of a typical CQB, the Tactical Elite provides the additional advantage of a fully supported hand-fit, heavy flanged cone match grade barrel. The extra weight of the heavier-than-standard barrel gives the shooter softer recoil and faster recovery time between shots. The Tactical Elite also utilizes a unique take-down procedure that allows you to remove the guide rod, plug, and recoil spring in one captive unit. This pistol is designed with the defensive shooter in mind; no expense has been spared to deliver a masterfully engineered weapon with the utmost in reliability, accuracy, and ease of use under difficult conditions. The Wilson Combat ambidextrous thumb safety is standard, also an extended ejector, our Combat Tactical tritium insert sighting system, skeletonized ultra light hammer, and ultra light trigger, plus much more. Because the Tactical Elites primary purpose - the saving of a life is so critical, details such as the fit of parts, polishing and throating of the barrel, beveling the magazine well, lowering and flaring the ejection port, and tuning of the extractor are critical and receive the attention necessary to assure complete performance. Control for recovery shots is enhanced with a high-cut front strap, and 30 lpi checkering on both the front strap and flat mainspring housing, and our High-Ride Beavertail grip safety. The Tactical Elite is completely dehorned and finished with the toughest coating available Wilson Combats Armor-Tuff, in your choice of a single or contrasting colors for the slide and frame. Our standard configuration Tactical Elite includes the following: All carbon-steel construction Ambidextrous tactical safety High-Ride Beavertail Grip Safety, with raised Posi-Release tab Armor-Tuff finish for the frame and slide, in matching or contrasting colors Cocobolo grips are standard Hand-fit, heavy flanged cone match grade barrel Combat Tactical System sights, with contrasting yellow tritium inserts on the rear and a brighter green tritium insert on the front Padded pistol rug (soft case) with Wilson Combat logo; outside flap-covered storage for 7 additional magazines on one side and 2, 6.5x6.5x1.5 zippered, padded pockets on the other side. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 45 ACP - Magazine Capacity: 8 rd. - Barrel Length: 5" - Overall Length: 8.7" - Sight Radius: 6.6" - Height: 5.6" - Width: 1.3" - Weight Empty: 39.5 oz. - Weight Loaded: 47.7 oz. Key Features; Frame Assembly: - Hammer: #337B Ultralight - Grip Safety: #298B High Ride Beavertail - Ejector #34 Extended - Thumb Safety: #192B Ambidextrous - Trigger: #190 Ultralight Crisp 3 1/2#-3 3/4# pull - Magazine Well: #366B Handfit and Contoured - Feed Ramp: Polish & Bbl. Throated - Magazine Release: #31T Extended Tactical - Checkering: Frontstrap - High Cut 30LPI, Flat Main Spring Housing - 30LPI - Grips: #351 Series, Specify Wood Slide Assembly Sights: - #463 Tactical Combat Pyramid Extractor: - Polish and Adjust Bullet Proof Ejection Port: - Lower & Flare Back Springs: - #26 Firing Pin Spring; #10G15 HD Recoil & Shok-Buff - Guide Rod: #25RG Full Length w/Reverse Plug Barrel: - Heavy Flanged Cone Match Grade Barrel Fitting: - Custom Fit Slide/Frame Rails Serrations: - Cocking Serrations on Front & Rear of Slide Finish & Extras - De-Horn for Carry - Armor-Tuff Finish - 2 #47D 8rd Magazines - Instructional Video & Color Manual - #146 Nylon Pistol Rug - Test Fire and Zero

Wilson Combat CQB w/ Tactical Light Rail

CQB w/ Light Rail Around the world, working professionals depend on Wilson Combats CQB pistols. Sometimes your mission has a probability of a low light situation, even darkness. When you need the ability to gain and maintain the advantage in those situations, choose the versatility of the CQB Tactical Light Rail Pistol. This pistol, with an integral mounting rail, was designed to quickly and securely mount a light, laser-sight, or combination, providing the ultimate adaptability and performance for SWAT entry teams, military Special Operations teams, and anyone else who might operate in less-than-optimal conditions. In standard configuration, it includes our Tactical Combat Sights with tritium inserts front and rear, fully CNC machined internal parts, a hand-fitted match barrel, single-side tactical safety, High-Ride Beavertail grip safety and the proven utility of an integral Picatinny rail interface. The full size frame provides a grip length that is comfortable and sure, and allows 8 round capacity. Our Armor-Tuff finish assures resistance to adverse conditions, provides improved lubricity, withstands virtually any environmental challenges and never fails to protect and maintain the appearance that insures pride of ownership. If your primary use is home defense the rugged CQB Tactical Light Rail pistol, outfitted with the light of your choice, may well be the ultimate defensive firearm. Try one, you will agree this is a fine firearm to have on your side. Like all Wilson Combat firearms, we custom build the CQB Tactical Light Rail to meet your exact specifications - every part is hand-fit for reliability, performance, and accuracy. Some of the features of this handgun include: - All carbon-steel construction - Single-side tactical safety -High-Ride Beavertail Grip Safety, with raised Posi-Release tab Armor-Tuff finish for the frame and slide, in matching or contrasting colors -Diamondwood grips are standard SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 45 ACP - Magazine Capacity: 8 rd. - Barrel Length: 5" - Overall Length: 8.7" - Sight Radius: 6.6" - Height: 5.6" - Width: 1.3" - Weight Empty: 40.3 oz. - Weight Loaded: 48.4 oz. FEATURES: Frame Assembly: - Hammer: #337B Ultralight - Grip Safety: #298B High Ride Beavertail - Ejector #34 Extended - Thumb Safety: #6BN Extended Tactical - Trigger: #190 Ultralight Crisp 3 1/2#-3 3/4# pull - Magazine Well: Handfit and Contoured - Feed Ramp: Polish & Bbl. Throated - Magazine Release: #31T Extended Tactical - Checkering: Frontstrap - High Cut 30LPI, Flat Main Spring Housing - 30LPI - Grips: #351 Series, Specify Wood Slide Assembly Sights: - #463 Tactical Combat Pyramid Extractor: - Polish and Adjust Bullet Proof Ejection Port: - Lower & Flare Back Springs: - #26 Firing Pin Spring; #10G17 HD Recoil & Shok-Buff Barrel: - #33 Stainless Match w/bushing, handfit Fitting: - Custom Fit Slide/Frame Rails Serrations: - Cocking Serrations on Front & Rear of Slide Finish & Extras: - De-Horn for Carry - Armor-Tuff Finish Slide & Frame - 2 #47D 8rd Magazines - Instructional Video & Color Manual - #146 Nylon Pistol Rug - Test Fire and Zero

Wilson Combat Stealth

Executives, professionals in all walks of life, and others who carry daily asked for Wilson Combats legendary reliability, fit, and finish in a package even smaller than our Professional series with the excellent recovery characteristics and accuracy offered by our innovative heavy cone barrel. The SDS is the answer we provided. It includes the best of several of our models, enhanced with a 4 1/16 version of the hand-fit, heavy flanged cone match grade barrel pioneered on our Tactical Elite, and a frame shortened by with 7 round capacity. The slide length is reduced by a full inch from a standard length 1911, giving you a speed advantage in target acquisition with the shorter sighting plane. The shorter frame SDS with the accompanying short slide gives you the maximum concealability available with outstanding accuracy and successive shot recovery. Many shooters find the SDSs near perfect balance and controllability exceeds many pistols with 5 barrels. The SDS shares many of the features of The Tactical Elite and Elite Professional besides the barrel design - an extended ejector, our Combat Tactical tritium insert sighting system, skeletonized ultra light hammer, and ultra light trigger, plus much more. Details such as the fit of parts, polishing and throating of the barrel, beveling the magazine well, lowering and flaring the ejection port, and tuning of the extractor are critical and receive the attention necessary to assure complete performance. Control for recovery shots is enhanced with a high-cut front strap, and 30 lpi checkering on both the front strap and flat mainspring housing, and our High-Ride Beavertail grip safety. The Stealth is completely dehorned and finished with the toughest coating available Wilson Combats Armor-Tuff, in your choice of a single or contrasting colors for the slide and frame. Our standard configuration SDS includes the following: All carbon-steel construction Single side narrow thumb safety High-Ride Beavertail Grip Safety, with raised Posi-Release tab Armor-Tuff finish for the frame and slide, in matching or contrasting colors Cocobolo grips are standard Hand-fit, heavy flanged cone match grade barrel Combat Tactical System sights, with contrasting yellow tritium inserts on the rear and a brighter green tritium insert on the front Padded pistol rug (soft case) with Wilson Combat logo; outside flap-covered storage for 7 additional magazines on one side and 2, 6.5x6.5x1.5 zippered, padded pockets on the other side. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 45 ACP - Magazine Capacity: 7 rd. - Barrel Length: 4.1" - Overall Length: 7.7" - Sight Radius: 5.6" - Height: 5.2" - Width: 1.3" - Weight Empty: 35.3 oz. - Weight Loaded: 42.5oz. FEATURES: Frame Assembly: - Hammer: #337B Ultralight - Grip Safety: #298B High Ride Beavertail - Ejector #34 Extended - Thumb Safety: #6BN Tactical Single Side - Trigger: #190 Ultralight Crisp 3 1/2#-3 3/4# pull - Magazine Well: Handfit and Contoured - Feed Ramp: Polish & Bbl. Throated - Magazine Release: #31T Extended Tactical - Checkering: Frontstrap - High Cut 30LPI, Flat Main Spring Housing - 30LPI - Grips: #351 Series, Specify Wood Slide Assembly Sights: - #463 Tactical Combat Pyramid Extractor: - Polish and Adjust Bullet Proof Ejection Port: - Lower & Flare Back Springs: - #26 Firing Pin Spring; #10SC20 HD Recoil - Guide Rod: Full Length w/Reverse Plug Barrel: - Heavy Flanged Cone Match Grade Barrel Fitting: - Custom Fit Slide/Frame Rails Serrations: - Cocking Serrations on Rear of Slide Finish & Extras: - De-Horn for Carry - Armor-Tuff Polymer Finish - 2 #47,OX 7rd Magazines - Instructional Video & Color Manual - #146 Nylon Pistol Rug - Test Fire and Zero

DTA .338 Lapua Magnum 300 Grain HPBT

A rifle is only as accurate as the ammunition you shoot through it. We developed our own DTA line of ammunition to guarantee exceptional precision and consistency from lot to lot so that the military sniper, LE sniper, or long distance shooter can count on absolute consistency. The .338 Lapua Magnum 300 grain hollow point boat tail bullet is made from the some of the best match grade components available enabling precision accuracy with every shot. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: .338 Lapua Magnum - Bullet Grain: 300 Grain Hollow Point / Boat Tail Match - Muzzle Velocity: 2800 Feet Per Second - MV: 2715 - G1 B.C.: .736 - G7 B.C.: .368 Range / Drop 100: 0.0 MOA, 0.0 MIL 200: -1.2 MOA, 0.4 MIL 300: -3.2 MOA, 1.0 MIL 400: -5.7 MOA, 1.7 MIL 500: -8.5 MOA, 2.6 MIL 600: -11.4 MOA, 3.5 MIL 700: -14.5 MOA, 4.4 MIL 800: -17.8 MOA, 5.4 MIL 900: -21.3 MOA, 6.5 MIL 1000: -25.2 MOA, 7.7 MIL

Sig Sauer Combat TB

The P220 Combat with threaded barrel is designed to meet, and exceed, rigorous military standards. The P220 Combat performs like no other .45ACP available. Each pistol features the militarys Flat Dark Earth finish on its alloy frame and SIGs Nitron over a stainless slide. Internal parts and controls are phosphated for extreme corrosion resistance and reduced friction while the threaded barrel is hard chromed and finished in Nitron which easily passes the militarys accuracy requirements even after 20,000 rounds. The P220 Combat also passes the militarys 240-hour salt spray corrosion test. Outfitted with a true M1913 Picatinny rail, vertical front strap serrations and SIGLITE night sights. Sold in a carrying case with one 8 round & one 10 round magazine. Specifications: - Caliber .45ACP - Action Type DA/SA - Trigger Pull DA 10.0 lbs - Trigger Pull SA 4.4bs - Overall Length 8.30 in - Overall Height 5.50 in - Overall Width 1.50 in - Barrel Length 5.00 in - Sight Radius 6.30 in - Weight w/ Mag 31.7 oz - Mag Capacity 8 & 10 Rounds

Sig Sauer 220 Carry SRT

The P220 Carry is the latest step in the evolution of the P220 the most accurate out-of-the-box .45 and a perfect choice when its time to carry the big caliber. This commander sized pistol features a full size frame with short slide and 3.9 barrel making it ideal for concealed carry. And like any P220 it performs above and beyond because the SIG SAUER design allows for unparalleled performance regardless of bullet type or weight. This 8+1 capacity single stack pistol is available in a DA/SA configuration and features a durable Nitron finish, Picatinny rail, and either post and dot contrast or 3-dot SIGLITE night sights. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: .45ACP - Action Type: DA/SA Short Reset Trigger - Trigger Pull: DA 10.0 lbs - Trigger Pull: SA 4.4 lbs - Overall Length: 7.1 in - Overall Height: 5.5 in - Overall Width: 1.5 in - Barrel Length: 3.9 in - Sight Radius: 5.7 in - Weight w/Mag: 30.4 oz - Mag Capacity: 8 Rounds - Sights: SIGLITE or Contrast Sights - Grips: Black Polymer Factory Grips - Frame Finish: Black hard anodized - Slide Finish: Nitron - Accessory Rail: Yes - Features: Full size frame with short slide and 3.9 barrel

Barrett M82A1 Kit

The Barrett 82A1 rifle kit. Featuring the 82A1 semi-automatic rifle. Semi-automatic Rifle, 50BMG, 29" Bbl, Black Finish, Composite Stock, with Leupold Vari-X III 4.5-14X50 Scope, Cleaning Equipment, Air/Watertight Carrying Case, and M1913 Accessory Rail, One 10-Round Magazines

Barrett M82A1

Perfection isnt accomplished overnight. Nowhere is this more apparent than in the Model 82A1. For more than two decades, this short-recoil, semi-automatic series rifle has been carefully honed, studied and then refined again. The result is a feat of engineering so impossibly precise, its hard to believe its man-made. Unlike other semi-automatic .50 BMG rifles, the Model 82A1 is completely reliable. Its chamber is chrome-plated and dimensioned for both civilian and military ammunition. The extractor and ejector are proven to work under any condition, and close tolerances on every part allow it to function in all environments. The new .416 caliber alternative further adds to the allure of the Model 82A1. With enhanced accuracy and stability, not to mention a significantly higher muzzle velocity, the .416 offers incredible long-range precision. Its re-engineered muzzle break, dual barrel springs and long mainspring design make the 82A1 comfortable and dare we say exciting to shoot. The Model 82A1 fits into a regular sized carrying case. Although its transported as a disassembled upper and lower receiver, it can be ready to fire in under a minute by simply inserting two assembly pins through both receivers. The scope remains mounted on the upper receiver, maintaining scope zero. The rifles M1913 optics rail is tapered 27 MOA to take full advantage of the scopes elevation travel. Emergency iron sights provided. Nerves of steel are not. SPECIFICATIONS: - Model: Model 82A1 and M82A1 CQ - Caliber: .416 Barrett or .50 BMG - Rifle Operation: Semi-Automatic - Overall Length: 57" (145 cm) or 48" (122 cm) - Barrel Length: 29" (73.7 cm) or 20" (50.8 cm) - Rifling Twist: 1 in 12" (.416 Barrett) or 1 in 15" (.50 BMG) - Rifle Weight: 30.9 lbs (14 kg) or 29.7 lbs (13.5 kg) - Safety: Manual Thumb Lever - Sights: Flip-Up Iron Sights - Optics Rail: 18.125" (46.03 cm) - Magazine: 10-Round Capacity

SIG Sauer 50 (SIG50)

Long-range tactical rifle designed with the shooter in mind, the ultimate in big-bore, long-range power the SIG50 bolt-action tactical rifle. The SIG50 offers a match grade trigger that breaks cleanly at 3.5 pounds. Fully user-customizable ergonomics include an adjustable cheek rest and ergonomic pistol grip stock with a butt plate adjustable for length of pull. Additionally, the stock also detaches for ease of transport, yet locks up firmly to provide optimal support and strength. A 29 heavy fluted barrel features a recoil-reducing muzzle break that minimizes wear and fatigue on the shooter. Weighing in at only 23.5 pounds, SIG SAUER has created the perfect blend between lightweight portability and manageable recoil. The full length machined M1913 rails allow for rock solid, repeatable mounting of optics, night vision, bipods and laser designators. Designed with input from former military snipers, the SIG50 is a durable, accurate tactical rifle that delivers robust down range energy. SPECIFICATIONS: - Item Number: R50-H29F-AM - Caliber: .50 BMG - Overall Length: 57.0 in - Length with Stock Removed: 46.12 in - Barrel Length W/ Muzzle Brake: 29.0 in - Barrel Contour: Heavy Fluted - Rifling Twist: 1 in 15 in - Number of Grooves: 6 RH - Weight w/out Mag: 23.5 lbs - Mag Capacity: 5 Rounds - Mag Type: Metal Box - Trigger: Single Stage Adjustable w/Safety - Features:Heavy Duty steel bipod, Detachable stock, Anti-Glare Duracoat Coating

Sig Sauer Blaser Tactical 2

The Tactical 2 is the most advanced version of the precision rifle developed by Blaser. Each design element was driven by the requirement to create the best shooting platform possible. Exceptional accuracy was one of the key principles during development, with effective engagement ranges of 1500 meters or more, depending on caliber and ammunition. Advanced engineering and uncompromising quality are evident in every facet of design. The Tactical 2 is a bolt action rifle featuring Blasers revolutionary straight-pull action. When the bolt is closed, the 360 degree radial collet expands into the locking groove in the barrel the bolt head is auto-centering and self-headspacing. The straight pull action features no rotating parts and assures rapid reloading with minimum movement. The rifle can easily be converted for left or right hand shooters. Interchange calibers by replacing the barrel and bolt head, in under a minute, without special tools and no change in accuracy. Barrels are cold hammer forged, fluted and plasma-nitrided to provide maximum resistance against corrosion and abrasion. An M1913 Picatinny rail is fixed to the barrel, ensuring full compatibility with a wide range of optical sighting systems. The muzzle end is threaded for an optional muzzle brake. The receiver is machined from aircraft grade billet aluminum alloy and is the interface for the barrel, bolt assembly, trigger assembly and magazine. A recoil lug of hardened steel is integrated into the receiver. The entire unit is fixed to the stock, eliminating temperature induced distortion. The outer surface is hard anodized. The ergonomically correct stock is injection molded out of fiber reinforced polymers and is absolutely stable, even under extreme temperatures. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber .223 Remington, .308 WIN - .300 WIN MAG - .338 LAPUA - Overall Length .223 Remington (44.5") .308 WIN (44.5") .300 WIN MAG(45.5") .338 LAPUA(46.9") - With Muzzle Brake .223 Remington (46") .308 WIN (46") .300 WIN MAG(47") .338 LAPUA(48.4") - Overall Height 7.5" - Overall Width 3.15" - Barrel Length .223 Remington (24.7") .308 WIN (24.7") .300 WIN MAG(25.6") .338 LAPUA(27") - Weight w/out Mag .223 Remington (11.9 lbs) .308 WIN (11.9 lbs) .300 WIN MAG(12.1 lbs) .338 LAPUA(12.6 lbs) - Rifiling Twist .223 Remington (1 in 10") .308 WIN (1 in 11") .300 WIN MAG(1 in 11") .338 LAPUA(1 in 10") - Rifiling Grooves .308 WIN (4) .300 WIN MAG(6) .338 LAPUA(6) - Trigger Pull 2.2 - 3.3 lb - Magazine Capacity .223 Remington (5) .308 WIN (5) .300 WIN MAG(4) .338 LAPUA(4)

ALS Triton Tail Stabilized

- Box of 5 - ***Range: 7 Yards Heavily Clothed to 20 Yards*** DESCRIPTION: A 12 gauge Tri-Tail Stabilized 40 gram ballistic bag. This round produces a painful and powerful blunt impact reducing your liability profile in relation to lethal ammunition. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Triton was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional bean bag ammunition. The cotton/kevlar material is used to provide an enhanced ballistic profile while providing integrity upon impact. This round remains in a more aerodynamic configuration due to the three tail design. The aerodynamic design virtually eliminates missed target zones caused by errant projectiles, greatly reducing spinning or fluttering shot after shot. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Triton is made of a cotton & kevlar material specifically designed to disperse energy. This 40 gram flexible tail stabilized projectile allows maximum surface area while providing a robust impact configuration and consistent strike zones. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length: 2.5 inch, 12 gauge SAAMI specification. - Projectile Weight: 616 grains / 40 grams. - Power Requirements: None PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous. - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 7 yards (heavily clothed subject) to 20 yards. DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun, cylinder bore required (check with accompanying go/nogo gauge). OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Tri-Dent (3 Ball)

- Box of 5 - ***Range: 7 Yards Heavily Clothed to 15 Yards*** DESCRIPTION: A direct fire or skip 12 gauge round which fires 3 each, 46 grain, 80 durometer rubber projectiles. This round was designed for single target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Tri-Dent was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional rubber ball ammunition. Most rubber ammunition is designed to be skipped off the ground into the target, dependent upon surface. This form of firing can be adversely affected by snow, mud and soft grassy terrain. The Tri-Dent is designed as a direct fire, behavior modification round which is fired using conventional target acquisition techniques. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Tri-Dent fires 3 each, 46 grain rubber projectiles, producing controlled and directed incapacitation by blunt impact trauma and excruciating pain. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 2.5 inch, 12 gauge SAAMI specification - Projectile Weight: 138 grains for all projectiles - Power Requirements: None PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 7 yards (heavily clothed subject) to 25 yards for ALS1203 DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun, cylinder bore required (check with accompanying go/no-go gauge) OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Rubber Fin Rocket High Velocity

- Box of 5 - ***Range: 20 Yards Heavily Clothed to 45 Yards*** DESCRIPTION: A direct fire 12 gauge round which fires a 130 grain, 80 durometer rubber projectile. This round was designed for single target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Rubber Fin Rocket was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional rubber ammunition. Most rubber ammunition is designed to be skipped off the ground into the target. This form of firing can be adversely affected by snow, mud and soft grassy terrain. The Rubber Fin Rocket is designed as a direct fire, behavior modification round which is fired using conventional target acquisition techniques. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Rubber Fin Rocket fires a 130 grain rubber projectile, producing controlled and directed incapacitation by blunt impact trauma and excruciating pain. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 2.5 inch, 12 gauge SAAMI specification - Projectile Weight: 130 grains - Power Requirements: None PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by loss of breath, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 20 yards (heavily clothed) to 40 yards for the ALS1202 DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun, cylinder bore required. (check with accompanying go/nogo gauge) OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Power Punch Bean Bag

- Box of 5 - ***Range: 7 Yards Heavily Clothed to 15 Yards*** DESCRIPTION: A 12 gauge round that direct fires a 26 gram or 40 gram bean bag projectile. Designed for single target engagement allowing escalation of force from a close distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Power Punch Bean Bag was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional square bean bag ammunition. This round remains in a more aerodynamic configuration due to the projectiles design, reducing missed target zones caused by errant projectiles. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Close Range Tactical Entries, Urban Environments, Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, and Animal Control/ Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Power Punch Bean Bag fires a 26 gram or 40 gram bag projectile, producing controlled and directed incapacitation at a close proximity to the subject. MODELS AVAILABLE: ALS1201L26: 26 gram, short range. ALS1201M40: 40 gram, medium range. ALS1201H40: 40 gram, long range. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length: 2.5 inch, 12 gauge SAAMI specification. - Projectile Weight: ALS1201L26: 410 grains / 26 grams. ALS1201M40 & ALS1201H40: 616 grains / 40 grams. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: ALS1201L26: 5-15 yards. ALS1201M40: 7-20 yards. ALS1201H40: 7-25 yards. DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun, cylinder bore required. (Check with accompanying go/nogo gauge.) CLIMATE LIMITATIONS: 0 to 100 degrees Fahrenheit. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment. Three power factors available for a diversity of tactical options. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Pen-Prevent

- Box of 5 - ***Range: 7 Yards Heavily Clothed to 25 Yards*** DESCRIPTION: The industrys only Drag Stabilized 40 gram ballistic bag utilizing Pen- Prevent. This round produces a painful and powerful blunt impact reducing your liability profile in relation to lethal ammunition. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Pen-Prevent was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional bean bag ammunition. A specialized material design is used to minimize penetration generally associated with .75 inch diameter bean bags. This round remains in a more aerodynamic configuration due to the extended nylon tail. The aerodynamic design virtually eliminates missed target zones caused by errant projectiles and ensures the same strike profile, removing any possibility of spinning or fluttering shot after shot. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Pen-Prevent is made of the industries only triple layered material specifically designed to disperse energy. This 40 gram flexible tail stabilized projectile produces controlled and directed incapacitation by blunt impact trauma and excruciating pain. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length: 2.5 inch, 12 gauge SAAMI specification. - Projectile Weight: 616 grains / 40 grams. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: -Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous. - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 7 yards (heavily clothed subject) to 20 yards. DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun, cylinder bore required (check with accompanying go/nogo gauge). OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS OC Powder Rocket

- Box of 5 - ***Range: 15 Yards Heavily Clothed to 25 Yards*** DESCRIPTION: A direct fire 12 gauge round which fires a 125 grain, 60 durometer, OC filled rubber projectile. This round was designed for single target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. This round was designed with the idea of multiple sensory deprivation. It first relays a pain effect facilitated by the simultaneous effect of OC powder. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The OC Rocket was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional rubber ammunition. Most rubber ammunition is designed to be skipped off the ground into the target. This form of firing can be adversely affected by snow, mud and soft grassy terrain. The OC Rocket is designed as a direct fire, behavior modification round with the impact of chemical irritant which is fired using conventional target acquisition techniques. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The OC Rocket fires a 125 grain rubber projectile, producing controlled and directed incapacitation by blunt impact trauma and excruciating pain. This round also adds the effect of Oleoresin Capsicum, which is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), violent coughing, shortness of breath (dyspnea) and is an irritant to exposed skin surfaces which helps to induce another aspect of behavior modification. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 2.5 inch, 12 gauge SAAMI specification - Projectile Weight: Projectile Weight: 125 grains or 8.25 grams, Payload: 2 Grams OC powder C. Payload: 2 Grams OC powder - Power Requirements: None PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, sensation of shortness of breath due to OC exposure, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 12 yards (heavily clothed) to 25 yards for ALS1216 DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun, cylinder bore required. (check with accompanying go/no-go gauge) OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal blunt impact munitions use has been accomplished.

ALS Hydro Kinetic Impact Bag

- Box of 5 - ***Range: 2 Yards Heavily Clothed to 8 Yards*** DESCRIPTION: A 12 gauge round that direct fires a liquid-filled impact projectile with marking capabilities and behavior modification. Designed for single target engagement allowing escalation of force from a close distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Hydro-Kinetic Impact Bag was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional bean bag ammunition. Fired from 6 feet to 25 feet, the Hydro-Kinetic Impact Bag produces a very painful stinging effect while reducing the chance of penetration to virtually none. With most conventional bean bag ammunition fired at distances closer than 21 feet, there is a potential for penetration. The Hydro- Kinetic Impact Bag was developed for close range, urban environment situations where penetration issues prevent an officer from using conventional bean bag ammunition. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Close Range Tactical Entries, Urban Environments, Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, and Animal Control/ Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Hydro-Kinetic Impact Projectile fires a 70 grain bag projectile, producing controlled and directed incapacitation at a close proximity to the subject. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 2.5 inch, 12 gauge SAAMI specification. - Projectile Weight: 70 grains / 4.5 grams. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous. - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 2 yards to 8 yards. DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun, cylinder bore required. (Check with accompanying go/nogo gauge.) CLIMATE LIMITATIONS: -15 degrees Fahrenheit to 100 degrees Fahrenheit. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment. STORAGE INFORMATION: Store in Cool and Dry Area. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal blunt impact munitions use has been accomplished.

ALS Hornets Nest (24 Ball) High Velocity

- Box of 5 - ***Range: 3 Yards Heavily Clothed to 10 Yards*** DESCRIPTION: A higher velocity direct fire or skip 12 gauge round which fires 24 each, .308 diameter rubber projectiles. This round was designed for single or multiple target engagement allowing escalation of force from an extended distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The High Velocity Hornets Nest was developed for the U.S. Military and is one of the mainstays in the less lethal inventory. The skip form of firing can be adversely affected by snow, mud and soft grassy terrain. The High Velocity Hornets Nest is designed as a behavior modification round, which is fired using conventional target acquisition techniques. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The High Velocity Hornets Nest fires 24 each, .308 diameter rubber projectiles, producing excruciating pain. The stinging effect caused is designed to result in behavior modifications, retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 2.5 inch, 12 gauge SAAMI specification - Projectile Weight: 108 grains for all projectiles - Power Requirements: None PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Effect on target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on clothing, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 7 yards to 17yards ALS1204HV DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun, cylinder bore required (check with accompanying go/nogo gauge) OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Hornets Nest (20 Ball)

- Box of 5 - ***Range: 3 Yards Heavily Clothed to 10 Yards*** DESCRIPTION: A direct fire or skip 12 gauge round which fires 20 each, .308 diameter rubber projectiles. This round was designed for single or multiple target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Hornets Nest was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional rubber ammunition. Most rubber ammunition is designed to be skipped off the ground into the target, dependent upon surface. This form of firing can be adversely affected by snow, mud and soft grassy terrain. The Hornets Nest is designed as a direct fire, behavior modification round, which is fired using conventional target acquisition techniques. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Hornets Nest fires 20 each, .308 diameter rubber projectiles, producing excruciating pain. The stinging effect caused is designed to result in behavior modifications, retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 2.5 inch, 12 gauge SAAMI specification - Projectile Weight: 90 grains for all projectiles - Power Requirements: None PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Effect on target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 3 yards to 10 yards for ALS1204 DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun, cylinder bore required (check with accompanying go/nogo gauge) OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS CS Muzzle Blast

- Box of 5 - DESCRIPTION: A direct fire, 12 gauge round which fires approximately 80 grains of CS. This round was designed for single or multiple target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The CS muzzle blast round was developed to overcome proximity issues with insubordinate subjects. The round expels an instant emission of CS powder for close range target acquisition, with minimal amount of human contact in order to bring individuals into compliance. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The CS muzzle blast dispersion round is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, sensation of shortness of breath (dyspnea) and is an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. The Muzzle Blast is designed to result in behavior modifications or retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 2.50 COL - Projectile Weight: 80 grains of CS - Power Requirements: 12 gauge Shotgun PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: Incapacitation caused by sensation of shortness of breath, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by loss of breath, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 15 feet based on weather conditions for ALS12CS DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge Shotgun OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue pump shotgun. Easy to train officers. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished.

ALS Bore Thunder

- Box of 5 - ***Range: N/A (Never Aim At Anyone Intentionally) DESCRIPTION: This low cost highly effective device produces a stun/diversion effect by using a flash with an extremely powerful concussion blast from a 12 gauge shotgun muzzle. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: This device was developed as a stun/diversion and animal control device for use in a variety of applications. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Forced Entry MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Bore Thunder is a 12 gauge cartridge which produces a concussion wave similar to a diversionary grenade. This round is designed to be aimed at the floor or ceiling at a 45 degree angle and never intentionally at a subject. (Independent testing using NIJ standard 103.1.1 modified showed no penetration in 10% ballistic gelatin at 8 feet). PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 12 gauge SAAMI - Power Requirements: None PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: Effect on Target: When fired, the concussion and explosive blast is directional and produces between 175-182 db. Proper application of this behavior modification munition will help increase the successful completion of many tactical scenarios. DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun (Not for use with Screw In Chokes). OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: Both minimal and maximum ranges should be established by test firings conducted at each installation, depending upon tactical conditions and security requirements of each user. Limited Explosive Fire. Hazard when ether, gasoline, alcohol, acetone fumes or other flammable gases or liquids are present. Any device that generates in excess of 5 p.s.i. can cause ear drum rupture. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Penetration, though not a desired effect, can occur regardless of manufacturer or design.

ALS Barricade OC or CS Projectile

*** AVAILABLE FOR MILITARY AND LE CUSTOMERS ONLY *** - Box of 5 - ***Range: 15 Yards Heavily Clothed, to 25 Yards*** DESCRIPTION: A penetrating 12 gauge round which fires a 125-grain, 80 durometer, OC or CS filled rubber projectile. This round was designed to punch through and introduce the chemical upon hitting a hard surface, i.e. dry wall, concrete, glass masonite, or hollow core doors. This round was designed to be fired through dry wall or glass and not to be fired directly at individuals. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Barricade OC/CS Projectile was developed to provide a nonpyrotechnic means of introducing small but effective amounts of OC/CS into a confined space. The 1216P is designed to induce behavior modification when an individual is not directly in line of fire and conventional target acquisition techniques are not conducive to the operation. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Barricade OC/CS Projectile fires a 125-grain polymer projectile, producing incapacitation by introducing Oleoresin Capsicum, or CS, which is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, shortness of breath (dyspnea) and is an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 2.5 inch, 12 gauge SAAMI specification - Projectile Weight: Weight: 125 grains or 8.25 grams, Payload: 2 Grams OC powder PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by loss of breath, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort to respiratory system. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 2 yards to 25 yards for ALS1216P DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun, cylinder bore required. (check with accompanying go/nogo gauge) OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical munitions use has been accomplished.

ALS Aerial Pest Control (Delayed Bang)

-Box of 5 Rounds- ***25 to 30 Yards, Never Aim Directly At Anyone*** DESCRIPTION: This low cost highly effective device produces a diversion effect by using German engineered pyrotechnics 75-200 feet from firing point. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Aerial Pest Control was developed as a diversion, animal control and personnel control device for use in a variety of applications. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Forced Entry/Airport Runways and Clearing Fields of birds and other fauna. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Aerial Pest Control is a 12 gauge cartridge which produces a loud explosive report 75-100 feet from firing point. This round is designed to be directed into the air at a 45 degree angle. The concussion wave and brilliant flash produce a diversionary effect. PHYSICAL DATA: Size: 12 gauge SAAMI. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: Effect on Target: When fired, the explosive blast is omni-directional and produces between 100-140 dB when fired. Proper application of these munitions will increase the successful completion of many tactical scenarios, riot scenarios and animal/bird control. DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: Both minimal and maximum ranges should be established by test firings conducted at each installation, depending upon tactical conditions and security requirements of each user. (Fire Hazard Present). DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

TNT MK4 5.56 Rifle - Flat Dark Earth

Top Notch Tactical is pleased to announce its release of the TNT MK4 Rifle in 5.56mm. It is on the cutting edge of rifle building. Each rifle is meticulously assembled by hand by one of our talented rifle smiths. We designed this rifle to give the operator the best possible, and most reliable package right out of the box. Nothing is spared on this rifle. SPECIFICATIONS: - UPPER: - Barrel: 16" Cold Hammer Forged Light Weight Contour Barrel - Gas System: Mid Length direct impingement w/ pinned LP gas block - Flash Hider: PWS SM556 (Compatible with KAC Suppressors and Gemtech HALO) - Hand Guard: Daniel Defense 12.5" RIS II System - Upper: VLTOR MUR - Charging Handle: BCM Mod 4 - Sights: Troy Flip Up Sight Set - Bolt & Carrier: Chrome lined M-16 Bolt Carrier & Bolt - Sights: Troy BUIS Rear w/ HK Style Front Sight - LOWER: - Lower: TNT MK4 Billet Lower - Drilled and tapped holes for Dowel Pins (No Roll Pins) - Enhanced Trigger Guard - Elongated Magazine Well for Comfort Grip - Trigger Over Travel Screw - Upper Tensioning Screw - Coating: Type III Hard Coat Mil Spec Anodizing - Trigger: Tactical 3.5 lbs Adjustable Trigger (Single Stage) - Selector: BAD ASS (Battle Arms Development Ambidextrous Selector Switch) - Trigger / Hammer Pins: KNS NRTHP Black - Take Down: KNS Machined Pins / Detents - Furniture: Magpul ACS Stock / MIAD Grip - Recoil Reducing Buffer Tube w/ QD Points integrated - EXTRAS: - Tactical Assault Soft Case - 30rd Magpul Pmag - 3x Magpul Ladder Rail Covers - TNT Vinyl Sticker

TNT MK4 5.56 Rifle - Black

Top Notch Tactical is pleased to announce its release of the TNT MK4 Rifle in 5.56mm. It is on the cutting edge of rifle building. Each rifle is meticulously assembled by hand by one of our talented rifle smiths. We designed this rifle to give the operator the best possible, and most reliable package right out of the box. Nothing is spared on this rifle. SPECIFICATIONS: - UPPER: - Barrel: 16" Cold Hammer Forged Light Weight Contour Barrel - Gas System: Mid Length direct impingement w/ pinned LP gas block - Flash Hider: PWS SM556 (Compatible with KAC Suppressors and Gemtech HALO) - Hand Guard: Daniel Defense 12.5" RIS II System - Upper: VLTOR MUR - Charging Handle: BCM Mod 4 - Sights: Troy Flip Up Sight Set - Bolt & Carrier: Chrome lined M-16 Bolt Carrier & Bolt - Sights: Troy BUIS Rear w/ HK Style Front Sight - LOWER: - Lower: TNT MK4 Billet Lower - Drilled and tapped holes for Dowel Pins (No Roll Pins) - Enhanced Trigger Guard - Elongated Magazine Well for Comfort Grip - Trigger Over Travel Screw - Upper Tensioning Screw - Coating: Type III Hard Coat Mil Spec Anodizing - Trigger: Tactical 3.5 lbs Adjustable Trigger (Single Stage) - Selector: BAD ASS (Battle Arms Development Ambidextrous Selector Switch) - Trigger / Hammer Pins: KNS NRTHP Black - Take Down: KNS Machined Pins / Detents - Furniture: Magpul ACS Stock / MIAD Grip - Recoil Reducing Buffer Tube w/ QD Points integrated - EXTRAS: - Tactical Assault Soft Case - 30rd Magpul Pmag - 3x Magpul Ladder Rail Covers - TNT Vinyl Sticker

Sadlak National Match Gas Cylinder Piston

Titanium Nitride coating is a very thin layer of permanently bonded, very hard solid lubricant instead of the more familiar soft lubricant like oil. It was a focus of a technical paper in December 2000 titled Next generation lubrication system for weapons1. Several specialty coatings, referred to as solid lubricants, were evaluated for coefficient of friction, wear, load carrying capacity, endurance (wear) life and corrosion resistance. The paper states the solid lubricants, including TiN, showed superior subscale performance compared to current gun lubricants. It has the potential to provide much better performance than current gun lubricants, especially in sand, cold, and humid environments. 1) Anti-galling/ anti-seizing This solid lubricant provides a slicker surface than the base metal of the piston for a smoother sliding action. The harder surface prevents galling to the cylinder caused by small particles in the powder and primer. The TiN coating is only .0001 thick per side and has a hardness of 80 Rockwell. While the coating is technically harder than the gas cylinder, it does not increase the wear on the gas cylinder but rather extends it by reducing friction (like motor oil in a engine) resulting in less wear. 2) Corrosion Protection TiN coating protects the piston from pitting which occurs as a result of the high corrosive effects from the powder and primer. If you do not remove and clean the piston regularly, the powder will start to react and corrode an uncoated piston faster. 3) Heat protection TiN coating has excellent resistance to heat that is much better than the base metal of the piston. More resistance to heat extends the piston life much like TiN coated cutting tools last longer than uncoated. 4) Better Compression The Titanium Nitride (TiN) coating will provide longer lasting compression by keeping the corners sharper. A sharper groove edge acts much like piston rings in an internal combustion engine. Better compression results in longer service life. 5) Easier Cleaning The TiN coated piston is easier to clean since the powder residue does not tend to stick and buildup as much. Titanium Nitride (TiN) is an inert coating that does not react to most gases so the powder residue adheres less to the surface of the piston resulting in longer periods between disassembly and cleaning. The alteration to the pistons adds a .030/.040 wide groove running along the piston axis on the large diameter. The groove runs through the gas-port hole for the purpose of equalizing the gas pressure for a smoother more consistent action. The groove is ground to the actual GI national match drawing #9352724. The original GI drawing for the standard piston is #7267047 which does not specify a polished finish or the groove. IMPORTANT: THE NATIONAL MATCH GROOVE IS INTENDED FOR NM GRADE AMMO ONLY AND IS NOT RECOMMENDED FOR SURPLUS BALL AMMO OR OTHER LOWER POWER AMMO. If you plan to shoot NM ammo then the groove in the piston is useful. Otherwise, it was not intended for regular ball ammo (not enough power). The groove provides a more consistent pressure against the op rod by bleeding off some of the excess pressure inherent in high-power Match ammo. This results in a slight recoil reduction to help "get back on target" during rapids. It also breaks the vacuum between the piston and the cylinder allowing the shooter to hear the piston slide down to confirm it isn't fouled.

LSFP SPEC-REST Shooting Platform LE Package

Tested and approved by Federal Firearms Proving Agency for all US Law Enforcement Agencies Currently In Use With The Following Agencies: - FBI - ATF - DEA - Secret Service - US Customs & Border Protection - State Department - Numerous Local SWAT Teams - Many more The VR555LE is the recommended SPEC-REST package for Law Enforcement. It comes complete with all accessories needed for any type of tactical configuration, accommodates virtually any firearm and comes with the Tactical Bag for transport and rapid deployment. The most stable shooting platform on the planet. FEATURES: - Portable & Field Expedient: 45 Second Total Deployment - No Tools Required!!! - Urban Sniper Hide: Excellent for diplomatic and dignitary over-watch. 1,000 yard capable, sub-MOA results!!! - Versatile: Supports all firearms from rim-fire to tactical .50 cal. Goes from bench calibration to full operational deploy - Agile: Allows the shooter to track a moving target as well as micro-elevating for precise shot placement. LAW ENFORCEMENT PACKAGE INCLUDES: * PN: VR555LE * 1x Spec-Rest Head * 1x Quad Pod Assembly * 1x Tri Pod Assembely * 4x Yokes (2x Narrow, 2x Wide) * 1x Yoke "E" Yoke Extender. (for long mag and pistol grip guns) * 1x Tactical Drag Bag For Tri Pod Unit

TNT Torpedo Habano Tactical Cigar

Top Notch Tactical Cigars are a premium longer filler cigar. Hand rolled by our own Master Cigar Roller Eduardo Gomez. They are a mild-medium bodied cigar with woodsy cream suttle notes, that everyone will enjoy, mild enough for your casual smoker and flavorful enough to satisfy the cigar aficionado. Style: Torpedo Filler: Dominican & Nicaraguan Binder: Dominican Wrapper: Habano Size: 6 1/2 x 52

TNT Tactical Chocolate Cigars

--A sweet way to celebrate any occasion without the smoke --- Tactical Milk Chocolate Cigars, wrapped in Italian gold foil with the Top Notch Tactical band printed around the cigar. Size : 5 5/16" X 3/4" X 1/4" Ingredients : MILK CHOCOLATE (SUGAR, MILK COCOA BUTTER, CHOCOLATE, SOY LECITHIN - AN EMULSIFIER, VANILLIN - AN ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR). Chocolate Cigars Are Sold Individually

Battle Comp 2.0 Black Oxide

Description The BC2.0 has the same exterior dimensions as an A2, but still has the same precision interior dimensions as the BC1.0 and BC1.5; and the identical performance you can expect from a BattleComp. Accordingly, the BattleComp 2.0 is compatible with devices intended to integrate with an A2; but the BattleComp 2.0 is still the excellent compensator many of us have grown to love. shim washers included.

KNS Precision AR-15/M-16 Spade Grip Assembly

MADE IN THE USA Now you can rock & roll like the BIG BOYS! Our SPADE GRIP attachment is easy on, easy off -- with no modification to your rifle. Will work on semi-auto, or full auto rifles, drop-in auto sear or lightning link equipped AR-15s and, of course, M-16's for the lucky guys who have 'em. This thing is solid fun!!!

Pantel Tactical Quick Sling (2 Point)

Pantel Tactical Quick Sling. Allows user to bring weapon out from synched position in one fluent motion. utilizing the quick sling loop simply loop thumb through the loop and bring weak hand up to weapon as you raise the weapon.

SKT Industries Single Point Sling

The SKT Industries Single Point Sling was made with versatility in mind. The sling can be adjusted for size and attachment hardware. There is a separate buckle that secures the mounting hardware to the sling, so the hardware can be changed without disassembling the sling. The SKT Industries Single Point Sling can also be attached directly to weapons that have a Burnsed Loop installed. Included: - Single Point Sling - Buckle Attachment (with Kevlar/Nomex cord) and 1.25 HK style steel snap hook.

SKT Industries Adjustable Two Point Sling

The SKT Industries Adjustable Two Point Sling was made with versatility in mind. The sling was made to accommodate a variety of mounting hardware. The sling can also be adjusted for size to ensure optimal positioning of the sling controls without having to adjust at the mounting points. This is especially convenient if heavy clothing or armor is worn occasionally. Pulling on the tail will tighten the sling for more secure carry. A quick tug on the release tab will unlock tension on the sling, allowing for rapid deployment of the rifle.

Freeze +P 2K3

FREEZE+ P hand held chemical agents utilize a unique combination of extremely effective Orthochlorobenzalmalonitrile (CS) and Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) creating the most intense, incapacitating agent available today. The synergistic characteristics of CS/OC combination agents to out perform either material alone have been demonstrated in the CLEAROUT system for many years. With the vapor system of CLEAROUT the primary entry point of the inflammatory irritant is inhalation. The strong respiratory effects of OC combined with the severe pain induced by CS magnify each other. Through field evaluation tests by police agencies this has been found to be also true of the CS/OC when delivered topically, through the skin, in the hand held sprays. FREEZE + P employs the non-flammable solvent blend used in the FREEZE system. Formulated to penetrate skin layer to deliver the active ingredients to the nerve endings quickly for maximum effect. FREEZE +P utilizes one percent CS augmented by .25 percent OC while FREEZE + P contains one percent CS and one percent OC. FREEZE + P 2K3 is a newer version of the product formulated for use by law enforcement agencies that deploy Electronic Intramuscular Disruption Weapons. (EID) Features: - Spray Pattern: Stream - Size: 4 oz. - Top: Flip Top

KNS Precision Quick Change NRTHP

MADE IN THE USA Rifle: AR-15, M-16. Size: .1555 dia. Stainless steel pins. Connectors have phosphate finish. Must-have for M-16 owners. This simple non-rotating pin set is for shooters who want to quickly change their trigger set-up without the need of any tools, eliminate receiver wear and tighten up trigger wobble and free-play at the same time. (These .1555 pins will not fit Jewell Trigger System.)

KNS Precision Non-Rotating Auto Sear Pin

MADE IN THE USA Stainless steel pin with phosphate finish. Must-have for M-16 owners. No more worn out sear pin holes in the receiver.

KNS Precision Gen 2 NRTHP

MADE IN THE USA Sizes: .154 dia. (Standard Pin Size) These are the Generation 2 pin sets. These are the STRONGEST pins that can be produced and were designed to withstand the high impact of full and semi-auto 9mm and .223 suppressed weapons. Stainless steel pins. End retainers are black oxide, dark earth, or OD green. Connectors have phosphate finish. An absolute must-have for all M-16 owners. They will also protect your AR-15. Special anti-creep retainers prevent wear on your irreplaceable M-16 or AR-15 receiver. Pin installation tool & 2 Allen wrenches included. No modification to gun required. The .1555 dia. pin is for worn receiver trigger and hammer pin holes. Being non-rotational, further wear is eliminated. They will also fit new receivers and will remove the free-play in match triggers. The .1555 will not fit Jewell Trigger System. The .170 size fits late model Colts.

KNS Precision Gen 2 Mod 3 NRTHP

MADE IN THE USA Size: .154 diameter. These are the Generation 2 Mod 3 pin sets for the POF GENERATION 3 RECEIVER and MAY fit other receivers with ambidextrous safeties. They are the strongest pins that can be produced and were designed to withstand the high impact of full and semi-automatic 9mm and supressed .223 weapons. Stainless steel pins. End retainers are black oxide. Connectors have phosphate finish. Special anti-creep retainers prevent wear on your AR-15 receiver. Pin installation tool & 2 Allen wrenches included. No modification to gun required.

KNS Percision Gen 2 Mod 2 NRTHP

MADE IN THE USA DIA: .154" These are the Generation 2 Mod 2 pin sets. They are the STRONGEST pins that can be produced and were designed to withstand the high impact of full and semi-automatic 9mm and .223 suppressed weapons. Stainless steel pins. End retainers are black oxide, dark earth, or OD green. An absolute must-have for all M-16 owners. They will also protect your AR-15. Special anti-creep retainers prevent wear on your irreplaceable M-16 or AR-15 receiver. Pin installation tool & 2 Allen wrenches included. No modification to gun required. The .1555 dia. pin is for worn receiver trigger and hammer pin holes. Being non-rotational, further wear is eliminated. They will also fit new receivers and will remove the free-play in match triggers. The .1555 will not fit Jewell Trigger System. The .170 size fits late model Colts. For Rock River National Match triggers use the .1555 only.

KNS Perma Pin

MADE IN THE USA Tool Steel Replaces standard cotter pin found in the bolt carrier to retain the firing pin as in original Stoner rifles. Used for easier disassembally, assembally, as well as no chances of accidental hang ups resulting in weapon malfunction. A must have for any AR-15 / M-16 or M4 owner.

ALS Multi Smoke-3, White Smoke (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: The ALS 6797 launches three pyrotechnic sub-munitions that release a white smoke agent. The multiple sub-munitions provide a wide area of coverage for training, smoke screening and other applications. The sub-munitions are launched up to 90 yards and release smoke for approximately 30 seconds each. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The ALS6797 was developed to create a useful screening and training cartridge without the problems generally associated with tear gas and the effects that normally follow its dispersion. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The ALS6797 is designed to obscure or reduce visual identification. This allows for concealment for an officer to retreat or move forward in an operation where some type of concealment is needed. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 4.8 inch x 1.5inch (37/40mm) - Projectile Weight: Approximately 8 grams - Power Requirements: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 180 feet from point of impact based on weather conditions for ALS6797. DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or 40mm launchers. Easy to train officers and implement use. Waterproof. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS REACT Training Kit (40mm)

Training Kits Includes: 24 Preloaded Bases and 10 Heads Description: A set of components designed to reduce the cost of training and still provide effective realistic training for the 4006D. The set is offered with 10 recoverable projectiles and 24 loaded cartridges. No reloading or pounding of cartridges required. The bases are the military proven M212 cartridge used by all military services for training ammunition. THE OPERATIONAL ROUND: DESCRIPTION: A direct fire 40 mm round which fires one, 33 gram, 35 durometer rubber projectile. This round was designed for single target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The R.E.A.C.T. (Radiated Energy Air Cushioned Trajectile) Impact was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional Direct fire, rubber ammunition. Most rubber ammunition is designed to be skipped off the ground into the target. This form of firing can be adversely affected by snow, mud, and soft grassy terrain. The Direct R.E.A.C.T is designed as a direct fire, behavior modification round which is fired using conventional target acquisition techniques. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The R.E.A.C.T Impact launches one, 33 gram rubber projectile, producing controlled and directed incapacitation by blunt impact trauma and excruciating pain when the projectile strikes the intended target. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 3 inch x 1.6 inch (40 mm) - Projectile Weight: 509 grains - Power Requirements: 40mm launcher PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 10 yards to 40 yards for ALS4006D. DELIVERY MEANS: 40 mm launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue 40 mm launchers. Easy to train officers DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS REACT Projectile (40mm)

DESCRIPTION: A direct fire 40 mm round which fires one, 33 gram, 35 durometer rubber projectile. This round was designed for single target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The R.E.A.C.T. (Radiated Energy Air Cushioned Trajectile) Impact was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional Direct fire, rubber ammunition. Most rubber ammunition is designed to be skipped off the ground into the target. This form of firing can be adversely affected by snow, mud, and soft grassy terrain. The Direct R.E.A.C.T is designed as a direct fire, behavior modification round which is fired using conventional target acquisition techniques. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The R.E.A.C.T Impact launches one, 33 gram rubber projectile, producing controlled and directed incapacitation by blunt impact trauma and excruciating pain when the projectile strikes the intended target. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 3 inch x 1.6 inch (40 mm) - Projectile Weight: 509 grains - Power Requirements: 40mm launcher PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 10 yards to 40 yards for ALS4006D. DELIVERY MEANS: 40 mm launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue 40 mm launchers. Easy to train officers DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS/LMT 37mm Tactical Launcher

Description: The 37LMTS is a tactical 37/38mm single shot launcher that features an expandable stock and moveable front vertical grip. The 37LMTS will fire most 37/38mm ammunition, up to 8 inches in cartridge length. The Picatinny Rail Mounting System will accept a wide array of enhanced optics/sighting systems. Lightweight and rugged, the 37LMTS features precision machining and engineering found in every weapon system produced by LMT. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 37/38mm Smooth Bore - Action: Single Or Double - Barrel Length 14" (35.6cm) - Overall Length: 27.25 Inches (Extended) 23.75 Inches (Collapsed) - Weight: 3.2 LBS (1.45kg) - Sight: Adjustable Bead With Picatinny Rail - Frame: Aluminum Alloy - Stock: Collapsible - Grip: Adjustable Vertical Front Grip - Latch: Ambidextrous Barrel Release - Finish: Black Warranty: 4 Years From Date Of Purchase

Desert Tactical Arms DTSS

The DTSS (Desert Tactical Sound Suppressor) was designed to enhance accuracy, repeatability, and minimize impact shift between suppressed and unsuppressed fire. Testing shows consistent accuracy improvements of nearly 0.25 MOA when shooting with DTSS installed. In testing the DTSS showed vertical impact shift of less than 2 MOA on all units tested between suppressed and unsuppressed firing (titanium model). DETAILS The silencer's lightweight design and full titanium construction make the DTSS (Desert Tactical Sound Suppressor) the lightest .338 or .30 caliber silencers on the planet. It weighs only 1.15 lb (titanium model)! The DTSS conveniently installs over the SRS-QD Brake. A patent-pending baffle design tightens the silencer as gases impact the baffles and prevents the silencer from loosening during high volume fire. Many competitors use a ratcheting lock to prevent their cans from loosening. Distance between ratchet teeth allows a minor play even when tightened, which will degrade accuracy. DTSS are available in .30 and .338 Caliber options and provide a patent pending high-to-low compatibility feature that allows the .338 caliber silencer to attach to both .338 and .30 caliber muzzle brakes and prevents the .30 caliber silencer from accidently being installed on a .338 caliber muzzle brake. SPECIFICATIONS - Weight: 1.05 lb (0.48 kg) - Finish: Cerakote Mat Black - Caliber: .30 / .338 - Suppressor Construction: Both Stainless Steel or Titanium - Length: 8 5/16 in (21.11 cm) - Diameter: 1 5/8 in (4.13 cm)

Desert Tactical Arms Deployment Kit (2 Caliber)

***KIT DOES NOT INCLUDE SCOPE & SUPPRESSOR*** Desert Tactical Arms Deployment Kit is the most important item to be in any long range shooter or snipers arsenal. Desert Tactical Arms has the only rifle on the market that can be converted from a short action to a long action not only in one rifle platform but in under 60 seconds, while still giving the shooter long range accuracy with a normal length barrel but in a smaller package by utilizing a bullpup design. Desert Tactical Arms offers a unique trigger unlike any other. A super crisp break with an adjustable 1 to 6 lbs weights. The Deployment Kit includes: - SRS Chassis - 2 (Two) Calibers of your choice - 2 bolts - 2 barrels - muzzle breaks on each barrel - Pelecan rugged weatherproof case - 5 magazines - Torqe wrench Accuracy: The SRS achieves superb accuracy in all calibers, because the SRS is built around the core components of accuracy: 1. Match grade (free-floated) barrels 2. High quality match trigger 3. Match grade chambers 4. Solid, return-to-zero, barrel mounting system 5. 1 to 6 lbs adjustable trigger Benefits of the conversion feature: 1.Operators can change rifles size, penetration, and distance capabilities. 2.Soldiers can shoot what is available in the battlefield. 3.Snipers only have to learn one system. 4.Reduces training costs as snipers can practice with less expensive lighter recoiling 308 WIN cartridge 5.Increased operator level maintenance. Compact & Rugged: The SRS is the shortest purpose built sniper weapon in the world! The SRS is almost a foot shorter than conventional sniper weapons because it utilizes a bullpup configuration as well as a collapsible bolt design. The compact design shifts the weight reearward, creating not only a shorter weapon, but also a perfectly balanced rifle. The SRS was designed to operate under the harshest conditions and abuse. It utilizes high-impact polymers, aircraft grade aluminums (7075-T6), ultra high-strength steels, and the strongest coatings known to man. The operating mechanisms are completely encased by the stock panels except for the ejection port area. The stock panels attach directly to the receiver which acts as a full length mounting chassis, eliminating the need for any sort of bedding interface. The SRS sustains its accuracy and reliability in virtually any environment, including: arctic subzero temperatures, extreme heat and dust of the desert, and wet jungle environments. Other Features SRS magazines incorporate a "shoulder retention" feature that prevents the projectile tips from slamming into the front of the magazine during recoil. In traditional magazines the projectile tips slam against the front of the magazine, deforming the projectile, and in turn diminishing accuracy. This cannot happen with our magazines. In addition, our internal magazine length is a healthy 4" long which is .4" longer than comparible magazines, making it possible to load the 300+ grain bullets to their maximum. The full length MIL-STD-1913 rails facilitate the mounting of state of the art night vision optics, thermal sights, day/night illuminators/design-ators, and laser rangefinding equipment.

Deert Tactical Arms Magazines SRS/HTI

Desert Tactical Arms Caliber Conversion Kits (HTI Chassis)

Convert your existing HTI Chassis to accept a variety of different calibers in the same chassis. No need to buy a new rifle. DTA quick change barrels are very easy to in stall. No gun smithing experience required. Caliber Conversion Kits Include The Following: - Barrel - Bolt - Magazine

Desert Tactical Arms HTI

The Hard Target Interdiction Rifle is the most compact and portable 50 caliber on the planet; it is over a foot shorter than conventional 50 BMG rifles and maintains exceptional accuracy. Its multi-caliber capability allows snipers to use the best extreme distance sniping cartridges currently available, including the .50 BMG, .408 Cheytac, .375 Cheytac, and .416 Barrett. ACCURACY: The HTI achieves superb accuracy in all calibers, because the HTI is built around the core components of accuracy: 1.Match grade (free-floated) barrels 2.High quality match trigger 3.Match grade chambers 4.Solid, return-to-zero, barrel mounting system QUICK CALIBER CONVERSION: The Hard Target Interdiction can quickly convert between the following calibers: .50 BMG, .408 CT, .375 CT, and .416 Barrett. The conversion is simple and takes less than 60 seconds and returns to zero. BENEFITS OF THE CONVERSION FEATURE: 1.Operators can change rifles size, penetration, and distance capabilities. 2.Soldiers can shoot what is available in the battlefield. 3.Snipers only have to learn one system. 4.Increased operator level maintenance. COMPACT & RUGGED: The HTI utilizes a bullpup configuration as well as a collapsible bolt design. The compact design shifts the weight reearward, creating not only a shorter weapon, but also a perfectly balanced rifle. The HTI was designed to operate under the harshest conditions and abuse. It utilizes high-impact polymers, aircraft grade aluminums (7075-T6), ultra high-strength steels, and the strongest coatings known to man. The operating mechanisms are completely encased by the stock panels except for the ejection port area. The stock panels attach directly to the receiver which acts as a full length mounting chassis, eliminating the need for any sort of bedding interface. The HTI sustains its accuracy and reliability in virtually any environment, including: arctic subzero temperatures, extreme heat and dust of the desert, and wet jungle environments. OTHER FEATURES: The HTI magazines incorporate a "shoulder retention" feature that prevents the projectile tips from slamming into the front of the magazine during recoil. In traditional magazines the projectile tips slam against the front of the magazine, deforming the projectile, and in turn diminishing accuracy. This cannot happen with our magazines. In addition, our internal magazine length is a healthy 4" long which is .4" longer than comparible magazines, making it possible to load the 300+ grain bullets to their maximum. The full length MIL-STD-1913 rails facilitate the mounting of state of the art night vision optics, thermal sights, day/night illuminators/design-ators, and laser rangefinding equipment. SPECIFICATIONS: Caliber: .375 Cheytac, .408 Cheytac, .416 Barret, .50 BMG Length: - .375 Cheytac: 45 3/8 in (114.3cm) - .408 Cheytac: 45 3/8 in (114.3cm) - .416 Barret: 45 3/8 in (114.3cm) - .50 BMG: 45 3/8 in (114.3cm) Weight w/ Conversion Kit: - .375 Cheytac: 19.4 lb (8.80kg) - .408 Cheytac: 19.4 lb (8.80kg) - .416 Barret: 19.4 lb (8.80kg) - .50 BMG: 19.4 lb (8.80jkg) Barrel Length: - .375 Cheytac: 29 in (73.66cm) - .408 Cheytac: 29 in (73.66cm) - .416 Barret: 29 in (73.66cm) - .50 BMG: 29 in (73.66cm) Rate of Twist: - .375 Cheytac: 1 in 11 1/2 in - .408 Cheytac: 1 in 13 in - .416 Barret: 1 in 12 in - .50 BMG: 1 in 15 in

Desert Tactical Arms SRS

This conversion kit can be changed out in less than 60 seconds in the field with a 5mm allen wrench. The kit includes barrel, bolt, magazine and bolt stop for short bolt throw. The .308 Winchester is popular amongst hunters and long range tactical shooters. Accuracy: The SRS achieves superb accuracy in all calibers, because the SRS is built around the core components of accuracy: 1. Match grade (free-floated) barrels 2. High quality match trigger 3. Match grade chambers 4. Solid, return-to-zero, barrel mounting system 5. 1 to 6 lbs adjustable trigger Quick Caliber Conversion: The SRS can quickly convert between the following calibers: 308 WIN, 300 WIN, 338 LM, and 243 WIN. The conversion is simple and takes less than 60 seconds and returns to zero. WATCH VIDEO Benefits of the conversion feature: 1.Operators can change rifles size, penetration, and distance capabilities. 2.Soldiers can shoot what is available in the battlefield. 3.Snipers only have to learn one system. 4.Reduces training costs as snipers can practice with less expensive lighter recoiling 308 WIN cartridge 5.Increased operator level maintenance. Compact & Rugged: The SRS is the shortest purpose built sniper weapon in the world! The SRS is almost a foot shorter than conventional sniper weapons because it utilizes a bullpup configuration as well as a collapsible bolt design. The compact design shifts the weight reearward, creating not only a shorter weapon, but also a perfectly balanced rifle. The SRS was designed to operate under the harshest conditions and abuse. It utilizes high-impact polymers, aircraft grade aluminums (7075-T6), ultra high-strength steels, and the strongest coatings known to man. The operating mechanisms are completely encased by the stock panels except for the ejection port area. The stock panels attach directly to the receiver which acts as a full length mounting chassis, eliminating the need for any sort of bedding interface. The SRS sustains its accuracy and reliability in virtually any environment, including: arctic subzero temperatures, extreme heat and dust of the desert, and wet jungle environments. Other Features SRS magazines incorporate a "shoulder retention" feature that prevents the projectile tips from slamming into the front of the magazine during recoil. In traditional magazines the projectile tips slam against the front of the magazine, deforming the projectile, and in turn diminishing accuracy. This cannot happen with our magazines. In addition, our internal magazine length is a healthy 4" long which is .4" longer than comparible magazines, making it possible to load the 300+ grain bullets to their maximum. The full length MIL-STD-1913 rails facilitate the mounting of state of the art night vision optics, thermal sights, day/night illuminators/design-ators, and laser rangefinding equipment.

Desert Tactical Arms Deployment Kit

DTA SRS Rifle Chassis The Stealth Recon Scout (SRS) is the most versatile sniper system in the world. It is nearly a foot shorter than conventional sniper weapons, maintains 1/2 MOA or better accuracy, and can be easily adapted to individual mission requirements by changing the weapons caliber and length. Whether a police sniper is shooting 50 yards are a military sniper is shooting a mile the SRS offers unrivaled flexibility in a package shorter than the M16 battle rifle. Details: Accuracy The SRS achieves superb accuracy in all calibers because it's built around core accuracy components: 1. Match grade (free-floated) barrels, chambers, and crowns 2. High quality match trigger 3. Solid, repeating return-to-zero barrel mounting system (the receiver securely clamps around the first six inches of barrel) Quick Caliber Conversion The SRS is quickly convertible between the following calibers: 308 WIN, 300 WIN MAG, 338 LM, and 243 WIN. The calibter conversion and return to zero is simple and takes less than 60 seconds. Benefits: 1. Operators can change rifle length, penetration, and distance capabilities. 2. Snipers can shoot various ammo calibers and types depending on METT-T. 3. Snipers can progressively train on more powerful ammo. 4. Reduced training costs (train and practice with .308 WIN) 5. Reduced system down-times (the operator can change his own barrels). Compact: The SRS is the shortest purpose-built sniper weapon in the world. The telescoping bolt and bullpup configuration make it almost a foot shorter than conventional Mauser-style turnbolt sniper rifles. The compact design shifts weight and center-of-gravity rearward, creating a perfectly balanced and relatively short rifle. Rugged: The SRS was designed to operate under the harshest conditions and abuse. It is built of high-impact polymers; aircraft grade aluminum (ANSI 7075-T6); ultra high-strength steels; and some of the most durable coatings known to man. The monolithic receiver serves as a full length mounting chassis, eliminating the need for any sort of receiver-to-stock bedding interface. Ergonomic stock panels attach directly to the receiver. The SRS maintains its accuracy and reliability in virtually any environment, including subzero arctic temperatures, extreme desert heat and dust, and wet jungle environments. Specifications: - Caliber: .243 Win / .308 Win / .300 Win / .338LM *New .260 Rem / 7mm / 6.5 x 47 mm - Length American: .243 Win - 36 in - 38 in / .308 Win - 32 in - 34 in / .300 Win - 36 in - 38 in / .338 LM - 38 5/16 in - 39 11/16 in - Metric: .243 Win - 92.71 cm - 96.52 cm / .308 win - 82.55 cm / .300 win - 92.71 cm / .338 LM - 97.31 cm - Weight American: .243 - 12 lb / .308 - 11 lbs / .300 - 12 lb / .338 - 12 lb - Metric: .243 - 5.56 kg / .308 - 5.21 kg / .300 - 5.56 kg/ .338 - 5.56 kg - Effective Range American: .243 Win - 900 yd / .308 Win - 800 yd / .300 Win - 1500 yd / .338 LM - 1900 yd - Metric: .243 Win - 823 meters / .308 Win - 731 meters / .300 Win - 1,371 meters / .338 LM - 1,737 meters - Barrel Length American: .243 Win - 26 in / .308 Win - 22 in / .300 Win - 26 in / .338 LM - 26 in - Metric: .243 - 66.04 cm / .308 - 55.88 cm / .300 - 66.04 cm / .338 - 66.04 cm - Rate of Twist .243 Win - 1 in 7 1/2 in. / .308 Win - 1 in 11 in. / .300 Win - 1 in 10 in. / .338 LM - 1 in 10 in. - Compatible With DTA SRS Conversion Kits - Trigger Pull 3 lb Fully Adjustable

Desert Tactical Arms SRS Covert

SRS Covert .308 WIN: The SRS Covert is the shortest .308 Win Rifle in existence. It is perfect for Police snipers trying to sneak around corners and get in and out of buildings. With the 16" barrel, the SRS Covert is still able to shoot out to 700+ yards. ACCURATE: The SRS achieves superb accuracy in all calibers, because the SRS is built around the core components of accuracy: 1.Match grade (free-floated) barrels 2.High quality match trigger 3.Match grade chambers 4.Solid, return-to-zero, barrel mounting system Compact & Rugged: The SRS is the shortest purpose built sniper weapon in the world! The SRS is almost a foot shorter than conventional sniper weapons because it utilizes a bullpup configuration as well as a collapsible bolt design. The compact design shifts the weight reearward, creating not only a shorter weapon, but also a perfectly balanced rifle. The SRS was designed to operate under the harshest conditions and abuse. It utilizes high-impact polymers, aircraft grade aluminums (7075-T6), ultra high-strength steels, and the strongest coatings known to man. The operating mechanisms are completely encased by the stock panels except for the ejection port area. The stock panels attach directly to the receiver which acts as a full length mounting chassis, eliminating the need for any sort of bedding interface. The SRS sustains its accuracy and reliability in virtually any environment, including: arctic subzero temperatures, extreme heat and dust of the desert, and wet jungle environments. Other Features: SRS magazines incorporate a "shoulder retention" feature that prevents the projectile tips from slamming into the front of the magazine during recoil. In traditional magazines the projectile tips slam against the front of the magazine, deforming the projectile, and in turn diminishing accuracy. This cannot happen with our magazines. In addition, our internal magazine length is a healthy 4" long which is .4" longer than comparible magazines, making it possible to load the 300+ grain bullets to their maximum. The full length MIL-STD-1913 rails facilitate the mounting of state of the art night vision optics, thermal sights, day/night illuminators/design-ators, and laser rangefinding equipment. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: .308 Win - Range: 800 - Weight w/o Suppressor: 9.7 lbs - Weight w Suppressor: 10.9 lbs - LOA w/o Suppressor: 28.25" - LOA w Suppressor: 33.75" - Barrel Length: 16" Fluted - Twist: 1:11 - Magazine Capacity: 5 - Method of Operation: Bolt Action - Finish: Hard Coated Anodizing - Stock: Glass-Filled Polymer

Zombie Hunting Permit

***FREE SHIPPING*** Make sure that when you're out hunting for Zombies that your doing it "legally" by proudly displaying a Pantel tactical Zombie Hunting Permit. -SIZE: 4-1/4" x 2-7/8" -Hook Velcro on backside

USA Terrorist Hunting Permit Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** "Special Issue" USA Terrorist Hunting permit morale Patch. Patch says; Permit no. 91101. No bag limit, tagging not required. -SIZE: 4-1/4" x 2-7/8" -Hook Velcro on backside

Taliban Hillfighter Morale Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** Our Taliban Hillfighter morale patch measures 2" x 3" and is 100% embroidered. This patch has hook Velcro for attachment to your gear.

Problem Solved 3D Rubber Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** 3D PVC rubber morale patch with hook Velcro on the back sewn in. Have fun while packing your gear around in style. 2.5″ Wide

Major League Bad Girl Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** Our Major League Bad Girl morale patch measures 3-1/4"x2" and is velcro back for easy attachment to hat, jackets, range bags, etc.

Infidel Tab Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** Infidel Tab with velcro backing. Same size and shape as an ARMY Ranger Tab. Foliage with black lettering or tan with black lettering.

Infidel 3D Rubber Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** 3D PVC rubber morale patch with hook Velcro on the back sewn in. Have fun while packing your gear around in style. 3″ Wide X 1.6″ Tall

Guns & Coffee Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** This Guns And Coffee Morale patch measures 3 1/2" in diameter and is backed with hook velcro.

Group Therapy Moral Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** Group Therapy Moral Patch. Aprox 3.5" Velcro Backing.

F' ing "A" Morale Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** "F'ING A" morale patch SIZE: 2" x 2" Colors: Foliage Background, Black image and border (matches Army ACU) Hook velcro backing

Crusader Moral Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** Crusader Moral Patch. Velcro Backing. 4" High. White Backing with Red Cross.

Caution This Is Sparta 3D Rubber Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** 3D PVC rubber morale patch with hook Velcro on the back sewn in. Have fun while packing your gear around in style. 3″ Wide

BAMF Moral Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** B.A.M.F. Moral Patch. (Bad Ass Mother Fucker) 100% embroidery. Black Patch w/ White Writing. Velcro Backing. 3.5" x 1.5"

2/75 Ranger "We Kill Suckers" Morale Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** 2/75 RANGER "WE KILL SUCKERS" morale PATCH Size: 3" x 2" Hook Velcro backing

1 ASS-To-Risk Morale Patch

***FREE SHIPPING*** This 1* or 1 Ass-To-Risk morale patch is the same size as a standard 1st Infantry Division patch (2 1/2" x 4") and is backed with hook Velcro.

US Optics Rail Mounted Swivel Bubble Level - Contoured

The Rail Mount Swivel bubble level attaches to your Picatinny Base. Level folds away 90 degrees when not in use. Screw on cover protects glass vial from damage when not in use. Made from 6061-T6 and Type III Hard Black Anodized.

HERA ARMS Triarii

The new world of pistol carbine conversions is now here. Hera Arms gladly announces the new Triarii. The triarii has been designed to meet the functions and needs of today's law enforcement/military, agency and sport users. A click and fire system has been developed to ensure the response time is reduced and maximum capability is given. With an approximate 4 second installation/ready to fire time; Hera's Triarii can now provide needed time to any situation. We are honored to have worked with various agencies, officials and customers throughout Europe, listening to their needs and wishes, available for Sig Pro 2022 and Various Glock models. - Sturdy platform built from high-grade aluminum - Integrated top, side and bottom rails for accessories - Click and Fire system - NO Changing/adding components to the pistol

Sadlak Ind. M1A Scope Mounts

In 2002, the Marine Corps Weapons Training Battalion in Quantico, VA evaluated our titanium scope mount and spring guide. The NCO in Charge, at that time, SSgt Raymond A. Conrad wrote, Both pieces showed a good finished product. The spring guide fit our springs and positively held the magazines. The overall tolerances of the scope rail were good and we did not have a problem adjusting to zero. Our Brookfield-type scope mounts are a positive 3-point design that allows removal and re-assembly without losing zero. The Picatinny-style rail is machined to Mil. Spec 1913 and provides universal scope mounting. Our titanium mounts are made from an aerospace-quality hot-forged billet (limited production), not from a casting or plate. It is tougher and stronger, yet weighs 40% less than steel. It has a 26-30 Hardness Rockwell C (HRc) and has been surface coated for a non-glare, matte-black finish. This coating increases the surface hardness to approximately 80 HRc, adding to its corrosive and abrasive resistance. The steel mounts are made from stress-relieved 4142 bar stock with a hardness of 28-32 Rc. The finish is Mil. Spec. black manganese phosphate. All mounting hardware, fasteners, and hex wrenches and detailed instructions are included. Scope rings not included.

TNT 5.56mm CHF Barrel

Top Notch Tactical Cold Hammer Forged Barrels are some of the toughest in the industry. Rated for semi and full auto fire. Top Notch Tactical barrels can withstand traitorous abuse while maintaining accuracy when needed most on the battlefield. All barrels are in mid-length gas systems to help reduce muzzle rise, felt recoil, and increase controllability. We also include a low profile gas block pinned on the barrel from the factory to insure accurate gas block alignment to give the optimal gas flow and performance. The low profile gas block also allows shooter to install any hand guard of their choice. Cold Hammer Forging of barrels has been known for decades to produce the most accurate, longest lasting rifle barrels obtainable. The Cold Hammer Forging of barrels is accomplished through intense hydraulic pressure applied at opposing angles by carbide steel hammers. During the hammering process, a mandrel is inserted into the bore while the carbide steel hammers shape the barrel around the mandrel creating the chamber, the lands, and the grooves. In addition to the aforementioned benefits, the Cold Hammer Forging process creates a defect free bore and the most consistent chamber possible. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 5.56mm - Process: Cold Hammer Forged - Length: 16" - Contour: Lightweight - Gas Length: Mid-Length - Gas Block: Pinned On Low Profile Gas Block - Tube: Mid Length Gas Tube - Twist: 1:7 - Muzzle Thread: 1/2x28 TPI - Material: Chrome Moly Vanadium - Outside Finnish: Mil-Spec Heavy Phosphate - Diamieter At Gas Block: .625" - MP Tested: Yes WARRANTY STATEMENT Our Cold Hammer Forged Barrels carry a 100% satisfactions guarantee against defects in original materials and workmanship. If your barrel shows evidence of such defects, Top Notch Tactical will make every accommodation to fix, repair, or replace your barrel in the most expeditious and inexpensive manner possible. Top Notch Tactical does not warranty products or damage caused to our products by the correct or incorrect installation of other manufacturers products. Be sure to retain your sales slip as proof of purchase date when making a claim.

SSA 6.8 SPC 115 gr HPBT, 250rd Bulk Value Pack

Manufacturer: Silver State Armory Manufacturer Part No: SSA10072-115HPBT-250 Ballistic Coefficient: 0.317 Muzzle Velocity (fps): 2500 Muzzle Energy (ft-lb): 1590 100 Yards (inches): 3.5 200 Yards (inches): 0.0 300 Yards (inches): -12.6

Arsenal AK-47 Magazine 30rd (7.62x39)

Manufacturer: Arsenal Co., Bulgaria Description: Magazine, "Waffle Pattern" 30 rd. Original Bulgarian Black Polymer 7.62x39.

Daniel Defense Modular Float Rail 12.0

The Daniel Defense MFR 12.0 is a 12" CNC Machined Modular Free Float Handguard. It is specifically designed to adequately cover a low profile gas block on a carbine or mid-length gas system barrel. The MFR 12.0 has been engineered to provide each shooter with the ultimate in modular adaptability. Should the shooter desire, the tube can be run slick with an unitterupted top rail that runs the length of the tube. In addition, the installation of Modular Picatinny Rails is accomplished with little effort. This allows you to have rails anywhere you need them and nowhere you dont. The slim profile feature of the MFR 12.0 keeps the shooters support hand close to the bore which aids in firearm manipulation, and the design and construction allow for the attachment of Picatinny Rail Sections at standard 90 degree or offset angles. FEATURES - Free Floating Barrel Design - Light Weight - Uninterrupted Upper Rail Platform - Slim Profile - (3) Military Specification 1913 Picatinny Rails Sections MATERIALS & CONSTRUCTION Precision CNC machined from 6061 T6 aluminum and Military Specification Hard Coat Anodized. - Material: Aircraft Grade 6061-T6 Aluminum - Finish: Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized - Length: 12.0" - Outside Diameter: 1.76" - Inside Diameter: 1.61" - Weight 12.2 oz - 3" Rail Section Weight: 1.1 oz - Made in the USA! ITEMS INCLUDED (1) MFR 12.0 Free Float Hand Guard (3) 3 Modular Picatinny Rail Sections with Mounting Hardware (1) Proprietary Barrel Nut Wrench (1) Hardened Steel Barrel Nut (4) Set Screws w/ Nylon Locking Patch (1) 5/64 Allen Wrench (1) 3/32 Allen Wrench

US Optics SN-3 3.8x22x

The SN-3 3.8-22X is a variable magnification scope that is made for target engagement out to 2000+ yards. An adjustable objective provides accurate parallax adjustment from 50 yards to infinity. Reliable adjustments and extreme durability make this scope a very affordable long range tool that will fit well with most rifle platforms. Basic design has a 30mm tube, US#1 elevation and windage adjustments, your choice of 44mm or 58mm diameter objectives. MOA and MIL adjustments, along with MOA or MIL reticles allow you to use whatever combination you desire. Optional elevation and windage knobs, reticles, lit reticle modules, tube diameters and finish colors available at an additional charge. Scope body, eye piece, objective housing and any and all other body parts are made with 6061-T6 aircraft aluminum and are then coated with a matte black type III hard anodizing. Elevation knobs materials consist of stainless, brass and 4130 Chrome Moly, ball detents are tungsten carbide with a stainless steel jacket. Dual elevation and windage rebound springs will ensure decades of reliable and accurate adjustments. Features: -Parallax Control: ERGO (extreamly rugger adjustable with a wide focus range) - Objective: 58mm Low Profile (rugged AO housing with excellent resolution and light gathering) -Knob Elevation: U.S.#3 M40 Style 1/10 Mil -Knob Windage: U.S.#3 M40 Style 1/10 Mil -Tube: 35mm tube for added elevation travel -Color: Matte Black Type III Hard Anodized -Reticle: Mil-Scale MPR -Reticle Lighting: 11 pos Rheostat Green -Eyepiece Housing: Low Profile Housing (2.23" OD) -Eyepiece: Extended Eye Relief (Additional 1.5" of eye relief for high recoil applications)

US Optics SN-12 w/ 1913 Mount

The SN-12 was purpose designed and built as a combat optic. It is not a hunting scope adapted to tactical scenarios by changing knobs and reticles. Maximum durability and brute strength construction ensure that this scope will stand the beating a combat optic will be subjected to. Fixed 4X magnification allows the shooter to realize enormous field of view as well as the precision needed for the occasional long shot. Unique features of the SN-12 include rectangular tube construction and integral Picatinney rail mount. This is most likely the most durable body made in the world today. Scope can be moved from one weapon system to another in seconds. Other standard features are M40 style 1 MOA knobs for fast and accurate adjustments, rapid focus diopter adjustment with range of -3/+2, 22mm high resolution objective lens, and threaded eyepiece and objective housings for use with screw on eyepiece covers and sunshades. Choice of four standard reticles with lit reticle optional. FEATURES: - Parallax: Fixed 4x - Objective: 22mm - Knob Elevation: US #1 1MOA - Knob Windage: US #1 1MOA - Tube: Rectangular Body w/ 1913 Mount - Color: Matte Black Type III Hard Anodizing - Reticle: Circle Chevron - Reticle Lighting: Green - Eyepiece: Rapid Focus +3 to -3 diopter adjustment

US Optics Field Spotting Scope

The U.S. Optics Field Spotting Scope is the perfect spotting scope for all shooting situations. It features a front focal plane Mil-Scale MPR reticle to help estimate range and 15-40x power magnification to allow you to close in on those far away objects. The body of the spotting scope is constructed of 6061 T-6 aluminum and features a type III hard anodizing. The high-quality lenses are fully multi-coated to offer the brightest sight image possible. Each U.S. Optics Field Spotting Scopes is hand built to ensure the highest quality possible. SPECIFCATIONS: - Objective: ERGO - Objective Size: 60mm - Eye Piece: Rapid Focus - Eye Piece Housing: Low Profile - Finnish: Matte Black Type III Hard Anodizing - Reticle: Mil-Scale MPR - Length: 14.38" - Weight: 2 LBS - FOV @ 1000 Yards: 67' @ 15x, 25' @ 40x - Water Resistant to 3 meters for 1 hour

US Optics SN-12 4x22

The round body version of the SN-12. While smaller and more compact, this scope features the same knobs and optics that make the standard version stand out. Round tube construction allows the SN-12R to be mounted in a single 30mm ring for the ultimate in versatility. Perfect for military, police, and hunting applications where field of view, light transmission, compact size and light weight are concerns. FEATURES: - Parallax: Fixed - Objective: 22mm - Elevation Knob: U.S. #1 1 MOA - Windage Knob: U.S. #1 1 MOA - Tube: 30mm - Color: Matte Black Type III Hard Anodizing - Reticle: Circle Chevron - Reticle Lighting: 11 Pos Rheostat (Green) - Eyepiece Housing: Lo Profile Housing - Eyepiece: Rapid Focus **Optic Does Not Include Mount**

Go Gun Gas Pedal

Where do YOU put your weak thumb when rifle shooting? Two ways to use it. Thumbs forward or high thumbs for maximum accuracy and point-ability Opposable grip for maximum weeapons retention. For ANY Picatiny rail rifle: - Allows a wide range of shooting grip styles. - Enables thumbs forward grip. - Perfect grip every time turns your rifle into a natural pointer. - Quicker Acquisition - Enables opposable grip for maximum weapons retention - Makes cross weapon platform transition easy. Compatible with Universal Battle Stance. - Ideal for Combat or Tactical. Very fun for range days. - Enables repeatable ergonomic thumb positions. - All are AMBI. - For use with just about all vertical grips and angled grips or alone. - CNC billet made, BattleTuff, aerospace aluminum. - Made in the USA. - Patents pending*

Go Gun Talon Brake

This is one of the coolest looking best functioning rifle brakes on the Planet. Besides looking great it works incredibly well with virtually no recoil and a very satisfying deep yet relatively quiet report without concussion. Characteristics: - Least sight movement available - Moderate but noticeable side concussion - Incredibly BattleTuff, suitable for any condition including sustained full auto. SPECIFIFCATIONS: - Caliber: 5.56mm, 7.62mm - Thread Pitch: 1/2x28, 5/8x24 TPI - Good but not complete flash suppression. - Trade Dress talon tips useful for persuasion It is the beefiest brake we know of and was designed to take incredible abuse. Like the Talon Breecher brake, the Talon Tips will persuade yet not unintentionally cut skin. Precision CNC machined from pre-hardened billet chrome moly steel. This Talon model profile bumps you up a division in USPSA. Other SuperComp models are available that do not change your USPSA division. Pre-threaded and includes crush washer for easy installation.

NOVESKE QD End Plate

Carbine Receiver End Plate with QD Sling Swivel Attachment --All Steel Construction allows for proper staking --Parkerized Finish --Uses standard QD Swivel (Not included)

HK USP 45 Tactical Compact

The USP45CT is a compact .45 caliber handgun developed for U.S. special operations use. Features included an extended threaded o-ring barrel with polygonal bore profile and the ability to function with a variety of sound suppressors (contact HK for specific recommendations). The HK USP45 Compact Tactical combines the proven features of the full-size USP45 Tactical pistol in a smaller, more concealable package. Specs: Caliber: 45 ACP Weight: 1.72 LBS Barrel: 4.46" Length: 8.64"

HK Mark 23

The HK Mark 23 Caliber .45 ACP pistol gives shooters match grade accuracy equal to that of the finest custom made handguns yet exceeds the most stringent operational requirements ever demanded of a combat handgun. The Mark 23 provides this accuracy without the need for hand-fitted parts common in custom-built match pistols costing thousands of dollars more. One of the most thoroughly tested handguns in history, the MK23/Mark 23 project originated in 1991 when HK began development for the U.S. Special Operations Command, the organization that directs the activities of America's most elite military units, including the Navy SEALs and the Army Special Forces. On May 1, 1996, the first HK MK 23 pistols were delivered to the U.S. Special Operations Command for operational deployment, making the MK 23 the first caliber .45 ACP pistol to enter American military service since the venerable Government Model 1911A1. During testing, MK 23 pistols met the most stringent operational and accuracy requirements ever demanded of a combat handgun. Endurance testing demonstrated a service life of over 30,000 rounds of +P ammunition. To meet the reliability requirement, the pistol had to demonstrate a minimum of 2,000 mean rounds between stoppages (MRBS) with both M1911 ball and +P ammunition. All pistols exceeded the 2000 MRBS with an average of 6000 MRBS. In more than 450 accuracy test firings from a precision firing fixture at 25 meters, MK 23 pistols far exceeded the government requirement, averaging 1.44 inches, with 65 groups of less than one inch. There were four groups of .5 inches, with 5 rounds going through the same hole! Specs: Caliber: 45 ACP Weight: 2.43 LBS Barrel: 5.87" Length: 9.65" The Mark 23 is available in .45 ACP Features: Threaded O-ring barrel with polygonal bore profile Match grade trigger One piece machined steel slide Frame mounted decocking lever and separate ambidextrous safety lever Can be carried cocked and locked in single action mode with the safety lever on Patented HK recoil reduction system Corrosion resistant blued finish Corrosion proof fiber-reinforced polymer frame Oversized trigger guard for use with gloves Universal mounting grooves for installing accessories Ambidextrous magazine release lever Extended slide release Extractor doubles as a loaded chamber indicator Patented Lock-Out Safety device

BCM Gunfighter Charging Handle Mod 4

The BCMGUNFIGHTER Charging Handle and extended latches feature internal redesigns to direct the force off of the roll pin and into the body of the charging handle during support hand only manipulations. This new design has a built in backstop engineered into the extended latch and into the charging handle. As the latch is opened up, its travel is limited by these flat surface backstops. With this travel limiting feature, the stress is taken off the roll pin, and is now redirected into the entire body of the charging handle. The BCMGUNFIGHTER Charging Handle offers two significant advantages. 1. Since the tiny roll pin is no longer the weak point - it is a much stronger system and tactical latch will stay intact even under repeated support side only manipulation. 2. With the force kept inside the body of the handle, when the handle is pulled directly to the rear, it moves directly to the rear and does not angle off to the outboard side. A much smoother operation.

NOVESKE 14.5" .300 BLACKOUT, LO-PRO W/VIS (NON-NFA)

14.5" 300 AAC BLACKOUT Stainless Barrel --1 in 8" twist rifling --Extended Feed Ramps --Beadblasted finish on barrel --Carbine length gas system --5/8x24 threads --Low-profile gas block pinned to barrel --Vltor VIS 10" monolithic upper --Shot peened and MP tested bolt --Auto carrier with properly staked carrier key --Gun Fighter Charging Handle --Blackout 51T Flash Suppressor Upper Weight: 4 1/2 lbs Rifle includes above plus: --Forged Gen II Lower --Mil-Spec receiver extension --Noveske QD End Plate, staked --H Buffer --Vltor iMod Carbine stock --Flip-up front and rear sights (NOT INCLUDED ON UPPER) --MOE pistol grip --One 30 rd mag included Rifle Weight: 7 lbs The Noveske 300 AAC BLACKOUT is designed to run optimally firing both subsonic suppressed and supersonic unsuppressed, while keeping supersonic suppressed reliable. It may not reliably cycle the action under adverse conditions with subsonic ammunition unless a silencer is attached. We recommend supersonic ammunition for Military, Law Enforcement, and Self Defense use without a silencer.

Daniel Defense CHF Barrels 6.8 SPC

Description: Cold Hammer Forging of barrels has been known for decades to produce the most accurate, longest lasting rifle barrels obtainable. The Cold Hammer Forging of barrels is accomplished through intense hydraulic pressure applied at opposing angles by carbide steel hammers. During the hammering process, a mandrel is inserted into the bore while the carbide steel hammers shape the barrel around the mandrel creating the chamber, the lands, and the grooves. In addition to the aforementioned benefits, the Cold Hammer Forging process creates a defect free bore and the most consistent chamber possible. All Daniel Defense barrels are made from start to finish in our state-of-the-art facility located in Black Creek, GA. In keeping with our heritage of not cutting corners, all barrels feature a forged chamber, chrome lining, and heavy phosphate exterior coating. They are all MP tested on-site and are available in multiple configurations which includes barrel only; barrel with Front Sight Base; and barrel with FSB, gas tube, and delta Ring assembly. These barrels will prove themselves to be more accurate and last longer than a barrel that has cut or button rifling. Materials & Construction: - Barrel Material: Chrome Moly Vanadium Steel - Barrel Type: Cold Hammer Forged - Barrel Caliber: 6.8 SPC - Barrel Twist: 1:10 - Barrel Length: 14.5″ - Barrel Profile: Govt Profile - Barrel Gas System: Mid-Length - Inside Finish: Chrome Lined - Outside Finish: Military Specification Heavy Phosphate Coated - Muzzle Thread: 5⁄8×24 TPI (Threads Per Inch) - Gas Port Diameter: .750″ - Barrel Extension: A4 - Made in the USA!

US Optics ST-10 Fixed 10x

The ST-10 is a fixed magnification scope that is made for target engagement out to 1000+ yards. Reliable adjustments and extreme durability make this scope a very affordable medium-long range tool that will fit well with most rifle platforms. Basic design has a 30mm tube, US#1 elevation and windage adjustments, and a 44mm objective. MOA and MIL adjustments, along with MOA or MIL reticles allow you to use whatever combination you desire. Optional elevation and windage knobs, reticles, lit reticle modules, tube diameters and finish colors available at an additional charge. Standard 30mm tube diameter will yield 100MOA of total elevation adjustment. Scope body, eye piece, objective housing and any and all other body parts are made with 6061-T6 aircraft aluminum and are then coated with a matte black type III hard anodizing. Elevation knobs materials consist of stainless, brass and 4130 Chrome Moly, ball detents are tungsten carbide with a stainless steel jacket. Duel elevation and windage rebound springs will insure decades of reliable and accurate adjustments. Features: -Parallax Control: Fixed -Objective: 44mm Low Profile -Knob Elevation: U.S.#3 M40 Style 1/4 MOA -Knob Windage: U.S.#3 M40 Style 1/4 MOA -Tube: 30mm -Color: Matte Black Type III Hard Anodized -Reticle: JNG MOA -Reticle Lighting: 11 Pos Green -Eyepiece Housing: Lo Profile -Eyepiece: Rapid Focus +3 to -3 Diopter Adjustment

US Optics ST-22

The ST-22 is a fixed magnification scope that is made for target engagement out to 2000+ yards. Reliable adjustments and extreme durability make this scope a very affordable long range tool that will fit well with most rifle platforms. Basic design has a 30mm tube, US#1 elevation and windage adjustments, and your choice of 44 or 58mm objectives. MOA and MIL adjustments, along with MOA or MIL reticles allow you to use whatever combination you desire. Optional elevation and windage knobs, reticles, lit reticle modules, tube diameters and finish colors available at an additional charge. Scope body, eye piece, objective housing and any and all other body parts are made with 6061-T6 aircraft aluminum and is then coated with a matter black type III hard anodizing. Elevation knobs materials consist of stainless, brass and 4130 Chrome Moly, ball detents are tungsten carbide with a stainless steel jacket. Duel elevation and windage rebound springs will insure decades of reliable, and accurate adjustments. SPECIFICATIONS: - Parallax Control: ERGO Adjustable Objective - Objective: 58mm Low Profile - Knob Elevation: U.S. #1 M40 Style 1/10 MIL - Knob Windage: U.S. #1 M40 Style 1/10 MIL - Tube: 35mm - Color: Matte Black Type III Hard Anodizing - Reticle: Mil-Scale MPR - Reticle Lightin: 11 POS Green - Eyepiece Housing: Lo Profile (2.23" OD) - Eyepiece: Rapid Focus (+3 to -3 Diopter Adjustment)

US Optics SN-9 10-42x80mm

The Patented SN-9 design is a FFP high magnification riflescope with extensive elevation travel for ultra long distance precision shooting. This system uses external elevation and windage turrets that yield up to 120 total MOA travel(elevation only). The SN-9 retains perfect lens alignment throughout the elevation travel range, this allows for the best resolution over the entire adjustment range. Primarily used in 1700+ yard plus applications and has become a favorite in the .50BMG, .408CT and .338LM shooting community. A 58mm ERGO objective is standard with an optional 80mm objective for the 10-42X model. Scope body, eye piece, objective housing and any and all other body parts are made with 6061-T6 aircraft aluminum and are then coated with a matte black type III hard anodizing. Elevation knobs materials consist of stainless, brass and 4130 Chrome Moly, ball detents are tungsten carbide with a stainless steel jacket. Duel elevation and windage rebound springs will insure decades of reliable and accurate adjustments. FEATURES: - Parallax Control: ERGO (Extreamly rugged adjustable objective w/ a wide focus range) - Objective: 80mm ERGO Upgrade (For Extreme Low-Light and/or long range. - Knob Elevation: U.S.#2 - Knob Windage: U.S.#2 - Tube: 30mm - Color: Matte Black Type III Hard Anodizing - Reticle: MDMOA - Reticle Lighting: 11 Pos. Green - Eyepiece Housing: Lo Profile Housing (2.23" OD.) - Eyepiece: Extended Eye Relief (Additional 1.5" of eye relief for high recoil applications)

US Optics Riser Rail w/ Flip Up Sight

Type: Bases Name: Riser Rail w/ Flip Up Sight Description: 6061t6 Aluminum type III hard anodized a matte black. Custom colors are optional. .7" tall with 20 MOA down and a 4 screw full side clamp.

US Optics Ring Mounted Swivel Bubble level

The Ring Mount Swivel bubble level attaches to your 30mm scope tube. Level folds away 90 degrees when not in use. Screw on cover protects glass vial from damage when not in use. Made from 6061-T6 and Type III Hard Black Anodized.

US Optics Ring Mounted Fixed Bubble level

The Ring Mount bubble level attaches to your 30mm scope tube. Screw on cover protects glass vial from damage when not in use. Made from 6061-T6 and Type III Hard Black Anodized.

US Optics Remington 700 Base

Type: Base Name: Remington 700 Description: 6061t6 aluminum is type III hard anodized a matte black. 20 MOA down. Excellent fit. 6/48 screws included. Can be drilled out for 8/40 screws Left handed models available.

US Optics Rail Mounted Fixed Bubble Level -Contoured

The USO Rail Mounted Bubble Level is to used to keep your rifle from rotating off axis. This unit clamps to your Picattiny base and extends to the side of your rifle. Screw on cover protects the glass vial fron damage when not in use. Level is ambidextrous. Made from 6061-T6 and Type III Hard Black Anodized.

US Optics Posa Slide Riser Rail

Type: Bases Name: Posa Slide & Lock MK III Description: 6061t6 aluminum is type III hard anodized a matte black. Posa Slide spring load recoil lug and thumb screw side clamp riser rail for flat tops. Excellent fit. 6/48 screws included Used on AR15 and M249 SAW for additional height.

US Optics Posa Slide & Lock MkV

6061t6 aluminum is type III hard anodized a matte black. Custom colors optional. Single piece mount with integral ring. Posa Slide spring loaded recoil lug. Thumb screw clamp Slides on and off quickly. Single 2 screw ring. 1.2" height Usually used with the SN-12R, Aimpoint, Trijicon Tripower.

US Optics Posa Slide & Lock Mk1

6061t6 aluminum is type III hard anodized a matte black. Custom colors optional. Single piece mount with integral rings. Posa Slide spring loaded recoil lug. Thumb screw clamp Slides on and off quickly. Dual ring. 2 screw rear and single screw front. 1.2" height. Ring Size - 30mm

US Optics Posa Lock MkII

6061t6 aluminum is type III hard anodized a matte black. Custom colors optional. Single piece mount with integral rings. Rock on mount. 4 screw full side clamp Heavy duty dual ring. 3 screw rear and 2 screw front. 1.2" height. Ring Size - 30mm

US Optics P6M-35mm Ring Set

You can have the best rifle and scope in the world but without the proper rings to hold them together they cant function. That's where US Optics Scope Rings come in... These rings are some of the beefiest on the market. Using 2 screws on each side to ensure even pressure on scope tube. Also Features a hex head bolt on each side of the ring base along with to guide rods to get the optimum grip on any standard 1913 Mil Spec rail. Size: 35mm Tube 1" Wide Variety Of Hights

US Optics 30mm Ring Set

US Optics P6M-3000 Series Ring Set You can have the best rifle and scope in the world but without the proper rings to hold them together they cant function. That's where US Optics Scope Rings come in... These rings are some of the beefiest on the market. Using 2 screws on each side to ensure even pressure on scope tube. Also Features a hex head bolt on each side of the ring base along with to guide rods to get the optimum grip on any standard 1913 Mil Spec rail. Size: 30mm Tube 3/4" Wide Variety of Hights

US Optics P6M-40mm Ring Set

Wilcox NVG Lanyards

The Wilcox Line of NVG Lanyards feature a custom integrated base that securely attaches to a variety of NVG Combat Helmet Mounts and to currently fielded mounting systems. FEATURES: Increases mission effectiveness and prevents loss of the night vision goggle by providing a secure attachment to an array of NVG devices Durable design prevents loss of the NVG during operation Affixes to the Wilcox line of Helmet Mounts Breaks away from the helmet with 8 - 12 lbs of pressure to prevent operator injury Maintains a low profile stance on the helmet in both stowed and deployed position Flat matte finish for covertness in combat conditions Robust tether is designed for a long service life SPECIFICATIONS: - Dimensions: Approx.11/2Lx1Wx9/16H - Weight: 41401G01: 0.021 LB (0.34 oz) 56100G07: 0.036 LB (0.58 oz) 41400G06: 0.038 LB (0.61 oz) 41400G02: 0.042 LB (0.67 oz) 41400G01: 0.037 LB (0.59 oz) 41400G03: 0.043 LB (0.69 oz) - Material Construction: High Strength Polymer, Double Braided Nylon Cord, Aluminum Spring Loaded Gate Clip. - Cord Length: 13" - Breakaway Resistance: 8-12 LBS.

Wilcox Mission Helmet Recording System

The Wilcox Mission Helmet Recording System (MHRS) for the AN/PVS-15/18 is comprised of a L4 Dashboard Assembly with miniature Day and Night Camera Module, two (2) QuickChangeTM PowerSupply Modules, and Miniature Video and Audio Recorder that all mount to a MICH/ACH helmet by means of a powered track. This unique track carries power from a Quick Change TM Power Supply Module to the mounted devices. Currently open to SOF sales only. FEATURES: Miniature Recording Module provides thirteen (13) hours of high resolution audio and video imagery Miniature Day/Night Camera mounts to a Dovetail Shoe on the Dashboard for day operation. For night operation, the camera mounts to an AN/PVS-15/18 eyecup interface and prism that mounts to the NVG to capture nighttime video as seen through the NVG without obstructing the operators image. The amber filter provides a tactical advantage, greatly reducing green eye splash common to all NVG devices Miniature audio microphone attaches to the Miniature Recording Module for audio capture Uniquely designed Modular Powered Track easily secures to the MICH/ACH helmet by means of a patented Ratcheting Cinch Mechanism Recorder Module provides for download to a computer through a concealed USB Connection Port The Wilcox L4 Dashboard Assembly allows the operator to securely mount the MHRS to a MICH/ACH Helmet drilled with one or three holes, and allows attachment of an NVG Accommodates the AN/PVS-14 Goggle with optional eyecup interface ring and AN/PVS-14 Arm with Tilt Activation Switch (sold seperately, see TDS097) Maintains a very low profile stance on the helmet A Wire Management System secures cabling. A Wilcox NVG Lanyard prevents loss of the night vision goggle Flat matte finish for durability and covertness in Combat Conditions SPECIFICATIONS: - Mounted Weight: (Accounts for 1 battery pack, without mount) 1.33 LB (21.28 oz) - Storage Capacity: Shipped with 16 GB CF Card - Color Video Length w/ Audio: Up to 13 Hours Total - Maximum File Size Per Video: 3.8 GB - Audio Only Length: Up to 130 Hours Total

Sadlak Smith Ent. Gas Plug Cleaning "V" Drill

Smith Enterprise Gas Cylinder Plug Cleaning Drill - Letter "V" Drill (Dia .377) After removing the Smith Enterprise gas plug using the Sadlak Gas Cylinder Wrench (or a 3/8 box wrench), insert the new "V" drill into the Smith Enterprise gas plug to scrape and remove carbon deposits.

Sadlak Gas Plug Cleading "O" Drill

Gas Cylinder Plug Cleaning Drill - Letter "O" Drill (Dia .316) After removing the gas plug using the Sadlak Gas Cylinder Wrench and a USGI Combo Tool (or a 3/8 box wrench), insert the new "O" drill into the gas plug to scrape and remove carbon deposits.

Sadkak HD Depot Armorer's Gas Cylinder Wrench

Heavy Duty Depot Armorer's M14/M1A Gas Cylinder Wrench. A professional level tool designed for military M14 depot armorers and builders. Now available to the civilian M1A owner. This is a heavy-duty M14/M1A wrench, 3/8" thick stew., 8.0oz. backed on mil-spec coating and with edges machined in a smooth radius for comfort. Dual Purpose Wrench: The gas cylinder wrench can also be used to conveniently hold the small end of the piston during cleaning. The Large hole in the wrench has an internal D-Shape that holds the piston from rotating without causing any damage. All of our wrenches are CNC machined and designed to fit all original USGI and most commercial gas cylinders. Finish: All tools are finished with an olive drab (aka O.D. Green) Baked-on non-mar mil-spec coating (same spec. used by the military.) The finish is .002 - .004" thick and very durable with the added benefit of not marking the gas cylinder during use of the wrench.

Magpul MIAD Mission Adaptable Grip (Basic Kit)

The patent-pending MIAD (MIssion ADaptable) Grip is a drop-in replacement for the standard AR15/M16/M4 pistol grip, designed to improve weapon ergonomics. Interchangeable front and rear straps, as well as a range of storage core options allow the end user to adjust the grip for hand size as well as dynamic mission requirements. All mounting hardware is included. Features: Removable and replaceable front and rear panels for a custom fit over multiple hand sizes Improved ergonomics and positive anti-slip texture on both sides and rear back-strap Removable inner core that allows for storage (3-round plug included) Custom storage of batteries (waterproof) or spare bolt/firing pin is available with optional cores Kit includes three size back-straps (S,M,L), two front-straps (A1 and A2 style), 3-round core plug, and installation hardware NOTE: Integral trigger guard is no longer available

Mega Machine Billet GTR-3S Ambi Lower

FEATURES This is the ambidextrous lower you need for you next AR build. Comes with hardware for the integrated ambidextrous bolt catch. If you want stand out from the rest of the crowd, this is the lower you need. The Mega Billet Lower features a clean, new, custom look unlike any of our competitors. Machined from billet 7075-T6 aluminum vs. the more commonly used 6061 for a 70% increase in strength. Integrated trigger guard for added functionality, and strength. Lower features a nylon tipped upper tensioning screw. Magwell features an enlarged bottom flare and inner chamfer for easier magazine insertion. Butt Stock attachment feature fortified for added strength in high power applications. Black Hard anodized with a surface hardness of 60 Rockwell. GTR-3S AMBI Matches standard forged upper receivers. 9.1 oz.

Daniel Defense A2 Buffer Tube

Standard A2 buffer tube for standard mil spec A2 stocks or for use with Magpul PRS and other like stocks.

Daniel Defense AR-15 Castle Nut

Castle nut used to secure buffer tube to lower reciever.

Daniel Defense Buffer Spring

AR-15 / M-16 Buffer Spring

Daniel Defense AR-15 Buffer

AR-15 Recoil Buffer

Wilcox RAAM Tube Clamp Mount

The M203 Tube Clamp Mount for the RAAM is a patented clamping mechanism that provides a secure attachment of a MIL-STD-1913 Rail to the M203 or M203 QD Launcher. This configuration provides a stable platform for mounting the Wilcox RAAM. FEATURES: A Patented Clamping Mechanism Provides a Secure Attachment to the M203 Rail; Does Not Require Use of Modular Weapon Rails Reduces the Logistical Burden to Accommodate both M203 Models Easily Attaches and Detaches from the Grenade Launcher to Enhance Mission Flexibility Design of the Tube Clamp is the Result of Significant User Field Trials, User Feedback, Evolutionary Improvements and Innovations Detachable Activation Pad Holder allows Mounting of the RAAM Remote Activation Pad for Hands-Free RAAM Operation. Mounts to Either Side of Mount for Left- or Right-Handed Operators Flat Black Matte Finish SYSTEM COMPONENTS: 1) AMIL-STD-1913PicatinnyRailallows attachment of the Wilcox RAAM. 2) Thumb Nut secures clamp during operation.

Wilcox RAAM UGL FCS

Currently Fielded 40MM Grenade Launcher rounds are low velocity and high trajectory, causing any aiming errors to dramatically and negatively effect accuracy of impact of the round when fired both in day and night conditions. These errors are increased by the soldiers inability to accurately estimate the distance to the target and compensate for temperature and the slope of the earth, especially at night. The Wilcox Rapid Acquisition Aiming Module (RAAM UGL-FCS) is designed under a teaming arrangement with Vectronix, Inc. for use with the HK GLM, Colt M 203 9 QD and 12 Barrel. A motorized Gimbal housing visible and infrared laser pointers automatically articulates to indicate the proper weapon elevation necessary to match the trajectory of 40mm grenade in flight to hit its intended target. The ballistic computer takes real time data from built-in sensors and adjusts the actual range to a compensated ballistic range by factoring in the temperature and tilt. The grenadier aligns the sight to the target utilizing the built in lasers or a mounted reflex sight. Pressing the Engage Button causes the gimbal to rotate to the appropriate angle and activates the Cant Indicator. The grenadier then simply realigns the target and fires. A single press and release of the Range/Select Button cancels the process to start over. FEATURES: Built-In Ballistic Computer Calculates Changes in Trajectory Based on Built-In Sensors Easily Visible Cant Indicator and LED Displays Automatically Dim in Night Operations and Can be Viewed Through NVGs The Motorized Laser Gimbal Houses Two Active Aiming Lasers: One 635-650nm, less than 1mw (Low) or up to 50 mw (High; G01 Model only) Visible Laser for Low Light Target Engagement and Boresighting, and One 820-860nm IR Laser with less than 1mw (Low) or up to 50 mw (High; G01 Model only) for Night Time Target Engagement when Used with NVGs. The G02 Model features eye-safe lasers only to prevent accidental exposure The Grenadier Needs Only Press and Release the Range Button Once to Range the Target No Special Tools Required for Installation or Removal RAAM COMPONENTS: 1) Battery compartment houses two (2) CR123 batteries which provide approximately 500 ranges. 2) Remote Control Pad allows operator to select laser or range modes when necessary. 3) Shrouded anti-snag windage and elevation adjustments for easily boresighting the RAAM to the weapon. Maintains setting until reset by the operator. 4) Motorized Laser Gimbal automatically rotates when ballistic solution is committed. Gimbal houses one visible and one infrared laser. 5) RAAM optics feature an anti-reflective coating, and can be shrouded with an optional Anti-Reflective Device (ARD), a Tenebraex honey comb for off angle protection. 6) Integrated Reflex Sight eliminates the need for a Ladder Sight. 7) A Laser/Input Button allows the operator to lase the target in IR or VIS mode, or to input menu options in any menu selection mode. 8) An Engage Button articulates the gimbal to the target range, allowing the operator to commit and engage the target. 9) A Range/Select Button allows the operator to range the target in IR or VIS mode, or to commit to menu option input in any menu selection mode. 10) A mode selection knob allows the Grenadier to select from eight possible modes of operation: Off, IR Low, Vis Low, Gate, Function, Ammo, IR High (G01 Only), and Vis High (G01 Only). 11) Attaches to MIL-STD-1913 Rail by means of two thumb nuts for RIS/RAS mounting or by means of a Wilcox Cam Mounting System (patent pending). 12) Ergonomically positioned LED panel displays ballistic range to target in 1 meter increments. 13) Display Brightness automatically dims for day/night operation and can be user adjustable. 14) Anti-cant device is color coded and shape defined for use with NVGs. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: Less Than 1 Lb. - Dimensions: 2.3 D (From Rail) x 5.06 W x 3.5 H - Ballistic Range: 40 to 400 Meters - Actual Range: G01 Model - 0 to 2000 Meters G02 Model - 0 to 1400 Meters G01 Model - 0 to 2000 Meters G02 Model - 0 to 1400 Meters - Ballistic Computer Accommodations: 10 Trajectory Settings - Operating Temperature:0 F to 140 F - Storage Temperature:-20 F to 160 F - Power Source:Two (2) CR123 Batteries - Color:Dark Matte Finish - Water Resistance: Waterproof to 1 Meter

Wilcox PATRIOT Land Bassed Hybrid Life Support System

The PATRIOT is a modular, state of the art Land Based Hybrid Life Support System that allows an individual to operate in containment levels (masked up) for an unprecedented eight (8) hours before performing service. Performance levels may vary depending on ambient temperature, the type of filter cartridge, contamination levels, and filter life. Positive pressure air is delivered from the PATRIOT, utilizing the principle of a clean room, but within the operators mask. If the facial seal is broken, clean air continues to feed the operator. The positive pressure also works as an antifog system, providing assistance in keeping the mask clear, allowing an improved field of view than offered by traditional breathing systems. For proper operation of the PATRIOT system, a positive pressure outlet valve must be installed on the mask. This outlet valve can adapt to most chemical masks (mask required, not provided). The PATRIOT has been tested to operate in CBRN contaminated environments by the US Department of Defense. FEATURES: Delivers Blower or NonBlower Assisted Filtered Air (PAPR) or Open Circuit Breathing Gas (SCBA) in One Integrated System Can Function as an Air Purifying Respirator (APR) or Supplied Air Respirator (SAR) Delivers up to 71 Minutes of Open Circuit Air and Seven (7) Hours of Battery Life Supply Power to the Blower System Increases Time on Target Able to Withstand a Wide Variety of Contaminants Chemically Hardened Components Allow the Operator to Wear the PATRIOT Externally of Currently Used Level 1 Containment Suits, Simplifying the Decontamination and Recharging Procedure Air Supply is Rechargeable Within two (2) Minutes at 4,500 PSI Manufactured of Chemically Hardened High Strength Polycarbonate Materials and Aircraft Aluminum, Flat Black HardCoated for Durability and Covertness in Combat Operations Adaptable to Two Carbon Fiber Cylinder Sizes: 285 cu in and 119 cu in Integrates with the Exothermic Cutting Torch Module for Performing Precision Cutting with no Homoginization of Gasses (see TDS007) Cylinders can be Individually Contained in Case of Catastrophic Cylinder Failure and are Equipped with Separate Pressure Gauges and Relief Valves Optional MultiRAE Air Sensor Module Externally Monitors Ambient Air Condition when Using the PATRIOT. This Allows the Operator to Manually Switch from Filtered Air to Tank Air when Ambient Air contains Low Oxygen or Dangerous, Non-Filterable Breathing Gasses PATRIOT COMPONENTS: 1) A unique 2.5 liter breathing bag is supplied by either compressed air or the blower motor during the exhalation phase of breathing, allowing the operator to retrieve the next inhalation from the breathing bag vice. In the PAPR mode, this feature eliminates the need for multiple filters, which helps reduce weight and bulk. The breathing bag can be attached to the left or right side of the PATRIOT to accommodate left or right handed marksmen. 2) A mode selection switch allows the operator to switch between a blower assisted PAPR Mode (snorkel up), a non- blower assisted APR Mode (snorkel up) and a SCBA Mode (snorkel down). The breathing mode can be controlled manually during a loss in tank pressure. During the Filtered Air Mode (snorkel up), the air enters the snorkel then passes through the filter bed, capturing contaminants prior to entering the Breathing Bag Hose Assembly 4) When operated in the SCBA mode, the filter bed remains sealed from the outside environment, thus eliminating premature failure of the filter due to moisture or air-born contaminants. Air is introduced from the highpressure, 4500 psi cylinder(s) to the breathing hose via a high and lowpressure airreducing regulator. The regulator provides positive pressure (approx. 2 lbs.) to the chemical mask at all times. 5) A unique Universal Load Bearing Backpack System allows for secure attachment of the PATRIOT. A quick acting Ditch System (sold separately, requires optional interface plate) allows for expedient removal of the PATRIOT in emergencies. 6) The battery compartment houses eight (8) 3-volt Lithium batteries (two (2) minimum required for operation). 7) A purge valve on the Mode Selection Switch allows low pressure air to be introduced directly to the mask.

DTA .300 Win Mag 220 Grain HPBT

A rifle is only as accurate as the ammunition you shoot through it. We developed our own DTA line of ammunition to guarantee exceptional precision and consistency from lot to lot so that the military sniper, LE sniper, or long distance shooter can count on absolute consistency. The 300 Winchester Magnum 220 grain hollow point boat tail bullet is made from the some of the best match grade components available enabling precision accuracy with every shot. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: .300 Winchester Magnum - Bullet Grain: 220 Grain Hollow Point Boat Tail - Muzzle Velocity: 2800 Feet Per Second - Energy: 3831 Foot Pounds

DPMS Lower Parts KIt

This kit gives you ever piece you will need to assemble your AR-15 Lower Reciever.

AVON Vision Correction Assembly

Will Fit: C50, FM50, FM53 Vision Correction Assembly Assembly allows prescription lenses to be fitted to 50 and 53-Series masks ranging from -8 to +10 Diopters in power. Flexible design allows assembly to fold inside mask. Lens height can be easily adjusted without special tools. For safety reasons, in case of extreme ballistic impact it is recommended that the Clear Outsert (70501-156) be worn with the 50 and 53-Series masks when wearing corrective lenses. Avon provides a lens fitting service. Refer to customer service for details.

AVON Sunlight Outsert Assembly

Will Fit: C50, FM50, FM53 Provides additional protection against UV light and flash flares. Constructed from the same material as the clear outsert (70501-156) for improved ballistics and abrasion resistance. Provided with Outsert Pouch (72601-28) for storage and lens cleaning.

AVON Laser Outsert Assembly

Will Fit: C50, FM50, FM53 Laser Outsert Assembly Specialist accessory for the removal of harmful laser wavelengths commonly produced by laser sighted weapons. Constructed from the same material as the clear outsert (70501-156) for improved ballistics and abrasion resistance. Provided with Outsert Pouch (72601-28) for storage and lens cleaning.

AVON Clear Outsert Assembly

Will Fit: C50, FM50, FM53 Clear Outsert Assembly Flexible polycarbonate outsert attaches to 50 and 53 series masks to provide additional ballistic and scratch resistance in extreme environments. Optically correct and distortion free, the outsert can be fitted and removed by the user while the mask is being worn. Provided with Outsert Pouch (72601-28) for storage and lens cleaning.

AVON Blue Blocker Outsert Assembly

Will Fit: C50, FM50, FM53 BlueBlocker Outsert Assembly Designed for specialist users to improve weapons sighting, the BlueBlocker outsert delivers sharper images by filtering out specific light wavelengths. Constructed from the same material as the clear outsert (70501-156) for improved ballistics and abrasion resistance. Provided with Outsert Pouch (72601-28) for storage and lens cleaning.

AVON Primary Filter Pair (FM50)

Primary Filter Pair (71601-1) Low profile conformal filter with bayonet quick fit for use only with the FM50 Mask. General purpose military CBRN performance. Chemical, biological and radiological warfare agents in accordance with NATO requirements. Also for certain toxic industrial chemicals such as chlorine, hydrogen sulfide, sulfur dioxide and organic vapors with a boiling point of above 65C. Not NIOSH certified. Specificaions: - Classification: Mil Spec - Weight (approx): 159g - Breathing Resistance (approx): 25mm H2O at 42.5 l/min - Packing: Foil - Shelf Life (if left in packaging): 5 years - Filter Body Style: Conformal Suitable Protection Against: - Arsine - Asbestos - Bacteria - Benzene - Blister Agent - Blood Agent - Bromine - Carbon Dioxide - Carbon Monoxide - Carbon Tetrachloride - Chlorine - Chlorine Dioxide - Chloroacetophenone (CN) - Chloropicrin - o-Chlorobenzylidene Malononitrile (CS) - Cyanogen - Cyanogen Chloride (CK) - Cyclohexane - Fluorine - Formaldehyde - Hydrogen Chloride - Hydrogen Cyanide (AC) - Hydrogen Sulfide - Lewisite - Mustard (HD) - Nerve Agent - Nitrogen Dioxide - Nuisance Dusts - Nuisance Odors - Oleoresin Capsicum (OC, Pepper Gas) - Organic Vapors w/ Boiling Point >65 Degree C - Particulates - Phosgene - Phosphine - Radioactive Particulates - Sarin (GB) - Soman (GD) - Sulfur Dioxide - Tabun (GA) - Toluene - Virus - VX - Xylene

KAC T-1 Micro-Aimpoint Offset Mount

New Offset Rail Mount for Aimpoint T1 Micro Rail Mount. Does not include T1 Aimpoint Sight. Model: P/N: 25789 Shipping Weight: 1lbs Manufactured by: Knight's Armament Company

KAC T-1 Micro-Aimpoint Mount

KAC Micro-Aimpoint Mount. Comes with spacers to adjust the height. Model: P/N: 25682 Shipping Weight: 1lbs Manufactured by: Knight's Armament Company

KAC Forward Handstop w/ QD Swivel

Handstop with built-in QD swivel. Works great for AR pistols. Model: 25460 Manufactured by: Knight's Armament Company

Knights Armament Rail Covers

Extremely low profile design with locking placement. Steel clip in the front of the panel will snap securely between any Mil-Spec 1913 Picatinny Rail. Easily adjustable with rock solid rigidity. FEATURES: - 11 Rib Rail Panel, 6.15", 1 oz. - 9 Rib Rail Panel, 5.48", 1 oz. - 6 Rib Rail Panel, 3.90", .6 oz. - 5 Rib Rail Panel, 3.47", .6 oz. - 4 Rib Rail Panel, 2.65", .4 oz. - 2 Rib Rail Panel, 1.65", .2 oz.

Knights Armament Ambi-Mag Release

AR-15 Ambi-Mag Release. User Install. No modifications to the weapon. SPECIFICATIONS: Shipping Weight: 1lbs Manufactured by: Knight's Armament Company

Knights Armament Enhanced Trigger Guard

Knights Armament Enhanced Trigger Guard SPECIFICATIONS: * Shipping Weight: 1lbs * Manufactured by: Knight's Armament Company

KAC Flip Up Front Sight (Rapid Adjust)

Knights Armaments Rapid Adjustment Front Flip Up Sight One of the major setbacks of conventional flip up iron sights on an M4 carbine is the ability to rapidly adjust elevation to reach out and touch further targets. This problem has been solved my KAC. Front sight features a turn style adjustment just under the front sight tower which allows user to raise or lower front sight post without any tools and on the fly, allowing shooter to engage targets rapidly and different distances. Model: P/N: 25654 Shipping Weight: 1lbs Rapid Adjust Front Sight Manufactured by: Knight's Armament Company

KAC Micro Flip Up Rear Sight 200-600 Meter

Knights Armament Rapid Adjustment Micro Flip Up Rear Sight. Knights Armament has solved a long standing problem of the inability to rapidly adjust for distance on carbine flip up, back up sights. You used to have to use kentucky elevation for anything past your BZO distance. Until now. Knighs Armament Rapid Adjustment Rear Sight allows you to adjust from 200 to 600 yards with a turn of the dial. Dont be limited my older style sights. Model: P/N: 25650 Shipping Weight: 1lbs Manufactured by: Knight's Armament Company

Mesa Tactical Telescoping Stock Adapter Kits

Mesa Tactical is a pioneer in the development of telescoping stocks for tactical shotguns. Telescoping stocks are necessary for operators wearing body armor, or for smaller statured shooters; a telescoping stock provides the length of pull the situation demands. The concept behind the telescoping stock system is simple: the shotguns factory stock is replaced by an adapter, to which standard AR-15 grips and telescoping buttstocks can be reliably attached. All of our stock adapters are investment cast aircraft aluminum, which are then CNC machined before being anodized with a Type III Class 2 mil-spec finish. To meet the divergent requirements of professional operators, we offer three lines of telescoping stock system: High-tube, Low-tube and LEO. LEO: The LEO adapter, manufactured exclusively for the Remington 870, is our most popular model, and features a lowered stock elevation allowing the use of iron sights or even the bead sight. accepts push-button quick-release sling swivels. LEO adapters also accept optional stamped steel sling loop and hook loops. The LEOs low price and streamlined appearance make it the best choice for agencies looking for a simple, reliable telescoping stock at an affordable price. HIGH-TUBE & LOW-TUBE ADAPTERS: Our High-tube and Low-tube adapters, with mounting points for Picatinny rails, SureShell shotshell carriers and other accessories, are manufactured for the Remington 870, Mossberg 500/590/835, and Winchester 1200/1300. They are multi-function single-point mounting devices which form the core of Mesa Tacticals systems approach to tactical pump shotgun conversions. Accessory mounting points on the sides of the High-tube and Low-tube aluminum adapters accept Picatinny rails, flush-cup sling swivels or Mesa Tactical shell carriers. Tactical lights, for example, can be mounted to either side of the shotgun receiver. Aluminum covers keep dirt and mud out of unused sling swivel holes and accessory mounts, which are fitted with HeliCoil stainless steel thread inserts for strength and long life. Low-tube adapters feature the same low stock elevation as the LEO adapters; High-tube adapters share the proportions of an AR-15 and include a Picatinny rail on which to mount optics (note: High-tube adapters cannot be used without rail-mounted sights of some kind).

Mesa Tactical Remington SureShell Carrier

Mesa Tactical offers two methods for mounting SureShell shotshell carriers to Remington 870, Remington 1100 and Remington 11-87 shotguns. Our traditional side mount SureShell carriers attach via flat aluminum brackets to the sides of the shotgun receiver. We also offer unique saddle rail SureShell carriers that combine a shell carrier with a MIL-STD-1913 Picatinny rail that accepts optical sights. The receiver mounting scheme of our Receiver Mount shotgun SureShell shotshell carriers for the Remington 870/1100/11-87 depends on steel fasteners threaded into steel pins for more secure attachment to the shotgun. The mounting plate even features a window over the shotgun serial number location, to make it easier for armorers to inventory their weapons.

Mesa Tactical Remington Sure Shell Carrier (Right Side)

In our catalog you will discover that we also make adapter mount and receiver mount shell carriers, which can be attached to the right-side of the Remington 870. Shell carriers used on the right-side are limited to four-shells to prevent interference with the ejector port. The photo on the left shows the adapter mount four-shell carrier, which can be mounted on the right-side, or the left side, and for comparison, the photo on the right shows the slightly more compact, receiver mount four-shell version for the right-side only of the Remington 870. However, the right-side versions will not work on the Remington 11-87 because they would block the movement of the bolt handle.

Mesa Tactical Remington Saddle Rail

Mesa Tactical offers two methods for mounting SureShell shotshell carriers to Remington 870, Remington 1100 and Remington 11-87 shotguns. Our traditional side mount SureShell carriers attach via flat aluminum brackets to the sides of the shotgun receiver. We also offer unique saddle rail SureShell carriers that combine a shell carrier with a MIL-STD-1913 Picatinny rail that accepts optical sights. Mesa Tactical Saddle Rails comprise aluminum brackets that wrap around the top of the shotgun receiver. The factory trigger pins are replaced by internally thread steel pins, to which both sides of the saddle rail are securely bolted. SureShell Saddle Rails feature a MIL-STD-1913 Picatinny sight rail along the top, and a four-, six- or eight-shot SureShell shotshell carrier yoke on the left side of the receiver.

Mesa Tactical Remington PGO w/ ERGO Grip

Mesa Tactical's PGO adapters and grips answer the professional's desire for a breaching grip with the same robust high quality as our LEO telescoping stock adapters. Cast from aircraft aluminum, the PGO adapter accepts any AR-15 grip and features a horn at the rear to make it the most comfortable breaching style grip on the market. The adapter is available separately, or bundled with the rubber overmolded ERGO Grip.

Mesa Tactical Remington Magazine Clamp QD Swivel

Our best selling shotgun accessory ever!!! Mesa Tactical Magazine Clamps provide mount points for Picatinny rails, weapon lights and sling attachments near the muzzle of a tactical shotgun. Magazine clamps are CNC machined 6061-T6 aluminum, Type III anodized to military specifications. Threaded attachment points feature HeliCoil steel thread inserts for long thread life, even after repeated mounting and removal of accessories. The Mesa Tactical Magazine Clamp can be used to more securely retain aftermarket or factory magazine extensions, while at the same time offering flexible accessory mounting options near the shotguns muzzle.

Mesa Tactical Remington Mag Clamp w/ Rail

Mesa Tactical Magazine and Barrel Clamps provide mount points for Picatinny rails, weapon lights and sling attachments near the muzzle of a tactical shotgun. Both designs are CNC machined 6061-T6 aluminum, Type III anodized to military specifications. Threaded attachment points feature HeliCoil steel thread inserts for long thread life, even after repeated mounting and removal of accessories. The Mesa Tactical Magazine Clamp can be used to more securely retain aftermarket or factory magazine extensions, while at the same time offering flexible accessory mounting options near the shotgun muzzle.

Mesa Tactical Remington Long Saddle Rail

Our Saddle Rails and Saddle Mount SureShell carriers for the Remington shotguns have been a big success since we introduced them last year. In fact, the Saddle Mount SureShell carrier is our second-best seller after the SureShell carrier itself. For a few years we have considered the possibility of producing a saddle rail that extended most of the length of the barrel. Of little practical utility, such a rail would be useful for those who wanted to use carbine-style BUIS systems or nigh vision optics. The rail would also allow optics to be mounted well in front of the receiver, if desired. But actually producing a long rail was never a priority as we scrambled to keep our standard products in stock.

Mesa Tactical Remington Intermediate Saddle Rail

Mesa Tactical Saddle Rails comprise aluminum brackets that wrap around the top of the shotgun receiver. The factory trigger pins are replaced by internally thread steel pins, to which both sides of the saddle rail are securely bolted. SureShell Saddle Rails feature a MIL-STD-1913 Picatinny sight rail along the top, and a four-, six- or eight-shot SureShell shotshell carrier yoke on the left side of the receiver. The Intermediate Sure Shell carrier features a 9.5" rail along the top of the receiver that extends over the barrel 3.5" to accomidate a longer sight base, Red Dot with Magnifier or Scope.

Mesa Tactical Remington Ambi Receiver Back Hook

In addition to sling mounts replacing the rear trigger pin, we also offer a limited line of hook loops that mount behind the Remington 870 receiver, between the receiver and the factory stock, These were produced at the request of a large US Federal enforcement agency. Unlike similar designs, the Mesa Tactical hook loops are machined from 1018 carbon steel, then given a mil-spec manganese phosphate finish.

Mesa Tactical Mossberg Picatinny Rial

Mossberg rails attach directly to the receivers of late-model (1997 and later) Mossberg shotguns with pre-tapped holes. These rails can only be fitted to later-model Mossbergs featuring factory tapped holes in the receiver. Standard profile rails are for general purpose optics mounting applications. These rails adhere to the minimum height requirement of the MIL-STD-1913 specification, and should not be used for mounting optics with the High-tube telescoping stock adapters. Tall Profile rails are only for use with Mesa Tactical telescoping stock adapters. These rails allow easy access to the Mossberg safety switch. These rails can be installed on other shotguns by tapping the top of the shotgun receiver with #8-40 UNS threads. Consult a gunsmith.

Mesa Tactical Mossberg 930 Shell Carrior

The receiver mounting scheme of our receiver mount shotgun SureShell shotshell carriers for the Mossberg 500/590/930 substitutes a steel bolt for the trigger pin retained in place by a black oxide plated acorn nut. At the front of the mounting plate, custom retaining steel hardware is used with an elongated extractor screw and a machined key hole In the plate. The mounting plate was designed not to obscure the receiver serial number to make it easier for armorers to inventory their weapons. SureShell shotshell carriers for the Mossberg fit on the left side of the receiver only. You must use a tactical forend that does not significantly overlap the receiver, or a factory forend that is cut down appropriately. SureFire forends will work fine with no alterations.

Mesa Tactical Mossberg 500/590/930 SureShell Carrier

The receiver mounting scheme of our receiver mount shotgun SureShell shotshell carriers for the Mossberg 500/590/835 substitutes a steel bolt for the trigger pin retained in place by a black oxide plated acorn nut. At the front of the mounting plate, custom retaining steel hardware is used with an elongated extractor screw and a machined key hole In the plate. The mounting plate was designed not to obscure the receiver serial number to make it easier for armorers to inventory their weapons. SureShell shotshell carriers for the Mossberg fit on the left side of the receiver only. You must use a tactical forend that does not significantly overlap the receiver, or a factory forend that is cut down appropriately. SureFire forends will work fine with no alterations.

Mesa Tactical Mag Clamp Accessory Rail

Designed to be used with the Mesa Tactical Magazine or Barrel Clamp QD swivel mount is a universal accessory rail. Constructed out of 6061 T6 Aluminum is a 3.5" accessory rail that can be mounted to the Magazine or Barrel Clamp to provide shooter the ability to mount any pacatinny rail accessory forward of the handguard. ie. Flashlight, Laser, etc.

Mesa Tactical Benelli M4 SureShell Carrier

While the Benelli M2 Tactical semi-automatic shotgun features factory-tapped rail mounting holes in the top of the receiver, the Benelli M4 and M1014 are shipped with a top Picatinny sight rail. These provided us with an opportunity to develop SureShell shotshell carrier mounting solutions for the Benellis that are streamlined and very robust. Receiver mount SureShell shotshell carriers for these Benellis feature mounting brackets with integral top Picatinny sight rails. These brackets are secured to the weapon using the top mounting screw holes. The SureShell shotshell carriers are thus slung on the left side of the receiver, securely fastened at the top. No other shell carrier mounting method is as secure or looks as good. These SureShell shotshell carriers can be installed on Benelli M1 shotguns by tapping the top of the shotgun receiver with M4 metric threads.

Contour Camera Lens Kit

DETAILS The Lens Kit is a little TLC for your Contour Video Camera. It includes extra lens covers and a replacement lens ring. In addition to the replacement items the lens ring adaptor allows you to screw on a standard 37mm lens filter to get the perfect shot in the toughest lighting conditions.

Trijicon AR-15 3-DOT Night Sights

Trijicon Bright & Tough Night Sights are three-dot iron sights that increase night-fire shooting accuracy by as much as five times over conventional sights. Equally impressive, they do so with the same speed as instinctive shootingand without the need for batteries. Housed in a metal body and cushioned within silicon rubber, Bright & Tough Night Sights feature a unique shock- resistant design that is patented by Trijicon. Each lamp is capped with a sapphire jewel to help evenly distribute the light while protecting the lamp from solvents and puncture. Contained within aluminum cylinders for additional protection, the lamps are mounted on silicon rubber cushions to withstand shock and heavy recoil. DETAILS: Fits any standard AR-15/M-16/M-4 platform Green lamps are warranted for 12 years from the date of manufacture. 3-Dot Set

SSA 7.62x51 175 gr Sierra OTM

Caliber: 7.62x51mm Weight: 175 Grain Bullet Type: Sierra OTM Ballistic Coefficient: .505 Muzzle Velocity: 2620 FPS Muzzle Energy: 2630 Match Grade - Excellent sniper round, similar to M118LR. Civilian version of the military's long range round. Excellent accuracy over 1000 yards. (20 ROUND BOX)

SSA 7.62x51 168 gr Barnes Lead Free TTSX BT

Caliber: 7.62x51 Weight: 168 Grain Bullet Type: Barnes Lead Free TTSX BT Ballistic Coefficient: .470 Muzzle Velocity: 2680 FPS Muzzle Energy: 2613 Lead-Free, all copper, Ballistic-Tipped bonded projectile increases BC and projectile's expansion at lower velocities. (20 ROUND BOX)

SSA 7.62x51 150 gr Nosler Bonded Ballistic Tip

Caliber: 7.62x51 Weight: 150 Grain Bullet Type: Nosler Bonded Ballistic Tip Ballistic Coefficient: .435 Muzzle Velocity: 2720 FPS Muzzle Energy: 2464 Ballistic-Tipped bonded projectile increases BC. Excellent penetration, large wound cavity and also good against glass and car doors. (20 ROUND BOX)

SSA 7.62x51 123 gr Armor Piercing

***CALL FOR PRICING, MILITARY & LE ONLY*** Caliber: 7.62x51, 308 Bullet Type: Armor Piercing Bullet Weight: 123 Grain Ballistic Coefficient: .412 Muzzle Velocity: 2900 FPS Muzzle Energy: 2350 FT/LBS Jacketed tingsten core, meets or exceeds M995 performance. Defeats 15mm armor plate of 300HB at 300 meters. Use against light armor vehicle & Level 4 body armor. (20 ROUND BOX)

SSA 6.8 SPC 85 gr BARNES TSX (Tactical Load)

-TACTICAL LOAD- Caliber: 6.8 SPC Weight: 85 Grain Bullet Type: BARNES LEAD-FREE TSX Ballistic Coefficient: .246 Muzzle Velocity: 3000 FPS Muzzle Energy: 1708 FT/LBS Lead-Free, All Copper. Superior terminal performance exclusive to SSA. Fastest 6.8 round available, 50% higher energy than best 5.56 round. (20 ROUND BOX) ***I CERTIFY THAT MY RIFLE MEETS MIN REQUIREMENTS: SPEC 2 CAHMBER, 1x10 TWIST, 6-GROOVE BARREL.***

SSA 6.8 SPC 115 gr OTM (Tactical Load)

Caliber: 6.8 SPC Weight: 115 Grain Bullet Type: SSA Open Tip Match Ballistic Coefficient: .317 Muzzle Velocity: 2575 FPS Muzzle Energy: 1694 FT/LBS Military round, enhanced fragmentation on soft targets with the accuracy of an open tip match. ***I CERTIFY THAT MY RIFLE MEETSD MIN REQUIREMENTS: SPEC 2 CHAMBER, 1x10 TWIST, 6-GROOVE BARREL.*** (20 ROUND BOX)

SSA 6.8 SPC 110 gr Tactical Load Nosler Accu Bond (Tactical Load)

-TACTICAL LOAD- Caliber: 6.8 SPC Weight: 110 Grain Bullet Type: Nosler Accu Bond Ballistic Coefficient: .370 Muzzle Velocity: 2630 FPS Muzzle Energy: 1692 FT/LBS Ballistic-Tipped bonded projectile increases BC. Excellent penetration, large wound cavity, Deeper penetraion than 100 grain. Excelent Glass and Door Penetrator. ***I CERTIFY THAT MY RIFLE MEETS MIN REQUIREMENTS: SPEC 2 CHAMBER, 1x10 TWIST, 6-GROOVE BARREL.*** (20 ROUND BOX)

SSA 5.56 NATO 77 gr. Sierra OTM

Caliber: 5.56 NATO Bullet Type: Sierra OTM Bullet Weight: 77 Grain Ballistic Coefficient: .372 Muzzle Velocity: 2750 FPS Muzzle Energy: 1293 FT/LBS Military's premiere round for 5.56. Cannelure projectile. Similar to M262 Mod 1, good on soft targets. (20 ROUND BOX)

SSA 5.56 NATO 70 gr. Barnes TSX BT

Caliber: 5.56 NATO Bullet Type: Barnes Lead Free TSX BT Bullet Weight: 70 Grain Ballistic Coefficient: .314 Muzzle Velocity: 2750 FPS Muzzle Energy: 1176 FT/LBS Lead-Free, All copper, Excellent against glass & door penetration. Excellent hunting round for small to medium sized game. (20 ROUND BOX)

SSA 5.56 NATO 63 gr Sierra Soft Point

Caliber: 5.56 NATO Bullet Type: Sierra Soft Point Bullet Weight: 63 Grain Ballistic Coefficient: .240 Muzzle Velocity: 2950 FPS Muzzle Energy: 1216 FT/LBS Excellent glass and door penetration, little deflection. Excellent hunting round. Expands on soft target. (20 ROUND BOX)

SSA 5.56 NATO 55 gr. Barnes Frangible

Caliber: 5.56 NATO Bullet Type: Barnes Lead Free Jacket Frangible *RRLP* Bullet Weight: 55 Grain Ballistic Coefficient: .225 Muzzle Velocity: 2975 FPS Muzzle Energy: 1081 FT/LBS Lead-free frangible dual purpose jacket projectile. Good for Home Defense, excellent LE round good penetration. Great for shoot house, indoor ranges, or lead-free shooting range. No breakage during feeding (chambering). (20 Round Box) RRLP: Reduce Ricochet Limited Penetration

T-Ring Adapter

SPECIFICATIONS: -Designed to provide extra D-ring mounting points on MALICE / PALS surfaces. -Great for attaching gas mask carrier, leg / thigh panels, dummy cords, or tie-down of small items. -T-ring adapter sits behind MALICE / PALS webbing, it does not occupy any mounting space. You can still mount other equipment on the top of it. It is fully compatible to MALICE / PALS, FSBE, FSBE II, SPEARS, BALCS, MLCS, & CIRAS systems. -Constructed of mil-spec webbing and all plastic hardware are formulated to pass the military requirements for infrared reflectance. -Desert Tan -Made in the U.S.A.

Contour Camera GPS HD Camera

DETAILS Add an entire new layer to your storytelling. With the built-in functionality of GPS youre able to capture your location, speed, and elevation while also recording in beautiful hands-free HD. Connect wirelessly to your camera via Bluetooth to use your mobile phone as a live viewfinder and adjust your settings while on the go. PROFESSIONAL VIDEO - HD Video - 3 Resolutions and 2 frame rates or still photo mode - Lightweight - 5.2oz, sleek, and simple to use CONNECTED - Bluetooth Enabled - Use your mobile phone as a viewfinder* - Settings - Adjust your camera settings wrelessly GPS - GPS Receiver - Capture your location, speed, and elevation - Interactive Map - Rewind, fast forward, or click to the best parts VIDEO / AUDIO - Selectable Modes 1080p (1920x1080) 30fps 960p (1280x960) 30fps 720 (1280x720) 60 or 30fps - 135 wide angle lensC - Codec >> H.264/AAC - File Type >> .mov - Internal Microphone RECORDING - Removable Battery - Memory Capacity >> up to 32GB

Contour Camera HD 1080P Camera

DETAILS By creating the first hands-free HD video camera, ContourHD revolutionized the way people shoot and share video. Wide-angle lens, one button operation, and dual laser alignment set the standard in hands-free video. Using our easy-to-use software, we provide a seamless experience to post, play, and discover new adventures through Contours online social community. HANDS-FREE HD - HD VIDEO - 3 resolutions and 2 frame rates - LIGHTWEIGHT - 4.3 oz, sleek, and simple to use COMPACT - LOW PROFILE - Slim design conforms to your equipment - BUILT TOUGH - Anodized aluminum body is impact and shock resistant EASY TO USE - ONE BUTTON RECORD - Simple one button operation with audible record beep - DUAL LASERS - Laser alignment system to line up your shot VIDEO / AUDIO - Selectable Modes 1080p (1920x1080) 30fps 960p (1280x960) 30fps 720 (1280x720) 60 or 30fps - 135 wide angle lensC - Codec >> H.264/AAC - File Type >> .mov - Internal Microphone RECORDING - Removable Battery - Memory Capacity >> up to 32GB

Contour Camera HD Waterproof Case

DETAILS Slide your Contour camera into the case, latch it down, and begin capturing your favorite water adventures. While being safe from the elements it retains the same easy to use functions like a single record button, laser alignment, and TRail mounts. In addition there are two safety latches on the back of the case to lock it securely into place. Suitable for the Vholdr hands-free camera as well, but with limited functionality on the record switch and power button. Not compatible with Contour GPS.

Contour Camera Picatinny Mount

DETAILS This mount is built tough with reinforced polymer that resists vibration, recoil forces,and heat; but is also lightweight and easy to use. It mounts securely and easily to the rail via thumbscrew. SPECIFICATIONS - Securely mounts your Contour MIL-STD-1913 - Easy on and off with the TRail system

Contour Camera Carrying Case

DETAILS Pack your Contour Video Camera, up to 4 microSD cards, an extra battery, and a USB cable with you wherever you go. This compact but durable case is the perfect compliment to make sure your wearable video camera and accessories never get lost in your gear bag.

Contour Camera Car Charger

DETAILS Recharge or keep your Contour camera running while you are in your car. Connect your Contour to the car charger so you can record while charging, or power down the camera and recharge even faster! Please note that the Vholdr model camera will be limited to recharging only. LED lights indicate charge status - a full charge is estimated to take 3 hours. Cigarette lighter plug and coiled USB cable are included.

HK USP Full Size 9/40 MAG

Heckler & Koch Factory Magazine For USP 9/40SW Full Size Models -NOTE: Must have jet funnel for use with 18rd. 9mm & 16rd. 40SW Mags.

KRISS TDI Super V 30rd. Glock Magazine

Fully assembled 30-round Glock 21. Fits KRISS firearms and Glock 21 standard and SF models. Easily converts back to 13-rounds.

Glock 9mm Mags

Factory Glock Magazines For 9mm Models

Glock 45 ACP Mags

Factory Glock Magazines For .45 ACP Models

Glock 40 S&W Mags

Factory Glock Magazines For .40 S&W Models

Glock 357 SIG Mags

Factory Glock Magazines For .357 SIG Models

GG&G Claymore Hitch Cover

We are in the serious business of creating high quality tactical accessories for professional use, but we think it is important to have some fun, so our new products team thought it would be great to bring this unique claymore mine hitch cover to the market place. We know it will get a second look from the tailgaters in your community, but what the heck, you only go around one time. Our Replica Claymore Hitch Cover is closely patterned after the original. It is virtually the same size and is manufactured from solid polypropylene with UV additives for durability and color fastness and fits 2" standard receivers. The connectors and internal space are solid so there is no chance that it can be confused as a real Claymore mine. We do however strongly advise you to install a hitch pin lock or it may just disappear. Go Ahead Have Some Fun, But Read The Important Legal Disclosure !!! IMPORTANT NOTICE: This product is prohibited in some states including but not limited to the following ones: Colorado--This item is prohibited under Colorado 18-12-109, Paragraph 7. Florida--This item is prohibited under Florida Statute 790.165 Connecticut: Statutes indicate that this item may be prohibited. ATTENTION-PLEASE READ CAREFULLY PRIOR TO ORDERING: State, county and municipal laws pertaining to items such as the Claymore Hitch Cover are varied. This product is prohibited in certain states. The purchaser and end user are responsible for knowing exactly what the local laws are concerning purchasing or displaying this product and for abiding by those laws. It is your responsibility before purchasing this product to know the local laws.

ALS Short Range, White Smoke (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: The ALS 7797 launches one Short Range pyrotechnic sub-munition that releases a white smoke agent. The single sub-munition provides a wide area of coverage for training, smoke screening and other applications. The sub-munition is launched up to 80 yards and releases smoke for approximately 30 seconds. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The ALS 7797 cartridge was developed to create a useful screening and training cartridge without the problems generally associated with tear gas and the effects that normally follow its dispersion. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The ALS 7797 cartridge is designed to obscure or reduce visual identification. This would afford officers the opportunity to operationally engage or withdraw when concealment is required and not available. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 4.8 inch x 1.5inch (37/40mm) - Projectile Weight: Approximately 25 grams - Power Requirements: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 240 feet from point of impact based on weather conditions for ALS7797. DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or M203 launchers. Easy to train officers and implement use. Waterproof. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

SEI .30 Cal Sound Suppressor

SAFTY CERTIFIED BY U.S. NAVY (ONLY SUPPRESSOR ON THE MARKET TO HAVE THIS CERTIFICATION) Quick detaching and rebuildable suppressor for the SEI M-14SE/MK14 SEI rifles and other .30 caliber weapons. Safety Certified by US Navy. The Smith Enterprise, Inc. M14DC (Direct Connect) sound suppressor interfaces perfectly with the worlds best performing flash hider the patented Vortex. Originally designed for use on the Smith Enterprise M14SE Crazy Horse Squad Designated Marksman (SDM) and our MK14 SEI (above), the M14DC is equally suitable for use on a host of any .30 caliber rifle, such as the M24 SWS, XM-110, FN FAL, G-3, or the AKM/AK47 family, when fitted with the appropriate Vortex DC flash hider/interface. M14DC-equipped M14SE SDM systems have served in combat with the US Army in the Global War on Terrorism continuously since late 2004. In addition to Army use, the M14DC suppressor is now entering service with the US Navy and the US Air Force. Equally important, the M14DC was Safety Certified by the US Navy at Crane NSWC in late 2006. Should your organization have M-4/M16-type weapons, in addition to the M14SE, you can now use the M14DC Sound suppressor on both types of weapons. By simply installing the SEI Vortex G6A2, P/N 1001V to your 5.56mm NATO you now have an extremely versatile sound suppressor, eminently capable of meeting your operational requirements. Resource Managers should take note of this added value feature. With the M14DC suppressor being rebuildable, this fact should not be lost upon unit leaders and logisticians as a most fiscally responsible system. The fact that the suppressor is rebuildable at the unit level should be an equally important consideration. The key features of the M14DC to remember are as follows: Rebuildable at unit level or at factory with optional spanner wrench. Titanium coupler body. Completely compatible with SEI Vortex DC Flash Suppressor. Secure dual locking plates. Materials and finishes selected for maximum corrosion resistance. Special hard chroming of internal components for long service life. Suitable for other .30 cal. and 6.8mm SPC weapons with appropriate Vortex unit. Suitable for most 5.56mm weapons with appropriate G6A2 Vortex unit. General Specifications Overall length 11.2 in. Weapons extension 8.9 in. Diameter 1.5 in. Materials: Outer body and Internals 300 series Stainless Steel (Aluminum outer case 2080LW only) Coupler body Titanium Locking Plates 17-4 Stainless Tool Steel. Finishes Tiodize on coupling device. Black oxide on suppressor body and end cap. Special, extremely industrial hard chrome on internal components. Note: Since SEI suppressors are rebuildable designs, all internal components are installed with MD Labs XF-7 compound, so as to facilitate easy removal during rebuild or maintenance as required. Always ensure to use XF-7 when reinstalling internal components. A thin coat of XF-7 is also recommended on the tines of the Vortex when reinstalling the suppressor onto the host weapon. Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Silencer Co. Sparrow

The 22 Sparrow is the first .22LR silencer to offer the patent pending Multi Part Containment (MPC) technology which allows the 22 Sparrow to be disassembled for cleaning and maintenance easily after more than 1000 rounds have been fired through it. Each component is made from aerospace quality aluminum with type III hard coat anodizing for maximum durability. The 22 Sparrow offers 40DB of sound reduction dry. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 22 LR - Weight: 4.7 oz. - Length: 6.125" - Diameter: 1.062" - Maintenance: User Serviceable - Sound Reduction: 40 DB Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Silencer Co. Osprey 9

The 9 Osprey is truly clandestine because it's suppression level is that of many suppressed 22 long rifles. the 9 Osprey is the most effective 9mm silencer in the marketplace. With its revolutionary eccentric design Silencerco was able to achieve incredible sound suppression without compromising the sight picture of the shooters host weapon. The 9 Osprey's slim form has the ability to be holstered while still attached to the host weapon. The 9 Osprey has a patent pending cam lock mounting system that allows it to be realigned after mounted to the host weapon for proper orientation. The 9 Osprey cosmetic appearance was inspired by common host weapons which make the 9 Osprey look like an extension of the host weapon. The 9 Opsrey has the ability to interchange pistons which allows it to be attached to multiple host weapons and has a Nielsen device that is integrated with its innovative Cam Lock mounting system for semi-automatic us on all relevant host pistols. Not only does the 9 Osprey have incredible sound reduction, one of a kind looks, and unique features that allow it to stand apart in the industry, it also is very affordable. Like all Silencerco products, the 9 Osprey has a lifetime warranty. SPECIFICATIONS: Caliber: 9mm Luger Weight: 11.1 oz. Dimensions: 1.3"W x 1.75"H Length: 8.0625" Mount: Threads Sound Reduction: Dry 125 DB Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Silencer Co. Osprey 45

The 45 Osprey is one of the first .45 ACP suppressors to be hearing safe while shot without the use of water or grease. With its revolutionary eccentric design Silencerco was able to achieve this amount of suppression without compromising the sight pictire of the shooters host weapon. Because of the 45 Osprey slim form it also has the ability to be holstered while still attached to the host weapon. The 45 Osprey has a patent pending cam lock mounting system that allows it to be realigned after mounted to the host weapon for proper orientation. The 45 Osprey's cosmetic appearance was inspired by common host weapons which make the 45 Osprey look like an extention of the host weapon. The 45 Osprey has the ability to interchange pistons which allows it to be attached to multiple host weapons and has a Nielsen device that is integrated with its innovative Cam Lock mounting system for semi-automatic use on all relevant host pistols. Not only does the 45 Osprey have the incredible sound reduction, one of a kind good looks, and unique features that allow it to stand apart in the industry, it also is very affordable. Like all Silencerco products, the 45 Osprey has a lifetime warranty. FEATURES: Interchangeable pistons Unobstructed sight picture Hearing safe when shot dry Can be holstered Patent pending cam lock mounting system Lifetime Warranty SPECIFICATIONS: Caliber: 45 ACP Weight: 11.1 oz. Dimensions: 1.3"Wx1.75"H Length: 8.0625" Mount: Threads Sound Reduction: Dry 132.5DB / Wet 123DB Finish: Aluminum Parts: Type III Hard Coat Anodizing / Steel Parts: Black Oxide Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Silencer Co. Osprey 40

Because the 40 S&W round is one of the most common in law enforcement, Silencerco had their needs in mind as we created the 40 Osprey. The 40 Osprey is the most effective .40 S&W silencer in the marketplace. With its revolutionary eccentric design Silencerco was able to achieve incredible sound suppression without compromising the sight picture of the shooters host weapon. The 40 Osprey's slim form has the ability to be holstered while still attached to the host weapon. the 40 Osprey has a patent pending cam lock mounting system that allows it to be realigned after mounted to the host weapon for proper orientation. The 40 Osprey's cosmetic appearance was inspired by common host weapons which make the 40 Osprey look like an extention of the host weapon. The 40 Opsprey has the ability to interchange pistons which allows it to be attached to multiple host weapons and has a Nielsen device that is integrated with its innovative Cam Lock mounting system for semi-automatic use on all relevant host pistols. Not only does the 40 Osprey have incredible sound reduction, one of a kind good looks, and unique features that allow it to stand apart in the industry, it also is very affordable. Like all silencerco products, the 40 Osprey has a lifetime warranty. SPECIFICATIONS: Caliber: 40 S&W Weight: 11.1 oz. Dimensions: 1.3"W x 1.75"H Length: 8.0625" Mount: Threads Sound Reduction: 130 DB Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Kriss TDI Super V SBR/SO

The Problem: All traditional firearms share a common problem; they utilize heavy linear operating mechanisms that deliver recoil forces directly into the operator's shoulder. These forces cause the operator to constantly re-acquire his sight picture due to felt recoil shock and the resulting rotational muzzle climb. Newton's 3rd law; run amok. In other words, if the point of operating a firearm is to put rounds in a specific location, why is it that traditional firearms, no matter how many tricky buffers, springs and pads are deployed, all work against the operator's goal? The engineers at KRISS-TDI, starting with a clean computer screen and one goal in mind, have solved this century-old problem by creating the patented KRISS Super V System-the only firearm operating system in the world that actually works with the operator to help put more rounds on target, more of the time. here's how. The Solution: The Patented KRISS Super V System With all due respect to Sir newton, the KRISS engineers have been able to use his law to the shooters advantage. Unlike any other firearm ever invented, instead of having all the recoil force slam back into the shooters shoulder, causing massive amounts of felt recoil and resultant muzzle climb, the KRISS System absorbs and redirects these forces downward and away from the operator thus enabling him to better control and keep the KRISS firearm on-target. More control equals more rounds on-target, more of the time. Simply said, by absorbing and re-directing recoil forces, the KRISS System provides an absolutely flat operating profile; the firearm stays where you aim it, even when firing a 230gr. .45ACP round at 1,000 rounds-per-minute in our KRISS SMG. In US Army tests, the KRISS generates 60% less felt recoil and 95% less muzzle climb than other competitive firearms. So, if your goal is more round on-target, isnt it time you had a firearm that actually worked with you to help achieve your goal? The Proof: When We Say 'Double-tap In The Same hole' We Mean It. In head-to-head, instrumented bench testing by the US Army Picatinny Arsenal, which measured X, Y and Z axis moments of inertia at the instant of firing, the KRISS Super V Vector SMG .45 ACP produced 90% less muzzle climb and 60% less felt recoil than the MP5 firing 9mm. And please note; the KRISS SMG frame is smaller and lighter than the MP5. The All New KRISS Super V 5.5 SRB/SO .45 ACP Civilian Carbines: In addition to our highly acclaimed KRISS Super V Vector SMg for military and law enforcement, KRISS-TDI is proud to announce two ATF-approved semi-auto civilian carbines; the KRISS Super V Vector CRB/SO and the SBR/ SO. Both are based upon the SMgs proven rugged milspec design and construction and are the smallest, lightest, most controllable and accurate carbines in the world. heres what just a few kind folks have had to say about the KRISS family of firearms: - "Represents a new direction for recoil mitigation in firearms design. American Rifleman - Best ever SMG! Guns & Weapons for Law enforcement Magazine - The CQB weapon of choice! DiscoveryChannelsFutureWeapons - Taking the kick out of kickback means fewer errant bullets on the battle- field Popular Science 100 Best Innovations of the Year - Extremely easy to keep on target. American Rifleman - Recoil was amazingly lightjust as advertisedand the red dot never recoiled off-target. Mike Detty for Police Magazine. Prove it to yourself: No kidding; to fully appreciate the performance of the KRISS family of fire- arms, you really have to fire them. Talk and words are very cheap in the fire- arms business, and all the talk stops when you pull the trigger and discover something youve never experienced before...a firearm that stays where you aim it, no matter how fast you pull the trigger. How the KRISS Super V System Actually Helps the Operator: Traditional linear operating systems create forces that actually work against the operators ability to put round on-target. These forces create large amounts of felt recoil and muzzle climb; both of which impair the operators ability to keep his sight picture. The Kriss Super V design re-vectors these forces down and away from the operator and reduces felt recoil by as much as 60% and muzzle climb by as much as 95%! The KRISS Super V System works with the operator and actually enhances his ability to put more rounds on target, more of the time. With simple rugged, moving parts, KRISS firearms represent industry- leading, state of the art design, engineering and construction. Because the KRISS Super V System absorbs the recoil, KRISS firearms are the lightest and most compact frame of any firearm in their class. Withmore than 5 years of R&D in cooperation with the US Army ARDEC Picatinny Arsenal, KRISS firearms perform exactly the way we say they do. Designed for operation and tear-down in the most adverse environments, the KRISS field strips with the removal of 2 simple pushpins and completely disassembles with the use of 2 more pins, requiring no tools. Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Penn Arms TL-6 Multi 40mm Grenade Launcher (Semi Auto)

A spring-advance magazine drum launcher, with a six-shot capacity and a smooth barrel. Features: Double-action trigger, trigger lock push button and chamber out-of-line safeties, smooth bore 9-inch barrel, iron front post and rear groove sights, overall length of 22.5 inches/570mm with a collapsed stock and 33.5 inches/850mm extended or fixed, unloaded weight of 10.3 lbs/4.7 kg. SPECIFICATIONS: - Stock: Collapsable Magpul CTR - Weight: 9lb/4.1 Kg* - Length: 33.5"/850mm* - Overall Length: 22.5"/570mm* - Barrel Length: 9"/229mm Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Penn Arms GL-1 40mm Compact Grenade Launcher

Penn Arms introduces the newest addition to their family of launchers The 40mm GL-1 Compact. Evolving from the TGL-1 series launcher, the GL-1 Compact is intuitively designed with the tactical operator in mind. It is lighter weight, the stock collapses and folds. The vertical fore-grip even folds into a small compact package. Other features of the GL-1 Compact, such as multiple rails, will provide the end user with more operational versatility for mounting a variety of less-lethal options, optics and illumination tools. As the tactical use of 40mm munitions increases, the GL-1 Compact offers many desirable features for law enforcement units, homeland security and military missions. Features: A single-shot break-open frame launcher with rifled barrel. Double-action trigger, trigger lock push button and hammer lock safeties, 1:47 twist rifled 12-inch barrel, combination weaver quad rail with bead front and rear groove sight, fully open and extended length of 30 inches/762mm, open and collapsed length of 26.5 inches/673mm, folded length 19 inches/482mm, unloaded weight of 6.2 lbs/2.81 kgs, utilizing all rimmed 40mm munitions up to 5.9 inches/149mm. ***EO Tech & Surefire Light Not Included*** Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

LMT M203 9" Rail Mounted Grenade Launcher

Proprietary launcher designed for use with the LMT Monolithic Rail platforms and other 1913 / STANAG rail systems. Suitable to handle the recoil of the 40mm round. Easy to install, field removable, low-profile design. Twist rate is 1:48". Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

LMT M203 9" Pistol Grenade Launcher

M203 pistol grip with rail mounted grenade launcher and 9" barrel assembly. Unit can also be removed from pistol grip chassis and mounted onto any picatinny rail. i.e. bottom for M4 quad rail. Suitable to handle the recoil of the 40mm round. Easy to install, field removable, low-profile design. Twist rate is 1:48". Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

LMT M203 9" Grenade Launcher Barrel Assembly

M203 Standard Grenade Launcher with 9" barrel assembly. Manufactured to government specifications, range out to 400 meters. Usable with all 40mm rounds (including but not limited to flare, smoke, training and incendiary rounds). Twist rate of the barrel is 1:48" twist. Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

LMT M203 12" Rail Mounted Grenade Launcher

Proprietary launcher designed for use with the LMT Monolithic Rail platforms and other 1913 / STANAG rail systems. Suitable to handle the recoil of the 40mm round. Easy to install, field removable, low-profile design. Twist rate 1:48". Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

LMT M203 12" Pistol Grenade Launcher

M203 pistol grip with rail mounted grenade launcher and 12" barrel assembly. Unit can also be removed from pistol grip chassis and mounted onto any picatinny rail. i.e. bottom for M4 quad rail. Suitable to handle the recoil of the 40mm round. Easy to install, field removable, low-profile design. Twist rate is 1:48". Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Serbu Super Shorty Remington

The SUPER-SHORTY is based on a Mossberg Maverick (also available on Mossberg 500 or Remington 870 at additional cost) 12-gauge shotgun which came from the factory with a pistol grip. Because of this, the SUPER-SHORTY is considered an AOW (Any Other Weapon) and can be transferred with a $5 stamp! The gun holds two 2-3/4" or 3" shells in the magazine, plus one in the chamber. The 16.5" overall length, 6.5" barrel and spring-locked foregrip, which pivots out of the way when not in use, make for a very compact package. As far as we know, this is the shortest 12-gauge pump shotgun available. All parts for the SUPER-SHORTY are made in-house on our own CNC machinery using materials ideally suited to the task. All welds are done by the TIG process, and the manganese phosphate finish is MIL-spec. The SUPER-SHORTY is currently being used by various law enforcement agencies and military units worldwide. If you like the idea of concealed carry with a 12-gauge, or like a lot of "bang" in a small package, or just want the most compact breaching weapon available, then this is the gun for you. You won't find a better made AOW pump shotgun than the SUPER-SHORTY! Purchasing & Transaction Disclaimer: Customer is ultimately responsible to know what his or her state or local laws are. If you do not know if the item you are attempting to purchase is legal in your state contact your local Law Enforcement agency, or ATF field office. Any purchases that are made for items that are not legal to own in your state is subject to a 15% administrative fee. The remaining balance will be credited to the card used at check out.

Serbu Super Shorty Mossberg

Vang Comp Remington Mag Extension

870 Magazine Tube Extensions These extensions are for the Remington 870, 1100, 11-87. A unique feature is that they are interchangeable for left and right handed shooters, and you can order them with a straight round hole for HK Tactical Slings. These extensions are made from solid bar stock. UNCONDITIONALLY GUARANTEED FOR LIFE!!!

Troy M14 S.A.S.S. Chassis

Troy MCS M14 Sniper System TROY M14 Modular Chassis Systems are an original design that incorporate features found in no other M14 stock system. Excellent ergonomics assure easy customizing to suit the operators needs or unit requirements. This system will fit USGI M14′s and most commercial semi-automatic variants without a rear lug. TROY M14 MCS S.A.S.S. UPGRADE - Transform your M14 into a Semi Automatic Sniper System - Superior platform to build your precision weapon system - Improves accuracy and immediate follow-up shots that were never before possible with an M14 Troy Industries has advanced the battle proven M-14 into the 21st century for combat sniper systems. Properly configured, the S.A.S.S. is capable of impressive accuracy comparable to many bolt action systems.For those looking for an ergonomic, high capacity, semi-automatic sniper platform allowing for immediate follow-up shots, Troy Industries Semi Automatic Sniper System (S.A.S.S.) is the answer. Technical Specifications: - Machined from hardened billet aluminum - Anodized MIL-SPEC Type III hard coat with Teflon - MIL-STD M1913 rails located at 3, 6, 9 and 12 oclock - All rails feature numbered cross slots - Single plane, full-length top rail allows perfect co-witness of iron sights and optics - Mounts all M1913 compatible sights and scopes - Optics & sights remain mounted and undisturbed while field stripped - Will fit USGI M14s and commercial variants including the SOCOM-16 - Field strips without tools, identically to factory M14 - Duplicates the ergonomics of the M16/M4 weapons system - Available in Flat Black and Flat Dark Earth - Adds only 1.5lbs to overall weight of the M14 - Accepts all M16/M4 pistol grips and stock assemblies - Installs easily on all semi and full auto M1A or M14 rifles Features: - TROY M14 Modular Chassis with all mounting hardware - TROY Front & Rear Folding BattleSights - PRS Stock - A2 Grip - Instruction Manual

VLTOR M16-A5 Stock Kit

Vltor A5 Buffer & Recoil System - The unique design of the new buffer and receiver extension tube allow the A5 System to adapt a MilSpec EMOD Stock to any M16/AR15 rifle. Tests show that the A5 System reduces the cyclic rate of the M4 Carbine and lowers bolt carrier velocity; and recently, extensive testing conducted on the M16A4 proved that the A5 System was the most reliable and consistent stock system available for that platform! The A5 Buffer and Recoil Assembly was developed by Vltor Weapons for the specific needs of the U.S. Military. As the M16/AR15 series of rifles have evolved into specialized configurations, such as the SPR, M4 and Mk 18, each of these designs using a new combination of barrel and gas-systems. Attempts to universally use the standard collapsible stock on all platforms - from M16A4 to the Mk18 - have proven unreliable at best. The A5 Buffer and Recoil System takes a new approach to this problem, providing a single collapsing stock and buffer system that can be used on all current configurations of direct impingement systems. The A5 System reduces cyclic rate on the shorter barreled rifles and maintains a much more consistent bolt velocity and rate of fire across all current issue weapons based on the M16.

Troy Ambidextrous Safety Selector - Semi Automatic

Ambidextrous selector with no screws or threading to come loose or strip; utilizes stainless steel detent plungers to lock levers into place. The traditional lever side has been built for a more positive feel. The right side features a lower profile lever and will not interfere with trigger operation for right handed shooters. Rugged machined billet tool steel construction. Available Soon

Daniel Defense CHF Barrels 5.56

Description: Cold Hammer Forging of barrels has been known for decades to produce the most accurate, longest lasting rifle barrels obtainable. The Cold Hammer Forging of barrels is accomplished through intense hydraulic pressure applied at opposing angles by carbide steel hammers. During the hammering process, a mandrel is inserted into the bore while the carbide steel hammers shape the barrel around the mandrel creating the chamber, the lands, and the grooves. In addition to the aforementioned benefits, the Cold Hammer Forging process creates a defect free bore and the most consistent chamber possible. All Daniel Defense barrels are made from start to finish in our state-of-the-art facility located in Black Creek, GA. In keeping with our heritage of not cutting corners, all barrels feature a forged chamber, chrome lining, and heavy phosphate exterior coating. They are all MP tested on-site and are available in multiple configurations which includes barrel only; barrel with Front Sight Base; and barrel with FSB, gas tube, and delta Ring assembly. These barrels will prove themselves to be more accurate and last longer than a barrel that has cut or button rifling. Materials & Construction: - Barrel Material: Chrome Moly Vanadium Steel - Barrel Type: Cold Hammer Forged - Barrel Caliber: 5.56 NATO - Barrel Twist: 1:7 - Barrel Length: 10.3", 11.5", 12.5", 14.5", 16″, 18" - Barrel Profile: Govt Profile - Barrel Gas System: Mid-Length - Inside Finish: Chrome Lined - Outside Finish: Military Specification Heavy Phosphate Coated - Muzzle Thread: 1⁄2×28 TPI (Threads Per Inch) - Gas Port Diameter: .750″ - Barrel Extension: A4 - Made in the USA!

AVON FM53, FM50 Protective Hood

FM53 Protective Hood: The FM53 protective hood has been specially designed to fit the FM53 mask and is size specific. The hood features a rubberized second skin that allows seamless integration between the GoreTM Chempak barrier material and the mask for liquid agent protection. The design is low profile and can be stored on the mask for quick donning. FM50 Protective Hood: The FM50 hood is made from GoreTM barrier material and provides liquid agent resistance. Available in 2 sizes, The design is low profile and can be stored on the mask for quick donning.

AVON C50 Twin Port Mask

The Avon C50 Twin Port Mask, based on the Avon Protection JSGPM/M50 mask, has been developed to meet the respiratory protection needs of non-military operators in the law enforcement, corrections, first responder and specialist responder industries. Available in 3 sizes, the C50 features a panoramic flexible visor, Electronic Communication Port (ECP) and high-flow fail-safe hydration device. The C50 is NIOSH CBRN Cap 1 approved with the CBRNF12B filter and NIOSH 42 CFR 84 riot control CS-CN-P100 approved with the CTF12 filter. The C50 meets the latest NATO military standards. The filter side can be changed using Filter Mount Plug Tool (70501-161, not included.) The C50 is supplied complete with black carrier bag and user instructions. C50 Includes: - C50 Mask Assembly - Faceform (72601-53) - Storage Bag (70501-227) - User Instructions (70501-84)

HERA-ARMS Glock Carbine Converson

***Using this product in conjunction with your pistol without registering, it as a short barrel rifle is unlawful and in violation with the NFA Act*** This unique shaft system is for Glock pistol models 17, 22, 17, and 19 Generation 3 frames: A simple assembly through utilization of the available front Picatinny rail as well as the included front rail locking bolt. Included is an ambidextrous charging handle which gives the possibility of assembly to both right and left handed firers. For users that wish to use longer barrels andor silencers, our system is combatable with barrels up to 16" and Impulse barrels. The G.C.C. has a super ergonomic design and allows the possibility to mount a front grip, lamps, lasers and iron sights to the additional Picatinny rails along with a cheek and shoulder rest that is made of a high quality neoprene rubber for extra comfort. FEATURES: Simple assembly Outside shaft body For right and left handed firers Picatinny rails For use with barrels up to 16" ALL NFA RULES APPLY

Springfield M1A Scout Tactical

Fast becoming a law enforcement favorit, the M1A Scout Tactical Squad rifle with Troy Tactical Chassis System featuring a full length top rail ideal for military sights and other accessories. Benefits are vastly improved target acquisition. Additional features include a quick handling 18" barrel, proprietary muzzle stabilizer, Troy aluminum chassis system, and Troy flip up iron sights. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 7.62x51mm NATO (.308WIN) - Magazines: 1 - 10 Round Parkerized - Barrel: 18", Twist 1:11, Right Hand, 6 Groove - Front Sight: Troy HK Style Flip Up - Rear Sight: Troy Flip Up - Stock: Troy Tactical Chassis w/ VLTOR E-MOD Stock - Trigger: 2 Stage Military Trigger, 5 - 6 LBS. - Length: 40.3" - Weight: 13 LBS

Springfield M1A Scout

Fast becoming a law enforcement favorit, the M1A Scout Squad rifle with forward mounted optical sight base provides an excellent platform for the aimpoint military sight. Benefits are vastly improved target acquisition and unobstructed access to the receiver mechanism. Additional features include a quick handling 18" barrel, proprietary muzzle stabilizer and black fiberglass or American walnut stock. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 7.62x51mm NATO (.308WIN) - Magazines: 1 - 10 Round Parkerized - Barrel: 18", Twist 1:11, Right Hand, 6 Groove - Front Sight: National Match .062" Military Post - Rear Sight: Military Aperture, Adjustable for windage & Elevation - Trigger: 2 Stage Military Trigger, 5 - 6 LBS. - Length: 40.3" - Weight: 9 LBS

Accu Shot BT-04 Precision Monopod

The Locking version of our BT01 Accu-Shot monopod. Introduced in January 2002 this has become our best seller for good reason. With the Steel on Steel threads, it has all the same great features as the BT01 with the addition of a second Thumbnut. By jamming this second Thumbnut one can remove all of the tolerance found between the Male/Female threads. Or with a bit more pressure "lock" the Actuator knob. This is the model to buy for the highest degree of accuracy from your rifle from the Bench or in the field. One piece unit constructed from machined T6061 Hard anodized Aluminum with Grade 8 fasteners and comes ready to attach to your rifle using an Uncle Mikes Swivel. The leg folds up and retracts, allowing the concurrent use of your sling. Black only. Made in the U.S.A. Approximate elevation range of 3.65 4.75" Approximate weight 5.6 ounces.

Accu Shot BT-05 Precision Monopod

The new BT05 (SP5) is the result of a request from US Special forces group wanting a taller monopod for use with their SR25 rifles and is better suited for all AR based rifle platforms as the handgrip dictates a taller monopod. With the Steel on Steel threads, it has all the same great features as the BT04 including the second Thumbnut. By jamming this second Thumbnut one can remove all of the tolerance found between the Male/Female threads. Or with a bit more pressure "lock" the Actuator knob. This is the model to buy for the highest degree of accuracy from your rifle from the Bench or in the field. One piece unit constructed from machined T6061 Hard anodized Aluminum with Grade 8 fasteners and comes ready to attach to your rifle using an Uncle Mikes Swivel. The leg folds up and retracts, allowing the concurrent use of your sling. Black only. Made in the U.S.A. Approximate elevation range of 4.75- 5.85" Approximate weight 6 ounces.

GG&G Standard XDS Bipod Quick Detach

Quick Detach Standard XDS Swivel Bipod: - Bipod features 25 degrees of cant in either direction for rough terrain adjustability. - Bipod height adjusts from 7" to 9.25" when measured from the bottom of the dovetail to the bottom of the foot pads. - Silent deployment, fully adjustable legs with thumb nut adjustments. - Grip tight foot pads. - Deployed leg can be used as vertical grip. - Tool less swivel tension adjustment. - All connection points are designed and manufactured for extreme duty. - Manufactured to meet current military requirements for extreme weather and drop tests. - All aluminum components are manufactured from 6061 T-6 aluminum. - Accu-Force QD System provides ergonomic QD lever system for quick and rock solid on-off transitions. - Accu-Force QD Mechanism is fully adjustable to fit worn or our of spec dovetails. - All steel components are manufactured from 4130 steel. - All aluminum components are Type III hard anodized matte black per mil-spec. - All steel components are manganese phosphate matte black per mil-spec. - Weighs in at 13 ounces

GG&G Standard XDS Bipod

The re-designed GG&G Extreme Duty Bipod with swiveling capability now offers a greater range than previous versions. In addition to a stronger pivot mechanism, the new folding AR-15 bipod design affords 25 degrees of cant in either direction of center. Not only does this increase better rough terrain adjustability, but this pivoting capability allows the deployed bipod leg to be used as a vertical foregrip if required for rapid transition. In addition, a tension mechanism and adjustment knob has been added so that the operator does not need tools to make tension adjustments to the swivel. The GG&G Tactical Bipod for the AR15 and M16 is specifically designed and manufactured to meet current military requirements. It is exceptionally rugged. It will not only withstand extreme environmental conditions from -55 degrees Fahrenheit to +155 degrees Fahrenheit, but be operational under those conditions. With the bipod legs deployed it will withstand the military's three foot drop test onto a concrete floor while mounted to an AR15/M16 or M4 carbine and maintain full battle capability. Manufactured from aircraft grade 6061 T6 aluminum alloy with extreme duty connection points and fasteners, this quick detach swiveling bipod is still remarkably lightweight at only 11.5 oz. Features include a 7" to 9.5" height adjustment when measured from the dovetail attachment, silent deployment, fully adjustable legs with thumbnut adjustments and grip tight foot pads. All of the AR15 rifle bipod's aluminum parts are bead blasted and Type III hard coat anodized per mil-spec in a non- reflective matte black combat finish. The quick-release bipod is equipped with a MIL-STD-1913 rail adapter that does not require tools for installation. GG&G's gun bipod will also attach to any rifle with a 6 o'clock under barrel MIL-STD-1913 or Weaver type rail.

Vang Comp 12GA. SS Follower

The ultimate, Stainless Steel Magazine Followers for your shotgun! These followers are built to last a lifetime and are machined from Stainless stock to exacting tollerances.

Troy EM203 Forward Assit

Troy Industries has refined the grenade launcher with the EM 203 Forward Assist, making a legendary support weapon easier to handle, more precise and more accurate. A thumb-operated, positive-locking mechanism was added to the breech to streamline the loading process. A rugged Troy Modular Combat Grip significantly enhances stability. Utilizing the grip can improve an operators hit ratio, a potentially lifesaving difference. For versatility, Troy added three MIL SPEC M1913 rails for accessories such as lights, optics or the included grip. With the addition of the forward grip, the Troy EM 203 can be operated from either side. The Troy EM 203 Forward Assist is an ambidextrous, serious Battle-ready tool engineered to get the job done. Description: Troy Industries has refined the grenade launcher with the EM 203Forward Assist, making a legendary support weapon easier to handle, more precise and more accurate. Features: Combat Grip Included Does not modify or alter launcher in any way

SKT Industries Padded Suppressor Pouches

The SKT Padded Suppressor Storage Pouch will accommodate most suppressor lengths. The pockets are lined with polar fleece for added protection. An additional flat pocket is located on the back that will hold copies of ATF form 4s, a pistol barrel pouch or other small tools. Available in 1-Cell, 3-Cell, and 5-Cell Versions.

SEI M14 EDM NM Front Sight

Smith Enterprise M14/M1A EDM National Match Front Sight. Steel, Parkerized finish. Match Front - .062 (1.6mm) wide blade. Includes setscew. Standard Front - .079 (2mm) wide blade. Includes setscrew. Rear - .060 (1.5mm) I.D. aperature. Fits OEM dimensionally correct receivers.

SEI SOCOM 16 Kit

Three piece kit made specifically for the Springfield M1A SOCOM 16, the Vortex and Compensator are made from 8620, and the gas lock is made from 1144 Stressproof, with 9/16x24 OD threads. All parts heat treated for rough use. Height of the gas lock dovetail deck allows the use of a standard USGI front sight, SEI NM front sight, or Tritium systems (sights not included). Use of Gas Lock Wrench P/N 2017 is recommended with this kit.

SEI M14 Gas Plug

New manufacture by SEI. 420 Stainless, double heat-treated to include M80HT 60 HRC on surface and cryogenically treated. Will not corrode. As used on our military contracted rifle builds.

SEI M14 SOCOM Gas Plug

Shorter plug design, has more volume for gas. Also recommended for use with sound suppressors. 17-4 Stainless, double heat-treated 45 HRC, then M80HT 60 HRC.

SEI M14 Gas Cylinder

New production made to exact USGI specifications. Forged, fully machined and heat-treated 416 stainless steel with M80HT metallurgy. Double heat-treated to include M80HT 60 HRC on surface. Will not corrode. Finish, cryogenically treated. As used on our military contracted rifle builds. MIl. P/N: 7790902 (SEI P/N 2070).

Magpul P-Mag 30 Round

The PMAG (Polymer MAGazine) is a lightweight 5.56 NATO, M-16 compatible magazine. It features an advanced impact resistant polymer construction, a pop-off Impact Cover for storage, and an easy to dissasemble design with a flared floorplate for easy magazine extraction from pouches. PMAG utilizes a resilient stainless steel spring for corrosion resistance. Latest revision has been updated with a new body ribbing design which allows for better compatibility with aftermarket mag couplers, a new follower which gives even smoother loading with military stripper clips, and the Impact Cover can now be snapped onto the Floorplate when not in use to prevent possible loss. Along with larger windows and round count numbers on the body, the MagLevel PMAG's stainless steel magazine spring is now coated with milspec black oxide (MIL-DTL-13924D) and the indicator coil painted with a high visibility orange color.

Daniel Defense Offset Flashlight Mount PAK

The Offset Flashlight Mount is designed as a clamp on mount which requires no tools for installation or removal from a 1913 MIL-Spec railed handguard. It is designed for use in conjunction with a vertical foregrip which is mounted on the bottom rail. The Offset Flashlight Mount may then be mounted on either side rail for ambidextrous use. It is designed so that as the shooters forward hand grips the vertical foregrip, his thumb has quick and perfect access to the rear button of his flashlight. This setup eliminates many accidental light discharges because although the action to the on/off button is quick and natural, it is also deliberate. The PAK model utilizes the Positive action knob which allows the user to quickly attach and remove the OFM.

Daniel Defense Aimpoint Micro Mount

Daniel Defense is proud to announce the commercial release of our Aimpoint Micro Mount (Tall). Designed to work in conjunction with Aimpoints popular Micro R-1, H-1, or T-1 optics, this mount is designed to attach to your flat top upper receiver. Its lightweight, essentials only design offers a snag-free, low-profile, reversible mounting option for shooters that do not require or desire a quick attach/detach mount. The mount features a recoil lug that that minimizes sheer forces on the factory mounting screws. The Aimpoint Micro Mount features our Rock & Lock attachment system and secures to any MIL-STD-1913 Picatinny Rail with two slotted machine screws. These fasteners thread into stainless steel self-locking threaded inserts that resist vibration and loosening. Offering a lower 1⁄3rd co-witness with your back up iron sights, this mount is ideal for shooters who are looking for the lightest mount to accent their Aimpoint Micro. Machined from 6061 aircraft grade aluminum and Military Specification Hard Coat Anodized, our Aimpoint Micro Mount is both lightweight and durable. Features: - One Piece Streamline Design - Recoil Lug Interface between mount and optic - Snag Free and reversible - Slotted Screws Attachment - Light weight

Yankee Hill Machine Harris Bipod Adaptor

This adapter allows the attachment of a Harris Bipod to any picatinny rail. Made from aircraft quality aluminum and hardcoated to mil. specs. Attaches using a 7/64" Allen wrench.

Accu Shot BT-12 PRM (Precision Rail Monopod) Short

The new patented Precision Rail monopod (PRM) was inspired by the Magpul Precision Rifle Stock (PRS) and has several other applications where a Picatinny rail is found, including as a folding vertical fore grip. The PRM is our second departure from our original monopod, the first being the ASAI which we borrowed the mechanics from to provide a proven system for the PRM including the push button deployment and retraction feature. Major components are constructed from T6061 Aluminum with a hard anodize finish, internal components made from alloy steels, heat treated to Rockwell 52 for long lasting strength and durability. All PRM's come with a Thumbnut which allows the operator to "jam" the knob removing all of the tolerance found between the Male/Female threads for an extremely solid shooting platform. The leg folds up and retracts out of the way when not needed. Black only. Made in the USA. Approximate elevation range of 3.5 - 4.75".

Accu Shot BT-13 PRM (Precision Rail Monopod) Mid Range

This is our Mid-Range model of the new patented Precision Rail monopod (PRM) inspired by the Magpul Precision Rifle Stock (PRS) and has several other applications where a Picatinny rail is found such as a folding vertical fore grip. The PRM line is our second departure from our original monopod, the first being the ASAI which we borrowed the mechanics from to provide a proven system for the PRM including the push button deployment and retraction feature. Major components are constructed from T6061 Aluminum with a hard anodize finish, internal components made from alloy steels, heat treated to Rockwell 52 for long lasting strength and durability. All PRM's come with a Thumbnut which allows the operator to "jam" the knob removing all of the tolerance found between the Male/Female threads for an extremely solid shooting platform. The leg folds up and retracts out of the way when not needed. Black only. Made in the USA. Approximate elevation range of 4.5 - 5.85" Consider upgrading with the new Quick Knob (QK02) for faster target acquisition. Quick Knob-Mid Range Option The new Mid-Range Quick Knob (QK02) allows quick gross adjustments into the target with a push of a button! The QK02 has a spring loaded button that when depressed allows the operator to slide the knob up or down on the Actuator Rod quickly into the desired sight picture. When the button is released, the fine threads are re-engaged and the operator can make the final adjustments by rotating the QK02 knob. The QK02 works with the Thumbnut to eliminate any tolerance for increased stability. The new QK02 replaces standard knob on BT05 and BT13 providing the same approximate range of elevation. Machined from T6061 Aluminum with a hard anodize finish and steel threads for strength and durability the QK02 is a valued upgrade. When purchased with any of the above noted Accu-Shot monopods the QK02 will be delivered installed.

ALS Command Initiator For ALST460 (Reusable)

DESCRIPTION: The TCI (Tactical Command Initiator) is a 9 volt battery-operated device required to initiate the ALST460 Blast Strip. This device incorporates a positive safety to interrupt the circuit, preventing accidental or premature initiation. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Tactical Entries PHYSICAL DATA: Power Requirements: 9 volt battery PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: Positive safety reduces chance of accidental or premature initiation of the ALST460 Blast Strip. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: As with all battery-operated devices, fresh batteries should be installed prior to any operational activities.

LMT Quick Fire Sight System (QFSS)

We know that when it comes time to use your weapon, failure is not an option. Thats why Lewis Machine and Tool Company has developed a Quick Fire Sight System (QFSS) to meet missionspecific needs. Whether deployed as a sniper, or engaged in close quarter battle, our QFSS will serve as a back-up reflex optic to engage targets that are too close to employ your longer range weapon optic or to augment close quarter battle with your primary weapon while using the two-eyes-open method of sighting. Kit includes: Primary base assembly to accommodate the Insight MRDS Adapter and shroud to accommodate the Leupold Delta Point Adapter and shroud to accommodate the Trijicon RMR Adapter and shroud to accommodate the Docter Reflex Sight Burris Fastfire II Adapter plate to accommodate the Aimpoint Micro T-1

ALS OC Barricade Penetrator (40mm)

DESCRIPTION: A 40 mm cartridge designed to fire a Non-pyrotechnic 55-gram two part spin stabilized projectile filled with OC. This round permits the Non-pyrotechnic introduction of chemicals into areas with potential fire hazards The projectile is designed to be fired through dry wall, hollow core doors, or glass. This round is not to be fired at individuals. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Barricade Penetrator projectile was developed to overcome the shortcomings of introducing irritant chemicals into fire hazards i.e., meth labs, and areas were gasoline or other accelerants are stored without utilizing a heat-generating canister, from an extended range. The Barricade Penetrator can be ordered as an inert version used for training purposes. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Barricade Penetrator fires a 55-gram projectile, which contains approximately 12 grams of irritant. The projectile starts separating on impact with a hard surface and disperses the micropulvorized powders causing Blepharospasm (uncontrolled reflexive blinking and or closing of the eye lid) reducing vision and Dyspena (a perceived shortness of breath) PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 40 MM PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by sensation of shortness of breath, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: Up to 50 yards for ALS4262. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

Arsenal AK-47Magazine 40rd (7.62x39)

Manufacturer: Arsenal Co., Bulgaria Description: Magazine, "Waffle Pattern" 40 rd. Original Bulgarian Black Polymer 7.62x39.

Knights Armament SR-15 E3

The Stoner Rifle 15 series are semi-automatic rifles featuring a 16" chrome chamber barrel, a URX free floating barrel system, an ambidextrous control system, a two-stage trigger, an improved multi-lug E3 bolt and integral front sling and sling mounts. This is already a comprehensive package on its own and does not require excessive modular accessories for the performance enhancement. The KAC SR-15 is the first rifle model with an Integrated Weapons System (IWS) that combines both built-in and modular features. FEATURES: - 7 integrated sling swivel mounts (5 front, 2 Rear) - Ambidextrous Safty/Selector - Ambidextrous Bolt Catch - Ambidextrous Magazine Catch - Hammer Forged 1:7 Twist Chrome Lined & Bore Barrel - SOCOM Type Sloping Cheekpiece Adjustable Length Buttstock - Integrated Rail Folding Front Sight - Integrated Picatinny Rail Mid-Length URX Forend - Removable Mid-Length Lower Rail - Mid-Length (Battle Riffled Gas Tube) - Gloved Finger Trigger Guard - Two Stage Match-Trigger (4.5 LBS) SPECIFICATIONS: - Model: SR-15 - Caliber: 5.56mm NATO - Barrel Length: 16" - Weight: 6.75 LBS - Length: 33" - Muzzle Velocity: 55GR. FMJ; 3074 FPS (Winchester), 62GR. M855; 2901 FPS (US Military/Lake City)

EO Tech XPS3-0

Shortest model sight yet! This sight is smaller than the former N-cell battery sight (511/551) and runs on a single 123 battery. It also has a longer battery life than the N-cell style sights. Smaller,lighter and always fast with three reticle options. With the new single battery configuration, the XPS allows more rail space than ever, leaving more room for rear iron sights or NV mount. - Single transverse 123 battery to reduce sight length - Shortened base only requires at most 2 3/4 inch of rail space compared to the 4 inch N battery sights - Battery cap and latch are eliminated and replaced with a simple O-ring, tethered cap; better sealing is achieved - Battery compartment is now separated from the base to allow it to hover over the delta ring of the rifle - Average battery life at brightness level 12 is roughly 500-600 hours, 3X battery life of N cell sights - Three reticle options: 0- 65MOA circle with 1 MOA aiming dot, 1-single 1MOA aiming dot, 2-65MOA circle with two 1MOA aiming dots - Available in Night Vision (XPS3) and non- Night Vision (XPS2) versions. The numbers reflect the number of the buttons on the back of the sight. OPERATION: - Optics: Transmission holography - parallax free - Magnification: 1x - Eye Relief: Unlimited - Length/Width/Height: 3.75"x2.4"x2.4" (95.25X60.96x60.96) - Weight: 8.8 oz (250 grams) - Temperature: -40 to 150 F - Waterproof: Submersible to 33 ft depth - Sealing: Fogproof internal optics - Color/Finish: Non reflective black with hard coat finish - Adjustment (per click): 0.5 MOA (1/2" at 100 yds) - Adjustment Range: +/- 40 MOA travel - Mount: 1" Weaver or Picatinny (MIL-STD-1913) rail - Return to Zero: Repeatable to 2 MOA after re-mounting - Night Vision Comatibility: yes, 10 setting (generation i-iii+) Heads-Up-Display Window - Optical Surfaces: Anti-glare coating - Window Dimensions: 1.20" x 0.85" (30 x 23mm) - Front Window Material: 1/8" solid glass - Rear Window Material: Shatter resistant laminate (3/16" thick) - Field of View (100 yds): 30 yds (28m) at a 4" eye relief - Reticle Options: Single 1 MOA dot Electrical - Brightness Adjustment Range: 146,000:1 brightest to lowest - Night Vision Brightness Range: 1280:1 with NV switch engaged - Power Source: (1) 123 lithium battery - Battery Life: 600 continuous hours at nominal setting 12 - Brightness Settings: 30 settings with scrolling feature (10 settings for NV use) - Auto Battery Check Indicator: Flashing reticle upon start-up - Auto Shut-down: At 8 hrs- programmable to 4 hrs

EO Tech 552

Standardized by the DEA, ATF, and FBI SWAT, the Model 552 is by far the most popular HWS model. This NV compatible, AA battery model is the sight of choice by military units like Stryker Brigade, 10th Mountain, and 3rd Infantry. It is battle proven to withstand the abuse that any harsh environment, high powered weapon platform, or military mission can dish out. - Compatible with Gen I-IV Night Vision Systems (Tandem Operation) - AA Battery model (supports Lithium and Alkaline) - 65 MOA ring/1 MOA dot reticle - Includes rugged aluminum hood assembly and knobbed, tool-less mounting bolt - Interfaces to 1" Picatinny (MIL-STD-1913) rail OPERATION: - Optics: Transmission holography - 100% parallax free - Magnification: 1x - Eye Relief: Unlimited - Length/Width/Height: 5"x1.8"x2.25" (131x49x60 mm) - Weight: 11.5 oz (326 grams) - Temperature: -40 to 150 F (using AA lithiums); -20 to 140 F (all other battery choices) - Waterproof: Submersible to 33 ft depth - Sealing: Fogproof internal optics - Color/Finish: Non reflective black with hard coat finish - Adjustment (per click): 0.5 MOA (1/2" at 100 yds) - Adjustment Range: +/- 40 MOA travel - Mount: 1" Picatinny (MIL-STD-1913) rail - Return to Zero: Repeatable to 1 MOA after re-mounting Heads-Up-Display Window - Optical Surfaces: Anti-glare coating - Window Dimensions: 1.20" x 0.85" (30 x 23mm) - Front Window Material: 1/8" solid glass - Rear Window Material: Shatter resistant laminate (3/16" thick) - Field of View (100 yds): 30 yds (28m) at a 4" eye relief - Standard Reticle: 65MOA circle with quadrant ticks with 1 MOA aiming dot Electrical - Brightness Adjustment Range: 146,000:1 brightest to lowest - Night Vision Brightness Range: 1280:1 with NV switch engaged - Power Source: 2x 1.5V AA batteries (supports lithium, alkaline, or rechargeable) - Battery Life: 1,000 continuous hours (lithium) at nominal setting 12; 600 continuous with AA alkaline - Brightness Settings: 30 settings with scrolling feature (10 settings for NV use) - Auto Battery Check Indicator: Flashing reticle upon start-up - Auto Shut-down: At 8 hrs- programmable to 4 hrs

EO Tech 512

The Model 512 is the most popular model HWS. This tactical optic is perfect for agencies that want the best in CQB speed and versatility, without the need for night vision compatibility. FEATURES: - AA Battery model (supports Lithium and Alkaline) - 65 MOA circle with 1 MOA aiming dot reticle pattern - Includes rugged aluminum hood assembly and knobbed, tool-less mounting bolt - Interfaces to 1" Picatinny (MIL-STD-1913) rail

Wilson Combat Standard Model

STANDARD MODEL The Standard Model incorporates the features many of our owners want most in their defensive shotguns, in a value-packed package. The 18 cylinder-bore barrel with 3 magnum chamber will handle your ammunition of choice and the included magazine extension tube offers increased capacity for a total of 7 rounds. We include an extra-power heavy-duty stainless magazine spring for sure shell feeding in any situation, and a high-visibility, non-binding follower to indicate an empty-magazine tube at a glance. The Standard Model also includes your choice of a four or six round receiver-mounted Sidesaddle shell carrier in a critical re-load situation your extra ammo is quickly available in a no fumbling, load-by-feel manner. The Standard Model is fitted with synthetic butt stock and fore-grip. The fore-grip includes a 6-volt SureFire Tactical Light with 11,000 candlepower more than enough to assess and react to a combat situation regardless of darkness. We offer a standard buttstock length, with an optional shorter buttstock or your choice of an optional Knoxx SpecOps Stock or AR collapsible stock. Other included features are a Jumbo-head safety, multi-purpose tactical sling, buttstock sling swivel and a rigid magazine tube front sling mount. Our adjustable TRAK-LOCK Ghost Ring rear sight is paired with a ramp-type front sight with a tritium self-luminous insert for fast and accurate aiming. Wilson Combats finishes the Standard Model with our extreme-conditions tested Armor-Tuff - proven around the world as the toughest and most durable practical finish for all environments. Many owners find our Standard Model fits their purposes just as we offer it, but as always, we can custom build one to your specifications. SPECIFICATIONS: - Action: Pump - Caliber: 12 Ga. - Barrel: 18.4 inches (cylinder bore) - Overall Length: Fixed Stock 38.8 inches - Overall Length: Collapsible Stock Extended 39.7 inches - Overall Length: Collapsible Stock Closed 35.8 inches - Weight Empty: 8.9 lbs - Capacity: 6 +1 Rounds

Wilson Combat Border Patrol

BORDER PATROL MODEL The Border Patrol Model has an outstanding, well-earned reputation as the workhorse of Wilson Combats shotguns. The US Border Patrol uses thousands for daily service, in some of the harshest conditions a firearm may encounter. Unqualified quality and relentless reliability are the minimum requirements demanded of a firearm for their mission and the Border Patrol Model has met their expectations for years. The cylinder-bore barrel is available in 14(NFA only) or 18 length with a 3 magnum chamber, ready for whatever type of ammunition your job requires. The included magazine extension tube offers increased capacity for a total of 6 rounds with an extra-power heavy-duty stainless magazine spring for sure shell feeding in any situation, and a high-visibility, non-binding follower to indicate an empty-magazine tube at a glance. The Border Patrol Model is fitted with synthetic butt stock and fore-grip. We offer a standard buttstock length, with an optional shorter buttstock or your choice of an optional Knoxx SpecOps Stock or AR collapsible stock. Other included features include a Jumbo-head safety, multi-purpose tactical sling, buttstock sling swivel and a rigid magazine tube front sling mount. Our adjustable TRAK-LOCK Ghost Ring rear sight is paired with a ramp-type front sight with a tritium self-luminous insert for fast and accurate aiming. Wilson Combats finishes the Border Patrol Model with our extreme-conditions tested Armor-Tuff - proven around the world as the toughest and most durable practical finish for all environments. 12 gauge is standard for the Border Patrol Model, but we can build it for you in 20 gauge if that is your choice. Whichever meets your needs, the Border Patrol Model is mission-ready and offers complete reliability for the best-value in todays market. SPECIFICATIONS: - Action: Pump - Caliber: 12 Ga. - Barrel: 18.4 inches (cylinder bore) - Overall Length: Fixed Stock 38.8 inches - Overall Length: Collapsible Stock Extended 39.7 inches - Overall Length: Collapsible Stock Closed 35.8 inches - Weight Empty: 7.7 lbs - Capacity: 6 +1 Rounds

Remington 870 7-Shot

Its solid, ultra-dependable action makes it Americas favorite. If you could throw the lid off every duck blind, stop by every pheasant field and check out every tract of timber where deer and turkey are hunted, youd probably see more Model 870 Express pumps than any other shotgun. Its been the standard for slide-action performance for more than 50 years. Its versatility, reliability and uncompromising quality make the Model 870 Express a shotgun you cant afford to be without. Were proud to make them, but even prouder of the fact youve made them Americas Pump Guns. Key Features: - Superior design and inherent strength of Americas favorite pump shotgun, the Model 870 - Available in 12- and 20-gauge - Magazine capacity is six 2 3/4" or 3" shells

Remington 1100 Tactical

Model 1100 Tacticals are chambered for 2 3/4" rounds and are available with 18" or 22" barrels with 2- or 4-shot magazine tube extensions. Every model in this lineup features a black oxide finish, a black synthetic tactical-style fore-end, and sling swivel studs installed. Time-tested and extremely reliable, Remington Model 1100 tactical shotguns combine legendary quality with a level of flexibility that only comes with experience in the field.

Mossberg 930 SPX

The NRA/Shooting Illustrated called the Mossberg 930 SPX their "2009 Shotgun of the Year." We call it the best auto-loading home-defense shotgun money can buy. The 930 SPX was named "2009 Shotgun of the Year" by Shooting Illustrated magazine and recognized with the prestigious NRA Golden Bullseye Award for 2009. Among their comments, editors pointed out the shotgun's exceptional value, and described it succinctly as "Simple, rugged and reliable." When it comes to home-security firearms, a simple-to-operate, dependable firearm in a crisis can make a world of difference. For that reason, Mossberg 930 Special Purpose autoloaders are finding their way into more homes as a primary defense firearm. All Mossberg 930 Special Purpose shotguns feature a self-regulating gas system that vents excess gas to aid in recoil reduction and eliminate stress on critical components. All 930 autoloaders chamber both 2 3/4 inch and 3-inch 12-gauge shotshells with easefrom target loads, to non-toxic magnum loads, to the latest sabot slug ammo. Magazine capacity is 7+1 on models with extended magazine tube, 4+1 on models without. To complete the package, each Mossberg 930 includes a set of specially designed spacers for quick adjustment of the horizontal and vertical angle of the stock, bringing a custom-feel fit to every shooter. Safety and safe handling is of paramount importance in special purpose firearms, and the 930 was engineered with that in mind. The receiver-mounted safety is convenient for right or left-handed users; simply push the button forward to take the weapon off safe. A protruding chrome cocking-indicator button is strategically placed in the front inner-edge of the trigger guard, making it easy to see and feel when the weapon is cocked or un-cocked. Unloading has been made easier too, with the Mossberg EZ-Empty system. By depressing the bolt release, the carrier can be pushed up and the first shotshell in the magazine removed. Simply repeat until the magazine is empty. All 930 Special Purpose models feature a drilled and tapped receiver, factory-ready for Picatinny rail, scope base or optics installation. 930 SPX models conveniently come with a factory-mounted Picatinny rail and LPA/M16-Style Ghost Ring combination sight right out of the box.

Mossberg 590 A1 Special Purpose

Now you can own the same Mossberg 590A1 shotguns that have served with distinction around the world. With its rock solid reputation on the streets and on the battlefield, the Mossberg 590A1 has become the choice for the modern duty shotgun. Men and women in uniform need a rugged, dependable firearm they can rely on day in and day out, no matter the conditions. Mossberg's 590A1 shotguns have posted the credentials and track record over several decades to earn their trust. Previously offered almost exclusively to law enforcement agencies and military organizations, Mossberg now offers civilians 590A1 Special Purpose models built to the same rigorously-tested specifications demanded by those in uniform. Specifications that include a heavy-walled parkerized barrel, metal trigger guard assembly, metal safety button, and an upgraded magazine tube that can easily be opened for cleaning and is readily adaptable for a magazine extension. The receiver-mounted safety is convenient for right or left-handed shooters; simply push the button forward and youre ready to fire. In addition, every Mossberg Special Purpose shotgun features a host of proven Mossberg features like an anti-jam elevator, dual extractors for reliable feeding, and positive shot shell extraction and ejection. The result? A rugged, dependable shotgun you can count onjust like the pros do. Variety and adaptability are hallmarks of the 590A1 platform, with tactical configurations offered to suit any need. Stock choices include a 6-position adjustable tactical stock, pistol-grip Cruiser models, standard full-size polymer stock, or a polymer Speedfeed model that holds four additional shells in the stock for quick and easy reloading. Every 590A1 Special Purpose model features a drilled and tapped receiver, factory-ready for Picatinny rail, scope base or optics installation. Barrels lengths include 18-1/2" (with 5+1 magazine capacity) or 20" (with 8+1 magazine capacity), all with cylinder bore. Depending on the model, you'll find a choice of 3-Dot, Ghost Ring, or basic front bead sights. The deluxe-equipped 590A1 SPX model comes fully loaded out of the box with the features you want: a factory-mounted Picatinny rail, LPA/M16-Style Ghost Ring combination sight set, and removable M9 bayonet/scabbard combination. Other 590A1 versions include the 590A1 Mariner model with Marinecote-finished barrel and receiver for added corrosion resistance for marine applications, extreme wet weather or humid environments and a reduced (13") length-of-pull 590A1 Compact model perfect for smaller-stature shooters. 590A1 shotguns are also available in 14" Class III Restricted models for law enforcement and military personnel.

Mossberg 590 A1

Springfield M1A Standard

The cornerstone of the M1A family, this rifle is all business. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 7.62x51mm NATO (.308WIN) - Magazines: 1 - 10 Round, Parkerized - Barrel: 22", 6 Groove, 1:11, Right Hand Twist, Parkerized - Front Sight: Standard Military Post - Rear Sight: Military Aperture, Adjustble for windage & elevation - Trigger: 2 Stage Military Trigger, 5 - 6 LBS - Length: 44.3" - Weight: 9.3 LBS.

KRISS TDI Super V 30rd. Magazine

Fully assembled 30-round Glock 21. Fits KRISS firearms and Glock 21 standard and SF models. Easily converts back to 13-rounds.

Heckler & Koch USC

Derived from the HK UMP, the USC is a civilian utility carbine that uses the classic hard-hitting .45 ACP cartridge. Matched with the simple and ultra-reliable blowback operating system, the HK USC is a radical departure from traditional firearms designs. Extensive use of the same durable, reinforced polymers used on HKs line of military and police arms ensures lightweight and durability. And the highest grade of weapons steel is used where it mattersin the cold hammer forged target barrel and the solidly constructed bolt mechanism. User ergonomics are not sacrificed. The skeletonized buttstock is topped with a comfortable rubber cheek rest and recoil pad. The web of the pistol grip is open for a comfortable shooting handhold. Hard points located on the top and front of the receiver make attachment of optional Picatinny rails easy, allowing almost any kind of sighting system or accessory to be mounted. FEATURES: - Tough, light weight, corrosion proof polymer construction - Molded-in hard points for mounting accessories - Accessory Picatinny rails for easy mounting of optical sights, lights, and aiming devices - Rear sight is adjustable for windage and elevation - Easy disassembly for simple cleaning and maintenance - Ambidextrous safety/selector lever - Open, skeletonized buttstock for better grip - Oversized trigger guard for easy operation while wearing gloves - Sixteen inch cold-hammer forged target barrel - Rubber cheek rest and buttstock recoil pad - Polymer 10-round magazine - Lifetime warranty SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: .45 ACP - Overall Length: 35.43 in. - Barrel Length: 16.13 in. - Weight: 6.00 lb

FNAR

The heavy barrel version of the FNAR is also chambered in 7.62x51mm NATO (308 Winchester) and features an ambidextrous magazine release and 16" or 20" cold hammer-forged MIL-SPEC fluted barrel with hard-chromed bore and target crown. A one-piece, receiver-mounted MIL-STD 1913 optical rail comes standard, along with a trio of similar accessory rails attached to the adjustable synthetic stocks fore-end for mounting a battery of tactical lights and lasers. Models with 10- or 20-round detachable steel box magazines (DBM) are available. FEATURES: - RECEIVER - Aircraft-grade aluminum alloy - One-piece MIL-STD 1913 optics rail - BARREL - Hammer-forged, fluted - Chrome-lined - Target crown - STOCK - Synthetic pistol grip stock - Checkered gripping surfaces - Three interchangeable recoil pads - Three interchangeable comb inserts - Multiple MIL-STD 1913 mounting rails - OPERATING CONTROLS - Fully-ambidextrous magazine release button - Crossbolt safety button - Extended bolt release lever - MAGAZINES - Steel magazine body - Low-friction follower - Available in 5-, 10- and 20-round capacities SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 308 Winchester/7.62x51mm NATO - Barrel Length: 16" or 20" - Overall Length: 37.5 with 16 barrel. 41.5 with 20" barrel - Length of Pull: 14", adjustable via interchangeable recoil pads - Ammunition Capacity: 10- or 20-round detachable box magazine

FN SCAR 16s Black

The SCAR 16S is chambered in 5.56x45mm NATO/223 Remington with an innovative, gas-operated short-stroke piston system. The SCAR 16S features a free floating, cold hammer-forged MIL-SPEC barrel with hard-chromed bore. Fully-ambidextrous operating controls instantly adapt the SCAR 16S to any user. Multiple MIL-STD 1913 rails enable mounting a wide variety of optional tactical lights and lasers. The unique side-folding polymer stock is fully adjustable for comb height and length of pull. Models with 10- or 30-round detachable box magazines (DBM) are available. FEATURES: - Gas-operated, short-stroke piston design - 5.56x45mm NATO/223 Remington chambering - Ambidextrous rotating manual safety - Reciprocating bolt handle adapts for right or left side operation - Ambidextrous magazine release with protective surround fence to prevent unintentional activation - Interchangeable free floating 16.25" hammer-forged MIL-SPEC barrel - Hard chromed bore - Birdcage-style muzzle brake - Folding adjustable rear sight - Folding hooded front sight - Integrated MIL-STD 1913 mounting rail at 12 oclock position on alloy receiver - Three MIL-STD 1913 mounting rails at 3, 6 and 9 o-clock positions - Matte black finish on barrel and gas system surfaces - Anodized Black on alloy receiver - Polymer trigger module with molded-in Black - Side-folding black polymer stock instantly adjusts for both comb height and length of pull - A2 type checkered pistol grip with finger indexing ridge - Available with 10- or 30-round detachable box magazines SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 5.56x45mm NATO/223 Remington - Barrel Length: 16.25" - Overall Length: 27.5 to 37.5 - Weight: 7.25 lbs. empty - Ammunition Capacity: 10- or 30-round detachable box magazine

FN SCAR 16s

The SCAR 16S is chambered in 5.56x45mm NATO/223 Remington with an innovative, gas-operated short-stroke piston system. The SCAR 16S features a free floating, cold hammer-forged MIL-SPEC barrel with hard-chromed bore. Fully-ambidextrous operating controls instantly adapt the SCAR 16S to any user. Multiple MIL-STD 1913 rails enable mounting a wide variety of optional tactical lights and lasers. The unique side-folding polymer stock is fully adjustable for comb height and length of pull. Models with 10- or 30-round detachable box magazines (DBM) are available. FEATURES: - Gas-operated, short-stroke piston design - 5.56x45mm NATO/223 Remington chambering - Ambidextrous rotating manual safety - Reciprocating bolt handle adapts for right or left side operation - Ambidextrous magazine release with protective surround fence to prevent unintentional activation - Interchangeable free floating 16.25" hammer-forged MIL-SPEC barrel - Hard chromed bore - Birdcage-style muzzle brake - Folding adjustable rear sight - Folding hooded front sight - Integrated MIL-STD 1913 mounting rail at 12 oclock position on alloy receiver - Three MIL-STD 1913 mounting rails at 3, 6 and 9 o-clock positions - Matte black finish on barrel and gas system surfaces - Anodized Flat Dark Earth tan on alloy receiver - Polymer trigger module with molded-in Flat Dark Earth tan - Side-folding Flat Dark Earth polymer stock instantly adjusts for both comb height and length of pull - A2 type checkered pistol grip with finger indexing ridge - Available with 10- or 30-round detachable box magazines SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 5.56x45mm NATO/223 Remington - Barrel Length: 16.25" - Overall Length: 27.5 to 37.5 - Weight: 7.25 lbs. empty - Ammunition Capacity: 10- or 30-round detachable box magazine

FN PS90 Tri Rail

The FN PS90 Triple Rail (TR) gives the operator a wide choice of sighting accessories via its three MIL-STD 1913 rails for mounting optional optical sights, tactical lights and lasers. Chambered in the 5.7x28mm cartridge, the PS90 utilizes straight blowback operation and fires from a closed bolt for greater accuracy and reliability. The PS90s civilian legal 16.04" cold hammer-forged MIL-SPEC barrel is equipped with an integrated muzzle brake to reduce recoil. Dual magazine latches, cocking handles and an innovative matte black synthetic thumbhole stock with a molded-in sling attachment point help make the PS90 fully ambidextrous. Models with 10- or 30-round polymer detachable magazines are available. FEATURES: - Closed bolt, blowback operation - 5.7x28mm chambering - Pivoting manual safety switch in trigger guard - Ambidextrous dual cocking knobs - Ambidextrous dual magazine release - 16.04" hammer-forged MIL-SPEC barrel - Chromed bore - Integrated muzzle brake - Three MIL-STD 1913 mounting rails - Emergency back-up iron sights - Matte black finish on all exposed metal surfaces - Available with 10- or 30-round detachable polymer magazines - Fully ambidextrous matte black synthetic thumbhole stock - Molded-in sling attachment point SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 5.7x28mm - Barrel Length: 16.04" - Overall Length: 26.23 - Weight 6.39 lbs. empty - Ammunition Capacity: 10- or 30-round detachable polymer magazine

FN FS2000

Chambered in 5.56x45mm NATO/223 Remington, the FN FS2000 Tactical is a civilian legal, semi-auto only variant of the proven F2000 selective-fire bullpup carbine that offers an integrated MIL-STD 1913 top mounting rail and emergency backup folding sights. The FS2000 carbine is gas-operated and uses a rotating bolt lockup for reliability and greater accuracy. Its 17.44" cold hammer-forged MIL-SPEC barrel is fitted with a muzzle brake. Fired cases are ejected through a forward port away from the operator. The matte black thumbhole design polymer stock is ambidextrous. Models with 10- or 30-round detachable box magazines (DBM) are available. FEATURES: - Rotating bolt, gas operation - 5.56x45mm NATO/223 Remington chambering - Pivoting manual safety switch in trigger guard - Left side cocking knob - Ambidextrous bottom-mounted magazine release - 17.44" hammer-forged MIL-SPEC barrel - Chromed bore - Muzzle brake - Right side forward fired case ejection - Rear hinged polymer cover for chamber condition verification - Integrated MIL-STD 1913 mounting rail - Emergency backup folding iron sights - Matte black finish on all exposed metal surfaces - Available with 10- or 30-round detachable magazines - Ambidextrous matte black synthetic thumbhole stock - Molded-in sling attachment point on stock SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 56x45mm NATO/223 Remington - Barrel Length: 17.44" - Overall Length: 29.29 - Weight 7.58 lbs. empty - Ammunition Capacity: 10- or 30-round detachable magazine

Daniel Defense M4 Carbine

Description: Daniel Defense is proud to announce the unveiling of our long anticipated M4 Carbine! This milestone marks the culmination of nearly a decade of dedication by Daniel Defense. Every aspect of this rifle was engineered with the tactical professional and shooting enthusiast in mind. Built to redefine the benchmark in small arms performance, this precision-crafted firearm will perform faithfully in any Military, Law Enforcement, Homeland Security, and Home or Personal Security Environment. Materials & Construction: Precision crafted from the highest quality material available today with meticulous attention to detail, The Daniel Defense M4 Carbine will prove to be the benchmark in the industry. - Lower Receiver: Mil-Spec with Enhanced Flared Magazine Well - Upper Receiver: Mil-Spec with Indexing Marks and M4 Feed Ramps - Barrel: 16″ Ordanace Grade 4150 MP Tested, Cold Hammer Forged, 1:7 Twist, Chrome Lined, M4 Profile - Chamber: 5.56 NATO - Flash Hider: A2 Birdcage Flash Hider - Bolt Carrier Group: Mil-Spec MP Tested, Properly Staked Gas Key - Buffer: H Buffer - Sights: Daniel Defense A1.5 Fixed Rear Sight; Pinned F Marked Front Sight Base - Rail System: Daniel Defense Omega X 12.0 FSP - Buttstock: MAGPUL MOE Buttstock & Mil-Spec 5 Position Receiver Extension - Magazine: MAGPUL 30 round PMag in Black - Vertical Grip: Daniel Defense A2 Styling Vertical Grip - Case: Comes with Custom Daniel Defense Full-Latch 30ft Impact Plastic Case - Made in the USA!

Daniel Defense Ambush 6.8

Description: From Black Creek, GA comes the finest hunting AR on the market. Known for a decade for providing industry leading solutions for the tactical market, Daniel Defense was presented the challenge of producing a lightweight AR variant for the avid hunter. After considering numerous options in popular hunting calibers, the 6.8 SPC proved to fall in line with the Daniel Defense motto Lighter, Stronger, Better. The Ambush 6.8 by Daniel Defense packs a lot of take down power in a package designed to be mobile. The heart of the Ambush is a Cold Hammer Forged 16 Barrel chambered in 6.8SPC, and it is finished with an interior hard chrome lining with heavy phosphate exterior coating. As shooters have come to expect from Daniel Defense, no rifle would be complete without the ability to add custom accessories, and the Ambush is no exception. The Ambush comes equipped with a new full length free float tube, which offers the user the ability to adapt the rifle to fit their needs. A customizable accessory package allows the shooter to choose from a variety of fore end hand grips. Also, the shooter has several adjustable sections of 1913 picatinny rail to mount accessories with their preferred set-up. An exterior finish in realistic camo ensures that your rifle will be heard, but never seen. The Ambush 6.8 is also available in black. Materials & Construction: Precision crafted from the highest quality material available today with meticulous attention to detail, The Ambush 6.8 by Daniel Defense will prove to be the benchmark in the hunting industry. - Lower Receiver: Mil-Spec with Enhanced Magazine Well - Upper Receiver: Mil-Spec with Indexing Marks and A4 Feed Ramps - Barrel: 16 4150 MP Tested, Chrome Lined, 1:11 Twist, M4 Profile - Chamber: 6.8 SPC - Flash Hider: A2 Birdcage Flash Hider - Bolt Carrier Group: Mil-Spec MP Tested Bolt, Properly Staked Gas Key - Hand Guards: Daniel Defense Modular Free Float Tube - Buttstock: MAGPUL MOE Buttstock & Mil-Spec 5 Position Receiver Extension - Case: Comes With Custom Daniel Defense Full-Latch 30ft Impact Plastic Case - Made in the USA! Warranty Statement: The Ambush 6.8 by Daniel Defense carries a 100% satisfactions guarantee against defects in original materials and workmanship. If your Daniel Defense Ambush 6.8 shows evidence of such defects, Daniel Defense will make every accommodation to fix, repair, or replace your firearm in the most expeditious and inexpensive manner possible. Daniel Defense does not warranty products or damage caused to our products by the correct or incorrect installation of other manufacturers products. Be sure to retain your sales slip as proof of purchase date when making a claim.

Barrett Model 99 Kit

Anytime. Anywhere. The Model 99 rifle is a robust and accurate single-shot rifle. At its heart is a one-piece Alcoa 7000 series aluminum alloy extrusion. A heat-treated steel M1913 optics rail is attached to the top of the extrusion by closely spaced high-strength structural fasteners. The match-toleranced barrel is hydraulically pressed and locked into the extrusion, resulting in a rock-solid, unitized structure on which to mount a riflescope. Safety is unparalleled because the cartridge is surrounded by both high-grade gun barrel steel and the aluminum extrusion. The bolt is machined from a single piece of proprietary grade steel. Its 15 lugs safely lock it into the machined barrel extension. The bolts few moving parts are its extractor, ejector and firing pin assembly, which make it reliable and easy to maintain. The Model 99 is easily disassembled without tools by removing three quick-release assembly pins. These pins attach the trigger housing and bolt guide to the receiver assembly. The match-quality trigger design is proprietary and virtually maintenance-free. The bipod is easily detached for benchrest shooting. Known as much for its dependability as its versatility, the Model 99 combines smooth functionality with dead-on accuracy, shot after shot. SPECIFICATIONS: - Model: Model 99 - Caliber: .416 Barrett or .50 BMG - Rifle Operation: Bolt ACtion, Single Shot - Overall Length: 50" (127 cm) or 47" (119 cm) - Rifle Twist: 1 in 12" (.416 Barrett) or 1 in 15" (.50 BMG) - Rifle Weight: 25 lbs. (11.4 kg) or 23 lbs (10.4 kg) - Safety: Manual Thumb Lever - Optics Rail: 13.75" (35 cm), 27 MOA

Barrett Model 95

Sacrifice nothing. The intense power of a magazine-fed weapon, the pinpoint accuracy of a bolt-action rifle, the effortless functionality of a perfectly designed machine the Model 95 packs it all into 45 inches of cool, gleaming steel. This compact, no-nonsense rifle offers the speed and accuracy of a 29-inch barrel in a shortened overall length. Adopted by foreign militaries, the Model 95 is made for those who refuse to compromise. Its buttplate, magazine well and trigger housing are unitized, helping to stiffen the lightened steel lower receiver. The upper receiver is also made from lightened steel and is reinforced with a fitted steel M1913 optics rail. It also supports the match-grade, chrome-chambered, fluted barrel. The two can be assembled in less than 60 seconds using only two ball-detent pins. The bolt carrier itself is a study in innovation. Designed for speed, reliability and safety, it slides effortlessly on machined-smooth parallel rails, transporting a large bolt that locks into the barrel extension at three points. The firing pin is driven by two shortened firing pin springs designed for consistency and lightning-quick lock speed. The bolt has been upgraded with more surface area for easier cycling. The bolt face has also been fine-tuned to improve magazine feeding as well as accuracy The only thing more impressive than the Model 95s performance is the comfort with which it can be used. The ergonomically designed rifle rests on a lightweight M60-inspired front bipod and an optional adjustable rear monopod. This careful attention to usability allows the shooter to quickly and accurately fire five rounds before easily replacing the magazine and doing it all over again. SPECIFICATIONS: - Model: Model 95 - Caliber: .50 BMG - Rifle Opereation: Bolt Action Repeater - Overall Length: 45 (114.3 cm) - Barrel Length: 29 (73.7 cm) - Rifling Twist: 1 in 15 - Rifle Weight: 23.5 lbs (10.7 kg) - Safety: Manual Thumb Lever - Optics Rail: 11.25 (46.03 cm), 27 MOA - Magazine: 5-Round Capacity - Other Features: Sling Attach Points

Barrett M98B

There are no predecessors. Even the casual observer can see that the Model 98B is not a descendant of the bolt-action deer rifle. In fact, its not a descendant of anything. This first-born brainchild was developed to be a completely unique, purpose-built platform for precision long-range shooting. Every inch of the never-before seen Model 98B is carved from years of hard-earned insight. Thanks to its modular layout, this rifle can be adapted to fit each users exact needs. Its straight-line design, running from the muzzle to the shooters shoulder, tames recoil. It also allows for faster, more accurate follow-up shots fed from the 10-round detachable magazine. The ergonomic pistol grip reduces muscle fatigue and provides total control over the fully adjustable trigger. An intuitive, thumb-operated safety can be accessed without compromising the firing grip. This allows the shooter to maintain a solid weld to the adjustable cheek piece. The oversized bolt handle can then be easily manipulated, feeding a fresh round into the chamber as the bolt silently glides through a polymer guide. As for optics and accessories, the 98Bs aluminum upper receiver boasts an 18-inch M1913 rail, offering plenty of space to mount substantial optics as well as a night sight or laser designator. An optional receiver extension can add six more inches to the already generous rail space. The forward receiver is drilled and tapped for accessory rails to be mounted at the 3, 6 and 9 oclock positions. This revolutionary long-range weapon isnt all work. Equipped with a rear monopod and forward bipod, its also a pleasure to shoot. From its highly efficient muzzle break to its shooter adaptable design and never-before seen performance, the 98B is ingenuity in action. SPECIFICATIONS: - Model: Model 98B - Caliber: .338 Lapua Magnum - Rifle Operation: Bolt Action Repeater - Overall Length: 49.75" - Barrel Length: 27" (68.58 cm) and 20" (50.8 cm) - Rifling Twist: 1 in 10" Right Hand Twist - Rifling Weight: 13.5 lbs. (6.12 kg) and 12.4 lbs. (5.62 kg) - Safety: Manual Reversible, Thumb Lever - Optics Rail: 18.125" (46.03 cm) - Magazine: 10-Round Capacity

ALS White Smoke Handball Grenade

DESCRIPTION: The Rubber Ball, white smoke grenade delivers a large cloud of white smoke with a discharge time of around 30 seconds. These are designed for outdoor/indoor applications, where large volumes of smoke are required. This grenade is capable of being launched up to 90 yards with the proper launching adapter and launching cartridge. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Rubber Ball, white smoke grenade was developed to overcome proximity issues with non-compliant subjects. Additionally canister throw back at friendly forces is a consideration as the lightweight rubber body mitigates abrasion and laceration injuries. This device expels an almost instant emission of white smoke for quick coverage for use as area denial and deterrence by individuals engaged in undesirable behavior. Additionally, this device provides concealment by masking or screening of withdrawal or retrograde operations by friendly forces. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Rubber Ball, white smoke grenade is designed to cause disorientation by masking and screening personnel. This provides concealment allowing an officer to retreat or move forward in an operation where some type of concealment is needed. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 5.13"" COL Diameter: 3.1"" - Projectile Weight: Overall Weight: 400 Grams - Payload Weight: Chemical weight: 35 +- 5 Grams, WS - Power Requirements: M201 A1 fuze PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Discharge Time: 35 seconds - Effective Range: 0 to 300 feet based on weather conditions DELIVERY MEANS: Hand Thrown or Launched. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Large coverage area. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Triple Action White Smoke Grenade

DESCRIPTION: The Triple Action, White Smoke Grenade is a hand thrown device that releases three separate sub-munitions on discharge. The submunitions will separate between 15 and 20 apart, giving a wide coverage area per sub-munition. The Triple Action, White Smoke Grenade is extremely effective in creating diversions for tactical operations. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Triple Action, White Smoke Grenade was developed to overcome proximity issues with non-compliant subjects. The round expels an instant emission of white Smoke for quick coverage or concealment and deterrence by individuals engaged in undesired behavior. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Triple Action, White Smoke Grenade is designed to cause disorientation through proximity issues. This allows concealment for an officer to retreat or move forward in an operation where some type of concealment or diversion is needed. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 5.70"" COL Diameter: 2.4"" - Projectile Weight: Overall Weight: 500 Grams - Payload Weight: Chemical weight: 300 Grams - Power Requirements: M201 A1 fuze PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike - Discharge Time: 30 seconds - Effective Range: 0 to 300 feet based on weather conditions DELIVERY MEANS: Hand Thrown or Launched. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Large coverage area. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Pocket White Smoke Grenade

DESCRIPTION: The Pocket White Smoke Grenade delivers a cloud of White Smoke with a discharge time of around 20 seconds. Their lightweight and compact design make this item easy to carry on a tactical vest or to conceal. They are effective in tactical situations where a number of grenades are required. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Pocket White Smoke Grenade was developed to overcome proximity issues with non-compliant subjects. The round expels an instant emission of white Smoke for quick coverage and deterrence by individuals engaged in insubordinate behavior. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Pocket White Smoke Grenade is designed to cause disorientation through proximity issues. This allows concealment for an officer to retreat or move forward in an operation where some type of concealment is needed. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 5.00"" COL Diameter: 1.5"" - Payload Weight: Chemical weight: 75 Grams - Power Requirements: M201 A1 fuze PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Discharge Time: 25 seconds - Effective Range: 0 to 100 feet based on weather conditions DELIVERY MEANS: Hand Thrown or Launched. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Small, Concealable. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Pocket Red Smoke Grenade

DESCRIPTION: The Pocket Red Smoke Grenade delivers a cloud of Red Smoke with a discharge time of around 20 seconds. Their lightweight and compact design make this item easy to carry on a tactical vest or to conceal. They are effective in tactical situations where a number of grenades are required. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Pocket Red Smoke Grenade was developed to overcome proximity issues with non-compliant subjects. The round expels an instant emission of white Smoke for quick coverage and deterrence by individuals engaged in insubordinate behavior. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Pocket Red Smoke Grenade is designed to cause disorientation through proximity issues. This allows concealment for an officer to retreat or move forward in an operation where some type of concealment is needed. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 5.00"" COL Diameter: 1.5"" - Payload Weight: Chemical weight: 75 Grams - Power Requirements: M201 A1 fuze PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Discharge Time: 25 seconds - Effective Range: 0 to 100 feet based on weather conditions DELIVERY MEANS: Hand Thrown or Launched. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Small, Concealable. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS OC Blast Dispersion Grenade

DESCRIPTION: The OC Instant Blast Grenade instantly delivers a fine cloud of micro-pulverized OC powder. This device is designed to fit in most tactical vests. This Device was designed for single or multiple target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. The device is most effective and useful for crowd control and LE operations when fire may be a threat from secondary fire hazards. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The OC Instant Blast Grenade was developed to overcome issues with indoor deployments of Chemical Munitions. This device expels an instant emission of OC for close range acquisition, with minimal amount of human contact in order to bring individuals in to compliance. This round does not have the heat related issues that traditional tear gas has associated with it. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The OC Instant Blast Grenade is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), violent coughing, and/or shortness of breath (dyspnea). OC is also an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. The OC Instant Blast Grenade is designed to result in behavior modifications such as the retreat away from officers, area denial or the immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 6.12 Inches - Projectile Weight: Approximately 50 grams of OC - Power Requirements: M201 A1 Fuze PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by loss of breath, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 30 feet based on weather conditions for ALS2362. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand Deployed. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Easy to train officers. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Expulsion Grenade

DESCRIPTION: The OC Expulsion Grenade instantly delivers a fine cloud of micropulverized OC powder. This device is designed to fit in most tactical vests. This Device was designed for single or multiple target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The OC Expulsion Grenade was developed to overcome issues with indoor deployments of Chemical Munitions. This device expels an instant emission of OC for close range acquisition, with minimal amount of human contact in order to bring individuals in to compliance. This round does not have the heat related issues that traditional tear gas has associated with it. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The OC Expulsion Grenade is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, and/or sensation of shortness of breath (dyspnea). OC is also an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. The OC Expulsion Grenade is designed to result in behavior modifications such as the retreat away from officers, area denial or the immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 5.7 inch x 1.6 inch (40 mm) - Payload Weight: Approximately 10 grams of OC - Power Requirements: M201 A1 Fuze PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by sensation of shortness of breath, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 30 feet based on weather conditions for ALS6273. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand Deployed OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Easy to train officers. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Continuous Discharge Smoke Grenade

DESCRIPTION: The Continuous Discharge, Colored Smoke Grenade delivers a cloud of Colored Smoke with a discharge time of around 30 seconds. These Grenades are used for training and screening purposes. They are also very effective in creating a diversion for certain tactical operations. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Continuous Discharge, Colored Smoke Grenade was developed to overcome proximity issues with non-compliant subjects. The round expels an instant emission of Colored Smoke for quick coverage and deterrence by individuals engaged in undesirable behavior. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Continuous Discharge, Colored Smoke Grenade is designed to cause disorientation by limiting visual references. This allows concealment for an officer to retreat or move forward in an operation where some type of concealment or diversion is needed. MODELS AVAILABLE: ALSG972 (White), ALSG972R (Red), ALSG972G (Green), ALSG972O (Orange), ALSG972Y (Yellow), ALSG972V (Violet) PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 5.70" COL Diameter: 2.4" - Projectile Weight: 400 Grams - Net Irritant Weight: 240 Grams - Power Requirements: M201 A1 fuze PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of discharge. - Discharge Time: 35 seconds - Effective Range: 0 to 300 feet based on weather conditions DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Multi Smoke, CS (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: The ALS 6727 launches three pyrotechnic sub-munitions that release a CS smoke agent. The multiple sub-munitions provide a wide area of coverage for dispersal and control of crowds. The sub-munitions are launched up to 90 yards and release smoke for approximately 25-30 seconds each. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The ALS 6727 was developed to overcome proximity issues with non-compliant subjects. The round employs three pyrotechnic CS projectiles for close and long range target acquisition. It minimizes direct contact and enhances the safety of deployed officers by denying specific areas to individuals or crowds. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The ALS 6727 is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, sensation of shortness of breath (dyspnea) and is an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. ALS 6727 is designed to result in behavior modifications or retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 4.8 inch x 1.5inch (37/40mm) - Projectile Weight: Approximately 8 grams (CS) Per sub-munition - Power Requirements: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 150 feet from point of impact based on weather conditions for ALS6727. DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns. Easy to train officers and implement use. Waterproof. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Long Range CS (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: The ALS 5727 launches one pyrotechnic sub-munition that releases a CS smoke agent. The single sub-munition provides a wide area of coverage for dispersal and control of crowds. The sub-munition is launched up to 150 yards and releases smoke for approximately 25-30 seconds. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The ALS 5727 was developed to overcome proximity issues with noncompliant subjects. The round employs a pyrotechnic CS projectile for long range target acquisition. It minimizes direct contact and enhances the safety of deployed officers by denying specific areas to individuals or crowds. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The ALS 5727 is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, sensation of shortness of breath (dyspnea) and is an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. The ALS 5727 is designed to result in behavior modifications or retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 4.8 inch x 1.5inch (37/40mm) - Projectile Weight: Approximately 25 grams per sub-munition - Power Requirements: 37 mm gas gun / M203 PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 450 feet from impact area based on weather conditions for ALS5727. DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / M203 launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or M203 launchers. Easy to train officers and implement use. Waterproof. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS CS Short Range (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: The ALS 7727 launches one pyrotechnic sub-munition that releases a CS smoke agent. The single sub-munition provides a wide area of coverage for dispersal and control of crowds. The sub-munition is launched up to 80 yards and releases CS smoke for approximately 25 seconds. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The ALS7727 was developed to overcome proximity issues with noncompliant subjects. The round˘aemploys a pyrotechnic CS projectile for short range target acquisition. It minimizes direct contact and enhances the safety of deployed officers by denying specific areas to individuals or crowds. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The ALS7727 is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, sensation of shortness of breath (dyspnea) and is an irritant to exposed skin surfaces.. The ALS 7727 is designed to result in behavior modifications, retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 4.8 inch x 1.5inch (37/40mm) - Projectile Weight: Approximately 25 grams - Power Requirements: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 240 feet from point of impact based on weather conditions for ALS7727. DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or 40mm launchers. Easy to train officers and implement use. Waterproof DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS CS Muzzle Blast (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: A CS Muzzle Blast 37/40 mm round which fires approximately 25 grams of CS. This round was designed to insert a large volume of micro pulverized CS with a minimal fire hazard. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The CS Muzzle Blast round was developed to overcome proximity issues with non-compliant subjects. The round expels an instant emission of micro pulverized CS for close range target acquisition, with minimal amount of human contact in order to bring individuals into compliance in confined or open areas. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The CS Muzzle Blast round is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, sensation of shortness of breath (dyspnea) and is an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. The CS Muzzle Blast is designed to result in behavior modifications or retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 4.8 inch x 1.5inch (37/40mm) - Net Irritant Weight: Approximately 25 grams (CS) - Power Requirements: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by sensation of shortness of breath, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous to 5 seconds. - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 30 feet based on weather conditions. DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or 40mm launchers. Easy to train officers. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS CS Barricade Penetrator (40mm)

DESCRIPTION: A 40 mm cartridge designed to fire a Non-pyrotechnic 55-gram two part spin stabilized projectile filled with CS. This round permits the Non-pyrotechnic introduction of chemicals into areas with potential fire hazards The projectile is designed to be fired through dry wall, hollow core doors, or glass. This round is not to be fired at individuals . HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Barricade Penetrator projectile was developed to overcome the shortcomings of introducing irritant chemicals into fire hazards i.e., meth labs, and areas were gasoline or other accelerants are stored without utilizing a heat-generating canister, from an extended range. The Barricade Penetrator can be ordered as an inert version used for training purposes. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/ Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Barricade Penetrator fires a 55-gram projectile, which contains approximately 12 grams of irritant. The projectile starts separating on impact with a hard surface and disperses the micropulvorized powders causing Blepharospasm (uncontrolled reflexive blinking and or closing of the eye lid) reducing vision and Dyspena (a perceived shortness of breath) PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 40 MM PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by sensation of shortness of breath, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: Up to 50 yards for ALS4227. DELIVERY MEANS: 40 MM Launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Barricade Penetrator, Inert (40mm)

DESCRIPTION: The Barricade Penetrator is an inert version of ALS4227 and the ALS4262. It is used for training purposes. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Barricade projectile was developed to overcome the shortcomings of introducing irritant chemicals into fire hazards i.e., meth labs, and areas were gasoline or other accelerants are stored without utilizing a heat-generating canister, from an extended range. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Barricade Penetrator fires a 55-gram projectile, which contains approximately 12 grams of inert powder or liquid. The projectile starts separating on impact with a hard surface and disperses the powder or liquid. This is an inert round intended for training purposes only. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 40 MM PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: The projectile starts separating on impact with a hard surface and disperses the powder or liquid. This is an inert round intended for training purposes only. - Effective Range: Up to 50 yards for ALS4247. DELIVERY MEANS: 40mm launcher OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue weapons, requires no special equipment DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS OC Blast Dispersion Projectile (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: The OC Blast Dispersion Projectile launches one pyrotechnic submunition that releases an OC Chemical agent. The single sub-munition provides a wide area of coverage for dispersal and control of crowds. The sub-munition is launched up to 100 yards and releases an instant cloud of OC. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The OC Blast Dispersion Projectile was developed with a multi functional projectile to provide a means of introducing (via air burst) OC powder into the 2nd and 3rd tier of large crowds (100 yards). The projectile also has the capability of penetrating hollow core doors and single or double pane glass windows at distances up to 30 yards. OC was chosen as it is a environmentally degradable composition that facilitates clean up operations. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The OC Blast Dispersion Projectile is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, sensation of shortness of breath (dyspnea) and is an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. The OC Blast Dispersion Projectile is designed to result in behavior modifications or retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 4.8 inch x 1.5inch (37/40mm) - Projectile Weight: Approximately 25 grams (OC) per sub-munition - Power Requirements: 37 mm gas gun / M203 PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 450 feet based on weather conditions for ALS6227. DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / M203 launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or M203 launchers. Easy to train officers and implement use. Waterproof OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: Countermeasures: A. Heavy flora, natural or man-made cover or concealment, or gas masks. B. Weather/Environment Limitations: Rain, Wind C. Legal, fratricide, multi-shot/recycle time, number of shots, shot/long term human effects; discharge of gas will displace oxygen, not for use in areas of limited ventilation. Injuries may result in the form of contusions, abrasions, broken ribs and concussions if individuals are struck with the canister or sub-munitions. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Warning !!!: Never aim at personnel unless lethal force is warranted. Less lethal ammunition can produce serious or lethal trauma when individuals are struck. After an actual deployment of less lethal munitions, medical assistance should be requested immediately.

Vang Comp Remington 870 Entry Tactical

Vang Comp Remington 870 Entry Tactical 18" VCS Barrel with porting VCS Big Dome Safety VCS Stainless Steel Follower VCS 3 Shot Magazine Breachers Extension VCS NEW 6 Shot Side Saddle VCS 12" LOP Hogue Stock TNT CQBRM Reflex / Sling Mount Refinished to a Matte Black Finish

Springfield M1A M21 Tactical

The M21 Tactical rifle is the ultimate in auto-loading accuracy. In active duty with the elite spec-ops groups world-wide, the M21 is the ultimate tool for law enforcement sharpshooter. The M21 is the equipped with an adjustable cheekpiece stock, thus maintaining perfect head alignment with the scope. The M21 incorporates all of the finest features embodied in our M1A Super Match rifle. Accurate, reliable and powerful, the M21 rifle remains the world class standard for sustained percision fire. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 7.62x51mm NATO (308WIN) - Magazines: 1 - 10 Round, Parkerized - Barrel: 22", 6 Groove, 1:10 Right Hand Twist, Parkerized, Douglas Permium Air Gauged Custom Heavy Match - Front Sight: National Match .062" Military Post - Rear Sight: National Match Hooded Aperture, Adjustable, One-Half Minute Windage and Elevation - Trigger: 2 Stage Military Trigger, Match Tuned, 4.5 - 5 LBS - Length: 44.3" - Weight: 11.6 LBS - Features: Glass Bedded; National Match Gas Cylinder;National Match Recoil Spring Guide; Rear Lugged Receiver; National Match Flash Suppressor

Springfield M1A Super Match USMC

The Super Match M1A rifle embodies the most sophisticated development in Gas Gun technology. Capable of sub-MOA accuracy with the proper ammunition, the Super Match is built for the individual who demands the very best. A truly custom gun. Springfields latest proprietary development for the Super Match is the rear lugged receiver. Additional extraordinary features include an ultra heavy air gauged national match barrel, custom oversized op-rod guide and maximum dimension match grade stocks available in American walnut and McMillan fiberglass. SPECIFICATIONS: Caliber: 7.62x51mm NATO (.308WIN) Barrel: 22, 6 Groove, 1:10 Right Hand Twist, Stainless Steel, Douglas Premium Air Gauged Custom Heavy Match Front Sight: National Match .062 Military Post Rear Sight: National Match Hooded Aperture, Adjustble, One-half Minute Windage and Elevation Trigger: 2 Stage Military Trigger, Match Tuned, 4.5 - 5 lbs Magazines: 1 - 10 Round, Parkerized Weight w/ Empty Magazine: 12.2 lbs. Length: 44.3 Features: Glass Bedded; National Match Gas Cylinder; National Match Recoil Spring Guide; Rear Lugged Receiver; National Match Flash Suppressor

Vang Comp Hogue Stock 11, 12, 13" LOP

Vang Comp Rem. 870 OverMolded Shotgun Stock kit - 12" L.O.P.

US Optics SN-4 1.5-6x28mm

Features: - Model: SN-4 - Parallax Control: Fixed - Power: 1.5-6x - Objective: 28mm - Tube: 30mm - Color: Matte Black Type III Hard Coat - Eyepiece: Lo Porfile - Rapid Focus - Reticle: JNG MIL - Reticle Lighting: Digital Push Button (Green) - Elevation Knob: US #1 1/10 MIL Slimline - Windage Knob: US #1 1/10 MIL Slimline Upgrades: - Knob Covers - US Optics Flip Up Caps

US Optics SN-4 1.5-6x28 Premium

FEATURES: - Parallax: Fixed - Objective: 28mm - Elevation Knob: EREK 1/2 MOA - Windage Knob: U.S. #1 1/2 MOA Slimline - Tube: 30mm - Color: Matte Black Type III Hard Anodizing - Reticle: JNG MOA - Reticle Lighting: 11 Pos Rheostat (Red) - Eyepiece Housing: Lo Profile Housing - Eyepiece: Rapid Focus

US Optics SN-3 T-Pal 3.2-17x44mm

SPECIFICATIONS: - Paralax Control: T-Pal Left - Objective: 44mm - Knob Elevation: EREK 1/10 Mil - Knob Windage: US #1 1/10 Mil - Tube: 35mm - Color: Matte Black Type III Hard Anodizing - Reticle: Gen 2 XR - Retilce Lighting: 11 Pos Rheostat (Green) - Eyepiece: Low Profile, Rapid Focus Upgrades: - 4" Sunshade - ARD Polorizor - US Optics Flip Up Covers - Windage Knob Cover - Rheostat Cover

US Optics SN-4s 1-4x

The SlimLine version of the venerable SN-4. A reduced size turret assembly and knobs paired with a low profile eyepiece result in this much sleeker and handier SN-4S. Optics and other options are consistent with the standard SN-4, making this a superb value in a compact, tough, and light weight variable power riflescope. FEATURES: - Parallax Control: Fixed - Objective: 22mm - Knob Elevation: U.S. #1 5/8 MOA Slimline - Knob Windage: U.S. #1 5/8 MOA Slimline - Tube: 30mm - Color: Matte Black Type III Hard Anodizing - Reticle: Circle Chevron - Reticle Lighting: 11 pos. Green - Eyepiece Housing: Low Profile - Eyepiece: Rapid Focus (+3 To -3 Diopter Adj.) **Optic Does Not Include Mount**

A.R.M.S. #40 w/ A2 Aperture

The unique design of the spring loaded rear sight ensures constant in battery action and repeat zero. The sight is held in the locked down position by a quick release lever, that prevents the sight from being accidentally engaged, but is as fast as a trigger to release even with arctic mittens. Has military horizon line notch, 500-600 meter sight. Windage adjustments .75 MOA.

Troy Claymore Muzzle Break

Directs muzzle blast and sound forward, away from the shooter, while retaining effective muzzle brake properties. Very low dust signature, without swirling effect. Works as an improvised breaching devise. 5.56/.223 (1/2 x 28 TPI), 7.62/.308/6.8 SPC (5/8x24 TPI)

SSA 5.56 NATO 70 gr. ARMOR PIERCING

***CALL FOR PRICING: MILITARY & LAW ENFORCEMENT ONLY*** Caliber: 5.56 NATO Bullet Type: Armor Piercing Bullet Weight: 70 Grain Ballistic Coefficient: .305 Muzzle Velocity: 2850 FPS Muzzle Energy: 1230 FT/LBS Jacketed tungsten core, meets or exceeds M995 performance. Defeats 12mm armor plate of 300HB at 100 meters. Use against light armor vehicle & level 4 body armor. (20 ROUND BOX)

US Optics ST-17 Fixed 17x

The ST-17 is a fixed magnification scope that is made for target engagement out to 1500+ yards. Reliable adjustments and extreme durability make this scope a very affordable long range tool that will fit well with most rifle platforms. Basic design has a 30mm tube, US#1 elevation and windage adjustments, and your choice of 44 or 58mm objectives. MOA and MIL adjustments, along with MOA or MIL reticles allow you to use whatever combination you desire. Optional elevation and windage knobs, reticles, lit reticle modules, tube diameters and finish colors available at an additional charge. Scope body, eye piece, objective housing and any and all other body parts are made with 6061-T6 aircraft aluminum and is then coated with a matter black type III hard anodizing. Elevation knobs materials consist of stainless, brass and 4130 Chrome Moly, ball detents are tungsten carbide with a stainless steel jacket. Duel elevation and windage rebound springs will insure decades of reliable, and accurate adjustments. FEATURES: - Parallax Control: ERGO - Objective: 58mm Low Profile - Knob Elevation: EREK 1/10 Mil - Knob Windage: U.S. #3 M40 Style 1/10 Mil - Tube: 35mm - Color: Matte Black Type III Hard Anodizing - Reticle: Mil Scale MPR - Reticle Lighting: 11 Pos Green - Eyepiece Housing: Lo Profile Housing 2.23" OD - Eyepiece: Rapid Focus +3 to -3 diopter adjustment Options: - 4" 58mm Sunshade - ARD Polorizer - US Optics Flip Up Covers

LMT SOPMOD Butt Stock Kit

Improved cheek weld for better shooting position. Watertight battery storage compartments. Padded buttplate reduces felt recoil and provides no-slip surface against web gear and body armor. Updated generation with dual quick detach sling swivel holes. LMT is the sole provider of the SOPMOD Buttstock to the US Special Ops Command, US Army, US Navy, US Air Force, US Marine Corps and other government agencies and bureaus. Six length of pull settings. Includes: extension tube, plate and nut.

GG&G .50 Caliber Trailer Hitch Cover

50 Caliber Hitch Cover: - Manufactured from once fired brass and new projectiles. - Brass has been tumbled and polished for a great look. - Backing plate is manufactured from 6061 T-6 aluminum and has a diameter of 5 3/4". - Backing plate has multiple mounting locations so the projectile can match your manhood. - Aluminum parts are Type III hard anodized matte black and UV powder coated. - Ordnance is powder coated with clear UV protectant to maintain polished appearance. - Steel U shaped mounting bracket fits 2 hitch receivers and is powder coated black.

GG&G 40mm Trailer Hitch Cover

40mm Grenade Hitch Cover: - 40mm grenade replica is manufactured from 6061 T-6 aluminum to the same size as the real thing. - Backing plate is manufactured from 6061 T-6 aluminum and has a diameter of 5 1/2". - Backing plate has multiple mounting locations so the projectile can match your manhood. - Aluminum parts are hard anodized matte black and UV powder coated to provide color fastness. - Steel U shaped mounting bracket fits 2 hitch receivers and is powder coated black.

US Optics ST-10s Fixed 10x

The ST-10S is a fixed magnification scope that is made for target engagement out to 1000+ yards. Very similar to the standard ST-10, but the overall size of the scope is slightly smaller. The turret area is smaller, and the objective and eye piece are a bit smaller. Reliable adjustments and extreme durability make this scope a very affordable medium-long range tool that will fit well with most rifle platforms. Basic design has a 30mm tube, US#1 elevation and windage adjustments, and a 37mm objective. MOA and MIL adjustments, along with MOA or MIL reticles allow you to use whatever combination you desire. Optional elevation and windage knobs, reticles, lit reticle modules, tube diameters and finish colors available at an additional charge. Standard 30mm tube diameter will yield 100MOA of total elevation adjustment. Scope body, eye piece, objective housing and any and all other body parts are made with 6061-T6 aircraft aluminum and are then coated with a matte black type III hard anodizing. Elevation knobs materials consist of stainless, brass and 4130 Chrome Moly, ball detents are tungsten carbide with a stainless steel jacket. Duel elevation and windage rebound springs will insure decades of reliable and accurate adjustments. SPECIFICATIONS: - Paralax Control: ERGO Adjustable - Objective: 37mm - Knob Elevation: U.S. #1 1/4 MOA Slimline - Knob Windage: U.S. #1 1/4 MOA Slimline - Tube: 30mm - Color: Matte Black Type III Hard Anodizing - Reticle: JNG MOA - Reticle Lighting: 11 Position Green - Eyepiece Housing: Lo Profile Housing (2.23" OD) - Eyepiece: Rapid Focus (+3 to -3 Diopter Adjustment)

LMT .308 Modular Weapon System

With their first new .308 LMT beats all competitors in winning the British army contract. - Barrel: 16" chrome-lined - Twist: 1:11.25" twist - Caliber: .308 - Features: Standard semi-auto bolt carrier group, tactical charging handle assembly, - Lower Half: Defender lower with SOPMOD buttstock and two-stage trigger group. - QD swiels front and back

LMT .308 Stainless Steel Modular Weapon System

MWS .308 upper receiver with 16" stainless steel 1:11.25" twist .308 tactically flat matte blackened barrel, standard semi-auto bolt carrier group, tactical charging handle assembly, LM308MWS Defender lower with SOPMOD buttstock, two stage trigger group, ambi selector, and ambi mag release. Ships with a sling, operators manual, tactical adjustable rear sight, tactical front sight, (1) twenty round magazine, torque wrench/driver and (3) rail panels. - LMT .308 Stainless Steel Modular Weapon System voted 2010 .308 AR Platform Rifle Of The Year. - Contracted with British Special Forces SPECIFICATIONS: - Direct Gas Impingement - Overall length with SOPMOD collapsed: 35" - Overall length with SOPMOD extended: 38" - A2 Birdcage compensator - 5/8 X 24 thread pitch - Low profile gas black - Cryogenically treated barrel to increase accuracy, barrel life and easier cleaning - 5 QD Sling Swivel attachment points - Electronically tested and recorded trigger pull

ALS OC Muzzle Blast

- Box of 5 - DESCRIPTION: A direct fire, 12 gauge round which fires approximately 80 grains of OC. This round was designed for single or multiple target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The OC muzzle blast round was developed to overcome proximity issues with non-complying subjects. The round expels an instant emission of OC for close range target acquisition, with minimal amount of human contact in order to bring individuals into compliance. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The OC muzzle blast dispersion round is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, sensation of shortness of breath (dyspnea) and is an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. The Muzzle Blast is designed to result in behavior modifications or retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 2.50 COL - Projectile Weight: 80 grains of OC - Power Requirements: 12 gauge Shotgun PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by sensation of shortness of breath, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 15 feet based on weather conditions for ALS12OC DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge Shotgun OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue pump shotgun. Easy to train officers. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished.

ALS Guage Launching Cartridge

- Box of 5 - DESCRIPTION: This low cost highly effective, device was designed to propel the ALSG101 and ALSG101P from a 12 gauge shotgun, with the use of a launching cup. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: This device was developed as a launching mechanism for the Hornets Nest Sting Grenade and Hornets Nest Non-Lethal Practice Grenade. The main function of the launching cartridge is to extend the range of the ALSG101 or ALSG101P while minimizing officer safety issues. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Civil Disobedience/Prison. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The cartridge was designed to launch the ALSG101 or ALSG101P up to 90 yards with proper use. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 12 gauge SAAMI. - Propellant: Pyrodex (Black Powder Substitute). PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: When fired, the device is designed to accurately place an ALSG101 or ALSG101P in the general vicinity targeted. - Effective Range: Both minimal and maximum ranges should be established by test firings conducted at each installation, depending upon tactical conditions and security requirements of each user. Limited Explosive Fire Hazard when ether, gasoline, alcohol, acetone fumes or other flammable gases or liquids are present. DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons. Requires special equipment i.e. Launching Cups.

ALS Door Breaching Cartridge

- Box of 5 - DESCRIPTION: This low cost, highly effective device is a frangible projectile made of powdered copper and tin pressed into a single projectile. The door breaching cartridge produces an effective means of removing locks and hinges from metal or wooden doors constructed of materials up to 16 gauge steel. Limited projection of hazardous debris and collateral damage on the opposite side of the door is minimized. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Door Breacher was developed to provide an alternative to the battering ram and limit exposure to shots fired from within areas upon entry. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Tactical Scenarios/Forced Entry. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Door Breacher is a 12 gauge cartridge which produces 1,733 foot pounds of energy into an area .75" in diameter. It is constructed of powdered copper and tin. It is a frangible disintegrating projectile which turns to copper dust when a sufficiently hard object is struck, minimalizing penetration through secondary walls and collateral damage. PHYSICAL DATA: Size: 12 gauge SAAMI. (Item 1210S.435 is a 435 grain projectile at 1200 feet per second. 1390 lbs KE) (Item 1210S.375 is a 375 grain projectile at 1375 feet per second. 1573 lbs KE) (Item 1210S.325 is a 325 grain projectile at 1550 feet per second. 1733 lbs PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: Effect on Target: When fired, the projectile produces up to 1733 foot pounds of energy to the lock, hinge or hard surface being struck. The Door Breacher is extremely destructive and lethal when fired at living tissue. DELIVERY MEANS: 12 gauge shotgun (call about door breaching attachments). OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of 12 gauge. Uses standard issue weapons. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: Both minimum and maximum ranges should be established by test firings conducted at each installation, depending upon tactical conditions and security requirements of each user. The DOOR BREACHER must never be fired with the muzzle of the shotgun less than 1 inch from the door lock. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training has been accomplished.

Troy Battle Ax CQB Stock

Improved ergonomics, vital storage capacity and Battle Ready toughness define Troy's new Battle Ax M4 butt stock. Advanced reinforced polymer ensures strength and durability. A comfortable cheek weld helps operators settle in quickly for rapid target acquisition. The stock collapses compactly and securely. A solid metal butt plate opens to reveal storage capacity unmatched by any other stock on the market. FEATURES: QD swivel sockets at 9-6-3 o'clock. Includes heavy duty QD push button swivel.

ALS Top Cop OC Spray 1.9oz.

DESCRIPTION: Top Cop OC is a 10%, 2 million Scoville heat unit (1.33% major capsaicin content), non-flammable OC forumula designed for law enforcement officers to rapidly gain control of non-compliant subjects. BACKGROUND: Top Cop aerosols were developed to help officers in the use of force continuum, and to provide an effective and reliable less-lethal means of incapacitation. OC sprays have become the single most prolific less-lethal tool employed by law enforcement agencies around the world. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Law Enforcement, Military, Corrections. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: Top Cop OC is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, coughing, and an extreme burning sensation to exposed skin surfaces. When deployed properly, Top Cop OC formulation has been found to be effective 93 out of 100 times. MODELS AVAILABLE: Stream PHYSICAL DATA: Size: Can length: 4.375". Can diameter: 1.5". PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: Top Cop OC emits a highly irritating pattern of OC when sprayed. Oleoresin Capsicum is designed to target normal respiratory function and vision in individuals that have been sprayed. DELIVERY MEANS: Aerosol delivery system; pressurized release of OC spray to subject through hand control. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of OC Sprays also requires no special equipment. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training in use of OC defensive sprays. SPECIFIC WARNING: The effects of OC spray tend to vary from individual to individual. It can have an immediate effect or a delayed effect depending on the person sprayed. Subjects may panic and not respond to verbal commands when sprayed and may not be able to comply immediately, this is known as auditory exclusion. Subjects must be decontaminated as soon as possible. Some subjects generally experience high levels of anxiety and their behavior can become more confrontational in the long run. Officers may be contaminated by fellow officers; this can also cause confusion in certain situations.

ALS Top Cop OC Spray 3.1oz.

DESCRIPTION: Top Cop OC is a 10%, 2 million Scoville heat unit (1.33% major capsaicin content), non-flammable OC forumula designed for law enforcement officers to rapidly gain control of non-compliant subjects. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: Top Cop aerosols were developed to help officers in the use of force continuum, and to provide an effective and reliable less-lethal means of incapacitation. OC sprays have become the single most prolific lesslethal tool employed by law enforcement agencies around the world. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Law Enforcement, Military, Corrections. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: Top Cop OC is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, coughing, and an extreme burning sensation to exposed skin surfaces. When deployed properly, Top Cop OC formulation has been found to be effective 93 out of 100 times. MODELS AVAILABLE: Stream PHYSICAL DATA: Size: Can length: 6.25". Can diameter: 1.5". PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: Top Cop OC emits a highly irritating pattern of OC when sprayed. Oleoresin Capsicum is designed to target normal respiratory function and vision in individuals that have been sprayed. DELIVERY MEANS: Aerosol delivery system; pressurized release of OC spray to subject through hand control. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of OC Sprays also requires no special equipment. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training in use of OC defensive sprays. SPECIFIC WARNING: The effects of OC spray tend to vary from individual to individual. It can have an immediate effect or a delayed effect depending on the person sprayed. Subjects may panic and not respond to verbal commands when sprayed and may not be able to comply immediately, this is known as auditory exclusion. Subjects must be decontaminated as soon as possible. Some subjects generally experience high levels of anxiety and their behavior can become more confrontational in the long run. Officers may be contaminated by fellow officers; this can also cause confusion in certain situations.

ALS Top Cop OC Spray 1.5oz.

ALS Top Cop OC Spray 14oz. Cell Aerosol w/ Hose & Wand

DESCRIPTION: Top Cop is a 10%, 2 million Scoville heat unit (1.33% major capsaicin content), non flammable OC formula designed for law officers to rapidly gain control of non-compliant subjects. The OC Cell Aerosol uses a wand to introduce OC into confined areas, such as cells, closets, vehicles, etc. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: Top Cop aerosols were developed to help officers in the use of force continuum, and to provide an effective and reliable less-lethal means of incapacitation. OC sprays have become the single most prolific less lethal tool employed by law enforcement agencies around the world. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Law Enforcement, Military, Corrections. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The wand on the Cell Aerosol allows OC to be released into confined areas easily. Top Cop OC is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, violent coughing, and an extreme burning sensation to exposed skin surfaces. When deployed properly, Top Cop OC formulation has been found to be effective 93 out of 100 times. PHYSICAL DATA: - Can length: 9" (length includes pistol grip). - Can diameter: 2.5" - Hose and Wand Length: approximately 40 (Hose: 29 and Wand: 10 ) PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: Top Cop OC emits highly irritating OC when sprayed. Oleoresin Capsicum is designed to target normal respiratory function and vision in individuals that have been sprayed. DELIVERY MEANS: Aerosol delivery system; pressurized release of OC spray to subject through hose and wand. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of OC Sprays also requires no special equipment. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training in use of OC defensive sprays. SPECIFIC WARNING: The effects of OC spray tend to vary from individual to individual. It can have an immediate effect or a delayed effect depending on the person sprayed. Subjects may panic and not respond to verbal commands when sprayed and may not be able to comply immediately, this is known as auditory exclusion. Subjects must be decontaminated as soon as possible. Some subjects generally experience high levels of anxiety and their behavior can become more confrontational in the long run. Officers may be contaminated by fellow officers; this can also cause confusion in certain situations.

ALS Top Cop OC Spray 14oz.

DESCRIPTION: Top Cop OC is a 10%, 2 million Scoville heat unit (1.33% major capsaicin content), non-flammable OC forumula designed for law enforcement officers to rapidly gain control of non-compliant subjects. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: Top Cop OC was developed to help officers in the use of force continuum, and to provide an effective and reliable less-lethal means of incapacitation. OC sprays have become the single most prolific lesslethal tool employed by law enforcement agencies around the world. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Law Enforcement, Military, Corrections. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: Top Cop OC is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, coughing, and an extreme burning sensation to exposed skin surfaces. When deployed properly, Top Cop OC formulation has been found to be effective 93 out of 100 times. MODELS AVAILABLE: Stream PHYSICAL DATA: Size: Can length: 9" (length includes pistol grip). Can diameter: 2.5". PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: Top Cop OC emits a highly irritating pattern of OC when sprayed. Oleoresin Capsicum is designed to target normal respiratory function and vision in individuals that have been sprayed. DELIVERY MEANS: Aerosol delivery system; pressurized release of OC spray to subject through hand control. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of OC Sprays also requires no special equipment. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training in use of OC defensive sprays. SPECIFIC WARNING: The effects of OC spray tend to vary from individual to individual. It can have an immediate effect or a delayed effect depending on the person sprayed. Subjects may panic and not respond to verbal commands when sprayed and may not be able to comply immediately, this is known as auditory exclusion. Subjects must be decontaminated as soon as possible. Some subjects generally experience high levels of anxiety and their behavior can become more confrontational in the long run. Officers may be contaminated by fellow officers; this can also cause confusion in certain situations.

ALS Top Cop OC Spray .68oz. Belt Clip

DESCRIPTION: Top Cop OC is a 10%, 2 million Scoville heat unit (1.33% major capsaicin content), non-flammable OC forumula designed for law enforcement officers to rapidly gain control of non-compliant subjects. BACKGROUND: Top Cop aerosols were developed to help officers in the use of force continuum, and to provide an effective and reliable less-lethal means of incapacitation. OC sprays have become the single most prolific less-lethal tool employed by law enforcement agencies around the world. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Law Enforcement, Military, Corrections. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: Top Cop OC is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, coughing, and an extreme burning sensation to exposed skin surfaces. When deployed properly, Top Cop OC formulation has been found to be effective 93 out of 100 times. MODELS AVAILABLE: Available in Stream. PHYSICAL DATA: Size: Can length: 4.5". Can diameter: 1". PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: Top Cop OC emits a highly irritating pattern of OC when sprayed. Oleoresin Capsicum is designed to target normal respiratory function and vision in individuals that have been sprayed. DELIVERY MEANS: Aerosol delivery system; pressurized release of OC spray to subject through hand control. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of OC Sprays also requires no special equipment. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training in use of OC defensive sprays. SPECIFIC WARNING: The effects of OC spray tend to vary from individual to individual. It can have an immediate effect or a delayed effect depending on the person sprayed. Subjects may panic and not respond to verbal commands when sprayed and may not be able to comply immediately, this is known as auditory exclusion. Subjects must be decontaminated as soon as possible. Some subjects generally experience high levels of anxiety and their behavior can become more confrontational in the long run. Officers may be contaminated by fellow officers; this can also cause confusion in certain situations.

Daniel Defense MK18 RIS II

Description: Daniel Defense is the Sole Source Provider of the RIS II to the United States Special Operations Command! - The Daniel Defense MK18 RIS II is designed to work specifically on the MK18 CQBR! - The Daniel Defense RIS II is to be used in conjunction with a MK12 or other compatible Low Profile Gas Block. - The RIS II MK18 is NOT compatible with an M203. Materials & Construction: Precision CNC machined from Aircraft Grade Aluminum and Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized in black. - Aircraft Grade Aluminum - Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodizing - Weighs only 14.5 ozs! - Length: 9.5 Inches - Width: 2.2 Inches - Made in the USA!

Daniel Defense M4A1 RIS II FSP

Description: Daniel Defense is the Sole Source Provider of the RIS II to the United States Special Operations Command! The Daniel Defense Rail Interface System (RIS II) was designed at the request of the United States Special Operations Command (SOCOM) for the SOPMOD II program. SOCOM had a specific requirement for a free float M203 solution and Daniel Defense responded, designing a revolutionary product to meet the governments need. The Daniel Defense RIS II allows the individual operator to free float the M203 grenade launcher without additional parts. As importantly, special tools are not required to mount the M203 grenade launcher. This was accomplished by integrating all of the needed parts to free float the M203 into the rail itself. The Daniel Defense RIS II M4A1 FSP feature a cut out in the top rail to accomdate a standard front sight base on a carbine length gas system. The Daniel Defense RIS II free-floating Picatinny rail systems are designed to allow individual operator to quickly, and without special tools, mount M203 Grenade Launcher and precisely mount SOPMOD accessories to host weapon without effecting point of impact. Materials & Construction: Precision CNC machined from Aircraft Grade Aluminun and Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized. - Aircraft Grade Aluminum - Military Specificaiton Type III Hardcoat Anodizing Anodizing - Weighs only 16.2 ozs! - Made in the USA!

Daniel Defense M4A1 RIS II

Description: Daniel Defense is the Sole Source Provider of the RIS II to the United States Special Operations Command! The Daniel Defense Rail Interface System (RIS II) was designed at the request of the United States Special Operations Command (SOCOM) for the SOPMOD II program. SOCOM had a specific requirement for a free float M203 solution and Daniel Defense responded, designing a revolutionary product to meet the governments need. The Daniel Defense RIS II allows the individual operator to free float the M203 grenade launcher without additional parts. As importantly, special tools are not required to mount the M203 grenade launcher. This was accomplished by integrating all of the needed parts to free float the M203 into the rail itself. The Daniel Defense RIS II is to be used in conjunction with the MK12 Low Profile Gas Block. The Daniel Defense RIS II free-floating Picatinny rail systems are designed to allow individual operator to quickly, and without special tools, mount M203 Grenade Launcher and precisely mount SOPMOD accessories to host weapon without effecting point of impact.

TNT Tactical T-Shirt

Top Notch Tactical's, Tactical T-Shirt. Features a heavy 6 oz. knit cotton weight t-shirt for optimal hang and presentation, and durable screen printed images. - Front Left Breast: Top Notch Tactical Logo - Back: TNT skull w/ cross rifles - Sleeve: American Flag over TNT website - Right Torso: TNT Skull w/ Machete

TNT H&K SL-8 & G-36 Barrel Wrench

SPECIFICATIONS: - Material: Mechanical Tubing Steel - Length: 3.5 in. - Weight: 7.15 oz. Born from necesity. The mother of invention, comes the state of the art H&K SL-8 and G-36 barrel wrench. Will fit everything from the 9" G-36c to the 20" SL-8. The wrench features 3 points of contact to insure maximum connection and maximum torque to the barrel nut. Also features a 3/8 drive socket to allow loosening with any size breaker bar, and tightening with a torque wrench to insure proper tension again and again. Its a must have for anyone doing a G36 rifle build, SL8 to G36 conversion, or just to have for proper maintanance and servicing for the above rifles. *Limited Lifetime Warranty

Knoxx Power Pack

The innovative PowerPak System brings a new level of versatility and performance to the acclaimed SpecOps Stock. The modular PowerPak System includes a raised cheek-piece for use with optical sights, a shell holder that presents five 12-gauge shells ready for quick reloads, a watertight storage compartment for earplugs and spare batteries, and a standard height cheek-piece for use with low-rise sights or bead. The PowerPak System can be assembled with all or any part of the included components with the accompanying hex wrench for either left- or right-handed shooters. Installation is easy as the PowerPak System simply snaps onto the rear portion of the stock. Once installed, the PowerPak remains rigid and stable through the toughest of use. Designed specifically for the SpecOps Stock and the SpecOps NRS, the PowerPak System fits perfectly on all versions.

Knoxx Spec Ops Stock

From the longest arm of the law to the shortest, the popular SpecOps Stock is instantly adjustable to fit any shooter. With over 4 inches of adjustment, this is a stock that the entire department can use comfortably in any application and with any load. This patented Knoxx recoil-reducing stock will revolutionize the way you think about shotguns. Utilizing dual Knoxx recoilcompensating systems, the SpecOps Stock has the ability to reduce felt recoil of even the most potent loads by up to 95%. The SpecOps Stock makes even the heaviest loads easy for all shooters to handle! The SpecOps polymer and alloy construction makes it durable, reliable and built to last. Also, the unique features and design of this pistol grip style stock allows law enforcement agencies and military personnel the ability to use their shotguns with all loadbearing and ballistic tactical vests. Designed to fit any and all shooters, and practically devoid of recoil, the SpecOps Stock is the most popular of the Knoxx line of recoil-reducing products. Not only is it utilizing two recoilabsorbing mechanisms to soak up recoil, it also adjusts to fit any shooter regardless of the situation or application. Hunters and competitive shooters will find their scores and hit ratios improving as flinching and recoil anticipation dramatically decreases. SpecOps Stock Unique Features Include: - Instantly adjustable stock to fit all shooters - 11.25 to 15.25-inch length-of-pull (The butt pad must be removed to obtain the shortest LOP) - Perfect fit with load-bearing and ballistic tactical vests - Dual recoil compensation systems eliminate harsh recoilwith all loads - Unique design cuts muzzle rise - Back on target faster - Eliminate shoulder fatigue and related recoil injuries

Magpul R.S.A.

Rail Sling Attachment The RSA provides a forward sling attachment point for the Magpul MS2 or MS3 and other clip-in systems. Made from precision cast black manganese phosphatized steel, the RSA attaches to any MIL-STD-1913 Picatinny/STANAG 4694 rail. The RSA has been proven to withstand stress tests of over 300 pounds yet weighs a mere 1.26 ounces. Made in U.S.A. Features All cast steel construction Mil-spec black manganese phosphate finish Works on any standard 1913 Picatinny-spec rail

ALS Top Cop 6oz. OC Grenade

DESCRIPTION: Top Cop OC is a 10% - 2 million Scoville Heat Unit, (13.3% major capsaicin content), OC formula, designed specifically for law enforcement officers to rapidly gain control of non-compliant subjects. This device was designed as non-pyrotechnic chemical device that can be used in a variety of situations such as meth-labs, Barricade subjects, or non-compliance in a correctional settings. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: This device was developed to help officers in the use of force continuum and to provide reliable, less-lethal, effective means of incapacitation. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Forced Entry. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: Top Cop OC Spray is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, coughing, and extreme burning sensation to exposed skin surfaces. When deployed properly, Top Cop OC incapacitants have been found to be effective 93 out of 100 times. PHYSICAL DATA: Available in: Fog Can length: 41/4"" Can diameter: 2"" Actuator Type: Push Button Actuator Number of Bursts: One (1) 28 Second burst Tare Weight: 6 oz. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When properly deployed Top Cop OC Spray has been found to be 93% effective. Top Cop OC emits a highly irritating pattern of OC when sprayed. Oleoresin Capsicum is designed to target normal respiratory function and vision in individuals that have been sprayed. DELIVERY MEANS: Aerosol delivery system; pressurized release of OC spray to subject through hand control. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Most officers are trained with the use of OC Sprays also requires no special equipment. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: The effects of OC spray tend to vary from individual to individual. It can have an immediate effect or a delayed effect depending on the person sprayed. Subjects may panic and not respond to verbal commands when sprayed and may not be able to comply immediately, this is known as auditory exclusion. Subjects must be decontaminated as soon as possible. Some subjects generally experience high levels of anxiety and their behavior can become more confrontational in the long run. Fellow officers may contaminate officers, this can also cause confusion in certain situations. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training in use of OC defensive sprays.

Sadlak Tactical Mag Release Latch

The Tactical Magazine Release Latch is manufactured to original USGI specification with the exception of the thumb pad which has been enlarged and serrated to provide a faster, smoother release, and a more positive grip. The Case hardened steel has a hardness of 55 Rc and a Mil-Spec parkerized finish The vertical serrated grooves in the tab are machined in the direction the thumb travels allowing a firm grip that results in quick magazine changes what are helpful during the rapid portion of competition matches and other tactical operations. The ergonomic design of the rounded edges assure comfortable use.

A.R.M.S. #40L

The #40L has all the features of our excellent 40A2 sight, but has a lower profile, allowing more clearance for mounting optics to your flat-top receiver and allows lower mounting, miniaturized windage knob with .75 MOA adjustment and a very new and unique dual aperature. Folded height is only .610". (One of the only flip up sights that will work with most scopes)

ALS Training Fuse

DESCRIPTION: The Training fuze is a M201 A1 Fuze which generates a 120 to 130 dB report and a brilliant flash. The delay exactly emulates fully operational devices. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: This device was developed to provide an economical alternative to full power training devices while simulating exact deployment techniques with minimal hazards. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Tactical entry training. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: N/A PHYSICAL DATA: Fuze M201 A1 with 1 to 1.5 second delay. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: 120 -130 dB sound and 500,000 candela. DELIVERY MEANS: To be used in conjunction with the ALS4140, ALS6160, or ALS09NR bodies. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Low fire hazard, minimized training costs. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: Not intended for operational requirements. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: N/A

Vang Comp Moss Mag Extention

Short, screw-on magazine extensions add one or two additional rounds to tactical and sporting shotguns without increasing overall gun length. Replaces factory magazine cap with no permanent modifications. Machined from solid steel bar stock for a much stronger system to resist dents. Included sling loop can be installed for left- or right-handed shooters. Smooth-feeding, unbreakable follower is molded in bright green for easy inspection upon loading/unloading.

Vang Comp Detachable Side Ammo Carrier

DSAC Standard Model Made in the USA No special tools to install the DSAC Stainless Steel Screws going into Stainless escutcheon Can use the rim of a 12 ga shotgun hull to install/uninstall DSAC Cannot over tighten screws that might deform the action Can read the Serial Number of the gun without removing DSAC No small screws being used to come loose Removable Shell Carrier Extra Carriers may be carried on vest/in pocket, etc Available in Black ONLY DSAC Deluxe Model Includes 1 extra ammo carrier.

VLTOR CASV-S (Stepped Mid Length)

Like all CASV systems, the CASV-S relies on "piggy-back" mounting to the top of a flat-top M4 or M16A4 upper receiver. This chassis features a removable lower handguard, which allows the access of an M203 grenade launcher. The smooth body construction allows multiple rail mounting points, adaptable to any mission needs. Each CASV kit features various length removable rails and mounting hardware. The CASV-S is the same as the CASV-M, but with a step-down design for the proper co-witnessing of Eotech optics. The CASV-S is intended to be a drop-on rail system for a mid-length gas system which is equipped with a fixed sight-tower/gas block system. The CASV-M can fit over a carbine length gas system, as long as a low-profile gas block is installed. Like all CASVs, the CASV-S relies on the use of the Delta Ring for a more secure mounting point. Vltor does not recommend the CASV-EL, CASV-M or CASV-S to be used without the standard Delta Ring assembly. The interior diameter is large enough to allow a 1.375 sound suppressor within the handguard. This CASV chassis is made entirely of aluminum, with the exception of the stainless steel mounting hardware. After mounted, the CASV-S adds less than 1lb (14.3 oz /384g, without mounted rail sections) to the firearm's overall weight. The CASV-S is only available in Black. The CASV-S contains the following Items: Qty.1 6-inch Accessory Rail Qty.2 4-inch Accessory Rail Qty.2 2-inch Accessory Rail Qty.13 10-32 x Flathead Hex Drive Screw Qty.2 Hex Wrenches for Mounting Clamp and Accessory Rail Installation.

VLTOR CASV-EL (Extended Length)

Like all CASV systems, the CASV-EL relies on "piggy-back" mounting to the top of a flat-top M4 upper receiver. This system features a removable lower handguard, which allows the access of an M203 barrel-mounted grenade launcher. The smooth body construction allows multiple rail mounting points, adaptable to any mission needs. Each CASV kit features various lengths of removable rails and mounting hardware. The CASV-EL is intended to be a drop-on rail system for a Carbine-Length gas system that is equipped with a fixed sight-tower/gas block system, as commonly found on most 10.5, 14.5, and some 16 barrels. Like all CASVs, the CASV-EL relies on the use of the Delta Ring for a more secure mounting point. Vltor does not recommend that any CASV handguard be used without the standard Delta Ring assembly. This CASV chassis is made entirely of aluminum, with the exception of the stainless steel mounting hardware. After mounted, the CASV-EL adds less than 1lb (13.5 oz without mounted rail sections) to the firearm's overall weight and features a QD sling swivel socket on the left and right sides.

Dueck Defense RTS Set

Secondary sighting systems, whether for mil/LE, home defense, or competitive shooting, have become a popular trend. All manner of flip-up irons and off-set systems have come to market in recent years, ranging from military operators bolting full carry handles on their fore-ends to small, red dots mounted atop primary optics. Dueck Defense, founded by Team SureFires Barry Dueck, has one of the newest entries into this market, the RTS (Rapid Transition Sight). It blends Duecks Marine Corps and competitive shooting backgrounds, along with SureFire influences in precision machining, to deliver what might be the finest back-up irons on the market today. A must-have for 3-gun shooting, said Practical Shooting Academys Keith Garcia, law enforcement officer and winner of the inaugural 3-Gun Nation Shoot-Off last March. The best back-up sight available anywhere. These sights are so sturdy I put a second set on my SWAT entry rifle. With a 45-degree offset that is the same bore height as traditional M16 A2/A4/M4 sighting systems, Duecks RTS can be field-mounted with a simple flat-head screwdriver. Completely ambidextrous, the low profile RTS delivers an extremely long sighting radius, yet only rises 2/10thof an inch, ensuring your primary optic will clear. Machined from 7075 aluminum bar stock, the RTS features half-MOA (minute-of-angle) elevation and windage adjustments, is Mil-Spec hard-coat anodized and mounts to standard M1913 Picatinny rails. FEATURES: Ultra-Durable: Machined from 7075 aluminum alloy bar stock, light weight and twice the strength of 6061 T6 aluminum MOA elevation and windage adjustments Mil-Spec Hard Anodized finish Made in the USA Same bore height as standard M4/M16A4 sights Ambidextrous: can be mounted for Left or Right hand shooters 45 degree offset Low profile over picatiny rail only rising 2/10th of an inch so that it does not interfere with your primary optics Mounts directly to the top picatiny rail of your rifle No Special Tools Required: only uses a flat head screw and can easily be done in the field Compatible with military IR Laser/Illuminators, front sight designed to clear beam path I realized that when shooting close targets on the move I was more effective with standard M4/M16 iron sights than when using anything else. Being that I still performed better at longer ranges with an optical sight, I came up with a sight design that allowed for both. It also solved the problem of trying to co-witness sights because you now have two independent sighting systems that are always ready. ~ Barry Dueck

VLTOR I-MOD KIT

VLTOR E-Mod Stock Kit

The EMOD is about one inch longer than the original Modstock and with the rubber butt plate installed, is about a quarter of an inch longer than the CRANE SCB. The increased length of the EMOD is a major benefit when used on scoped rifles (SPR/DMR), as it increases the available comb for any given length of pull. The buttplate of the EMOD is slightly wider and longer at the toe than the regular M4 stock with a noticeable negative pitch, making transitions from the ready feel much more natural. The EMOD was given enough weight to help balance out the normally muzzle heavy feel associated with negative pitch buttstocks. The toe of the buttplate is rolled under; giving the EMOD a superior feel when the weapon is held in the "out of pocket" heads up hold. The buttplate is covered with a removable rubber buttpad that is molded over a metal strike plate. The shape of the buttplate and the rubber buttpad give a solid stock purchase in all situations. The EMOD features more storage in the removable, waterproof side compartments; the EMOD holds up to four CR123 or three AA batteries. There is also an additional weather proof compartment in the clubfoot area of the stock, this compartment can be accessed quickly and holds two AA batteries or other small parts. Constructed from the finest materials, the EMOD will stand up to the most rugged demands. EMOD FEATURES: - Style: Clubfoot with Butterfly Latch - Colors: Black, FDE Tan, Foliage Green - Length w/buttpad: 7.75 inches (at centerline of tube) - Weight:14oz - LOP fully collapsed: 11.5 inches - LOP fully extended: 14.75 inches - Buttpad angle: -5 degrees with decrease to -15 at toe. - Sling Attachments: Standard military and Quick Disconnect Swivel Socket accessible from both sides. - Storage: Total of 8ea CR123, or 6ea AA batteries in storage tubes. Additional storage for 2ea AA batteries or small parts in quick access compartment.

Magpul UBR

The Magpul UBR (Utility / Battle Rifle), U.S. Patent 6651371, is a fully-featured, adjustable butt stock for the AR15 / M16. Unlike typical collapsing stocks, this modular design offers the stability of a fixed stock with consistent cheek weld in any position. Seven-position length-of-pull (LOP) adjustment is quickly executed with gross motor movement while the integral preset system allows direct access to a preferred position. A robust lock mechanism and multi-shell construction increase durability under severe impact conditions experienced during malfunction clearing and accommodates large-bore AR calibers. The UBR also provides extra counterbalance weight to improve handling on full-length rifles and weapons with muzzle-heavy accessories or grenade launchers. Optional components such as dual-side sling mounts and metal strike plate allow the UBR to adapt to the mission at hand. Note: The UBR includes the necessary Entry Receiver Extension tube and all mounting hardware. An M4 Carbine Buffer and Spring are required for use with the UBR and are not included. FEATURES: - Mounts on durable Entry Receiver Extension tube - 7-Position LOP adjustability with customizable preset system for fast access to preferred length - Multi-shell construction provides solid foundation and shields critical operating parts from penetration damage - Solid fixed stock lockup in all positions - Enhanced lock mechanism w/ impact buffer increases drop strength and shock reduction - Repositionable cheek piece accommodates users requiring extra eye-relief - Stout construction provides counterbalance weight for improved weapon balance and handling - Sling Mounts - Front / Rear - Single-side push-button QD sling mounts (Left-Right Reversible) - Bottom - 1.25" Sling loop

BAD - A.S.S.

Battle Arms Development - Ambidextrous Safety Selector (BAD-ASS) for the AR15 Style Rifles. The Levers are detachable and interchangeable on both sides for maximum flexibility and user preference. There are a total of (5) Lever Designs and (25) Possible Lever Combinations! The BAD-ASS is a must have for the "South Paw" and Ambidextrous Shooters! SPECIFICATIONS: Precision Machined from 12L14 Solid Bar Stock & Round Stock Steel Heat Treated to Rockwell Hardness of 48-52 Manganese Phosphate Finish in Matte Black & Oil Treated Aggressive Diagonal Grooves on Levers for Positive Grip Single Parallel Fluting on Face of Lever Provides Additional Grip & also Saves Weight (2) Indicator "V-Grooves" at Tip of Pivot & at Face of Lever - can be filled with high visibility paint for easy identification Torx lever screws to prevent cam-out and stripping of screw head. 100% Made in USA Patent Pending Each Retail Package Comes With: ■(1) SAFETY BAR/AXIS ■(3) LEVERS: 1.STANDARD 2.SHORT 3.THIN ■(2) TORX SCREWS ■(1) HARDENED STAINLESS STEEL SAFETY DETENT (by KNS Precision) ■(1) T10 TORX L-Key ■Precision CNC Machined from Solid Bar Stock Steel! ■MADE IN U.S.A. ■PATENT PENDING If you have any further doubts that the BAD-ASS selector is the most superior selector ever made heres what some professional non bias reviews had to say. MILITARY MORONS .COM: 5/30/10 - After more than a year of development, testing and refinement, the Battle Arms Development - Ambidextrous Safety Selector (or 'BAD-ASS') has finally been released, which is very exciting for me as a left-handed user of the AR-15. The BAD-ASS is user-configurable and addresses the issue of lever interference with the trigger hand when rotating the lever from 'safe' to 'fire'. The BAD-ASS is designed for both left and right handed shooters who believe that ambidextrous controls on a weapon are an advantage, and allow the user to operate the weapon as efficiently as possible no matter which side they're firing from. Background - Being a left-handed shooter in a right-handed world, I'm always on the search for better ambidextrous components for my AR-15. One of my pet peeves was the 'standard' ambi safety commonly available, which basically uses two standard levers of the same length; one on each side of the receiver. The issue with the standard lever is that it's long, and due to the location of the safety rotation axis, it extends down past the top of the pistol grip, where it can sit uncomfortably under the trigger finger. Worse than discomfort, is that when rotating the lever from 'safe' to 'fire', the lever can be prevented from rotating completely by the hand/finger because of that interference. This becomes a more serious issue, as it can prevent the weapon from firing when expected. I learned to adjust my grip so that it'd allow unencumbered rotation of the lever, but I still yearned for a better design. Back in May of '09, I brought this up to my friends at BAD, and the discussion started on how to design a better ambi-safety. I had my own ideas on how to approach the problem, and so did BAD. There are basically two ways to reduce the lever interference with the hand - make the lever shorter, or lower profile (thinner). The challenge was to design the lever so that it would minimize interference but still allow the user to manipulate it positively when switching sides. There's no point in having a lever that doesn't interfere, but is so hard to flip to 'fire' that you fumble with it. For a short lever, it needs to be wide enough to provide a 'shelf' for the thumb to rest on. For the thin lever, it needs to be long enough for the thumb to have enough leverage to flip it off without slipping off. I gave BAD my ideas and input (as a lefty), and they also came up with their own proposed solutions. After down-selecting the ideas, prototypes were made and put to the test with selected beta-testers, both left and right handed. This was pretty eye opening, and some ideas did not work in practice as thought in theory. During testing, some testers preferred the short, wide lever, and some preferred the thin, long lever. BAD smartly decided to offer both solutions to users, to choose which one they liked better, in the BAD-ASS package. Additional levers would be made available if the user wanted to use a lever combination other than the standard package offering. Description - The BAD-ASS package comes with the selector axis and three detachable levers (standard, thin and short), which are installed using torx mounting screws. A torx wrench is included in the package. The standard lever is about the same length and thickness as the standard USGI lever. It just has a different profile. To maximize 'shelf' area for the thumb to engage positively, the cross section is more rectangular than rounded/pyramidal. The thin lever is the same length as the standard lever, but half the thickness of the USGI lever. The short lever is the same thickness, but shorter than the USGI lever. The levers have broad, angled serrations on their surface to provide a sure and positive purchase for the thumb, and also the 'crook' of the finger (when it is used to flip the lever from 'fire' to 'safe'). I find that with an ambi safety, I flip the lever from 'safe' to 'fire' with the thumb, but use the crook of my trigger finger plus the thumb to flip it back to 'safe'. There is a groove machined into the pocket of the lever, as well as the round part, which can be filled with paint for a more visible identification of lever position. I must mention that the initial inspiration for the lever shape came from a one-off custom ambi safety that my friend Shin Tanaka made for me, that I've been using for the past few years. BAD and I came up with and tested different shapes/profiles, but in the end, arrived with a profile similar to that of the Shin lever, through natural evolution and progression of the design based on testing and evaluation. A great amount of thought, time and effort went into the design of the levers from all involved. Installation - Installing the BAD-ASS is the same as replacing the stock safety. The pistol grip screw is backed out enough to lower the pistol grip and relieve tension on the detent spring, allowing the stock safety to be removed. The new selector axis is then installed, and the pistol grip screw tightened. The levers are then installed with non-permanent thread lock (I use blue loctite). Observation and notes - I've been using the various prototypes of the BAD-ASS since conception of the project, and the final pre-production prototype for the past few months. I think that the BAD-ASS is a huge improvement over the standard profile ambi-safety, and almost completely addresses the issue of interference with the trigger finger. I say 'almost' because the distance from the axis to the pistol grip makes it difficult to be completely eliminated unless you just use a non-ambi, single lever on the right side (for a lefty, due to the location of the rotation axis). But then, it's not ambi. As you can see from the photos below, the standard BAD-ASS lever shares the same length and thickness as the standard USGI lever, with ample shelf space for postive manipulation. The short lever ends right at the bottom of the receiver, where it meets the pistol grip. Any shorter, or if it had a rounded profile, and it would increase difficulty to manipulate. We chopped up standard USGI levers to test this out. Short and rounded was no good. The thin lever needs the length to allow positive manipulation. Any shorter or thinner, and the result is decreased purchase. However, early customer comments indicated that some would like to see a short version of the thin lever. I didn't think that it was practical. So, I decided to try it for myself and chopped a thin lever to short lever length. For righties, it's not as bad as I thought - I was still able to flip it on and off. I encountered a little more difficulty with gloves, but it was workable. When mounted on the left side for lefties, it's definitely more difficult because of the stop on the receiver (see pic below). The stop now covers the end of the lever where you get the most leverage/purchase. I was still able to manipulate it, but it's a bit more 'iffy'. After trying it out myself, I'm now more open to the idea of a short version of the thin lever (mostly for righties), as long as the customer understands that decreased purchase is to be expected. Short vs. thin lever was one of the points where there was no clear 'winner'. However I realized that some of the beta-testers were right-handers. It has more to do with ease of manipulation when operating the lever with the weak hand than interference with the strong-side hand. For a right handed shooter who mounts the thin lever on the right side, when he switches to his weak/left hand, the lever is relatively positive to disengage. However, for a lefty like me, with the thin lever on the left side, the lever 'stop' which protrudes from the left side of the receiver prevents me from getting a full thumb purchase on top of the thin lever. The thickness of the stubby lever is needed in that case, as it extends beyond the width of the stop. So, preference is also dictated by whether the user is left or right-handed, as the lower receiver isn't identical on both sides. I can see that for right handers using the BAD-ASS, the thin lever doesn't present the issues a lefty might encounter. It was a good decision on BAD's part to offer both as options. For the reasons above, as a lefty, I found that I prefer the short lever on the left side with either another short lever or the standard lever on the right side. A right-handed shooter might prefer the thin lever on the right side, combined with the standard on the left side. While the standard lever interferes with the hand, just like the USGI one does, it's something the user can usually deal with on the occasion that he switches to the 'weak' side. For 'true' ambi configuration, I'd go with short levers on each side. The short levers also feel quicker to flip back and forth due to their reduced length and radius of travel. As mentioned above, BAD will eventually offer the levers separately for users who want different combinations. The levers are designed to have a gap between them and the sides of the receiver. Due to different receiver widths between manufacturers and sometimes with the same manufacturer, a gap was necessary to accommodate the different widths and ensure clearance. It's not a large gap, as seen in the photo below. BAD took a sampling of more than a dozen lower receivers, and based the measurements on Colt (which tends to be on the wider side). As a left-handed shooter, I'm grateful to have been involved in this project and am very pleased with the high quality that BAD manufactures these to. Much nicer than any standard USGI selector I've seen. Rotation is smooth and positive, due to the machined detents in the selector. It doesn't hurt that the look of the lever compliments/adds to the rifle, in my opinion. BAD is also working on a model called the BAD-CASS (Combat Ambi Safety Selector) and the M16 BAD-CASS where the left-side lever and selector axis are machined as one piece (to alleviate any concerns that the primary lever might come loose as it's secured by a screw). As long a you use loctite, it shouldn't be prone to backing out any more than a properly installed scope ring screw, pistol grip screw, or backup sight screw. I believe that the AR-15/M4 platform should be 'universalized' with ambi controls, which are becoming standard on many new weapon designs like the FN SCAR, ACR, or the first truly ambi AR-15 lower, the KAC SR-15 IWS. In my biased opinion, the BAD-ASS is a leap forward for lefties like me, much like the Norgon Ambi-catch and Armament Dynamic ACLM charging handle were. I also feel that right-handers can benefit from ambi features as well. There has also been extensive & positive reviews from the following: - M4Carbine.net - Weaponevolution.com - AR15.com - Jerkingthetrigger.com - Weaponeer.net

JAE M1A / M14 Sniper Stock

STANDARD FEATURES INCLUDE: - Full Length Aircraft Aluminum Skeleton - Painted Composite Skins Permanently Bonded to Aluminum Skeleton - Available with Selector Cut Out or Without - Rear Lug Pocket (Except on Selector Cut Out Version) - Aluminum Lug Slides (7075) Eliminates need for Glass Bedding - Augmentable Rubber Grip - Metal Heal Plate under Grip - Flushmount Rail-European style - Metal Textured Butt Adaptor - Flush Plugs which can be changed out for Optional Flush Cups - Trigger Pad Screws to adjust trigger group fit if loose *Each stock is built to your custom specifications. Please allow up to 8 weeks for delivery*

Sadlak Cleaning Drill Set

The cleaning drill set includes a #15 (.180 dia) & Letter

SEI M14 Connector Lock Pin

Replaces worn out USGI units for positive magazine engagement. Made from special SEI tool steel, case hardened to 58 HRC. Standard component found on M21A5/M14SE Crazy Horse.

SEI M14 Tritium Bar Combat Sight

Replaces original USGI unit.

SEI M-14 Tritium Close Combat Sight (TCCS)

Designed for use in close combat during limited visibility with MK14-type weapons. Not for use in high precision engagements. Genuine Trijicon self luminous vial in 4140 Chrome Moly Wire EDM front sight unit.

SEI M14 Extended Bolt Stop/Release

(NSN Pending) Limited civilian availability. A must for high stress or cold weather applications. Standard issue on USN & USAF MK14's and US Army M14SE's. At long last an extended bolt release with serrated thumb pad for the M14 rifle that will provide a positive release when wearing gloves or when speed of operation is a must. Absolutely essential item in cold weather. Extremely tough and properly heat-treated 8620 steel used for long service life on this critical component. Now standard issue on US Navy, USAF, and USCG MK14 Mod 0 rifles and the US Army M-14SE. SPECIFICATIONS: - Material: 8620 Steel - Finish: Black Parkerized per MIL SPEC ***Note: Retail availablity may be limited due to ongoing military requirements.***

Magpul PRS Precision Rifle Stock

PRS Precision-Adjustable Buttstock AR15/M16 (5.56 NATO) Model The Magpul PRS (Precision Rifle / Sniper AR15/M16 Model) is a drop-in, precision-adjustable butt stock for rifles with A1 / A2 fixed stocks. Designed to offer the fine-tuned, customized feel of a precision target stock, the PRS is adjustable for both cheek riser height and length-of-pull without sacrificing the durability necessary to withstand the operational environment. Compared to the A2 stock, the PRS can shorten the LOP by 0.25 or extend it by 0.75. Machined aluminum adjustment knobs feature positive-locking click detents to maintain position under recoil and allows easy, tool-less adjustments by simply rotating the knobs. Machined aluminum butt-plate and alloy steel adjustment shaft provide stability and strength to withstand severe impact conditions. Rubber butt-pad offers positive shoulder purchase to prevent slippage for optimal accuracy even with body armor or modular gear. Bottom Picatinny-type rail allows for monopod use, additional sling mounts or storage. Stock includes all mounting hardware for A1 / A2 type rifles with fixed stock. Note: The PRS is a direct replacement for an A1 or A2 fixed stock. Fitting to a Carbine will require a Rifle Receiver Extension tube, Rifle Buffer and Spring (not included).

Magpul CTR Cheek Riser

Essential when using CTR's on rifles with raised rail systems. Proper cheek-weld translates into better accuracy. These risers securely clip-on to MOE and CTR stocks.

Magpul CTR

CTR M4 Carbine Collapsible Buttstock Military Model The patent-pending Magpul CTR (Compact / Type Restricted Military Model) is a drop-in replacement butt stock for carbines using mil-spec receiver extension tubes. Designed for light, fast action the streamlined A-frame profile avoids snagging and shields the release latch to prevent accidental activation. The extra-power lock mechanism uses a premium chrome-silicon spring to avert auto-collapse failure and maintains strength by resisting spring relaxation. The CTR also features a supplemental friction lock system that eliminates wobble* for enhanced weapon stability and accuracy. The Military Model includes a standard 0.30 rubber butt-pad which provides positive shoulder purchase to prevent slippage even with body armor or modular gear. Note: There are two basic types of M4 Carbine Receiver Extensions (buffer tubes): Mil-Spec and Commercial. If you have a Commercial extension on your rifle, make sure to order the Commercial CTR

Magpul ACS

ACS M4 Carbine Collapsible Butt-Stock Military Model The patent-pending Magpul ACS (Adaptable Carbine/Storage Military Model) is a drop-in replacement butt-stock for carbines using mil-spec receiver extension tubes. A streamlined, anti-snag profile shields the release latch to prevent accidental activation and the extra-power lock mechanism uses a premium chrome-silicon spring to avert auto-collapse failure by resisting spring relaxation. Similar to the CTR, the ACS also features a supplemental friction lock system that eliminates wobble* for enhanced weapon stability and accuracy. Dual, rear accessible, water-resistant battery storage tubes and an integral storage compartment in the butt of the stock provides multiple storage options. The ACS comes standard with a rubber butt-pad which gives positive shoulder purchase to prevent slippage even with body armor or modular gear. Features Mounts on mil-spec sized carbine receiver extension tube (not included) from manufacturers such as Colt, Armalite, S&W, LMT, and others (please see the note below) Supplemental friction lock minimizes accuracy robbing wobble* Premium chrome-silicon lock spring provides positive locking and long service life Sloping cheek weld provides a wide contact surface for user comfort Shielded release latch prevents snagging and accidental operation Replaceable 0.30" Rubber Butt-Pad offers an anti-slip surface and increases impact protection Compatible with Magpul ASAP and other receiver-mount sling attachments Metal strike plate provides a hardened striking point on toe of stock Two water-resistant battery storage tubes located on the left and right sides of the stock ◦Each tube will store up to three CR123 lithium or two AA batteries ◦Tubes are accessible from the rear via a tethered, hand-removable rubber plug Storage compartment in tail of stock with positive latching access door on right hand side Sling Mounts ◦Mid - Optional QD Sling Mount accommodates up to 1.5" push-button swivels (NOTE: QD Sling Mount Sockets are sold seperately.) ◦Rear/Bottom - 1.00" sling loop

VLTOR VIS (Versatile Interface Structure)

One of the most innovative products available from Vltor is the Versatile Interface Structure (VIS) upper receiver assembly. After 12 years of concept, development and testing, the VIS integrated receiver and rail platform is now available. The VIS is a polylithic upper receiver assembly that ties the normally individual receiver and handguard into an aggregate single part. This combination overcomes many problems that are associated with the traditional "two piece" design, most notably being greatly improved structural strength and repeatable accuracy; while affording the user the benefits of a free-floating barrel and rock solid railed fore end. The VIS features four properly dimensioned Mil-Std-1913 Picatinny rails: The top rail is one continuous rail from the back of the receiver section, to the front of the VIS; the two side rails extend from the front portion of the receiver section, to the front of the VIS; and the bottom rail is attached to a removable lower section of the handguard portion. This removable lower section allows for the attachment of the M-203 grenade launcher, as well as assists in cleaning and maintenance. The manufacturing process of the VIS is unique...starting with what is essentially a traditional separate upper receiver and handguard, these parts are partially machined then permanently joined using an exclusive welding process - this composite unit is then stress relieved, final machined and heat treated. This innovative process allows the VIS to accept any standard AR barrel! The only thing that is changed is the barrel nut used with the VIS, the required barrel nut and wrench is included with each VIS kit. Another Vltor exclusive is the modular shell deflector and bolt assist assembly. The VIS gives the operator the opportunity to choose between a shell deflector/bolt assist combo or a shell deflector only. While the VIS is not the first one piece upper receiver for the AR-15/M16 family, it is the first design that retains the use of standard barrels, as well as a removable bottom rail section that allows the mounting of the M-203 grenade launcher and all SOPMOD components. Due to popular demand, Vltor also offers the unique receiver section of the VIS as a standalone Modular Upper Receiver (MUR). The MUR is a direct replacement for the MilSpec AR-15/M16 upper receiver that offers exact dimensions and tolerances, improved strength and unique modular design.

VLTOR CASV-M (Mid Length)

Like all CASV systems, the CASV-M relies on "piggy-back" mounting to the top of a flat-top M4 or M16A4 upper receiver. This chassis features a removable lower handguard, which allows the access of an M203 grenade launcher. The smooth body construction allows multiple rail mounting points, adaptable to any mission needs. Each CASV kit features various length removable rails and mounting hardware. The CASV-M is the same as the CASV-EL, but with an enclosed top-end (not cut for a Carbine Length Gas System/Fixed Sight Tower). The CASV-M is intended to be a drop-on rail system for a mid-length gas system which is equipped with a fixed sight-tower/gas block system. The CASV-M can fit over a carbine length gas system, as long as a low-profile gas block is installed. Like all CASVs, the CASV-M relies on the use of on the Delta Ring for a more secure mounting point. Vltor does not recommend that any CASV handguard be used without the standard Delta Ring assembly. This CASV chassis is made entirely of aluminum with exception to the stainless steel mounting hardware. After mounted, the CASV-M adds less than 1lb (14.3 oz /406g, without mounted rail sections) to the firearm's overall weight and features a QD sling swivel socket on the left and right sides. Like the CASV-EL, the CASV-M is offered in the following colors: Black, Foliage Green and Flat Dark Earth (tan). **Optional product: CASV-M Flip-up Front Sight (part # CAS-FS). When using a low-profile gas block or a gas block without iron sights, the CASV-M will accept a specially designed flip-up front iron sight that mounts to the upper forward portion of the CASV-M chassis. This is ideal for any short barrel and/or short gas system. This front sight system comes with all mounting hardware. All CASV-M kits contain the following Items: Qty.1 6-inch Accessory Rail Qty.2 4-inch Accessory Rail Qty.2 2-inch Accessory Rail Qty.1 2-inch Accessory/Adapter Rail ( made to fill the void in front of the top rail). Qty.13 10-32 x Flathead Hex Drive Screw Qty.2 Hex Wrenches for Mounting Clamp and Accessory Rail Installation.

VLTOR CASV-ELS (Extended Length Step)

The CASV-ELS is not an improved CASV-EL, but more like a variation for a user with special optic needs. Like all CASV systems, the CASV-ELS relies on "piggy-back" mounting to the top of a flat-top M4 upper receiver. But what makes the CASV-ELS different is its forward Stepped top rail portion. This forward rail allows the optic (such as most EOTechs) to be placed at the same plane/height as the weapons back-up iron sights, i.e. co-witness. Co-witnessing allows the end-user to sight-in the optic to the back-up iron sights or vice-versa. This means less time at the range, while sighting in the weapon. Like the CASV-EL, this model is a drop-on rail system for a Carbine-Length gas system that is equipped with a fixed sight-tower/gas block system, as commonly found on most 10.5, 14.5, and some 16 barrels. The system also features a removable lower handguard, which allows the access of an M203 barrel-mounted grenade launcher. The smooth body construction allows multiple rail mounting points, adaptable to any mission needs. Each CASV kit features various lengths of removable rails and mounting hardware. Like all CASVs, the CASV-ELS relies on the use of the Delta Ring for a more secure mounting point. Vltor does not recommend that any CASV handguard be used without the standard Delta Ring assembly. This CASV chassis is made entirely of aluminum, with the exception of the stainless steel mounting hardware. The CASV-ELS contains the following Items: Qty.1 6-inch Accessory Rail Qty.2 4-inch Accessory Rails Qty.2 2-inch Accessory Rails Qty.13 10-32 x Flathead Hex Drive Screws Qty.2 Hex Wrenches for Mounting Clamp and Accessory Rail Installation.

Troy TRX Extreme Rail

TROY TRX (Troy Receiver Extension) BattleRails are a one-piece free-floating rail designed for solid, secure installation. Troy TRX Rails are custom manufactured from aircraft aluminum and anodized in MIL-SPEC Type III hard coat with Teflon. Available in Black and USSOCOM Flat Dark Earth. TRX BATTLERAIL FEATURES State of the art rotary locking system Proprietary one-piece design Continuous, uninterrupted top rail Reduced heat transfer True US MIL-SPEC M1913 rails Free floating design improves accuracy Increases target acquisition speed TRX Extreme includes one 4" and two 3" quick-attach rails for accessories.

Troy MRF-MX Rail

TROY Designed and Patented MRF BattleRails provide an uninterrupted rail extension and hand guard, in perfect alignment with the host weapons flat top receiver. The Troy Patented mounting system reinforces the factory installed barrel nut with a robust clamp and anti-rotation alignment lugs. The Troy MRF BattleRail is the strongest, user-installed free floating rail system in the world today. Troy MRFs are available for all M16/M4 weapon systems equipped with the original factory barrel nut. The Troy MRF replaces the factory delta ring. Troy MRF BattleRails are constructed from aircraft aluminum and anodized in MIL-STD Type III hard coat with Teflon. Flat Black and USSOCOM Flat Dark Earth available.

Troy MRF Drop In Rail

The Troy Drop In is a non free floating direct replacement for all M4/M16 carbine plastic hand guards. The Troy Patented clamping design ensures absolute rock solid mounting which is unequaled in the world today. The Drop In provides a true optical mounting platform that increases the modularity and accuracy of the M4. No gunsmithing is required and the unit installs in less than a minute. Provides true U.S. Military Specification M1913 rails at 12-3-6 and 9 o'clock. All rail systems are machined from T6061 hardened aircraft aluminum and finished in MIL-STD Type III Hard Coat Anodizing in Flat Black or USSOCOM Flat Dark Earth.

PRI Gen III Free Float Forearm System

GenIII AR15/M16 Free Float Forearm System. The latest PRI Gen III AR15/M16 Free Float Forearm and barrel nut are constructed of light weight high strength carbon fiber, aluminum and high strength steel for the best possible combination of weight and strength. The carbon fiber also reduces the amount of heat transferred to the shooter's hand during rapid or high volume firing. The long top rail matches the height of the top rail on the standard flattop receiver and is compatiable with the ARMS family of rails. The most rigid M16 freefloat system available is now easier to install. The forearm weighs .88 lbs. with an internal diameter of 1 3/4" at the open end of the tube.

Daniel Defense Omega X Rail

Description: The Omega X Rails feature a unique blend of Omega Rail technology along with the strength of our proprietary Bolt-Up Design. The Omega X Rails offer a smooth transition from the upper receiver offering the most useable rail space in conjunction with a standard front sight base. It boasts a continuous upper rail platform along with integrated, limited rotation, sling swivel attachment points on either side for ambidextrous use. This two piece free float rail system secures to a proprietary barrel nut with our AR15 Lite Rail Barrel Nut Wrench so initial gunsmithing is required for installation. Once the rail system is completely installed, it can easily be removed from the barrel nut to allow the end user to perform maintenence to the barrel and gas tube while still maintaining a true free float design. The Omega X Rail System will mount flush to your Front Sight Base on a Carbine, Midlength, or Rifle Gas system (Depending on Configuation) or can cover a variety of low profile gas blocks on a Carbine length gas system. The Omega X rail system comes standard with three black ladders to proctect the 1913 rails as well as the shooters hand. The Ladders are contructed from santoprene, which can handle heat up to 350 degrees. Features: - Free Floating Barrel Design - Uninterrupted Upper Rail Platform - Integrated Sling Swivel Attachment Points with limited rotation - Aircraft Grade Aluminum - Hardened Steel Barrel Nut - Grade 8 Military Specification Fasteners - Mil-Spec 1913 Picatinny Rails - Oval Shape to feel like traditional Hand Guards Materials & Construction: Precision CNC machined from Aircraft Grade 6061-T6 Aluminum - Aircraft Grade 6061-T6 Aluminum - Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized - 11.7 Ounces with a Steel Barrel Nut! - Made in the USA! All Daniel Defense Rail Systems are built to the 1913 Military Specification and are 100% Quality Assurance checked for conformity to the specification.

Daniel Defense Omega X 12.0 FSP

Description: The Omega X Rails feature a unique blend of Omega Rail technology along with the strength of our proprietary Bolt-Up Design. The Omega X Rails offer a smooth transition from the upper receiver offering the most useable rail space in conjunction with a standard front sight base. It boasts a continuous upper rail platform along with integrated, limited rotation, sling swivel attachment points on either side for ambidextrous use. This two piece free float rail system secures to a proprietary barrel nut with our AR15 Lite Rail Barrel Nut Wrench so initial gunsmithing is required for installation. Once the rail system is completely installed, it can easily be removed from the barrel nut to allow the end user to perform maintenence to the barrel and gas tube while still maintaining a true free float design. The Omega X 12.0 FSP Rail System is for a Carbine length gas system, offering the benefit of a full length rail system while leaving the standard Front Sight Base in tact. The Omega X rail system comes standard with three black ladders to proctect the 1913 rails as well as the shooters hand. The Ladders are contructed from santoprene, which can handle heat up to 350 degrees. Features: - Free Floating Barrel Design - Uninterrupted Upper Rail Platform - Integrated Sling Swivel Attachment Points with limited rotation - Aircraft Grade Aluminum - Hardened Steel Barrel Nut - Grade 8 Military Specification Fasteners - Mil-Spec 1913 Picatinny Rails - Oval Shape to feel like traditional Hand Guards Materials & Construction: Precision CNC machined from Aircraft Grade 6061-T6 Aluminum - Aircraft Grade 6061-T6 Aluminum - Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized - 14.6 Ounces with a Steel Barrel Nut! - Made in the USA! All Daniel Defense Rail Systems are built to the 1913 Military Specification and are 100% Quality Assurance checked for conformity to the specification.

Daniel Defense Omega Rail (Drop In)

The patent pending Daniel Defense Omega Rail system is the most exciting rail system to hit the market in years! The Omega Rail is a free float rail system that allows the individual operator to easily install it with the provided Allen Key and requires ZERO modification to the weapon! The Omega Rail features an integral QD sling swivel mount, with rotation limiter, and an uninterrupted upper rail platform. This light weight rail system is meticulously CNC machined from Aircraft Grade Aluminum and is Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized. All the Omega Rail fasteners are military specification.

Daniel Defense M4 Rail

The Daniel Defense Free Float Rail System is the lightest rail available today. It weighs less than 11 ounces (including the threaded ring, barrel nut, and indexing pins)! The M4 Free Float Rail System is designed to mount from the receiver to just behind the standard front sight post of a gas system AR15 rifle. Longer rails can also be installed on carbine length rifles that have a low-profile gas block. The indexing pins are constructed from stainless steel while all other components are 6061-T6 aluminum. The Rail System is Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized and 100% Quality Assurance test for conformity to Military Specification 1913 dimensions. Every rail comes with either ladders or panels which are made from santoprene, which can handle heat up to 350 degrees. SPECIFICATIONS: The Daniel Defense M4 Rail Handguard System was designed around these parameters: - Must be free float. - Must be light weight and strong. - Must be able to quickly dissipate heat. - Must feel like a conventional forearm (Oval not round). - Must lock to barrel nut or upper receiver to prevent spin. MATERIALS & CONSTRUCTION: Precision CNC machined from 6061 T6 aluminum and Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized for a rock hard lasting finish while weighing in at a mere 11 ozs. - 6061 T6 Aluminum - Type 3 Hard coat black anodizing - Weighs only 11 ozs! - Made in the USA!

Daniel Defense EZ Car 7.0 (Drop In)

DESCRIPTION: The EZ CAR Rail is the perfect drop in re-placement for your plastic hand guards. The EZ CAR Rail from Daniel Defense has been engineered to offer a rock solid mounting platform for all your AR accessories. The EZ CAR Rail easily replaces factory installed plastic hand guards, and it offers a Mil-Spec quad rail that installs in seconds. As simple to install as a traditional hand guard, the EZ CAR Rail mounts to a standard delta ring and hand-guard cap of a carbine length gas system with no modifications to the host weapon. Engineered and produced at the Daniel Defense state-of-the-art manufacturing facility in Black Creek, GA and finished in rugged Mil-SpeC Type III hard coat anodizing, shooters are sure to appreciate the latest lightweight quad rail to come from Daniel Defense. FEATURESL: - Uninterrupted upper rail platform - ZERO Modification to host weapon - Light weight - User installed with no special tools - Aircraft Grade Aluminum Materials & Construction: Precision CNC machined from Aircraft Grade 6061-T6 Aluminum and Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized for a rock hard lasting finish. The EZ CAR Rail weighs in at an amazing 9 Ounces. - Aircraft Grade 6061-T6 Aluminum - Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized - 9 Ounces! - Made in the USA!

Daniel Defense 7.62 Lite Rail

Description: The Daniel Defense 7.62 7.0, 9.0, 12.0 Lite Rail features our innovative Bolt Up System that allows the handguard and the rifle to have an uninterrupted monolithic upper rail. This feature is not only the basis for integrating with the upper receivers picatinny rail; but it is also the design element that allows the barrel to be free-floated for greater improved accuracy! Important: If you plan to use the 7.62 Lite Rail on an Armalite AR10 upper receiver you may have to the replace ejection port cover hinge pin to a longer length due to the bolt up plate position in relation to Armalites upper receiver design. Otherwise the Ejection Port Cover pin may not be captured and could come loose. WARNING PLEASE ENSURE THAT YOU PURCHASE THE CORRECT BARREL NUT FOR YOUR FIREARM. USING THE INCORRECT BARREL NUT CAN RESULT IN INJURY OR DEATH

ALS Launching Cup / Smoke Grenade

Launching Cup is designed to be mounted on the barrel of a 12ga shotgun. The ALSGLCS is to be used to launch standard smoke type grenades from ALS Technologies. Use in conjuction with ALS Launching Cartriges. ***DO NOT USE STANDARD AMMUNITION***

ALS Launching Cup / Handball Grenade

Launching Cup is designed to be mounted on the barrel of a 12ga shotgun. The ALSGLCR is to be used to launch rubber handball type grenades from ALS Technologies. Use in conjuction with ALS Launching Cartriges. ***DO NOT USE STANDARD AMMUNITION***

Magpul MOE Grip

The MOE grip provides Magpul quality, feel, and durability in an economical, drop-in upgrade for the standard AR15/M16/M4 pistol grip. The ergonomic, hand filling design combines aggressive texturing with storage core capability. With a similar shape to a 'medium' sized MIAD, the one-piece reinforced polymer construction provides simplicity and a reduced cost while still maintaining the durability needed to withstand operational environments. The MOE Grip accepts optional storage cores for gear stowage and includes a basic grip cap. All mounting hardware included.

ALS Tactical Blast Strip

***MILITARY & LAW ENFORCEMENT SALES... CALL FOR PRICING*** DESCRIPTION: The T-460 Tactical Blast Strip consists of a 4 x 13 x 0.1 inch black plastic body with a red label. Attached to the body is a 5-meter electric match. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The T-460 Tactical Blast Strip was developed as a stun device for use in a variety of tactical applications such as hostage rescue. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Tactical Entries. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The T-460 Tactical Blast Strip is instantly fired with a dual safety electronic firing box (ALSTCI sold separately). The device produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 175 dB and a 5 P.S.I. pressure wave at 7 feet. It will normally cause disorientation from several seconds up to several minutes. PHYSICAL DATA: The T-460 Tactical Blast Strip has 4 x 13 x 0.1 inch black plastic body with a red label. Attached to the body is a 5-meter electric match. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When detonated, the explosive produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 175 dB and a 5 P.S.I. pressure wave at 7 feet. DELIVERY MEANS: Staged or placed. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment needed. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: This device was designed fit under the door in situations where the standard method of introducing a stun device is not possible. Care should be taken to not detonate within 5 feet of individuals as it may produce significant trauma to individuals hearing and damage to the eyes. Cardiac complications may be induced in individuals with preexisting conditions. These devices should not be used in areas with high fire potential. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS OC (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: An OC 37/40 mm round which fires approximately 25 grams of OC. This round was designed to insert a large volume of micro pulverized OC with a minimal fire hazard. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The OC 37/40 mm round was developed to overcome proximity issues with insubordinate subjects. The round expels an instant emission of micro pulverized OC for close range target acquisition, with minimal amount of human contact in order to bring individuals into compliance in confined or open areas. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The OC 37/40 mm round is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, sensation of shortness of breath (dyspnea) and is an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. The OC 37/40 mm round is designed to result in behavior modifications or retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 4.8 inch x 1.5inch (37/40mm) - Net Irritant Weight: Approximately 25 grams (OC) - Power Requirements: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by sensation of shortness of breath, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous to 5 seconds. - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 30 feet based on weather conditions. DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or 40mm launchers. Easy to train officers. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Water Resistant Diversionary Device Reload

***MILITARY & LAW ENFORCEMENT SALES... CALL FOR PRICING*** DESCRIPTION: The DIVERSIONARY DEVICE RELOAD utilizes an M201 A1 (1 to 1.5 second delay igniter), with a highly refined flash powder, producing a brilliant disorientation flash. The flash powder mixture is extremely pure and is rated at a 35% power factor of TNT by weight. The body of this device is water resistant because of its high tensile strength, .030 inch thick plastic charge tube. (To be used with Diversionary Device, Body, Steel Stock #ALS4140) HISTORY & BACKGROUND: This device was developed as a diversionary device reloader for use in a variety of applications. The RELOAD DEVICE must be used in conjunction with the ALS4140 diversionary device. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Tactical Entries. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The DIVERSIONARY DEVICE RELOAD is a 1 to 1.5 second delay device which produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 169 to 174 dB at 5 feet. It can cause disorientation for 1 to 3 seconds. PHYSICAL DATA: 4 in tall. 0.15 lb total weight. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When initiated, the chemical composition produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 169 to 174 dB at 5 feet. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Requires ALS4140 diversionary device. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: Devices thrown within 5 feet of individuals may produce significant trauma to hearing or damage to the eyes if dispersion ports are oriented directly in the line with the eyes or ears. Cardiac complications may be induced in individuals with pre-existing conditions. The ALS09 is not interchangeable with other manufacturers systems. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Single Use Tactical Diversionary Device Non-Reloadable

***MILITARY & LAW ENFORCEMENT SALES... CALL FOR PRICING*** DESCRIPTION: The ALS09NR is a ergonomically designed and cost effective steel body device utilizing the extremely reliable M201 A1 fuze. The ALS09NR A1 combines a 1 to 1.5 second delay igniter with a highly refined flash powder, producing a report of 169 to 174 decibels as measured at 5 feet and a brilliant disorientation flash. The flash powder mixture is extremely pure and is rated at a 35% power factor of TNT by weight. The body of this device is made completely from Steel and the Explosive chamber is water resistant because of its high tensile strength, .030 inch thick plastic charge tube. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: This device was developed as a diversionary device for use in a variety of applications. This device was designed as an ergonomic and inexpensive diversionary device that requires no maintenance. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Tactical Entries MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The ALS09NR utilizes a 1 to 1.5 second delay device which produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 169 to 174 decibels at 5 feet. It will normally cause disorientation for 1 to 3 seconds. PHYSICAL DATA: DIMENSIONS: Body: 3.5 in tall by 1.75 in diameter. (W/ Igniter 4.5 in tall.) WEIGHT: Body: 0.6 lb. (W/ Igniter 0.75 lb.) PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When initiated, the explosive produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 169 to 174 dB at 5 feet. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown/bang pole. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment needed. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: Devices thrown within 5 feet of individuals may produce significant trauma to hearing or damage to the eyes if dispersion ports are oriented directly in the line with the eyes or ears. Cardiac complications may be induced in individuals with pre-existing conditions. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Hornets Nest Sting Grenade

***MILITARY & LAW ENFORCEMENT SALES... CALL FOR PRICING*** DESCRIPTION: By scientifically combining the powerful concussive effects of a significant propelling charge of low explosive with the painful impact of rubber balls. The Hornets Nest Sting Grenade is a very effective distraction/diversion device. The Hornets Nest Sting Grenade is designed to minimize injuries caused by the separation of the body. This device is segmented into 12 sections instead of the two used in other diversionary devices. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Hornets Nest Sting Grenade was developed as a behavior modification device or use in a variety of applications POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Hornets Nest Sting Grenade is a non-reusable rubber filled grenade filled with approximately 80 .45 caliber rubber balls, (also available in 32 or 60 caliber balls) surrounding an explosive charge. The fuze is ejected by a separate charge after activation eliminating the only metal portion of the grenade prior to the detonation and expulsion of the rubber projectiles in a 360 degree radius. PHYSICAL DATA: Size: 3.125 inches in diameter and 5.25 inches in height PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When initiated, the explosive blasts the rubber balls out in a 360 degree radius which should be thrown to cover an area 7 to 25 feet from the epicenter. Projectiles may carry up to 150 feet from epicenter. Proper application of this behavior modification munition will significantly increase the security of a prison, jail or otherwise sensitive area. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown or launched. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment required for hand thrown. See launchers for launching cups. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: Both minimal and maximum ranges should be established by test firings conducted at each installation, depending upon tactical conditions and security requirements of each user. Higher power factors may produce lethal trauma when vital areas are struck and energy imparted exceeds 90 foot pounds by causing massive skull fractures, rupture of vital organs, heart compression and/or serious skin lacerations. Normal use may result in contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions and damage to eyes. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Ultra Flash Stun Grenade

***MILITARY & LAW ENFORCEMENT SALES... CALL FOR PRICING*** DESCRIPTION: The T-429 Ultra Flash Stun Grenade consists of a black cylinder shaped canister with a red label topped by a classic spoon and pin M201-A1 fuze. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The T-429 Ultra Flash Stun Grenade was developed as a stun device for use in a variety of tactical applications such as hostage rescue. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Tactical Entries MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The T-429 Ultra Flash Stun Grenade has an approximately one second delay. The device produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 175 dB and a 5 psi pressure wave at 7 feet. It will normally cause disorientation from several seconds up to several minutes. In addition to the blast it produces a shower of white hot sparks. PHYSICAL DATA: The T-429 Ultra Flash Stun Grenade has a cylinder shaped 2 x 4 9/16 inch body with military style M201-A1 fuze. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When initiated, the T-429 Ultra Flash Stun Grenade produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 175 dB and a 5 psi pressure wave at 7 feet. In addition to the blast it produces a shower of white hot sparks. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment needed. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: Devices thrown within 5 feet of individuals may produce significant trauma to individuals hearing and damage to the eyes. Cardiac complications may be induced in individuals with pre-existing conditions. These devices should not be used in areas with high fire potential. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Tactical Blast Stun Grenade

***MILITARY & LAW ENFORCEMENT SALES... CALL FOR PRICING*** DESCRIPTION: The D-429 Tactical Blast Stun Munition consists of a black cylinder shaped canister with a red label topped by a classic spoon and pin M201-A1 fuse. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The D-429 Tactical Blast Stun Munition was developed as a stun device for use in a variety of tactical applications such as hostage rescue. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Tactical Entries. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The D-429 Tactical Blast Stun Munition has an approximately 1.5 second delay. The device produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 175 dB and a 5 P.S.I. pressure wave at 7 feet. It will normally cause disorientation from several seconds up to several minutes. PHYSICAL DATA: The D-429 Tactical Blast Stun Munition has a cylinder shaped 2 x 4 9/16 inch body with military style M201-A1 fuse. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When detonated, the explosive produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 175 dB and a 5 P.S.I. pressure wave at 7 feet. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment needed. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: Devices thrown within 5 feet of individuals may produce significant trauma to individuals hearing and damage to the eyes. Cardiac complications may be induced in individuals with pre-existing conditions. These devices should not be used in areas with high fire potential. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Multi Ultra Flash Diversionalry Stun Grenade

***MILITARY & LAW ENFORCEMENT SALES... CALL FOR PRICING*** DESCRIPTION: The D-451 Multi Ultra Flash Diversion Munition consists of a black and red cylinder shaped canister with a yellow label topped by a classic spoon and pin M201-A1 fuze. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The D-451 Multi Ultra Flash Diversion Munition was developed as a diversion device for use in a variety of tactical applications such as hostage rescue. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Tactical Entries. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The D-451 Multi Ultra Flash Diversion Munition has an approximately 1- 1.5 second delay. The device ejects seven (7) separate sub-munitions that burst randomly over a 3 second period. Each blast produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 135 dB. In addition to the blasts, each sub-munition also produces a shower of white-hot sparks. PHYSICAL DATA: The D-451 Multi Ultra Flash Diversion Munition has a cylinder shaped 2 x 4 9/16 inch body with military style M201-A1 fuze. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When initiated, the D-451 Multi Ultra Flash Diversion Munition ejects seven (7) separate sub-munitions that burst randomly over a 3 second period. Each blast produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 135 dB. In addition to the blasts, each sub-munition also produces a shower of white-hot sparks. This device can be used to simulate gunfire. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment needed. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: Devices thrown within 5 feet of individuals may produce significant trauma to individuals hearing and damage to the eyes. Cardiac complications may be induced in individuals with pre-existing conditions. These devices should not be used in areas with high fire potential. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Multi Blast Diversionary Stun Grenade

***MILITARY & LAW ENFORCEMENT SALES... CALL FOR PRICING*** DESCRIPTION: The D-450 Multi Blast Diversion Munition consists of a black cylinder shaped canister with a yellow label topped by a classic spoon and pin M201-A1 fuze. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The D-450 Multi Blast Diversion Munition was developed as a diversion device for use in a variety of tactical applications such as hostage rescue. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Tactical Entries. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The D-450 Multi Blast Diversion Munition has an approximately one second delay. The device ejects seven (7) separate sub-munitions that explode randomly over a 3 second period. Each blast produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 135 dB. PHYSICAL DATA: The D-450 Multi Blast Diversion Munition has a cylinder shaped 2 x 4 9/16 inch body with military style M201-A1 fuze. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When initiated, the device ejects seven (7) separate sub-munitions that explode randomly over a 3 second period. Each blast produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 135 dB. This device can be used to simulate gunfire. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment needed. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: Devices thrown within 5 feet of individuals may produce significant trauma to individuals hearing and damage to the eyes. Cardiac complications may be induced in individuals with pre-existing conditions. These devices should not be used in areas with high fire potential. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Magnum Ultra Flash Grenade

***MILITARY & LAW ENFORCEMENT SALES... CALL FOR PRICING*** DESCRIPTION: The T-471 Magnum Ultra Flash Grenade consists of a black and red cylinder shaped canister with a red label topped by a classic spoon and pin M201-A1 fuze. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The T-471 Magnum Ultra Flash Grenade was developed as a stun device for use in a variety of tactical applications such as hostage rescue. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Tactical Entries. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The T-471 Magnum Ultra Flash Grenade has an approximately one second delay. The device produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 185 dB and a 10 psi pressure wave at 7 feet. In addition to the blast it produces a shower of white-hot sparks. It will normally cause disorientation from several seconds up to several minutes. PHYSICAL DATA: The T-471 Magnum Ultra Flash Grenade has a cylinder shaped 2 x 6 9/16 inch body with military style M201-A1 fuze. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When initiated, the T-471 Magnum Ultra Flash Grenade produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 185 dB and a 10 psi pressure wave at 7 feet. In addition to the blast it produces a shower of white-hot sparks. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment needed. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: The T-471 Magnum Ultra Flash Grenade should only be used outside or in large rooms such as auditoriums or gymnasiums. Devices thrown within 10 feet of individuals may produce significant trauma to individuals hearing and damage to the eyes. Cardiac complications may be induced in individuals with pre-existing conditions. These devices should not be used in areas with high fire potential. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Magnum Stun Grenade

***MILITARY & LAW ENFORCEMENT SALES... CALL FOR PRICING*** DESCRIPTION: The T-470 Magnum Stun Grenade consists of a black cylinder shaped canister with a red label topped by a classic M201-A1 fuze. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The T-470 Magnum Stun Grenade was developed as a stun device for use in a variety of tactical applications such as hostage rescue. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Tactical Entries. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The T-470 Magnum Stun Grenade has an approximately 1-1.5 second delay. The device produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 185 dB and a 10 P.S.I. pressure wave at 7 feet. It will normally cause disorientation from several seconds up to several minutes. PHYSICAL DATA: The T-470 Magnum Stun Grenade has a cylinder shaped 2 x 6 9/16 inch body with military style M201-A1 fuze. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When initiated, the explosive produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 185 dB and a 10 P.S.I. pressure wave at 7 feet. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment needed. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: The T-470 Magnum Stun Grenade should only be used outdoors or in large rooms such as auditoriums or gymnasiums. Devices thrown within 5 feet of individuals may produce significant trauma to individuals hearing and damage to the eyes. Cardiac complications may be induced in individuals with pre-existing conditions. These devices should not be used in areas with high fire potential. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Triple Action CS Grenade

DESCRIPTION: The Tri-Action, CS Grenade releases three separate sub-munitions on discharge. The sub-munitions will Separate by 15 to 20 giving a wide are of coverage per sub-munition. This grenade is capable of being launched up to 90 yards with the proper launching adapter and launching cartridge. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Tri-Action, CS grenade was developed to overcome proximity issues with non-compliant subjects. The round expels CS Smoke for quick coverage and deterrence by individuals engaged in undesired behavior. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Tri-Action, CS Grenade is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, and/or sensation of shortness of breath (dyspnea). This allows concealment for an officer to retreat or move forward in an operation where some type of concealment is needed. The Tri-Action, CS Grenade is designed to result in behavior modifications such as the retreat away from officers, area denial or the immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 5.70"" COL Diameter: 2.4"" - Projectile Weight: Overall Weight: 500 Grams - Payload Weight: Chemical weight: 90 Grams, CS - Power Requirements: M201 Igniter PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Discharge Time: 30 seconds - Effective Range: 0 to 300 feet based on weather conditions DELIVERY MEANS: Hand Thrown or Launched. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Large coverage area. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Important Note !!!: Canisters are very hot, when picking up use protective gloves. These devices may cause asphyxiation in poorly ventilated areas.

ALS Thermite Incendiary Grenade

DESCRIPTION: Thermite grenades are used as incendiary devices to quickly destroy enemy equipment. Additionally, thermite grenades are used by friendly forces to destroy their own items and equipment when there is imminent danger of them being captured. When ignited, this formulation will burn through 5/16" of steel plate. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: Thermite was discovered in 1893 and patented in 1895 by German Chemist Dr. Hans Golsschmidt. Consequently, the reaction is sometimes called the "Goldschmidt reaction" or "Goldschmidt process". Dr. Goldschmidt was originally interested in producing very pure metals by avoiding the use of carbon in smelting, but he soon realized the value in melting. The first commercial application was the welding of tram tracks in Essen, in 1899. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Destruction of Material MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Thermite Grenade is an incendiary type grenade emitting intense heat and flame. It contains a filler that burns for approximately 30- 40 seconds at a temperature of 4,000 degrees (F). A portion of the filler turns into molten iron that produces intense heat, igniting or fusing whatever it touches. The Special Forces classes use this grenade to complete "data destruction" type objectives such as ignited combustible materials, destroying weapons, records or equipment, or burning holes in metal doors. PHYSICAL DATA: Size: Length: 5.70 inches COL. Diameter: 2.4 inches. Projectile Weight: Formulation weight: approximately 600 grams. Power Requirements: M201 igniter. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous. - Duration of Effect: Everlasting. - Discharge Time: 30 to 40 seconds. - Effective Range: 0 to 5 meters. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown. SPECIFIC WARNING: Canisters are very hot. Wear protective gloves when handling discharged device. This device may cause asphyxiation in poorly ventilated areas.

ALS Pocket Smoke CS Grenade

DESCRIPTION: The Tactical Coverage, Pocket Smoke, CS Grenade delivers a cloud of CS with a discharge time of around 20 seconds. Their lightweight and compact design make this item easy to carry on a tactical vest or to conceal. They are effective in tactical situations where a number of grenades are required. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Tactical Coverage, Pocket Smoke, CS Grenade was developed to overcome proximity issues with non-compliant subjects. The round expels an instant emission of CS Smoke for quick coverage and deterrence by individuals engaged in undesired behavior. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Tactical Coverage, Pocket Smoke, CS Grenade is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, and/or sensation of shortness of breath (dyspnea). This grenade is designed to result in behavior modifications such as the retreat away from officers, area denial or the immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 5.00"" COL Diameter: 1.5"" - Payload Weight: Chemical weight: 75 Grams - Net Irritant Weight: 25 Grams - Power Requirements: M201 A1 fuze PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Discharge Time: 25 seconds - Effective Range: 0 to 100 feet based on weather conditions DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Hornets Nest Sting Grenade w/ OC

DESCRIPTION: By scientifically combining the powerful concussive effects of a significant propelling charge of low explosive with the painful impact potential of approximately 60 .45 caliber rubber balls and the irritating effects of OC. The Hornets Nest Sting Grenade is a very effective distraction/diversion device. The ALSG101 Hornets Nest is designed to minimize injuries caused by the separation of the body. This device is segmented to 12 sections instead of the two used in other diversionary devices. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Hornets Nest Sting Grenade was developed as a behavior modification device for use in a variety of applications. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Hornets Nest Sting Grenade is a non-reusable rubber filled grenade filled with approximately 60 .45 caliber rubber balls and .03 oz. of OC, CS or OC/CS surrounding an explosive charge. The fuse is ejected by a separate charge after activation eliminating the only metal portion of the grenade prior to the detonation and expulsion of the rubber projectiles in a 360 degree radius. The chemical blast dispersion round is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), violent coughing, shortness of breath (dyspnea) and is an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. The Hornets Nest is designed to result in behavior modifications or retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 3.125 inches in diameter and 5.25 inches in height PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When initiated, the explosive blasts the rubber balls out in a 360 degree radius which should be thrown to cover an area 7 to 25 feet from the epicenter. Projectiles may carry up to 150 feet from the epicenter. Proper application of this behavior modification munition will significantly increase the security of a prison, jail or otherwise sensitive area. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown or launched. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment required for hand thrown. See launchers for launching cups. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Hornets Nest Sting Grenade w/ CS

DESCRIPTION: By scientifically combining the powerful concussive effects of a significant propelling charge of low explosive with the painful impact potential of approximately 60 .45 caliber rubber balls as well as the irritating effects of CS. The Hornets Nest Sting Grenade is a very effective distraction/diversion device. The Hornets Nest Sting Grenade is designed to minimize injuries caused by the separation of the body. This device is segmented to 12 sections instead of the two used in other diversionary devices. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Hornets Nest Sting Grenade was developed as a behavior modification device for use in a variety of applications. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Hornets Nest Sting Grenade is a non-reusable rubber filled grenade filled with approximately 60 .45 caliber rubber balls and .03 oz. of OC, CS or OC/CS surrounding an explosive charge. The fuse is ejected by a separate charge after activation eliminating the only metal portion of the grenade prior to the detonation and expulsion of the rubber projectiles in a 360 degree radius. The chemical blast dispersion round is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), violent coughing, shortness of breath (dyspnea) and is an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. The Hornets Nest is designed to result in behavior modifications or retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 3.125 inches in diameter and 5.25 inches in height PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When initiated, the explosive blasts the rubber balls out in a 360 degree radius which should be thrown to cover an area 7 to 25 feet from the epicenter. Projectiles may carry up to 150 feet from the epicenter. Proper application of this behavior modification munition will significantly increase the security of a prison, jail or otherwise sensitive area. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown or launched. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment required for hand thrown. See launchers for launching cups. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS CS Handball Grenade

DESCRIPTION: The CS Handball Grenade delivers a large cloud of CS particulate (100 grams) saturated smoke with a discharge time of around 30 seconds. These are designed for outdoor applications, where large volumes of smoke are required . Its light weight rubber body is ideal for situations were proximity issues may make throw back by individuals a concern. This grenade is capable of being launched up to 90 yards with the proper launching adapter and launching cartridge. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The CS Handball Grenade is a non-reusable rubber filled grenade with .03 oz. of OC, CS or OC/CS surrounding an explosive charge. The fuse is ejected by a separate charge after activation eliminating the only metal portion of the grenade prior to the detonation. The chemical blast dispersion round is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), violent coughing, shortness of breath (dyspnea) and is an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 3.125 inches in diameter and 5.25 inches in height DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown or launched. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment required for hand thrown. See launchers for launching cups. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS CS Blast Dispersion Grenade

DESCRIPTION: The CS Instant Blast Grenade instantly delivers a fine cloud of micro-pulverized CS powder. This device is designed to fit in most tactical vests. This Device was designed for single or multiple target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. The device is most effective and useful for crowd control and LE operations when fire may be a threat from secondary fire hazards. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The CS Instant Blast Grenade was developed to overcome issues with indoor deployments of Chemical Munitions. This device expels an instant emission of CS for close range acquisition, with minimal amount of human contact in order to bring individuals in to compliance. This round does not have the heat related issues that traditional tear gas has associated with it. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The CS Instant Blast Grenade is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, and/or sensation of shortness of breath (dyspnea). CS is also an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. The CS Instant Blast Grenade is designed to result in behavior modifications such as the retreat away from officers, area denial or the immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 6.12 Inches - Projectile Weight: Approximately 44 grams of CS - Power Requirements: M201 A1 Fuze PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by sensation of shortness of breath, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 30 feet based on weather conditions for ALS2762. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand Deployed DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Continuous Discharge CS Grenade

DESCRIPTION: The Continuous Discharge, CS Grenade delivers a large cloud of CS Smoke with a discharge time of around 30 seconds. These are designed for outdoor applications, where large volumes of smoke are required. This grenade is capable of being launched up to 90 yards with the proper launching adapter and launching cartridge. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Continuous Discharge, CS grenade was developed to overcome proximity issues with non-compliant subjects. The round expels CS Smoke for quick coverage and deterrence by individuals engaged in undesirable behavior. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Continuous Discharge, CS Grenade is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), coughing, and/or sensation of shortness of breath (dyspnea). This device allows concealment for an officer to retreat or move forward in an operation where some type of concealment is needed. The Continuous Discharge, CS Grenade is designed to result in behavior modifications such as the retreat away from officers, area denial or the immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 5.70"" COL Diameter: 2.4"" - Projectile Weight: Overall Weight: 400 Grams - Payload Weight: Chemical weight: 80 Grams, CS - Power Requirements: M201 A1 fuze PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Discharge Time: 35 seconds - Effective Range: 0 to 300 feet based on weather conditions DELIVERY MEANS: Hand Thrown or Launched OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Large coverage area. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Important Note !!!: Canisters are very hot, when picking up use protective gloves. These devices may cause asphyxiation in poorly ventilated areas.

ALS Baffled CS Triple Chamber Grenade

DESCRIPTION: The Baffled CS Triple Chamber Chemical Munition Grenade delivers a cloud of CS with a discharge time of approximately 20 seconds. This munition was designed to reduce heat signatures by way of an insulated exterior. The device is designed for areas that may pose more of a fire hazard than normal. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Baffled CS Triple Chamber Chemical Munition was developed to overcome proximity issues with non-compliant subjects. The device expels CS Smoke for quick coverage and deterrence by individuals engaged in undesired behavior. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, and Prison/Civil Rioters. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Baffled CS Triple Chamber Chemical Munition is designed to cause disorientation through a tearing and burning sensation in the eyes, involuntary closing of the eyes (blepharospam), violent coughing, and/or shortness of breath (dyspnea). CS is also an irritant to exposed skin surfaces. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: Length= 5.00"" COL Diameter: 1.5"" - Projectile Weight: Chemical weight: 75 Grams, Net Irritant Weight: 25 Grams - Power Requirements: M201 A1 fuze PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 0 to 100 feet based on weather conditions, Discharge Time: 25 seconds for ALS2278 DELIVERY MEANS: Hand Thrown or Launched. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Small, Concealable. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal chemical device use has been accomplished. SPECIFIC WARNING: Never aim at an individual or at a group of individuals. Launchable or hand thrown ammunition can cause contusions, abrasions, broken ribs, concussions, loss of eyes, superficial organ damage, serious skin lacerations massive skull fractures, rupture of the heart or kidney, fragmentation of the liver, hemorrhages and/or death. Medical assistance should be available immediately after an actual deployment of a less lethal munition even if no physical injuries appear on subject or subjects. Pyrotechnic chemical munitions should not be launched or thrown onto roofs, into rooms, dry foliage or similar environments without fire suppression equipment being readily available.

ALS Diversionary Device Training System

DESCRIPTION: The Diversionary Device Training System is a realistic training tool for the deployment of operational Diversionary Devices. The reload is designed with a pyrotechnic delay of one to two seconds and a report of approximately 120 to 130 dB. Users get all of the training benefits without the overpressure, movement, extreme light, heat or fire hazard potential associated with an operational device. This device can be used in virtually any environment for training purposes. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Diversionary Device Training System was designed as a cost effective, inexpensive way to train. The device is considered non-destructive, therefore the cumbersome BATF paperwork is not required. The Item was designed to be exempt from regulatory provisions, therefore there is no record keeping necessary with each use. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Tactical Entries (Training purposes only) MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Diversionary Device Training System is a realistic training tool for the deployment of operational Diversionary Devices. This device is not intended for, nor should be used as an incapacitation tool. PHYSICAL DATA: FUSE RELOAD: M201 fuze with charge Training Body: Manufactured from 4140 Gun Steel, Coated UN Blue, l lbs or is available in ALS09NR configuration. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When activated, the explosive produces a report of 120 dB to 130 dB at 5 feet and a flash 500,000 to 750,000 candela. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown/bang pole. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment needed. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: These devices should not be used in areas with high fire potential. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate that proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Diversion Body (Steel)

DESCRIPTION: A steel body manufactured using state of the art D.O.M. (Drawn over Mandrel) Technique. This procedure provides for the tightest industry repeatable specifications. The end ports are manufactured utilizing the latest CNC machinery from the strongest corrosion free commercially available aluminum available (7075). This unique device has a large venturi port designed to permit fluid gas flow which mitigates movement and enhances heat dissipation. This combination of technologies permits this body to be used 40 times. This device can be reloaded without a cleaning kit or having to retap the threads. The ALS09s (Diversionary Reload) unique water resistant capabilities make this an ideal Diversionary device for inclement weather operations. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: This device was developed as a diversionary device for use in a variety of applications. The ALS09 Fuze, Reload must be used in conjunction with the ALS4140. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Prison/Civil Rioters/Tactical Entries. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Steel body used in conjunction with the ALS09 has an approximate 1 to 1.5 second delay device which produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 169-174 dB at 5 feet. It will normally cause disorientation for 1 to 3 seconds. PHYSICAL DATA: Size: BODY, STEEL (2 inches in diameter and 4.inches in height) PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: When initiated, the explosive produces a brilliant flash and a thunderous report of approximately 169-174 dB at 5 feet. DELIVERY MEANS: Hand thrown/bang pole OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: No additional equipment needed. OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS: Devices thrown within 5 feet of individuals may produce significant trauma to individuals hearing of damage to the eyes if dispersion ports are oriented directly in the line with the eyes or ears. Cardiac complications may be induced in individuals with pre-existing conditions. These devices should not be used in areas with high fire potential. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

Daniel Defense LITE Rail

The Daniel Defense AR15 Lite Rail utilizes the Patent Pending Bolt Up System. This innovative system gives the weapon system an uninterrupted upper rail platform and also allows the Armorer to install the rail system with simplified alignment to the upper receiver. Not only does this battle proven system provide features that no other rail system on the market possesses, but it is also the lightest rail system available. The AR15 Lite Rail is an extended rail system designed to be used in conjunction with a low profile gas block on either a carbine or mid-length gas system. This rail system gives the end user more real estate to mount various accessories available to the AR15 platform. When mounting a front sight to the top rail, it allows the shooter to have an extended sight radius enabling more precise shot placement. MATERIALS & CONSTRUCTION: Precision CNC machined from Aircraft Grade 6061-T6 Aluminum and Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized for a rock hard lasting finish while weighing in at a mere 11 ozs. The barrel nut is contructed from hardened steel and Military Specification Heavy Phospahte Coated. - Aircraft Grade 6061-T6 Aluminum - Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized - Weighs only 11 ozs! - Made in the USA! -PLEASE NOTE: MUST USE, DD2140 WRENCH TO INSTALL- (Ask Us About Top Notch Tactical Instalation Specials)

Daniel Defense LITE FSP Rail

The Daniel Defense AR15 Lite Rail 12.0 is the next advancement in the free float rail systems. The AR15 Lite Rail 12.0 FSP weighs in at only 14 ounces and utilizes a steel barrel nut! The Patent Pending bolt up design allows for an uninterrupted upper rail platform. The Daniel Defense 12.0 FSP Free Float Rail System features an opening in the top rail to accommodate the front sight post and gas block of a carbine length AR15 gas system. This precision cut-out provides much needed rail space along the top, sides, and bottom rails of the 12.0 FSP. The rifles front sight post protrudes through this opening but does not diminish the useable mounting area on the rail that extends beyond the gas block and over the carbines barrel. This extra real-estate is a perfect location for aiming devices, flashlights, and laser sights. Rails are 1913 Mil-Spec and are 100% checked for conformity. Every rail includes your choice of ladders or panels, which are made from santoprene, which can handle heat up to 350 degrees. MATERIALS & CONSTRUCTION: - 6061 T6 Aluminum - Type 3 Hard coat black anodizing - Weighs only 13.7 ozs! - Made in the USA! -PLEASE NOTE: MUST USE, DD2140 WRENCH TO INSTALL- (Ask Us About Top Notch Tactical Instalation Specials)

A.R.M.S. #50M-CV S.I.R. System

BENEFITS OF THE #50M-CV SIR SYSTEM: - Entire S.I.R. front-end can be installed in less than 5 min. directly to the standard barrel nut without Delta ring. Totally Free Floating. - Front sight, gas tube, and front handguard retaining cap do not need to be removed. - Barrel does not have to be removed. - Standard barrel nut does not need to be removed. - Perfect alignment with the receiver can be accomplished via built-in alignment anti-rotation locking tabs. - No special tools required. S.I.R. standard sling swivel is useable for installation. - The system weighs only 8.6 oz. The weight will increase depending on what selective rails are chosen to be utilized plus the weight of the sling swivel. - Hanguards complete with QD indirect airflow heat shield. - The S.I.R. selective rails at 3, 6, and 9 o'clock positions can be exchanged, repaired, or replaced without removing the main top rail. - Super-cool offset heat venting. - The optional S.I.R. rail also provides a modular means to cost-effectively upgrade into future integral electronics, and provide a solid platform, can eliminate the need to use high, less-stable, mounting devices, plus protects the top of the aluminum upper receiver at the same time protecting the receiver; can eliminate replacement of a damaged receiver. - The #50M-CV allows the M203 launcher to be free float attached with no modification whatsoever to the launcher's receiver. - The #50M-CV allows the A.R.M.S. dual QD 1913 M203 attachment brackets to install to the S.I.R. upper handguard just like the polymer handguard. - The #50M-CV launcher QD attachment brackets provide a built-in 1913 dovetail rail along the length of the handguard at the 3 and 9 o'clock positions, multiple position attachment of grenade launcher sights.

BAD-T1 The Armorer (TM)

New Generation 2 with Ionbond!!! THE ARMORER(TM) (Patent Pending), is an advanced multi-functional tool and precision ordnance gauge custom designed from the ground-up for the M14, M1A, and the M1 Garand type rifles. Its revolutionary design allows it to replace a multitude of standard single function tools and combo tools currently in existence. Its design is deceivingly simple. Every inch of the tool is designed to save weight and provide the maximum functions possible in a small package. THE ARMORER(TM) transforms into an unprecedented 30+ Functionalities and Configurations in a single tool. Lightweight, compact, and portable, THE ARMORER(TM) multi-functional tool will be there when you need it - in the shop, at the range, or on a hunt. It fits conveniently in the top butt stock storage compartment of the M14/M1A rifle or can be carried in its custom MOLLE compatible Cordura nylon tool pouch. Both the THE ARMORER(TM) multi-functional tool and its custom pouch are 100% designed, developed, engineered, and manufactured in the U.S.A. The parts are precision CNC machined from high quality bar stock 41L40 Chrome-Moly Steel (Brass for Thread Protector and Grease Cap) and heat treated to a Rockwell hardness of 50-52.

Wilson Combat SS-15 Super Sniper

***Features A Mapul PRS Stock*** There are times when extreme accuracy and the ability for rapid follow-up shots are the most important criteria in selecting a rifle. Those were the primary objectives the engineers at Wilson Combat were working toward when they designed the SS-15 Super Sniper and the result far exceeded our expectations. It has a 20 long, 1-in-8 twist, heavy-weight, fluted, stainless steel premium match-grade barrel optimized for accuracy with the longer, heavier bullets frequently used for longer range shooting. The crispness of the JP trigger/hammer group is unequalled in AR style rifles; we tune it for a 3 3.5 pound pull. This gun is engineered, designed, and built to deliver un-matched accuracy at 300, 400, or even 500 yards and it does, in an almost unbelievable fashion. If you have always thought you needed a bolt action rifle for long range accuracy, you will be amazed when you take a SS-15 to the range. If you are a varmint hunter imagine long-range nail-driving accuracy in a package only 38 long and 9 pounds. Then imagine up to 30 rounds for consecutive shots. The SS-15 Super Sniper, in the

Badger Ord Tactical Charging Handle

Badger Ordnance tactical charging handle features their reliable and battle proven tactical latch (either Mod 1 or 2) on their rugged charging handle.

A.R.M.S. #71L FR Set

A.R.M.S. #71L-F/R Set Front & Rear Sight Set Both are made from durable, metal-reinforced polymer and are a good option when seeking a quality sight. Both are .600" when in the folded position, from the top of the receiver. Both #71 Front and Rear Sights are designed to allow attachment to all universal dovetail 1913 rails. Not for use on Dovetail Gas Blocks.

Troy Medieval Muzzle Break

Keep steady during rapid fire with our Medieval Muzzle Brake. This rugged brake enhances control and accuracy during full auto and rapid fire. It improves performance of over-the-barrel sound suppressors. Its also tough enough to serve as an improvised breaching device if the situation calls for it. Post ban compliant when permanently attached.

Troy Medieval Flash Hider

You cant afford to stand around and wait for your eyes to recover from a bright muzzle flash. Troy Industries Medieval Suppressor instantly eliminates flash so you can keep your eyes on the job and your gun in the action. The Medieval is tough enough to serve as an improvised breaching device if the situation calls for it. For close fighting, it features aggressive diamond-shaped teeth, and is threaded for all M16/AR15/M4 rifles and carbines. 2.25" OAL, hardened 8620 steel.

Noveske KX3 Flash Suppressor

KX3 Flash Suppressor SPECIFICATIONS: - The Noveske KX3 Flash Suppressor (Patent Pending) - Made in Grants Pass,Oregon USA - Heat-Treated CM Construction - Phosphate Finish - 7.2 ounces - 1.35 inch Dia - 3.28 inch OAL The Noveske KX3 Flash Suppressor will work on any barrel length. All KX3s are individually serial numbered for quality control. The KX3 may be used on: 5.6mm, 1/2x28 6.8SPC and 7.62mm, 5/8x24 German rifles, M15x1 Please be aware that the M15x1 KX3 does not use a crush washer or wire ratchet. The markings on the M15x1 KX3 will NOT time with the rifle. This is cosmetic only. The Noveske KX3 is classified as a flash suppressor by the BATF FTB. Beware of illegal and unsafe counterfeits.

LMT Rebar Cutter

Rebar entry attachment designed for military, government and law enforcement agencies to gain entry through rebar after a reinforced wall has been breached. Slides over standard A2 birdcage flash hider and synchs tight. Simply put open slot around rebar (up to 1/2") and fire weapon.

Troy M16A4 Sling Mount (Fixed Stock)

Troy M16 Strap Mount for A4 style Carbines M16 Strap Mount easily installs on all M16A2,A3 and A4 rifles with fixed style stock. i.e. Standard A2, Magpul PRS

ALS Interlocking Rubber Batons - 3 Battons (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: The most advanced direct fire or skip 37/40 mm round available. It was designed for the Marine Corps and fires three each, 21gram, 35 durometer rubber projectiles at 260 fps +/- 20 fps. This round was designed for single or multiple target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Interlocking Rubber Baton round was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional rubber ammunition. Most rubber ammunition is designed to be skip fired off the ground into the target. This form of firing can be adversely affected by snow, mud, and soft grassy terrain. The Interlocking Rubber Baton round is designed as a direct fire, behavior modification round which is fired using conventional target acquisition techniques. The Interlocking Rubber Baton round can also be skip fired in close proximity situations. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Interlocking Rubber Baton round launches three each, 21 gram rubber projectiles, producing controlled and directed incapacitation by blunt impact trauma and excruciating pain by each projectile. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 4.8 inch x 1.5inch (37 mm) 5 inch x 1.6 inch (40 mm) - Projectile Weight: 981 grains for all projectiles - Power Requirements: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 7 yards to 20 yards for ALS3705 DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or 40mm launchers. Easy to train officers. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Power Punch Bean Bag (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: An innovative 37/40 mm round utilizing a 100 gram ballistic bag. This round produces a painful and powerful blunt impact at a remarkably low average velocity, thereby reducing your liability profiles. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Power Punch was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional bean bag ammunition. This round remains in a more aerodynamic configuration due to the projectiles encasement by ballistic nylon versus cotton. The aerodynamic design virtually eliminates missed target zones caused by errant projectiles. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Power Punch launches a pliable nylon bag filled with 100 grams of shot, producing controlled and directed incapacitation by blunt impact trauma and excruciating pain. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 4.8 inch x 1.5 inch (37/40mm) 5 inch x 1.6 inch (40mm) - Projectile Weight: 1540 grains / 100 grams - Power Requirements: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 7 yards to 20 yards for ALS3702 DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or 40mm launchers. Easy to train officers. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Pen-Prevent (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: An innovative 37/40 mm round utilizing a 150 gram ballistic bag. This round produces a painful and powerful blunt impact at remarkably low average velocities, thereby reducing your liability profiles. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Pen-Prevent was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional bean bag ammunition by using six layers of specialized material designed to impart maximum energy for long range requirements. This round remains in a more aerodynamic configuration due to the projectiles extended tail. The aerodynamic design virtually eliminates missed target zones caused by errant projectiles and ensures the same strike profile removing any possibility of spinning or fluttering shot after shot. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Pen-Prevent launches a pliable nylon bag filled with 150 grams of shot, producing controlled and directed incapacitation by blunt impact trauma. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 4.8 inch x 1.5 inch (37/40mm) 5inch x 1.6 inch (40mm) - Projectile Weight: 2310 grains / 150 grams - Power Requirements: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 7 yards to 20 yards for ALS3704 DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or 40mm launchers. Easy to train officers. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Mono-Baton - 1 Baton (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: A direct fire or skip 37/40 mm round which fires one, 21 gram, 35 durometer rubber projectile. This round was designed to provide officers with an option of utilizing a lower energy projectile for smaller less powerful suspects in order to allow escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Mono-Baton was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional rubber baton ammunition. Most rubber ammunition is designed to be skipped off the ground into the target. This form of firing can be adversely affected by snow, mud, and soft grassy terrain. The Mono-Baton is designed as a direct fire, behavior modification round which is fired using conventional target acquisition techniques. The Mono-Baton can also be skip fired in close proximity situations. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Mono-Baton launches one, 21 gram rubber projectile, producing controlled and directed incapacitation by blunt impact trauma and excruciating pain when the projectile strikes the intended target. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 4.8 inch x 1.5inch (37 mm) 2.5 inch x 1.6 inch (40 mm) - Projectile Weight: 324 grains - Power Requirements: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 6 yards to 20 yards for ALS3706. DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or 40mm launchers. Easy to train officers. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Hornets Nest, .60cal. (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: A direct fire or skip 37/40 mm round which fires 24 each, 36 grain, 60 durometer rubber projectiles. This round produces a painful and powerful blunt impact and was designed for single or multiple target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Hornets Nest was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional rubber ball ammunition. Most rubber ammunition is designed to be skipped off the ground into the target. This form of firing can be adversely affected by snow, mud, and soft grassy terrain. The Hornets Nest is designed as a direct fire, behavior modification round which is fired using conventional target acquisition techniques. The Hornets Nest can also be skip fired in close proximity situations. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Hornets Nest launches 24 each, 36 grain rubber projectiles, producing controlled and directed incapacitation by blunt impact trauma and excruciating pain. The stinging effect caused is designed to result in behavior modifications or retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 4.8 inch x 1.5 inch (37 mm) 5 inch x 1.6 inch (40 mm) - Projectile Weight: 844 grains for all projectiles PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 5 yards to 17 yards. DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or 40mm launchers. Easy to train officers. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Hornets Nest, .32 cal. (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: A direct fire or skip 37/40 mm round which fires 180 each, 5 grain, 80 durometer rubber projectiles. This round produces a painful and powerful blunt impact and was designed for single or multiple target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Hornets Nest was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional rubber ball ammunition. Most rubber ammunition is designed to be skipped off the ground into the target. This form of firing can be adversely affected by snow, mud, and soft grassy terrain. The Hornets Nest is designed as a direct fire, behavior modification round which is fired using conventional target acquisition techniques. The Hornets Nest can also be skip fired in close proximity situations. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Hornets Nest launches 24 each, 36 grain rubber projectiles, producing controlled and directed incapacitation by blunt impact trauma and excruciating pain. The stinging effect caused is designed to result in behavior modifications or retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 4.8 inch x 1.5 inch (37 mm) 5 inch x 1.6 inch (40 mm) - Projectile Weight: 900 grains for all projectiles PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 5 yards to 17 yards. DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or 40mm launchers. Easy to train officers. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

ALS Hornets Nest, .45 cal. (37/40mm)

DESCRIPTION: A direct fire or skip 37/40 mm round which fires approximately 69 each, 14 grain, 80 durometer rubber projectiles. This round produces a painful and powerful blunt impact and was designed for single or multiple target engagement allowing escalation of force from a safe distance prior to use of lethal means. HISTORY & BACKGROUND: The Hornets Nest was developed to overcome the shortcomings of conventional rubber ball ammunition. Most rubber ammunition is designed to be skipped off the ground into the target. This form of firing can be adversely affected by snow, mud, and soft grassy terrain. The Hornets Nest is designed as a direct fire, behavior modification round which is fired using conventional target acquisition techniques. The Hornets Nest can also be skip fired in close proximity situations. POTENTIAL TARGETS & APPLICATIONS: Individual Targets, Suspect Apprehension, Prison/Civil Rioters, And Animal Control/Conditioning. MECHANISM / TECHNOLOGY: The Hornets Nest launches approximately 69 each, 14 grain rubber projectiles, producing excruciating pain. The stinging effect caused is designed to result in behavior modifications or retreat away from officers or immediate response to issued commands. PHYSICAL DATA: - Size: 4.8 inch x 1.5inch (37 mm) 5 inch x 1.6 inch (40 mm) - Projectile Weight: 966 grains for all projectiles PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: - Effect on Target: Incapacitation caused by blunt trauma, psychological effect, and/or pain and extreme discomfort. - Time to Effect: Instantaneous - Duration of Effect: Seconds to Minutes based on power factor, distance and location of strike. - Effective Range: 5 yards to 17 yards DELIVERY MEANS: 37 mm gas gun / 40mm launcher. OPERATIONAL STRENGTHS: Uses standard issue gas guns or 40mm launchers. Easy to train officers. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS: It is recommended that officers training records be annotated to indicate proper training of less lethal diversionary device use has been accomplished.

Magpul Dynamics |Dynamic Handgun

The Art of the Dynamic Handgun is a 4-disc DVD set featuring over seven hours of actual live fire class instruction and additional instructional material. Using a diverse group of beginner, intermediate, and advanced students, instructors Travis Haley and Chris Costa guide the class from the fundamentals of handgun operation, to problem solving, and through complex real-life scenarios. This progression from basic to advanced weapon manipulation pushes students of all skill levels to their failure points, illustrating how even the best shooters can advance and excel. Four discs, region free.

Magpul Dynamics | The Art Of Tactical Carbine 2

The Art of the Tactical Carbine Two is a 4-disc DVD set featuring over five hours of actual live fire class instruction and additional instructional material. Instructors Travis Haley and Chris Costa take Carbine operation to the next level. An informative and exhilarating Dynamic Carbine class that focuses on pushing your failure points and finding the perfect balance between speed and accuracy. Using real advanced shooters from the firearms industry, law enforcement SWAT, and military special operations, this DVD set will show that no matter what level of the game you're in, you always have the ability to excel. Four discs, region free.

Magpul Dynamics | The Art Of Tactical Carbine

The Art of the Tactical Carbine is a 3-disc DVD set featuring over four hours of actual live fire class instruction and additional instructional material. With extensive combat experience around the globe, instructors Travis Haley and Chris Costa cover not only the basic fundamentals and "how to" aspects of the carbine but also the "mindset" required to employ a carbine effectively in dynamic stress situations. Using real first time students, the DVD set shows student progression from start to finish with nothing but positive results. Three discs, region free.

Magpul Dynamics | Aerial Platform Operations

Magpul Dynamics brings the basic building block of Aerial Platform Operations. Whether you are a Law Enforcement, Military, Park Services, Coast Guard, etc you can utilize this training tool to build the blocks required to increase your success and build your unit or agency standard operation procedures. Instructors Travis Haley and Chris Costa address everything from budgeting issues, mission planning, recon, surveillance, search and rescue, maritime operations to actually having to take a shot from an aerial platform. Single disc, region free.

Magpul Dynamics | The Art Of Dynamic Shotgun

While it's the most versatile and violent weapon system in the small arms arsenal, the shotgun brings a level of complexity that requires extensive training to master. Join Magpul Dynamics instructors, Travis Haley and Chris Costa, as they guide a diverse group of shot-gunners up an intense ladder of excellence. On this journey, the viewer takes a student perspective, benefiting as the students identify and solve problems with a variety of shotgun platforms. This 3-disc instructional set progresses quickly as it covers the fundamentals of shotgun manipulation, pattering, weapon's configurations, action types, ammo management, and real life complex scenarios for the Home Defender, Law Enforcement Officer, Military Operator, and Competitor. Three DVD discs, region free. Total running time 328 min.

LMT Quadrant Sight with Rail Grabber Assembly

Designed for weapons using M203 grenade launcher. Mounts directly onto the picatinny rail part of the upper receiver. Range up to 450 yards.

Armatac 150 Round SAW MAG

The SAW-MAG offers for the first time a reliable and efficient 150 rd magazine for the .223/5.56mm rifle. Designed to fit NATO standard (STANAG-4179) rifles, the SAW-MAG quickly converts a rifleman with a standard M4 into automatic support personnel. The flexibility of such force multiplication makes the SAW-MAG the most dominant accessory for the AR/M4/M16 family of weapons. The SAW-MAG was designed to have the lowest operating drag due to friction. The ammunition is contained individually inside the drums on sprockets, each cartridge gets its own separate space, the ammunition is picked off the sprockets when they spin, not a typical high friction convergence found on cheaper designs. This is why our drums do not require graphite lubrication to work. The drum shell is designed to guide the cartridges with ridges and this also allows for the drum shell case to accumulate chamber residue from extended high volume usage. The SAW-MAG is 100% guaranteed against defects in workmanship or materials, Armatac Industries will replace or repair unit at no cost to owner*exclusive of shipping The SAW-MAG is a hybrid design externally constructed of thick-walled long glass polymer and steel. This allows the magazine to have the durability to survive real world conditions. The hardened steel USGI tower allows it to fit into any weapon that accepts the 30 round standard magazine. All parts are from production tooling for precision and economics. The CL-MAG is externally constructed of durable aircraft quality aluminum, while internally comprised of lightweight polymers. The surface lubricity and toughness is achieved with a hard coat type III mil spec anodized finish. These materials allow the CL-MAG to be light and operate in adverse environmental conditions without deterioration or coating of critical components. Armatac Industries uses its own CNC machining centers to prove out production design and tolerances. The parts are then outsourced to production and finishing facilities. The individual parts use different manufacturing methods such as forging, injection molding, and stamping to get the overall lowest manufacturing cost but still retain the highest quality.

Daniel Defense .750 MK12 LP Gas Block

Description: Daniel Defense was awarded the Naval Surface Warfare Center - Crane Division contract for the MK12 low profile gas block. As a result we are able to offer this gas block commercially. This gas block is built to Crane specification for USSOCOM. Includes: - Low profile gas block - (2) set screws - Gas tube roll pin - 0.5 ml. LOCTITE 262 Threadlocker Specifications: - Hardened 416 Stainless Steel - Black Oxide Coated - Precision CNC Machined - Weights 1.9 oz - Made in USA The Gas Block of USSOCOM!

Troy Micro DOA Sight Set

Troy BattleSights set the world standard for performance and durability. Now, Troy has developed a rugged low-profile sight designed for firearms with top rails higher than the standard M4. For shooters who favor a sightline that's as close to the barrel as possible, or for those with raised top rail systems, the Troy Micro BattleSight provides an ideal solution. The Troy Micro BattleSight greatly enhances weapons such as the new IAR, the Sig Sauer 556 Pistol and Carbine, POF 416 & 417, FN Scar, Robinson Armament XCR, Heckler & Koch 416 & 417 and other weapons with raised top rails. Troy Miro BattleSights are rugged, reliable and Battle Ready. Sold as a set only. Made in the U.S.A. *Lifetime limited warranty.

Troy Micro Sight Set

Troy Battle Ax CQB Grip

Excellent ergonomics and the superior strength of advanced military grade polymer shape the Troy Battle Ax Pistol Grip. Refined angling sets your hand close to the receiver and leads your arm and shoulder into a high-comfort, high contour zone. Shortened length ensures you get a perfect grip every time. Fits M4, M16/AR15 and FN SCAR rifles. Made in the U.S.A. Patent Pending. *Lifetime limited warranty. Features: Fits M4, M16/AR15 and FN Scar rifles Patent Pending

Troy Ambidextrous Bolt Release

Easily release bolt with either left or right hand. Streamlines firearm clearing and reloads after a malfunction. Improved control without hand changeovers. Made in the U.S.A. *Lifetime limited warranty.

BAD-T3 M14/M1A Gas Cylinder Lock Wrench

The BAD-T3 is a five (5) function, double-ended Gas Cylinder Lock Wrench for the M14 / M1A and the M1 Garand Rifles. 100% made in the U.S.A., out of high quality 3/8" thick aircraft grade 7075-T6 aluminum and hard coat anodized in OD Green.

Tango Down Battlegrip

BATTLEGRIP Model BG-16 fits all M4 / M16 / AR-15 series rifles and clones, Armalite AR-10 and Knights Armament Corp SR-25 / MK -11 Mod O. Any rifle configured to take a standard M16 / AR-15 grip will accept BATTLEGRIP. Grip includes foam anti-rattle battery spacers, stainless steel Dry-Lok fastener, installation tool and complete instructions for easy installation. Batteries and spare parts not included. - Internal Battery Storage Compartment - Aggressive Texture - Improved Ergonomics - Weather Resistant Cover - Weight: 3.52 oz

Hogue AR-15 Grip

This grip is constructed from a sturdy fiberglass and then overmolded with soft rubber for Hogue's famous durable, comfortable and secure grip. Fits firearms with standard right hand safeties only, will not fit firearms with an ambidextrous safety. Features a cobblestone finish, finger grooves and dual palm swells.

ERGO Suregrip AR-15

An ergonomic grip with an extension that fills the web of the hand for more comfort and better recoil control. Slight hint of finger groves for a positive feel and the width is tapered from top to bottom. Technical Information: - Includes a grip plug with a lanyard and as well as the patented GAPPER which fills the void between the trigger guard and the top of the pistol grip. - Bolt-on, no modifications needed - Ergonomically designed grip fits the contour of the hand, rear upper extension supports the web of the hand. - Grip surface has the texture and feel of rubber with the strength of a rigid grip. - Deluxe Tactical grips have a thumb rest on the left side.

PRI 6.8 Magazines

6.8MM x 43MM 25 Round Capacity Magazine - 6.8 Magazines for the AR15 - M16 family of weapons. The steel welded construction with guided Blue Magpul follower special springs push button floor plate and high lubricity coating.

Magpul USGI Ranger Plates, 3PK

The Magpul Ranger Plate is a floorplate replacement for current issue aluminum USGI 30-round magazines that incorporates an integral loop, floorplate lock, and mag identifier. When installed on the base of a magazine, the Ranger Plate provides unsurpassed speed and controllability during high stress, tactical magazine changes. Loop is made of pliable Santoprene rubber overmolded onto a stainless steel plate. Patented design based upon the tried and true para-cord loops and duct-tape tabs currently in use with special warfare units worldwide. Features - Allows for rapid and controlled magazine handling - Finger loop provides a repeatable index for magazine removal from web gear - Flexible material protects magazine base from impact

Magpul Self Leveling Follower 3PK.

The Magpul Enhanced Self-Leveling Follower is a drop in replacement for the current issue aluminum USGI 30-round magazine follower. Featuring a patent pending 4-way anti-tilt design, the Enhanced Self-Leveling Follower is made from a non-hydroscopic and self-lubricating...

Magpul P-Mag Ranger Plate, 3PK

The Magpul PMAG Ranger Plate is a floorplate replacement for the 5.56x45 PMAG and EMAG that incorporates an integral loop similar to the original Magpul USGI Ranger. When installed on the base of a magazine, the PMAG Ranger Plate provides unsurpassed speed and controllability during high stress, tactical magazine changes.

Magpul E-Mag 30 Round

The EMAG (Export MAGazine) is a lightweight 30-round 5.56x45 NATO polymer magazine that features a number of aesthetic and functional changes from the original PMAG. While EMAG remains 100% compatible with the AR15/M16 platform, its unique geometry is optimized for foreign-made weapons such as the HK 416, FN SCAR, British SA-80, Beretta ARX-160, IMI Tavor, and others. To enhance compatibility with double and triple magazine pouches as well as aftermarket mag couplers, the EMAG features a slim, rib-less, anti-snag profile. Front-to-back and side-to-side dimensions have been adjusted to ensure compatibility with as many STANAG 4179 weapons as possible, including most non Colt-spec AR15 rifles. EMAG features a pop-off Impact/Dust Cover to prevent dirt and debris intrustion and protect the feedlips from impact damage during storage. When not in use, the dust cover can be stored on the magazine floorplate. For easier and more accurate identification of loaded round count via the large, single-side MagLevel window, the stainless steel magazine spring is now coated with milspec black oxide and the indicator coil painted with a high visibility orange color. Numerical indicators have been added to the body to identify 5, 15, and 25 loaded rounds. Features: - Impact and crush resistant polymer construction - Constant-curve internal geometry for smooth feeding - Anti-tilt, self-lubricating follower for increased reliability - Multi-use Impact/Dust Cover to protect feedlips from impact damage, keep dust and dirt out of the magazine during storage, and can be used as a tool for easy cartridge removal - Black-oxide coated (MIL-DTL-13924D) USGI-spec stainless steel spring - Transparent window on one side of the EMAG along with a painted indicator on the spring allows for easy determination of rounds remaining - Textured gripping surface and flared floorplate for positive magazine handling and easy disassembly

Magpul 308 P-Mag 20 Round

The 7.62 NATO/.308 Winchester PMAG 20LR is a cost effective high reliability magazine for SR25/M110 pattern rifles featuring true 20-round capacity, constant-curve body, and snap on dust/impact cover. Designed specifically for military-issue MK11/M110 rifles and mil-spec ammunition (including M118LR), the PMAG 20LR is less than half the weight of standard issue steel magazines and maintains a service life round count approximately equal to the rifle barrel itself. FEATURES: Impact and crush resistant polymer construction Constant-curve internal geometry for smooth feeding Specially designed, self-lubricating follower for increased reliability Multi-use Impact Cover to protect feedlips from impact damage, keep dust and dirt out of the magazine during storage, and can be used as a tool for easy cartridge removal High-quality stainless steel spring for corrosion resistance Textured gripping surface for positive magazine handling Robust floor plate for increased drop protection, easily removable for field maintenance and cleaning. Optimized for use with 7.62 NATO/.308 Winchester ammunition with an overall cartridge length less than 2.820", including M118LR. Commercial rifle compatibility includes the KAC SR25, DPMS LR308, LWRCI REPR, LMT 7.62 MRP, LaRue Tactical OBR, POF P-308, JP Enterprises LRP-07 and others NOTE: NOT compatible with Armalite AR-10, Rock River Arms LAR8, and any other rifles that utilize M14 type, FN FAL, or HK 91/G3 magazines

H&K M4 High Reliability

A weapon is only as reliable as its magazine. Originally developed by HK for the British L85 (SA80) and L86 weapons, this curved 30-round magazine provides a substantial improvement in reliability and durability over current issue magazines. The superior function of the magazine was validated during three separate tests of the L85/L86 with the British Ministry of Defense (MoD) in arctic, jungle, and desert environments during the firing of more than one million rounds. It is currently used by numerous U.S. Special Operations and conventional units with excellent results. The HK SA80/M4/M16 magazine is available for use in all weapons that use the NATO standard magazine. It features a well executed design, select materials, special anti-friction surface finish, advanced spring material, attention to production tolerances, and steel magazine housing and follower. For use in extreme environments HK now offers a special Maritime coating which easily surpasses the US MIL-STD-810 E salt fog test. During this test, the HK High Reliability Magazines were exposed to a 100 hour salt fog and then stored three days at ambient temperature. After this test procedure each magazine was fully loaded with rounds and fired twice with no problems experienced. In U.S. military testing, the HK magazine improved feeding reliability of the system by 30-50% overall. SPECIFICATIONS: - Length: 7.48 in./190 mm - Width: .94 in./20mm - Height: 2.56 in./65 mm - Weight (empty): .54 ln/.25 kg - Material: Sheet Steel - Surface Preparation: Polished with proprietary HK coating (Salt water corrosion resistant "maritime" finish).

SEI M14 Gas Cylinder Precision Shim Kit

Contains four 301 hardened stainless steel shims (.005", .008", .010", & .015"). Use when unitizing of gas system is neither practical nor warranted, to achieve same effect. Just the thing for tightening gas cylinder and band between shoulder of barrel and gas cylinder lock. Currently in widespread use with US Army. (Military commitments may affect availability)

SEI M14 Trigger Group parts kit & Connector Lock Pin

Pins are S7 tool Steel, Heat treated 58 HRC. Spring is silicon-chrome for lighter trigger pull. Best used in conjunction with SEI Trigger Group Upgrade without the upgrade, kit will decrease trigger pull approx. 25% with standard models. Mid-Range and Max-Pak.

SEI M14 National Match Rear Sight

Made from 4140 Bar Stock steel. All parts hand fitted, little or no fitting required on receiver. CMP approved.

SEI M14 GLFS-D-18 (Dovetail)

Deck height allows use of GI or match front sight. Chrome-moly, highly advanced metallurgical process. Double heat treated, as well as M80HT, corrosion resistant 60 HRC surface. For 18.0" barrel (i.e. MK14 SEI). Developed to meet a US Navy requirement and now standard issue, the patent pending Gas Lock Front Sight (GLFS) is intended to enables the user of the M-14 to effectively mount a sound suppressor on the Vortex DC flach suppressor.

Sadlak Reinforced QD Post Assembly

The Reinforced Quick Disconnect (QD) Post Assembly replaces the stock M14 front swivel for a more rugged, durable Bi-pod attachment. To eliminate cracking of the stock during heavy recoil use or rough handling, the oval washer design has approx. 3 times the load disbursement over the standard single QD post. Designed for use with a Harris Bi-pod or other Bi-pods using the standard QD post. P/N 140050 Reinforced QD Post Assembly includes the following: *Interior Oval Nut Plate *Exterior Oval Washer Plate *QD Post, #10-32 Thread *Disc Lock Washer (2 ea) *Button Screw, #10-32 *1/8" Hex Key

Sadlak National Match Spring Guide

Sadlak's National Match Spring Guide improves the consistency and smooth motion of the operating rod which help reduce wear and increase rifle accuracy over the standard stamped GI guide. Our NM Spring Guides are NOT made from a cut-off stamped GI guide welded to a round drill rod. These make-shift NM GI guides often have a soft magazine catch caused by the welding and may not be precisely aligned because of poor fixturing. Sadlak's NM spring guides are produced to the same specifications as the military

Sadlak Gas Cylinder Wrench

The aluminum model is CNC machined from thick aircraft quality 6061 heat-treated aluminum. The thicker material and large beveled edges provide added comfort.

SADLAK Front 6 O'Clock Rail

FRONT RAIL FOR BIPOD/ACCESSORY MOUNTING NEW!!! SADLAK Industries 6 O'Clock Sling Mount / Bipod Accessory Rail. Allows user to mount vertical foregrips, lights, or lasers on the bottom of your M14/M1A. Also can be used for mounting picatinny mounted bipods or other accessories. Or you can add the optional QD post to attach your favorit sling, or harris bipod. The Heavy Duty Model with the optional QD Stud shown at the right takes advantage of the Sadlak Internal Oval Nutplate (as used on our QD Post Assembly) using two socket head screws installed externally through the two counterbored holes in the rail. This model allows the removal or replacement of the rail without removing the stock. Depending on the stock, initial installation of the internal nutplate may require Dremel work to recess the oval plate flush to the inside surface. As illustrated Above, your original USGI sling swivel is securely held in place by the lips on the underside of the rail.

Troy M14/M1A Muzzle Break

Improves recoil, features diamond shaped teeth for close quarters fighting; tough enough to serve as an improvised breeching devise if the situation calls for it. Features: - Installation Note: Crush washers not needed to install this brake - Material: Hardened 8620 Construction - Finnish: MIL-SPEC parkerized finish - Accepts U.S.G.I. sound suppressor - Fits: M14/M1A(R) including SOCOM-16

Troy M14 Modular Chassis Only

Troy Modular Chassis System The Troy M14 Modular Chassis System (MCS) is an original design that incorporates features found in no other M14 stock system. Includes: TROY M14 Modular Chassis All mounting hardware Instruction manual Made in the USA. Features: - Excellent ergonomics assure easy customizing to suit the operator's needs or unit requirements. - Accepts Any Diameter M14 Barrel! Use Your Existing Op Rod Guide! - Use Any AR-15 Buttstock Assembly, Any AR-15 Pistol Grip! - Machined from billet T6 aluminum - MIL-STD. type III hard coat anodized - Available in Black and Flat Dark Earth - MIL-STD. M1913 rails located at 3, 6, 9 and 12 oclock - All rails feature numbered cross slots - Single plane, full-length top rail allows perfect co-witness of iron sights and optics - Mounts all optical sights and scopes - Optics & sights remain mounted and undisturbed while field stripped - Will fit USGI M-14's and commercial variants - Field strips without tools identically to factory M14 Duplicates the ergonomics of the M16/M4 weapons system - Accepts all M16/M4 pistol grips and stock assemblies - Installs easily on all semi and full auto M1A or M14 rifles

Troy BattleRail M14

Troy M14 BattleRails M14 BattleRails work with your existing M1A/M14 rifle stock. They provide the ultimate optics mounting system and interface for other accessories. Features: - Works with all wood and fiberglass stock systems - Accepts all accessories designed for the M1913 Picatinny rail system, including Troy Folding BattleSights, Troy Modular BattleGrip and Troy BattleRail Panels (available for purchase separately) - All optics stay attached during field stripping and cleaning - Easily installs with no special tools. - Increases weapon accuracy by providing a more solid optics mounting system

Pachmayr Mossberg 500/590 Grip

Vindicator pistol grips for shotguns have our patented air pocket recoil chamber to reduce shock, while our checkered rubber on both pistol grip and forend provide a vastly better grip than hard molded synthetics. Makes recoil feel less intense. Improves accuracy on second and later shots. Installs in 15 minutes or less.

Pachmayr Remington Pistol Grip

Vang Comp Standoff Device (Breaching)

Available for the following shotguns; Remington Model 870 18 1/2", 14", 10" barrel Mossberg Model 590-A1 18 1/4" barrel M4 Benelli as used by the USMC On some shotgun models the Standoff acts as a Magazine Tube Extension for 1, 2 or 3 additional rounds

Vang Comp Remington Large Head Safty

Vang Comp High Dome Head Safety. This safety is the best safety on the market for the 870, 1100 and 11-87 shotguns. The high dome design aids in rapid and positive manipulation of the safety. In a high stress or competitive environment, getting the safety off fast and positively is paramount.

Vang Comp Moss Oversized Safty

This is a replacement for the Mossberg 590 A1 oversized safety. Oversized aluminum precision parts for easier operation

GG&G Remington 870 Looped Ambi Single Point Sling Attachment

Slings with HK style snap hooks have recently become more prevalent with tactical operators. In keeping with this trend we are now manufacturing an ambidextrous single point sling attachment with large loops that accommodate HK style snap hooks and mash hooks for the workhorse of shotguns, the Remington 870. Although specifically designed for the 870, it will also fit the Remington 1100 and 1187 models. The ergonomic shape of this ambidextrous sling mount has been designed to not interfere with your fire control hand or overall operation. Installation is easy and because of the unique design, will work with most aftermarket buttstocks. As can be seen in the above photos the sling attachment is fully ambidextrous. The GG&G Remington 870 ambidextrous shotgun sling attachment is machined at our facility from solid billet 6061 T6 aluminum and Type III hard coat anodized per mil-spec. All corners and edges of the 870 ambidextrous sling mount have been rounded and dehorned for the operators safety. All products from GG&G, including the 870 ambidextrous shotgun sling attachment, are proudly made in the U.S.

GG&G Remington 870 and Mossberg 590 Single Point Rear Sling Attachments

Single point tactical slings attached to shoulder-mounted combat weapons including shotguns such as the highly regarded and widely used Remington 870 and Mossberg 590, have become quite popular recently in both military and law enforcement special operations circles. These shotgun sling mount systems permit the operator to mount the weapon on either the primary or offside shoulder. As a result, during dynamic entries it becomes easier to "cut the pie" at doorways and move around corners, whether they are on the right side or left side, without telegraphing the operator's position. In addition, slings attached to a single point mount work especially well when operators are deployed wearing body armor or are involved in breeching operations. The preferred mounting point for slings of this type is directly behind the receiver and in front of the buttstock. GG&G has introduced a Single Point Rear Sling Attachment for the Remington Model 870 and Mossberg 590 combat shotguns. The Remington Model will also fit the Remington 1100 and 1187 shotguns, while the Mossberg Model will fit the Mossberg 500 and 590 shotguns. Precision machined from 7075 aircraft grade billet aluminum alloy and Type III hard anodized matte black, this shotgun sling attachment has been designed for the rigors associated with professional use. This GG&G Single Point Rear Sling Attachment will accommodate slings up to 1 1/4" in width and will also accept the excellent Chalker sling system. These sling swivels can easily be installed by the operator. A dual point sling system can also be employed with this attachment.

GG&G Remington 870 And Mossberg 590 Front Sling Attachments

GG&G has a history of making accessories for tactical weapons including shotguns and military rifles. Some of our most popular items have a simple appearance but are engineered to create a tactical advantage in an adverse situation. Two products that stand out are our front sling attachments for the Mossberg 590 slings and Remington 870 shotgun sling. We developed and designed front mounts for the Mossberg 590 sling and Remington 870 sling for several important reasons. First of all, current tactical applications for utilizing a sling on shoulder mounted combat weapons requires mounting said sling to the side of the combat shotgun. This aids in satisfying one of the critical factors in this equation, the ability to make a smooth, rapid and safe transition to the service sidearm. In addition, experience has demonstrated that the use of sling clamps that go around both the barrel and magazine extension tube of a fighting shotgun will spread the barrel and tube by varying amounts, depending upon how much tension is applied to the clamps retaining screw. As this is difficult to gauge, the gun's zero will change every time the clamp is removed for maintenance and then reinstalled. The GG&G Shotgun Front Sling Attachments prevent this from happening and we make Mossberg 590 and Remington 870 sling mounts. The Remington 870 sling mount will also fit the Remington 1100 and 1187 shotguns. The Mossberg 590 sling mount will also fit the Mossberg 835 and 930. Both sling attachments are fully ambidextrous. Many competing products are manufactured from insubstantial stamped sheet metal and have rather sharp edges that not only can cut the sling, but can cut the operator as well. The Remington 870 sling swivels are machined in our facility from AS-35 Geneva steel. Of exceptionally high quality, this famous Swiss steel features molecular structure with elongated grains for added toughness. The corners have been rounded and dehorned for the operator's safety. A ball bearing detent on the Sling Attachment helps secure the unit behind the magazine tubes end cap. Both versions are manganese phosphated matte black per mil-spec.

GG&G Remington 870 and Mossberg 500/590 Single Point

Single point slings using HK Style snap hooks attached to shotguns such as the highly regarded and widely used Remington 870 and Mossberg 590, have become very popular in both military and law enforcement special operations circles. Because of the lack of an alternative method, most shooters have just clipped their single point sling into a standard sling swivel. Although this works, it is noisy and provides a loose and sloppy sling attachment. GG&G has developed a great lightweight and rugged alternative to clipping into the standard sling swivel, the GG&G Remington 870 and Mossberg 590 Shotgun Single Point Sling Attachments for HK Style Snap Hooks. These rugged sling attachments will also fit the Remington 870 TAC 2, 1100 and 1187, and the Mossberg Model will fit the Mossberg 500 shotgun. Precision machined from rugged 7075 aircraft grade billet aluminum alloy and Type III hard anodized matte black per mil-spec, it has been designed for the rigors associated with professional use. The Single Point Sling Attachment can easily be installed by the operator. A dual point sling system can also be employed with this attachment. A great addition to the professional Remington 870 tactical accessories from GG&G.

Magpul Angled Foregrip 2

Unlike conventional vertical fore-grips, the Magpul AFG2 (Angled Fore-Grip) takes into account natural body mechanics and provides a comfortable and stable user interface that reduces fatigue and allows for more precise weapon control. By positioning the shooter's hand high on the centerline of the bore, the AFG2 helps mitigate recoil and control the weapon, facilitating faster, more accurate follow-up shots. The AFG2 is a slim line design that is shorter in overall length and width compared to the AFG1. Smaller size allows for compatibility with a wider variety of rail systems, rail covers, and accessory mounts. Features: - Polymer three-piece design with an interchangeable finger shelf that allows for a flat "A1-style" surface or an "A2-style" finger nub - Mounts to MIL-STD-1913 Picatinny and NATO STANAG 4694 rails (min. of ~3" recommended) - All mounting hardware included Specifications: - AFG2 - Angled Fore Grip - Weight: 2.53 oz. - Length: 4.70 in. - Height, over rail: 1.94 in. - Width, maximum: 1.37 in.

GG&G Heavy Duty XDS Bipod

The newly re-designed GG&G Heavy Duty XDS Bipod with swiveling capability now offers a greater range than previous versions. In addition to a much stronger pivot mechanism, the new design affords 25 degrees of cant in either direction of center. Not only does this increase better rough terrain adjustability, but this pivoting capability allows the deployed bipod leg to be used as a vertical foregrip if required for rapid transition. In addition, a tension mechanism and adjustment knob has been added so that the operator does not need tools to make tension adjustments to the swivel. The GG&G Heavy Duty XDS Tactical M1a & M14 Bipod is specifically designed and manufactured to meet current military requirements. The Socom bipod is exceptionally rugged; it will not only withstand extreme environmental conditions from 55 degrees Fahrenheit to +155 degrees Fahrenheit, but be operational under those conditions. Manufactured from aircraft grade 6061 T6 aluminum alloy with extreme duty connection points and fasteners, this swiveling bipod for M14 is still remarkably lightweight at only 17 oz. Features include a 8" to 10.5" height adjustment when measured from the dovetail attachment, silent deployment, fully adjustable legs with thumbnut adjustments, and grip tight foot pads. All aluminum parts are bead blasted and Type III hard coat anodized per mil-spec in a non reflective matte black combat finish. The bipod is equipped with a MIL-STD-1913 rail adapter that does not require tools for installation. The M14 bipods will also attach to any rifle with a 6 o'clock under barrel MIL-STD-1913 or Weaver type rail. These heavy duty M1a bipods and all our superior quality products are proudly manufactured in Tucson, Arizona, USA.

Knoxx Compstock

The CompStock has been received with enthusiasm by sportsmen, competitive shooters and law enforcement due to its ability to dramatically reduce recoil with light and heavy loads. Law enforcement officers, required to qualify with a shotgun, will find the CompStock the secret to higher scores and better field results. Hunters and competitive shooters will find their scores and hit ratios improving as flinching and recoil anticipation dramatically decreases. Laboratory tests conclude that the improved patented recoil reducing system of the CompStock actually slows the entire recoil cycle down and absorbs more than 54% of the net peak recoil. Using a cam roller extension spring the CompStock system removes painful recoil. The CompStock is the ideal choice for those seeking a recoil reducing stock in a traditional design. Packaged with a rubber overmolded forend, the CompStock is the perfect solution to the problem of recoil. Greatly reduces painful recoil and eliminates muzzle flip Provides ultimate shooting comfort No adjustment or tuning required Easy Installation Superior in every way to any conventional shotgun stock

Troy Ind. Modular Combat Grip

Dont lose your grip when things get dirty. Troy Industries Combat Grips offer versatility, unmatched durability and outstanding ergonomics in a grip that complements all Picatinny rail systems. Features: Grip converts easily into two sizes 4 5/8 when completely assembled 3 1/4 when in short (stubby) mode Thumb screw and low-profile attachment screw included Three part modular design High capacity internal storage container Finished in Flat Black or Flat Dark Earth Weighs less than 6 oz. The perfect accessory for all Picatinny Rail SystemsThumb screw included - fits inside Grip.

EO Tech EXPS 3-0

Eotech has done it again by making the best even better. Offering true 2 eyes open shooting, a transversly mounted lithium 123 battery, and 7 mm raised base offering iron sight access, the new Extreme-XPS (EXPS) features easy to adjust side buttons and a single, quick release throw lever for easy attachment and removal. SPECIFICATIONS: ■Single transverse 123 battery to reduce sight length ■Shortened base only requires at most 2 3/4 inch of rail space compared to the 4 inch N battery sights ■Battery cap and latch are eliminated and replaced with a simple O-ring, tethered cap; better sealing is achieved ■Battery compartment is now separated from the base to allow it to hover over the delta ring of the rifle ■Average battery life at brightness level 12 is roughly 500-600 hours, 3X battery life of N cell sights ■Two reticle options: 0- 65MOA circle with 1 MOA aiming dot, 2-65MOA circle with two 1MOA aiming dots ■Side buttons, NV compatible with a single quick detach throw lever OPERATION: - Optics: Transmission holography - parallax free - Magnification: 1x - Eye Relief: Unlimited - Length/Width/Height: 3.5"x2.2"x2.4" (91.4X 55.8x71.8mm) - Weight: 11.2 oz (317grams) - Temperature: -40 to 150 F - Waterproof: Submersible to 33 ft depth - Sealing: Fogproof internal optics - Color/Finish: Non reflective black with hard coat finish - Adjustment (per click): 0.5 MOA (1/2" at 100 yds) - Adjustment Range: +/- 40 MOA travel - Mount: 1" Weaver or (MIL-STD-1913 rail Adjustable for width variation - Return to Zero: Repeatable to within 2 MOA after re-mounting - Night Vision Compatibility: 10 brightness setting (generation I-III+) HEADS-UP-DISPLAY WINDOW: - Optical Surfaces: Anti-glare coating - Window Dimensions: 1.20" x 0.85" (30 x 23mm) - Front Window Material: 1/8" solid glass - Rear Window Material: Shatter resistant laminate (3/16" thick) - Field of View (100 yds): 30 yds (28m) at a 4" eye relief - Reticle Options: Models include one of the following reticles:65 MOA ring with single 1MOA dot or (2) 1MOA dots and 65MOA ring ELECTRICAL: - Brightness Adjustment Range: 146,000:1 brightest to lowest - Night Vision Brightness Range: 1280:1 with NV switch engaged - Power Source: (1) 123 lithium battery - Battery Life: 600 continuous hours at nominal setting 12 - Brightness Settings: 30 settings with scrolling feature (10 settings for NV use) - Auto Battery Check Indicator: Flashing reticle upon start-up - Auto Shut-down: At 8 hrs- programmable to 4 hrs

GG&G Leupold Prismatic Accucam

With the trend toward smaller and lighter weight "red dot" tactical optics, the Leupold Prismatic Scope has gained favor in both the civilian and law enforcement communities. In fact several law enforcement agencies have specifically asked us to provide them with an Accucam Quick Detach Mount for the Leupold Prismatic Rifle Scope. Once we designed it we thought it best to add it to our line of optical mounting systems. The Leupold mount is easily installed with three included socket head cap screws. The allen wrenches required for installation are also included. The Leupold scope mounts are manufactured to withstand the rigors of professional use from solid billet 6061 T6 aluminum and finished matte black with a Type III hard-coat anodized mil-spec process. The Leupold Prismatic Accucam Quick Detach Mount provides you with a solid method to quickly install or remove the scope from the weapon. The scope can quickly be installed on a dovetail rail in seconds by rotating the Accucam Lever to the locked position and can just as quickly be removed by rotating the Accucam Cam Lever to the unlocked position. Unlike other QD lever systems, it is fully adjustable to fit Weaver and MIL-STD-1913 dovetails, even those that are worn or out-of-spec. The ergonomic finger loop of the lever of the Leupold scope mount is easily operated, even with a gloved hand, and the round design is virtually snag proof. The Accucam mechanism is manufactured from solid billet 4140 steel.

Troy Ambidextrous Magazine Release

Ambidextrous selector with no screws or threading to come loose or strip; utilizes stainless steel detent plungers to lock levers into place. The traditional lever side has been built for a more positive feel. The right side features a lower profile lever and will not interfere with trigger operation for right handed shooters. Rugged, machined billet tool steel construction. Semi-auto levers can be interchanged from left to right. Patent pending.

Wolff AR-15/M-16 Extra Power Spring

Extra power Colt AR15, M16, Sporter, CAR-15, M4, & 9mm SMG action springs. A must have for: - 9mm carbine shooters - Full Auto shooters - Short barrel rifle shooters To correct malfunctions: - Falliure to feed - Round being half way pushed out of the mag

Wilson Combat SPR (Special Purpose Rifle)

The Special Purpose Rifle is based on the special operations Mark 12 Mod X. The SPR was designed to be an intermediate sniper / designated marksman rifle. The 18" match grade 1-7 twist barrel offers exceptional accuracy with heavier bullets making it a more effective long range rifle. The rifle length quad rail offers extreme versatility for mounting mission essential equipment such as night vision, bipod, tactical light, secondary optics, etc... The SPR is equally at home as a sniper / designated marksman rifle, on the range or as a long range small game hunting rifle. SPR-15AQ - Special Purpose Rifle Features: Forged 7075 Upper (Flat Top) and Lower Receivers Chrome-Lined SPR Match Grade Barrel with 6 Groove / 1-7 Twist, 5.56 NATO Chamber, M4 Feedramps, 18" OAL Rifle Length Gas System with Lo-Profile Gas Block Tactical Muzzle Brake Free-Float Ventilated Quad Rail Aluminum Handguard - Rifle Length ERGO Pistol Grip A2 Fixed Buttstock TTU ( Tactical Trigger Unit ) Single Stage, 4# Premium Mil-Spec Bolt and Bolt Carrier, NP-3 Coated Mil-Spec Hard Anodize Finish on Upper / Lower Receivers Armor-Tuff Finish Magazine Capacity Accepts all M-16/AR-15 Style Magazines, includes (1) 20rd Magazine Nylon Tactical Rifle Case included Shown with Optional Accessories SPECIFICATIONS: - Action: Semi-Auto - Caliber: 5.56 NATO - Barrel Length: 18 inches - Rifling Twist: 6 Groove, 1-7 Twist - Overall Length: Fixed Stock 38 inches - Overall Length: Collapsible Stock Extended 38 inches - Overall Length: Collapsible Stock Collapsed 34.25 inches - Trigger: Single Stage - Weight Empty: 8.4 lbs.

Wilson Combat 6.8 SPC Recon

"6.8 SPC was developed for better terminal effects while still having an acceptable long range trajectory. " After a tremendous amount of research and testing by Bill Wilson and the Wilson Combat team we are excited to announce the availability of our custom AR platform rifles chambered in 6.8 SPC caliber. The 6.8 SPC (6.8x43mm) was initially developed by MSG Steve Holland and Chris Murray a United States Army Marksmanship Unit gunsmith to offer superior downrange lethality over the 5.56 NATO/.223 Remington in an AR pattern service rifle with minimal loss of magazine capacity and a negligible increase in recoil. When built to the level of quality and precision Wilson Combat has achieved the 6.8 SPC is also capable of outstanding accuracy and reliability. In our match-grade, Spec II chambered 16 barrels, The 6.8 SPC is capable of pushing a .277 caliber, 85gr bullet to over 2900 FPS. 110gr bullets easily achieve 2500 FPS with factory loaded ammunition. Appropriate hand loading can achieve even higher velocities and enable the use of heavier projectiles up to 130 grains, which dramatically improves terminal ballistics over a 5.56 Nato/.223 Remington at long range. This added ballistic performance makes the 6.8 SPC perfect for home protection and SRT/SWAT teams. The 6.8 is a truly ideal hunting round for medium to heavy game and turns the AR into a serious hunting rifle. Wilson Combat hopes to become your one stop shop for all your 6.8 SPC needs. FEATURES: Wilson Combat forged 7075 flat top upper receiver, marked 6.8 SPC II Wilson Combat forged 7075 lower receiver Stainless medium weight (.740 at the muzzle) match grade barrel with 4 groove / 1-11 twist, SPC II chamber, M4 feedramps, 16 or 18 Mid-length gas system, with lo profile gas block LMT enhanced bolt and carrier with NP3 coating Wilson Combat quadrail - 16" Recon mid-length quadrail, 18" Recon rifle length quadrail Wilson Combat Accu-Tac flash hider, 5/8-24 Wilson Combat single stage TTU (tactical trigger unit) approx 4# pull MAGPUL CTR butt stock and MOE pistol grip with tactical trigger guard Armor Tuff polymer finish in black, green, grey or tan One C-Products 15 round magazine Wilson Combat nylon assault case SPECIFICATIONS: - RECON 16 - Overall length 36 , 33 with stock collapsed - Weight: 7.5lb empty with magazine - RECON 18 - Overall length: 38 , 35 with stock collapsed - Weight: 7.7lb empty with magazine - MOA: 1 at 100yd accuracy guarantee (3 shots/match grade ammunition)

KRISS TDI Super V

The Problem: All traditional firearms share a common problem; they utilize heavy linear operating mechanisms that deliver recoil forces directly into the operator's shoulder. These forces cause the operator to constantly re-acquire his sight picture due to felt recoil shock and the resulting rotational muzzle climb. Newton's 3rd law; run amok. In other words, if the point of operating a firearm is to put rounds in a specific location, why is it that traditional firearms, no matter how many tricky buffers, springs and pads are deployed, all work against the operator's goal? The engineers at KRISS-TDI, starting with a clean computer screen and one goal in mind, have solved this century-old problem by creating the patented KRISS Super V System-the only firearm operating system in the world that actually works with the operator to help put more rounds on target, more of the time. here's how. The Solution: The Patented KRISS Super V System With all due respect to Sir newton, the KRISS engineers have been able to use his law to the shooters advantage. Unlike any other firearm ever invented, instead of having all the recoil force slam back into the shooters shoulder, causing massive amounts of felt recoil and resultant muzzle climb, the KRISS System absorbs and redirects these forces downward and away from the operator thus enabling him to better control and keep the KRISS firearm on-target. More control equals more rounds on-target, more of the time. Simply said, by absorbing and re-directing recoil forces, the KRISS System provides an absolutely flat operating profile; the firearm stays where you aim it, even when firing a 230gr. .45ACP round at 1,000 rounds-per-minute in our KRISS SMG. In US Army tests, the KRISS generates 60% less felt recoil and 95% less muzzle climb than other competitive firearms. So, if your goal is more round on-target, isnt it time you had a firearm that actually worked with you to help achieve your goal? The Proof: When We Say 'Double-tap In The Same hole' We Mean It. In head-to-head, instrumented bench testing by the US Army Picatinny Arsenal, which measured X, Y and Z axis moments of inertia at the instant of firing, the KRISS Super V Vector SMG .45 ACP produced 90% less muzzle climb and 60% less felt recoil than the MP5 firing 9mm. And please note; the KRISS SMG frame is smaller and lighter than the MP5. The All New KRISS Super V 16 CRB/SO and the 5.5 SRB/SO* .45 ACP Civilian Carbines: In addition to our highly acclaimed KRISS Super V Vector SMg for military and law enforcement, KRISS-TDI is proud to announce two ATF-approved semi-auto civilian carbines; the KRISS Super V Vector CRB/SO and the SBR/ SO. Both are based upon the SMgs proven rugged milspec design and construction and are the smallest, lightest, most controllable and accurate carbines in the world. heres what just a few kind folks have had to say about the KRISS family of firearms: - "Represents a new direction for recoil mitigation in firearms design. American Rifleman - Best ever SMG! Guns & Weapons for Law enforcement Magazine - The CQB weapon of choice! DiscoveryChannelsFutureWeapons - Taking the kick out of kickback means fewer errant bullets on the battle- field Popular Science 100 Best Innovations of the Year - Extremely easy to keep on target. American Rifleman - Recoil was amazingly lightjust as advertisedand the red dot never recoiled off-target. Mike Detty for Police Magazine. Prove it to yourself: No kidding; to fully appreciate the performance of the KRISS family of fire- arms, you really have to fire them. Talk and words are very cheap in the fire- arms business, and all the talk stops when you pull the trigger and discover something youve never experienced before...a firearm that stays where you aim it, no matter how fast you pull the trigger. How the KRISS Super V System Actually Helps the Operator: Traditional linear operating systems create forces that actually work against the operators ability to put round on-target. These forces create large amounts of felt recoil and muzzle climb; both of which impair the operators ability to keep his sight picture. The Kriss Super V design re-vectors these forces down and away from the operator and reduces felt recoil by as much as 60% and muzzle climb by as much as 95%! The KRISS Super V System works with the operator and actually enhances his ability to put more rounds on target, more of the time. With simple rugged, moving parts, KRISS firearms represent industry- leading, state of the art design, engineering and construction. Because the KRISS Super V System absorbs the recoil, KRISS firearms are the lightest and most compact frame of any firearm in their class. Withmore than 5 years of R&D in cooperation with the US Army ARDEC Picatinny Arsenal, KRISS firearms perform exactly the way we say they do. Designed for operation and tear-down in the most adverse environments, the KRISS field strips with the removal of 2 simple pushpins and completely disassembles with the use of 2 more pins, requiring no tools.

Mossberg 500 Breacher

Guard dogs have to be fed, walked groomed, trained. These you just oil. High security is fine; high maintenance isn't. Enter the Mossberg 500 and 590 Persuader shotguns -- the pump-action shotguns you can count on for your security needs. They have the credentials and track record to prove it. In their commercial form, the Persuaders are virtual duplicates of the proven Mossberg military 500 and 590 models -- the only pump-action shotguns ever to pass all stringent U. S. Military Mil-Spec 3443 standards. Use the 500 Persuader at home and the Mariner on the water these guns are dependable and economical. Especially when you don't have to cover the added expense of chew toys. SPECIFICATIONS: - Gauge: 12 - Chamber: 3" - Description: PISTOL GRIP ONLY - Capacity: 6 - Barrel Length: 18 1/2" - Sights: BEAD - Choke: CYLINDER BORE - Length: 28 3 /4" - Finnish: MATTE SYNTHETIC (BLACK) - Weight: 5 3/4 LBS

HERA-ARMS 1911 Carbine Kit

***Using this product in conjunction with your pistol without registering, it as a short barrel rifle is unlawful and in violation with the NFA Act, however you may purchase the permanatly attached barrel shoud option to make it a 16" overall barrel length requirment*** NOTE: Price included bare chasis system. you must add barrel shroud, side rails, and stock adapter, to reflect picture. You may add any stock you desire from the AR-15 & M-16/ Buttstock Category. The HERA-ARMS Colt Pistol Extension (CPE) is a simple to use pistol housing that allows users to place optical sights, lasers, flashlights and other weaver rail accessories on their weapon. Assembly only requires the removal of the standard grip of the 1911 and is replaced with the CPE. For users that wish to change their standard pistol into a lightweight carbine an additional adapter is also available allowing the fitting of standard AR15/M16 buffer tubes and stocks. The CPE has a super ergonomic design which provides improved weapon comfort and handling. FEATURES: For use with standard Mil Spec 1911s No gunsmithing or weapon modification Simple assembly Outside shaft body Picatinny rails

Magpul Enhanced Trigger Guard

The Enhanced Trigger Guard is a black anodized aluminum drop in replacement for the AR15/M16 weapons platform. It features a shallow "V" shape for better use of gloves in tactical shooting or cold weather operations. The Enhanced Trigger Guard is non-folding, has rounded edges, and fills the annoying "gap" at the rear of the standard trigger guard. All mounting hardward included.

GG&G UFIR (Under Forearm Integrated Rail)

Vertical foregrips and other accessories mounted at the 6 o'clock position on shoulder fired weapons have become prominent in military, law enforcement and civilian arenas. However, not every agency or individual for that matter, can afford or justify the purchase of a forearm assembly surrounded by multiple rails, when all they want to do is add a vertical foregrip or flashlight to the weapon. Over nine years ago, GG&G introduced an inexpensive but mission ready Under Forearm Integrated Rail (UFIR) that permits instant installation and removal of most vertical foregrips, flashlights and numerous other accessories on the AR15/M16 weapon systems. This adapter rail can easily be installed onto the underside of an AR15 or M16 forearm, (standard or M4), using simple hand tools and a small amount of Loctite 262. The three point mounting system insures a solid, rugged mounting platform. Because our handguard rail mount follows the Picatinny Rail (MIL-STD-1913 or NATO's STANAG 2324) standard you will have no problem with accessory compatibility. Installation does not require permanent alteration to the forearm. Detailed instructions and all of the parts required are supplied in the kit. The UFIR is manufactured from solid 6061 T6 billet aluminum alloy and is Type III hard-coat anodized matte black per mil-spec to provide combat durability. The GG&G UFIR is four inches long, provides eleven mounting cross lugs and machined to MIL-STD-1913 specifications so as to provide tactical flexibility in accessory mounting. It is lightweight too-at only 1.6 ounces.

GG&G Offset Tactical Flashlight Mount

Flashlights attached to shoulder-mounted weaponry are a necessary requirement for urban warfare. Until now, attempting to use a tactical flashlight in conjunction with a vertical foregrip resulted in three scenarios: 1.Purchase an expensive combination vertical foregrip/flashlight. 2.While trying to maintain a grip on the vertical foregrip, attempt an uncomfortable and dangerous rotation of the grip hand to try to get the thumb high enough to engage the rear of the flashlight typically mounted at the three o'clock or nine o'clock position (strong left shooter). 3.Use an expensive and somewhat messy pig tail with a pressure pad glued to the foregrip or forearm that could hang you up at a critical time. GG&G's staff has solved the problem of interfacing a vertical foregrip with a weapon-mounted flashlight by creating the Offset Tactical Flashlight Mount For Use With Vertical Foregrips. It places the tactical flashlight, offset to the right or left of the weapon's forearm at about 5 o'clock or 7 o'clock, respectively. This permits the operator to manipulate with the thumb, the illuminator's rocker switch laser button or rear pressure button of other tactical flashlights, while the support hand remains solidly on the vertical foregrip. This tactical light mount comes complete with both the Glock style and MIL-STD-1913 Picatinny rails. The Glock style rail can be easily removed and a short section of MIL-STD-1913 rail installed for attaching a Surefire or other small flashlight by means of a standard ring. The mounting rails are fully interchangeable. It is a lightweight accessory at only 2.7 ounces. The Offset Tactical Flashlight Mount For Use With Vertical Foregrips can be mounted on the GG&G UFIR, or any of the GG&G Tactical Modular Forearms, or any other integrated rail system. This ambidextrous mount is attached by means of a squeeze rail. Manufactured from aircraft grade 6061 billet aluminum alloy, it has been Type III hard-coat anodized per mil-spec in a matte black combat finish. The offset tactical flashlight mounts from GG&G are made in the USA at our Tucson, AZ factory. When purchasing any part that mounts on to your gun you want to make sure it fits perfectly as per mil spec standards, and it isn't going to rattle or move later on. On an AR-15, M16, or M4, stealth and surprise are essential, and accuracy is paramount. Every AR 15 flashlight mount from GG&G is made from top grade materials because it may be used in the field by military and police units who can't compromise the tactical advantage that comes with the right equipment.

GG&G Harris Bipod Adapter

The Harris Bipod is probably the most popular budget priced bipod in the market today. Unfortunately it does not easily attach to Weaver or MIL-STD-1913 dovetails. We thought it was time to offer an extremely rugged and low profile Harris Bipod Adapter to fill this important requirement. Features of the GG&G Bipod Adapter include a counter sunk locking cross bolt that helps eliminate the possibility of snags. The clamping side bar is recessed into the overall body of the adapter to provide a smooth overall appearance, and solid clamping engagement, even on undersize or worn dovetails. Harris Bipod Adapters are manufactured from solid billet 6061 T6 aluminum and are Type III hard anodized in a matte black non reflective finish to meet mil-spec.

GG&G Forearm Mounting Rail

The MIL-STD-1913 Tactical Illuminator Mounting Rail is designed to fit those small 1913 flashlight models that are designed to directly interface with a MIL-STD-1913 rail. At a length of under two inches and a weight of just over 1/2 ounce. This forearm illuminator mounting rail is as compact and lightweight as the lights themselves. This new tactical light rail mount is machined from solid billet 6061 T6 aircraft grade aluminum alloy using modern CNC machinery. After being dehorned and bead blasted the mount is Type III hard-coat anodized matte black to mil-spec, so as to provide a hard combat proven finish. The MIL-Spec-1913 light rail for the AR15/M16 series of rifles can be easily installed by the operator with basic hand tools. We recommend that the illuminator rail be attached to the handguard in a location where both the momentary-on (rotate counter-clockwise) and constant-on (rotate clockwise) switch assembly can be reached by the index finger of the support hand. For a right-handed operator this will usually be on the front of the top handguard just to the right of the centerline.

Badger Tactical Latch GEN II

A smaller profile Tactical latch for the AR series of rifles, allows the easy operation of the charging handle with either hand.

Badger Tactical Latch

For use with the M16/AR-15, AR-10 and SR-25 series rifles. Replaces the Charging handle latch, allows easy function of rifle with either hand. A must for Tactical or scoped flat top rifles. Charging handle not included. Latch only.

TROY LP Gas Block

Fits all M4 Carbines and M16A2, A3 & A4 Rifles with .750 Barrel Dia. Replaces front sight to use 10 or longer handguard Enhanced reliability

Dust Cover ID Tag

Our AR-15 Dust Cover gives you the ability to have all of your different AR-15 uppers clearly marked for caliber. The cover will be finished in Black Armor-Tuff and the caliber of your upper clearly marked. Changing them is very easy, but care must be taken to not lose the c-clips and to reassemble it correctly. Please read and follow the instructions below to get your new cover installed and ready to go. 1. Push the hinge pin forward until you can see the little "c" clip, positioning it so the open end is toward you. 2. Using small punches or a screw driver, very carefully push on each end of the clip until it pops off. It doesn't take much, so take it slow and easy. 3. Force should not be required; the clip will be under the pin and easily removed. You can use tweezers, or a magnetic pickup, or carefully tilt the receiver until the clip comes out in your hand. Be careful it is small and is easily lost. 4. Make note of the cover spring position. If you don't have a diagram, take a picture so you can put it back right later. 5. Slide the hinge pin rearward, covering the spring with your hand so it is not lost when the tension is released. 6. Keep working the rod rearward until it is clear. Go slow so you don't scratch your upper receiver. Installation is mostly reversing the above. An easy way to install the hinge pin spring is to position it with the short leg to the rear of the receiver, pointing up toward the ejection port. 1. Push the hinge pin into the spring a bit. 2. Grab the front part of the spring, lifting it away from the receiver and press the long leg down, allowing it to rest against the ejection port cover. Slide your hinge pin in the rest of the way. 3. Line up the little slot on the hinge pin with the front wall of the hinge pin channel. Use the wall to slide the clip down against the pin and use a punch to push it into place. You'll hear an audible click as it engages properly.

Troy Enhanced Trigger Guard

Allows shooter to access trigger while wearing a glove. Also rotates down much like a standard trigger guard. Fills width gap on receivers. No sharp edges or corners.

Mega Tactical Trigger

FEATURES Single stage trigger with adjustments to minimize over-travel and trigger creep. Made from billet 8620 alloy steel then case hardened to 60Rc with a core hardness of 38Rc. Features a widened leading edge for comfort, and an appealing structural appearance. Mega Tactical Trigger yields an average 41/2 lb. pull with mill-spec. components. Finished in Black or thin density chrome. Furnished with precise installation instructions. 1.2 oz.

Magpul B.A.D. Lever

Developed from the operational experience of the Magpul Dynamics team, the B.A.D. Lever (Battery Assist Device) is designed to considerably improve the speed and efficiency of the AR15/M16 bolt catch. The B.A.D. Lever quickly addresses reloading and malfunction clearance shortcomings of AR15/M16 platforms by extending a paddle to the right side of the weapon, allowing manipulation of the bolt stop from the fire control/ready position with the right-hand trigger finger.

GG&G EO Tech Accucam

Compatable Models 511, 512, 551, & 552 Having a primary optic with the capability to be quickly attached and detached from a weapon system, while still maintaining "on target" repeatability, provides a degree of tactical flexibility highly valued in urban combat. The rugged EOTech holographic sights are excellent choices for a "red dot" optic. However up until now, adding some type of quick detach mechanism meant mounting the sight on some other mounting platform that raised the EOTech at least another 1/2" above the bore. Besides adversely affecting cheek weld, mounting the EOTech in this manner no longer allowed the shooter to co-witness the EOTech sight with the back up iron sights of the weapon system. Because the patented Accucam QD System replaces the existing mounting screw and thumbnut system of the EOTech, it does not add any height to the optic. The EOTech Accucam QD Mounting System from GG&G is the only QD Lever System available today that does not add height to the EOTech. This patented, unique and innovative quick detach system retrofits directly to the body of the EOTech. The GG&G EOTech Accucam QD Locking Lever System replaces the EOTech socket head screw or thumbnut attachment method. No other modifications are required. The Accucam system installs in approximately ten minutes. The only tools required are a 7/64" allen wrench and a torx head wrench, which are both included in the kit. This system fits new and existing EOTech sights that have the protective shroud and only adds three ounces. It is fully adjustable to fit Weaver and MIL-STD-1913 dovetails, even those that are worn or out of spec. Once installed on the EOTech the sight can be quickly installed on a dovetail rail in seconds by rotating the Accucam Cam Lever to the locked position. It can then be quickly removed by rotating the Accucam Cam Lever to the unlocked position. In tests, the EOTech Accucam Locking Lever System has shown to be repeatable to less than 1/2 MOA. The unique finger loop design is easily operated, even with a gloved hand and the rounded design is ergonomic and virtually snag-proof.

Magpul A.S.A.P.

The ASAP Ambidextrous Sling Attachment Point allows a range of motion greater than 180 degrees, enabling true ambidextrous weapon manipulation for both left and right handed shooters. The ASAP replaces the standard AR15/M4 carbine stock receiver end plate, providing a tactical advantage by minimizing snagging and facilitating easy transition to and from weapon and reaction side shoulders. The ASAP works with Single-Point type slings with snap hook style attachments such as the Magpul MS2 Sling. Made from precision cast black manganese phosphatized steel, the ASAP is compatible with both mil-spec and commercial-spec carbine receiver extensions (buffer tubes). The ASAP has been proven to withstand stress tests of over 300lbs. Features: Solid cast steel plate Durable welded link ring Mil-spec black manganese phosphate finish Works with both mil-spec and commercial-spec carbine receiver extensions

Troy Di-Optic Aperture (DOA)

Advanced design, superior sighting and battle-ready toughness define Troy Industries new Di-Optic Aperture (DOA) flip-type sights. These sights provide lightning fast target acquisition and are manufactured to exceed military specs. The optically engineered apertures center your eyes instantly and effortlessly providing a clearer target picture than with round apertures. The sights feature two settings, one for up to 300 meters and a second for up to 500 meters. This versatility makes the DOA ideal for military, law enforcement and home defense applications. These advanced sights have been extensively field-tested and, like all Troy Industries products, are Battle Ready. Count on it. Note: Sight is designed to work on same plane rail systems only. Will not work with a railed gasblock that is higher or lower than the receiver. Features: Di-Optic Apertures greatly improves sighting time Increases accuracy out to 550m Exclusive Battle Ready design Installs and adjusts easily 0.460" profile when folded Protected adjustment wheel Dual same plane aperture .50 MOA per click Aircraft aluminum 6061 & stainless steel Type III hard coat w/ black oxide or Flat Dark Earth finish

Daniel Defense DDV 6.8

Description: The best multi-use rifle available! The DDV6.8 is the ultimate rifle for sport shooting and homedefense all in one package. Accessorized with the Omega X 9.0 VFG and A1.5 BUIS, the DDV6.8 gives shooters the stopping power of a 6.8 cartridge plus the accuracy and durability of our Cold Hammer Forged Barrel. Materials & Construction: Precision crafted from the highest quality material available today with meticulous attention to detail. - A1.5 FIXED REAR SIGHT - F MARKED FRONT SIGHT BASE - 16 COLD HAMMER FORGED BARREL, 6.98MM, CHROME LINED HEAVY PHOSPHATE, 1:10 TWIST - REAR RECEIVER QD SWIVEL ATTACHMENT POINT - MAGPUL MOE COLLAPSIBLE BUTTSTOCK -OMEGA X 9.0 RAIL SYSTEM - DANIEL DEFENSE VERTICAL GRIP MID-LENGTH GAS SYSTEM - A4 UPPER RECEIVER - A2 PISTOL GRIP - MAGPUL ENHANCED TRIGGER GUARD - MAGPUL 30rd PMAG - ENHANCED FLARED MAGAZINE WELL - A2 FLASH HIDER - 5 POSITION MIL SPEC RECEIVER EXTENSION - Made in the USA! Warranty Statement: The DDv6.8 Carbine by Daniel Defense carries a 100% satisfactions guarantee against defects in original materials and workmanship. If your DDv6.8 shows evidence of such defects, Daniel Defense will make every accommodation to fix, repair, or replace your firearm in the most expeditious and inexpensive manner possible. Daniel Defense does not warranty products or damage caused to our products by the correct or incorrect installation of other manufacturers products. Be sure to retain your sales slip as proof of purchase date when making a claim.

Daniel Defense DDM4v3

Description: The DDM4v3 combines the benefits of the original DDM4 with the advantages of a midlength gas system. Built around a 16 inch Cold Hammer Forged Barrel with a midlength gas system, the M4v3 provides shooters a 9 inch free float Omega X quad rail, and a vertical foregrip for better weapon manipulation. Materials & Construction: Precision crafted from the highest quality material available today with meticulous attention to detail. - A1.5 FIXED REAR SIGHT - F MARKED FRONT SIGHT BASE - 16 COLD HAMMER FORGED BARREL, 5.56MM, CHROME LINED HEAVY PHOSPHATE, 1:7 TWIST - REAR RECEIVER QD SWIVEL ATTACHMENT POINT - MAGPUL MOE COLLAPSIBLE BUTTSTOCK - OMEGA X 9.0 RAIL SYSTEM - DANIEL DEFENSE VERTICAL GRIP MID-LENGTH GAS SYSTEM - A4 UPPER RECEIVER - A2 PISTOL GRIP - MAGPUL ENHANCED TRIGGER GUARD - MAGPUL 30rd PMAG - ENHANCED FLARED MAGAZINE WELL - A2 FLASH HIDER - 5 POSITION MIL SPEC RECEIVER EXTENSION - Made in the USA! Warranty Statement: The DDM4v3 Carbine by Daniel Defense carries a 100% satisfactions guarantee against defects in original materials and workmanship. If your DDM4v3 shows evidence of such defects, Daniel Defense will make every accommodation to fix, repair, or replace your firearm in the most expeditious and inexpensive manner possible. Daniel Defense does not warranty products or damage caused to our products by the correct or incorrect installation of other manufacturers products. Be sure to retain your sales slip as proof of purchase date when making a claim.

Mega Machine Forged Upper

FEATURES Machined from forged 7075-T6 aluminum. Black hard anodized with a surface hardness of 60 Rockwell. Machined per Mil-spec Requirements with critical tooling dimensions held within .001 Functions with nearly all available stock parts. Mega Logo engraved into the Upper. 6.9 oz.

VLTOR VIS (Versatile Interface Structure)

EO Tech 3x Magnifier Gen 2 FTS

The 3X magnifier is an affordable magnified solution that will transition a fielded HWS into a lethal medium range optic. Superior light transmission and a large field of view helps this magnifier put the competition to shame. This rugged, streamlined optic offers split-second transitioning from CQB to medium range targeting. This is the 2nd Generation of L3 EOTech magnifiers. It offers a half inch more eye relief, positions the windage and elevation adjustments inside of the optic rather than in the mount, less moving parts in the mount which makes the mount even more stable, and has a quick release thow lever on the bottom of the mount which allows the quick removal of both the optic and the mount. This magnifier aligns perfectly with standard height sights and comes with a 7mm riser to accomadate the 7mm raised sights. 3x magnifier with Flip-To-Side mount and quick detach. Works with all existing HWS units.

EO Tech 516

- Buttons on left side of sight (not in back) to work specifically with magnifiers - CR123 Lithium batteries; model with 65 MOA ring/1 MOA dot reticle - Raised 7mm base with knurled cross bolt - Interfaces to 1" Picatinny (MIL-STD-1913) rail

EO Tech 517

The new 517.A65 has been developed to optimize the functionality of the HWS. The buttons have been moved from the back to the left side for instant access, allowing a magnifier or a back up iron sight to fit closely to the HWS body. This new button position allows the user to operate the HWS function switches easier than ever before. Additionally, a portion of the front base has been raised to allow the sight to fit over standard hand guards found on many M-4 or M-16 style weapons - Buttons on left side to work specifically with magnifiers - AA Battery model (supports Lithium or Alkaline) - Standard A65 image (65 MOA ring/1 MOA dot reticle) - Interfaces to 1" Picatinny (MIL-STD-1913) rail - Raised 7mm base OPERATION: - Optics: Transmission holography - parallax free - Magnification: 1x - Eye Relief: Unlimited - Length/Width/Height: 5.70"x2.1"x2.8" (133x49x71 mm) - Weight: - Temperature: -40 to 150 F (using AA lithiums); -20 to 140 F (AA Alkaline) - Waterproof: Submersible to 10 ft depth - Sealing: Fogproof internal optics - Color/Finish: Non reflective black with hard coat finish - Adjustment (per click): 0.5 MOA (1/2" at 100 yds) - Adjustment Range: +/- 40 MOA travel - Mount: 1" Picatinny (MIL-STD-1913) rail - Return to Zero: Repeatable to 1 MOA after re-mounting Heads-Up-Display Window - Optical Surfaces: Anti-glare coating - Window Dimensions: 1.20" x 0.85" (30 x 23mm) - Front Window Material: 1/8" solid glass - Rear Window Material: Shatter resistant laminate (3/16" thick) - Field of View (100 yds): 30 yds (28m) at a 4" eye relief - Standard Reticle: 65MOA circle with quadrant ticks with 1 MOA aiming dot Electrical - Brightness Adjustment Range: 146,000:1 brightest to lowest - Function Button Location: Left side near the rear of sight - Power Source: 2x 1.5V AA batteries (supports lithium, alkaline, or rechargeable) - Battery Life: 1,000 continuous hours (lithium) at nominal setting 12; 600 continuous with AA alkaline - Brightness Settings: 20 settings with scrolling feature - Auto Battery Check Indicator: Flashing reticle upon start-up - Auto Shut-down: At 8 hrs- programmable to 4 hrs

Laser Devices OTAL

Rugged, compact and fully waterproof, the OTAL Classic aiming lasers are used by military and law enforcement agencies worldwide. OTAL's mount behind the front sight on M-16 or M-4 style rifles and the laser is offset to project around the front sight. Classic models can be equipped with either a visible Super Power Point laser or an infrared laser for use with night vision devices. Supplied with: - Quick Release ARMS Throw Lever Mount - Battery - 6 in. remote cable pressure pad switch Features Include: - Specifically designed for M-4 style rifles - Laser won't obscure iron sight - Laser beam projects around the left side of the front sight - Waterproof to 3 meters - Meets MIL-STD-810F for adverse environmental conditions - Compact and ultra-light--minimizes weight added to front of weapon - Fully adjustable windage and elevation - Low profile allows the laser to be mounted in front and accommodate scopes, holographic sights or night vision devices -Fits all MIL-SPEC-1913 rails -Manufactured in the U.S.A.

Laserlyte Kryptonyte Gun Sight

The K-15 Kryptonyte Green laser is a modern styled laser for the modern rifle. The military styling and use of cutting edge technology makes this the best laser to put on the modern carbine rifle. The Kryptonyte Green Laser was designed for use with the modern rifle, carbine or any weapon with 3 inches of picatinny rail for mounting. Made out of aircraft grade 6061 aluminum with T3 hardness. The entire aluminum body is black anodized in a level 2 hardness. The concise laser engraved markings clearly shows all the user-friendly features. The laser is fully adjustable with hex drive screws protected by sealed turret caps. The offset design of the laser aperture allows for more flexible mounting options. The recessed activation selector can be changed to off, constant on and momentary on. The momentary on feature is used with the 10-inch long tape switch that can be mounted with provided Velcro strips. The green laser can be seen in daylight up to 100 yards. At night the laser can be seen up to a mile away. The bright green dot makes target acquisition fast and efficient. This laser is the best option for your latest weapon that has mounting rails. The features, styling and versatility provides unmatched performance for a laser sight in the market. Key Points: Fits all picatinny and weaver type rail systems 3 inches or longer Kryptonyte laser module system Military styling Laser engraved markings Fully adjustable Protective adjustment turrets Remote switch Specifications: L x W x H 3in x 2.43in x 1.37in Weight: 5.4 oz Battery: 1 x CR-123 Run Time: approximately 6 hours Switching: 3 position, off, constant on, momentary on. Switch: 10-inch length, 2-inch tape switch area, copper braided cord.

Mega Machine MTS Quad-Rail Upper

FEATURES Quad-rail system for accessory mounting. True billet monolithic design, but light-weight. Redesigned dust cover hinge pin for a quality appearance. 7075-T6 aircraft grade aluminum alloy. Based off our billet upper design, compatible with any mil-spec lower and matches perfectly with our billet lower. Redesigned barrel nut and thread allows use of any stock barrel. Barrel nut and wrench included. MTS-900-S | pistol length wrench. MTS-900-M | Mid & Carbine wrench. MTS-Nut | Barrel nut. Weights MTS-200 Carbine 20.4 oz. MTS-300 Mid 22.9 oz.

Mega Machine Billet GTR-3H Lower

***Matches the MEGA billet upper receiver, and Monolithic Tactical*** FEATURES: If you want stand out from the rest of the crowd, this is the lower you need. The Mega Billet Lower features a clean, new, custom look unlike any of our competitors. Machined from billet 7075-T6 aluminum vs. the more commonly used 6061 for a 70% increase in strength. Integrated trigger guard for added functionality, and strength. Magwell features an enlarged bottom flare and inner chamfer for easier magazine insertion. Butt Stock attachment feature fortified for added strength in high power applications. Black Hard anodized with a surface hardness of 60 Rockwell. GTR-3H Matches the MEGA billet upper receiver, and Monolithic Tactical System (MTS). 8.9 oz.

Mega Machine Billet GTR-3s Lower

***Matches Standard Forged Upper Recievers*** FEATURES If you want stand out from the rest of the crowd, this is the lower you need. The Mega Billet Lower features a clean, new, custom look unlike any of our competitors. Machined from billet 7075-T6 aluminum vs. the more commonly used 6061 for a 70% increase in strength. Integrated trigger guard for added functionality, and strength. Magwell features an enlarged bottom flare and inner chamfer for easier magazine insertion. Butt Stock attachment feature fortified for added strength in high power applications. Black Hard anodized with a surface hardness of 60 Rockwell.

Mega Machine Forged Lower

Springfield M1A Super Match

The Super Match M1A rifle embodies the most sophisticated development in the Gas Gun technology. Capable of sub-MOA accuracy with the proper ammunition, the Super Match is built for the individual who demands the very best. A truly custom gun. Springfield's latest proprietary development for the Super Match is the rear lugged receiver. Additional extraordinary features include an ultra heavy air gauged national match barrel, custom oversized op-rod guide and maximum dimension match grade stocks available in American walnut & McMillan Fiberglass. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 7.62x51mm NATO (308WIN) - Magazines: 1 - 10 Round Parkerized - Barrel: 22", 6 Groove, 1:10 Right Hand Twist, Stainless Steel, Douglas Permium Air Gauged Custom Heavy Match - Front Sight: National Match .062" Military Post - Rear Sight: National Match Hooded Aperture, Adjustable, One-half Minute Windage and Elevation - Trigger: 2 Stage Military Trigger, Match Tuned, 4.5 - 5 LBS. - Length: 44.3" - Weight: 12.2 LBS - Features: Glass Bedded; National Match Gas Cylinder; National Match Recoil Spring Guide; Rear Lugged Receiver; National Match Flash Suppressor - Stock: McMillan Black Synthetic, Camo McMillan Synthetic

Springfield M1A Loaded

The "Loaded" Series rifles are full of upgrades offering exceptional value and performance. Black fiberglass or American walnut stocks. Air gauged medium weight national match barrel in either stainless or chrome moly. National match components such as national match trigger assembly, national match front sight and non-hooded rear sight assembly, and national match flash suppressor. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 7.62x51mm NATO (.308WIN) - Magazines: 1 - 10 Round, Parkerized - Barrel: 22", 6 Groove, 1:11 Right Hand Twist, Parkerized, National Match Medium Weight, Premium Air Gauged - Front Sight: National Match .062" Military Post - Rear Sight: GI Match Grade Non-hooded Aperture .0520, Adjustable, One-half Minute for windage and One Minute for elevation - Trigger: 2 Stage Military Trigger, Match Tunneed, 4.5 - 5 LBS - Length: 44.3" - Weight: 9.8 LBS

Springfield M1A SOCOM II

Springfield Armory SOCOM rifle are compact, powerful, close quarter battle rifles. But being chambered for 7.62mm NATO. They still pack plenty of punch to reach out and make that crucial shot at a distance. They feature a 16" barrels (the shortest allowed for a civilian-owned rifle) made possible by a re-tuned gas system. A proprietary, high efficiency muzzle break virtually eliminates muzzle rise, enabling you to stay on target for faster, more accurate follow up shots. The new Cluster Rail System of the SOCOM 2 further enhances its versatility by accomodating virtually any optic, light or other accessory designed to fit a standard picatinny rail. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 7.62x51mm NATO (.308WIN) - Magazines: 1 - 10 Round, Parkerized - Barrel: 16.25", 6 Groove, 1:11 Right Hand Twist, Parkerized - Front Sight: XS Sight Post .125", w/ Tritium Insert - Rear Sight: Enlarged Military Aperture (Ghost Ring), Adjustable for windage & Elevation - Trigger 2 Stage Military Trigger, 5 - 6 LBS. - Length: 37.25" - Weight: 10.5 LBS

Springfield M1A SOCOM 16

This 16th ersion of the venerable M1A can be an effective close quarters battle rifle or just a great "ranch gun." This rifle has the minimum length barrel for the rifle under federal law. It has a proprietary muzzle break, tritium ront sight and forward-mounted scope base that is ideal for electronic sights or other accessories. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 7.62x51mm NATO (.308WIN) - Magazines: 1 - 10 Round Parkerized - Barrel: 16.25", 6 Groove, 1:11 Right Hand Twist, Parkerized - Front Sight: XS Sights Post w/ Tritium Insert - Rear Sight: Enlarged Military Aperture (Ghost Ring), Adjustable For Windage & Elevation - Trigger: 2 Stage Military Trigger, 5-6 LBS. - Length: 37.25" - Weight: 9.3 LBS

SSA 6.8 SPC 97gr AP (Tactical Load)

***CALL FOR PRICING: MILITARY & LAW ENFORCEMENT ONLY*** Caliber: 6.8 SPC Bullet Type: Armor Piercing Bullet Weight: 97 Grain Ballistic Coefficient: .285 Muzzle Velocity: 2860 FPS Muzzle Energy: 1770 FT/LBS Exceeds the armor piercing performance of the 5.56mm M995. Defeats 1/2" armor plate of 500HB at 100 meters. Light Armor Vehicles & Level 4 Body Armor. (20 ROUND BOX) -TACTICAL LOAD- I certify that my rifle meets min requirements: Spec II Chamber, 1/10 Twist, 6-Groove Barrel

EO Tech 553

After extensive testing of various optical sights, US Special Operations Command has standardized on the HWS as its 1X weapon optic for close quarter, urban combat zones. To meet the stringent requirements set and demanded by our elite fighting forces, L-3 EOTech has developed the SU-231/PEQ (Model 553), modeled after the ever popular, battle proven HWS design.The SU-231/PEQ (Model 553) incorporates many additional features required within the SOPMOD Block 2 program. Standardized as the weapon sight of choice by America's warrior elite, the US Special Operations Command. - All black unit - USSOCOM standardized, Type Classified SU-231/PEQ - Dual ARMS throw levers with 7mm raised base - 66ft. submersion rating - CR123 Lithium battery - 65MOA ring/1MOA dot reticle pattern Operation: - Optics: Transmission holography - parallax free - Magnification: 1x - Eye Relief: Unlimited - Length/Width/Height: 4.9"x1.8"x2.8" (124x49x71 mm) - Weight: 14 oz - Temperature: -40 to 150 F - Waterproof: Submersible to 66 ft depth - Sealing: Fogproof internal optics - Color/Finish: Non reflective black with hard coat finish - Adjustment (per click): 0.5 MOA (1/2" at 100 yds) - Adjustment Range: +/- 40 MOA travel - Mount: USSOCOM requirements dictated dual quick release throw levers designed specifically for the Picatinny (MIL-STD-1913) mounting rail: - Certain commercial variants of the MIL-STD-1913 rail specification may not be compatible with the SU-231/PEQ (M553) mounting assembly. - The SU-231/PEQ (M553) base consists of (2) ARMS throw levers and is only adaptable to rails that properly accept the ARMS design. - Return to Zero: Repeatable to 1 MOA after re-mounting Heads-Up-Display Window: - Optical Surfaces: Anti-glare coating - Window Dimensions: 1.20" x 0.85" (30 x 23mm) - Front Window Material: 1/8" solid glass - Rear Window Material: Shatter resistant laminate (3/16" thick) - Field of View (100 yds): 30 yds (28m) at a 4" eye relief - Standard Reticle: 65MOA circle with quadrant ticks with 1 MOA aiming dot Electrical: - Brightness Adjustment Range: 146,000:1 brightest to lowest - Night Vision Brightness Range: 1280:1 with NV switch engaged - Power Source: 2 x 123 lithium batteries - Battery Life: 1100 continuous hours at nominal setting 12 - Brightness Settings: 30 settings with scrolling feature (10 settings for NV use) - Auto Battery Check Indicator: Flashing reticle upon start-up - Auto Shut-down: At 8 hrs- programmable to 4 hrs

Grip Pod GPS02

GRIP POD GPA Steel reinforced legs, passes military drop test The Grip Pod System (GPA) is a revolutionary new vertical fore-grip integrated with a strong and stable bipod. The Grip Pod's legs deploy at the push of a button - instantly! It offers a combination of advantages never before available in a single accessory. We consider the Grip Pod to be an enhanced target acquisition system (ETAS). Sing the Grip Pod System an operator can go from a CQB position to a prone, and have a stable base for aimed firing in place before hitting the ground. Say goodbye to cumbersome bipods that have to be manually clipped on or folded into position. The GPA is manufactured from aerospace materials to exceed military specifications for construction and finish. It mounts directly to Picatinny rail systems, and additional mounting options will be available soon. The GPA is currently in worldwide use with select Special Forces units including: US Navy Seals and EOD, US Army, US Army Special Forces and Designated Marksmen, Secret Security, USMC, US SOCOM, FBI HRT, and unmentionable government entities. Grip Pod has been selected for use on US Army Designated Marksman rifles, and it is part of the down-select for the SCAR (SOF Capable Assault Rifle) project. Patents are pending. Developed for military use and made from advanced, reinforced polymers, the GPS02/Military Model is light enough to preserve weapon balance and deployment, yet still tough enough to withstand hard use, due to its hardened polymer covered stainless steel legs. SPECIFICATIONS: Construction: Polymer Length Closed: 5.75" Deployed Height: 8.25" Deployed Width: 7.25" Diameter: 1.75" Weight: 7 oz.

GG&G The B-COMP 30mm Ring

The new B-COMP 30mm was developed to fill two needs expressed to us by long range tactical shooters. First, although positioned for a long range engagement, the shooter may encounter short range targets requiring life saving fast action. Secondly, long range optics with features that require batteries are becoming more common. Because these batteries are small and thin it is somewhat difficult to keep track of them in a pack or support kit. "Give us a way to keep them close to the optic", was an often heard request. The GG&G Design Team designed a method to do both in one compact package. The B-COMP 30mm Ring System provides a lightweight scope ring that includes a removable and ambidextrous red dot mounting platform for the light weight mini red dot scopes like the JPoint, the Doctor Sight and the Trijicon RedDot. Mounted at 45 degrees to the elevation turret, the platform allows the mini red dot to be positioned in such a way that the shooter needs only to slightly roll the rifle to acquire a close range target. The B-COMP Ring System also includes a removable water tight battery compartment. The unique design will accommodate one of each; (1) 2032 wafer battery commonly used in lit reticle scopes, and (1)1/3N battery, used in the mini red dot optics. It is mounted out of the way and close to the receiver. To accommodate the shooters preferences and scope ergonomics, the B-COMP 30mm Ring can be mounted behind or forward of the turrets. All components of these red dor scope mounts are manufactured from 6061-T6 aluminum alloy and Type III hard anodized matte black per mil-spec. As with all GG&G tactical accessories, the parts of the red dot mount have been dehorned for the shooters safety. To provide the ultimate in flexibility to the customer, the B-COMP 30mm Ring can be purchased in a kit with both the mini red dot optic platform and waterproof compartment included; the ring with just the mini red dot optic platform or the ring with just the battery compartment. The platform and waterproof battery compartment can also be purchased separately and include the mounting hardware.

ADAMS ARMS Piston Conversion Kit

The Adams Arms Gas Piston System is an end user installed after-market product for Mil-Spec ARs. It will fit on any AR barrel with a .750" or 3/4" diameter at the shoulder where the front sight base sits. The Carbine version will work on barrel lengths from 10.5" to 16" that has an existing carbine gas system. See the FAQ section for the measurements of a carbine gas system. Kit Includes: - 1 Piece Bolt Carrior - Picatinny Gas Block w/ Adjustable Gas Knob - Piston Guide Tube - Piston Rod - Handgurads - Handguard Cap *Also Available TNT Instalation, ASK US HOW 253-880-6911

LMT MRP (Rifle Version)

Designed and manufactured by Lewis Machine & Tool Company, the patent-pending Monolithic Rail Platform, or MRP, is the most radical variation of an integrated rail system ever conceived. This one-piece receiver/free-floating* handguard/rail system is precision machined from a solid aluminum forging for absolute strength and consistency. The MRP completely replaces the upper receiver and provides an unprecedented level of versatility to the operator. - ALL LMT CQB & MRP UPPER RECIEVERS ARE EQUIPED WITH SPEC II CHAMBERS AND WILL ACCOMADATE SILVER STATE ARMORY TACTIAL LOAD AMMUNITION - BENEFITS: *Free-floating barrel *No loss of zero from rough handling *Reduced temperature to handguard & optics *Increased barrel life *Easy-to-access/clean design *Straight gas tube resists bending and retains better alignment with gas key *Reduced number of parts (13) *Quad Mil-Std 1913 rails *Top rail position matches M4 & E3-type weapons ensuring optics and sight compatibility *Accepts standard & enhanced M16-type (Stoner design) components

LMT CQB (Carbine Version)

LMT CQB 6.8 SPC Rifle with SOPMOD Stock

16" CQB Weapon Chambered in 6.8 SPC 1:10 twist Chrome Lined barrel. SOPMOD Stock, Tactical Front and Rear Sights.

LMT CQB MRP 5.56 Defender Model Piston 16

The CQB MRP Defender Model Piston 16 features a monolithic rail platform upper receiver with 16 chrome lined barrel, standard trigger group, semi auto bolt carrier group and SOPMOD buttstock assembly.

LMT CQB MRP 5.56 Defender Model 16

The CQB MRP Defender Model 16 features a monolithic rail platform upper receiver with 16 chrome lined barrel, standard trigger group, semi auto bolt carrier group and SOPMOD buttstock assembly.

Magpul XT Rail Covers

Provides a semi-rubbery grip surface for improved weapon control. Protects the operator from sharp rail edges. Protects unmounted rail areas from damage. Prevents damage to gear, such as rappelling ropes, that may be abraded or cut by uncovered rail sections. Easily cut for custom fitting. Sections can mount next to each other to form a visually continuous cover. Each panel covers 15 slots of rail Sold Individually

Nemesis Front Tri Mount

Tri-Mount with 3 picatinny rails used in conjunction with a rigid bipod (not included). This is a low profile alternative to our Quad Rail.

Nemesis Backpack Armor Insert

Spectra Shield 3A Armor: Stops up to .44 Mag Spectra Shield Hardplate: Stops up to .308

Nemesis Quad Rail

Forend with 4 picatinny rails - Includes extended pin.

Nemesis Thread Protector

Protects thread on the muzzle of the barrel 5/8x24 thread pitch.

Nemesis FAB Adjustable Folding Stock w/ Adapter

FAB folding stock with adjustable cheekrest, complete with adapter.

Nemesis Large Bolt Handle

1" Stainless Steel Diameter Bolt Handle.

Nemesis Extended Bipod Pin

Two location bipod pin for standard and suppressed shooting.

Nemesis AR Adapter

Adapter for most AR Stocks.

Nemesis Magazines .308 or .300 WSM

Our proprietary .308 magazines hold .308 as well as .338 Federal, .260 Remington, 6.5 Creedmoor & .243 Remington cartridges. No need to change the bolt for these calibers. The .300 WSM is for this caliber only. These are tough magazines, warrantied for lifenuff said.

Nemesis Adjustable Cheekrest

Height Adjustable Cheek Rest

Nemesis Storage/Cleaning Caps

Tough Delrin caps are for long-term storage and the barrel cap can be used as a cleaning guide to protect your chamber. We make these ourselves, in-house to insure fit and the protection of the threads on the Nemesis. Strongly recommended, simple to use.

Nemesis Tactical Backpack

Custom black backpack with insert has pockets for your barrel, muzzle brake and two extra magazines. Made from 1000 Denier, this backpack has a quick-release padded waist strap, chest strap and a large outside pocket for food, hydration pack and extra ammunition.

Nemesis Tactical Briefcase

Lockable, aluminum reinforced briefcase is thermally lined, has an ergonomic carry handle, shoulder strap and a full piano hinge.

HTG Hercules (.50 BMG)

New for 2012, the Hercules has been redesigned from its original model and built from lightweight, high strength Titanium. The new Hercules also incorporates a muzzle break, not usually present with other 50 BMG suppressors. The muzzle break helps tame the recoil that a sound suppressor, on a 50 BMG alone can't do. It also enables it to run effectively on the semi-auto 50 BMG rifles. Its sound suppression, recoil reduction, and lightweight package make it the perfect suppressor for the 50 BMG rifles. SPECIFICATIONS: - Design Cartridge: 50 BMG - Length: 14.7" - Length Added: 14" - Diameter: 2" - Weight: 64 oz - Materials: Titanium & Inconel - NSR: 25+ dB

HTG M30-A (.308)

The M30-A silencer is perhaps the most versatile silencer available. It is well balanced for handling 6mm and 6.5mm cartridges, and 300 Blackout to the 300 Win Mag. Like all of the HTG silencers, accuracy and quality is never compromised in the M30-A delivering exceptional sound and recoil reduction with reliable accuracy performance. SPECIFICATIONS: - Design Cartridge: .308 up to 300 Win Mag - Length: 8.5" - Length Added: 7.9" - Diameter: 1.5" - Weight: 28 oz - Materials: Inconel & SS - NSR: 25-29 dB - Accurate hunting and tactical suppressor - Highly effective sound suppression - Full auto rated - Takedown design for ease of cleaning. Tool included - Accurate and excellent recoil reduction with flash elimination Multiple thread types available (5/8-24 standard) - 5/8-28 - 5/8-24 - 5/8-18

Camelbak Type-M Mask Adapter (M-40) HL

CamelBak has made it easy to attach a standard reservoir or Chemically Resistant Reservoir to your protective mask. For most protective masks, it only takes a second to snap the HydroLink Protective Mask Adapter into place. Type-M Adapter fits Millennium, M17, M40 Series, MCU2P, M70 Series, and C4 (Canada) protective masks. Use in a lethal gas environment requires CamelBak's Chemical Resistant Reservoir

AVON C420 PAPR Blower Assembly (C50, FM50, FM53)

The C420 is a powerful, comfortable and lightweight system that filters CBRN and other contaminants from ambient air and provides a constant filtered airflow of 115 lpm. This positive pressure in the mask reduces the physical burden of inhalation resistance. Unit is available with an 8 hour Lithium Sulfur Dioxide Battery or an 8 hour Rechargeable Lithium Ion Battery.

Gemtech Quicksand / HVT M14 Bi-Lock

The Gemtech 7.62mm QUICKMOUNT is a precision machined, heat treated suppressor adapter. It is available in a number of thread patterns to fit most popular 7.62mm rifles currently on the market. Including the M1A/M14 rifles. As a safety feature, our 5.56mm suppressors will *not* fit onto our 7.62mm adapters.

Enidine Hydraulic Recoil Rifle Buffer (AR-15)

POF 308 Complete Lower Receiver

POF .308 Complete Lower Receiver Less Butt Stock. POF lower receiver with KNS pins and lower parts kit installed along with ERGO DLX Suregrip. Black

C-Mag System for Glock 9mm (100rds)

C-MAG System 9MM Glock with Clear Covers Includes: - C-MAG Magazine 9MM Glock with Clear Covers - Personal Loader - Pouch: Black - Technical Manual - Graphite Tube (Ammunition not included)

Desert Tactical Arms SRS Stock Upgrade Kit

Desert Tactical Arms Stock Upgrade Kit. Change the color of your Desert Tactical Arms rifle by simply replacing the stock panels to a different color or upgrade to a unit with a monopod. Available in Black, Flat Dark Earth, and OD Green

Knights Armament 45 Degree Offset Sight Kit

45 Offset Sight Kit - Includes {1} Mcro Rear Sight Assy, {1} Micro Front Sight Assy, {1} 3/32" Hex Key Wrench and Instructions

Knights Armament Master Key

The 12-gauge Masterkey shotgun can be mounted under standard rifles as a breaching tool when used with special ammo. It is also mountable to KAC's Standalone Module. The system consists of a Remington 870 shotgun that can be mounted onto a M4 rifle in an under-barrel configuration. The shotgun has a 3 round capacity and should be only operated when attached to a host rifle or the Standalone Module. SPECIFICATIONS: - 12 GAUGE MASTERKEY P/N: 96362 - CALIBER: 12 Gauge - RATE OF FIRE: ------ - MAGAZINE TYPE / CAP.: 3 Round Tube - WEIGHT (w/o MAGAZINE): 5 lbs 4oz / 2 KGS - LENGTH w/ STOCK EXT.: 17 1/4" / 44 cm - BBL LENGTH: 11" / 24 cm BACKGROUND: The Masterkey project was initiated during the 1980s to provide assault rifles with a potent built-in door breaching tool. Individual soldiers were often forced to carry a breaching shotgun in addition to their standard issue rifle, but the Masterkey removes this need. The system consists of a Remington 870 12 gauge pump-action shotgun mounted on a M16 or M4 assault rifle in an underbarrel configuration, much like the M203 grenade launcher. It has a 3-round internal magazine and can carry a fourth round in the chamber. The shotgun cannot be operated independently because it has no grip behind the trigger when firing the Masterkey, the M16′s magazine must be used as a makeshift pistol grip. Independent stocks and grips for the 870 are available for use, but they are incompatible with the M16 barrel mount. KAC makes an independent stock for the Masterkey that also can be used with the M203 grenade launcher.

Desert Tactical Arms SRS QD Brake

We designed the SRS-QD Brake using high-speed-video for superior recoil reduction. It reduces barrel whip by 1/3 over most competitor brakes. The SRS-QD Brake enhances accuracy by providing uniform gas dispersion, harmonic stabilization, and minimal barrel whip. You can securely attach SRS silencers on the brakes threaded collar. Horizontally-oriented brake ports prevent muzzle blast or flash damage to night vision devices and minimize ground disturbance. SRS-QD muzzle brakes are available in .30 and .338 caliber options.

A.R.M.S. #18 M21/M14/M1A Scope Mount

A.R.M.S. #18 M21/14 Scope Mount NSN 1240-01-316-0055 Since its introduction to the marketplace in 1989, this foundation has maintained its reputation as being the best mounting systems for the M21/14 Rifle. The A.R.M.S. #18 offers interchangeability of Day & Night Vision, with an ultra low profile and the A.R.M.S./SWAN aka Mil-Std. 1913 Rail. 100% MADE IN THE USA. Made of 8620 case hardened steel. Precision fit to the base integral with the receiver. Two attaching points plus a third contact point for ultimate stability.

Magpul STR Stock

The Magpul STR (Storage/Type Restricted) is a drop-in replacement buttstock for AR15/M16 carbines using mil-spec sized receiver extension tubes. A storage-capable version of the CTR, the STR has improved cheek weld and two water resistant battery tubes on a compact, reinforced polymer A-frame design. A shielded operation lever and supplemental friction locking system prevent accidental operation and minimize excessive stock movement for enhanced weapon stability and accuracy.* The STR incorporates two integral sling loops, a reversible push-button QD sling mount, and a replaceable 0.30″ rubber butt-pad which provides positive shoulder purchase to prevent slippage even with body armor or modular gear.

Wilcox Single Shot Shell Extension Tube

The Wilcox Single shell Shotgun Extension Tube is a unique end cap that adapts to both the Remington and Benelli shotguns. The tube end is threaded on the end to interface with the thread locking ball detent of the magazine tube on the weapon, which locks the tube in place when fully threaded. The extension tube features a spike forward tip that allows the operator to secure a steady attachment to the door surface when breaching is required and is has a reinforced wall thickness to prevent damage from shrapnel. The end cap adapts to both the Remington and Benelli shotguns for flexibility in use. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 4.3 oz. (0.13kg) - Material: High Strength, Heat Treated Stainless Steel Alloy

Wilcox Parachutist Navigation Board- Heated

Wilcoxs Parachutist Navigation Board is a lightweight articulating platform that features a heated GPS containment vessel with a hinged top cover assembly, backlit Ball Compass and a backlit MA-230 military altimeter. Additionally, the Navigation Board features a multi-angle articulating back plate and hinge system that allows the parachutist to deploy the Navigation Board once safely under parachute canopy. The back plate is designed to allow the unit to be worn with a Rhodesian Vest or secured with the waist band of the parachute harness. In order to keep the GPS unit from being adversely affected by the extreme cold temperatures routinely associated with HAHO parachute operations, the heater element of the GPS containment vessel is activated prior to jumping from the aircraft. Once safely under parachute canopy, the Parachutist Navigation Board is easily deployed by unscrewing the articulating hinge locking pin and rotating the navigation board to the desired angle. Once in the desired location, the articulating hinge locking pin is tightened to secure the desired position. For covert night time operations, the red LED integrated into the Ball Compass can be illuminated. If needed, the heated GPS containment vessel can easily be accessed while under canopy by simply depressing the release lever and raising the hinged top cover. SPECIFICATIONS: - Accommodates handheld GPS units up to 3.25" W x 6.25" H - Battery Compartment houses a 123 3-Volt Lithium Battery - Up to four mini Chem Lights can be housed at 3 oclock, 6 oclock, 9 oclock, and 12 oclock, to provide a means of illuminating the Altimeter in an emergency situation.

Wilcox Mission Helmet Recording System

The Wilcox Mission Helmet Recording System (MHRS) is comprised of an L4 Dashboard Assembly with miniature Day and Night Camera Module, two (2) Quick Change Power Supply Modules, and Miniature Video and Audio Recorder that all mount to a MICH/ACH helmet by means of a powered track. This unique track carries power from a Quick Change Power Supply Module to the mounted devices. An Amber Eyecup Prism Assemblymounts to the NVGs eyepiece and captures the operators view from an NVG Goggle utilizing a see-through prism while worn by the operator at night. All controls are easy to manipulate even with a gloved hand and video is effortlessly downloaded to a computer through a water-resistant concealable USB port. PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS: - Mounted Weight (Accounts for 1 Battery Pack, without Mount) with Battery 1.33 lb (21.28 oz) - Storage Capacity Shipped with 16 Gb CF Card - Color Video Length Up to 13 Hrs Total with Audio - Maximum File Size per Video 3.8 Gb - Audio Only Length Up to 130 Hours Total

Wilcox Filter Cover Assembly For AN/PVS-14 and F5050

The Wilcox Filter Cover for the AN/PVS-14/F5050 features an amber lens that quickly attached and detaches to a variety of Night Vision Goggles and Scopes. The unique padded rubber eye cup protects the eye socket from impact injury and the amber filter provides a tactical advantage by greatly reducing green eye splash common to all NVG devices. SPECIFICATIONS: Material Construction Wavelength Controlled Polycarbonate (Lexan) an Rubber FEATURES: Quickly Attaches and Detaches an array of Night Vision Goggles and Scopes Unique Padded Rubber Eye Cup Protects Eye Socket from Impact Injury Amber Filter Provides Tactical Advantage, Greatly Reducing Green Eye Splash Common to all NVG Devices Molded Rubber Eyepiece Eliminates NVG Light Pollution from Escaping the Eyepiece Flat Matte Finish for Covertness in Combat Conditions Combat Proven by the US Special Operations Community and Domestic Law Enforcement Personnel Design Approach Cuts Down on Logistics and Overall System Cost

US Night Vision NightMIR Magnetic Infrared Camera Master Controller

Use our NightMIR Magnetic Infrared Camera Controller and go from White Hot Only and enter a whole new thermal imaging experience. Plug and Play with our ATAC 360˚ Magnetic Systems. Works with ATAC 360˚ Magnetic Systems Zoom to 4X 4 Color Palettes Reverse Polarity Auto/Manual Gain/Levels Reticle On/Off Imbedded High Res Monitor 2 RCA Video Out Custom Monitor Output Features include, digital zoom, multiple color palettes, manual gain & level controls, reverse polarity (white hot / black hot), and a cross hair reticle. All of the features are easily accessible using the Hardcase Master Controller which has an internal monitor and ports for multiple external displays and or DVR recording options. The NightMIR ships complete in one easy to handle hardcase. Warranty: Purchasing this product entitles you to a 1 Year Limited Warranty from the original date of purchase. At our discretion your equipment can be repaired or replaced with new or refurbished product or parts, if any product or parts are determined to be defective due to materials or workmanship. Shipping & handling is not included in this warranty.

US Night Vision FLIR Scout PS24

The compact, lightweight FLIR Scout PS-Series provides clear, crisp thermal imagery from dawn to dusk and through the dead of night. It fits easily and naturally into the palm of your hand and features simplified operation making it an ideal choice for sportsmen, hikers, ranchers, rangers, or backyard nature enthusiasts. If you cant bear to miss a thing while exploring the great outdoors, the Scout PS-Series Thermal Handheld Camera, starting at less than $2,000, satisfies your thirst for adventure. With its small form factor, light weight, and powerful imagery, the Scout PS-Series allows you to scan vast areas of environment for long periods of time without arm fatigue. Straightforward operation ensures that you can rely on it for the visual information you need, day or night, while you concentrate on more important matters. Like all FLIR thermal cameras, the Scout PS-Series creates images from heat, not light, giving you a tactical advantage out in the wild. You can navigate rough terrain to scope out the perfect spot at dusk, before dawn and even when its pitch black outside. You can discover nocturnal animals, find wandering members of your party, locate lost livestock or spot downed game. You can use Scout to help see through light fog, smoke or trail dust and even use it to help insulate your home, check out things that go bump in the night, and much more. Key Features 240 x 180 Resolution Palm-Sized Portability Light Weight Only 12 Ounces Rugged, Weathertight, Ergonomic Design Polarity: White Hot, Black Hot and InstAlertTM Embedded LED Tasklight Rechargeable Li-Ion Internal Battery Specifications: - Detector Type: 240 x 180 VOx Microbolometer - Focal Length: 19 mm Fixed Focus - Field of View (H x W): 24 x 18 - Waveband: 7.5 13.5 m - Digital E-Zoom: No - Start-Up: < 5 seconds - Diopter Adjustment: +2 - USB Port: Software Updates/Upgrades/Charging - Tasklight: LED Image Presentation: - Built-In Viewfinder Display: Color VGA LCD Display* - Polarity/Detection Palettes: White Hot; Black Hot; InstAlert - Image Optimization: FLIR Proprietary Digital Detail Enhancement - Video Output: NTSC or PAL Composite Video; 9 Hz Refresh Rate *No onboard image/video capture Physical: - Weight (with battery): 12 oz (340 g) - Size (L x W x H): 6.7 x 2.31 x 2.44 (172 x 58.7 x 62 mm) - Fixed Use: Standard Tripod Mount - Standard Warranty: 2 Years Power: - Battery Type: Internal Battery / Li-Ion - Battery Recharging: USB Cable for Internal Battery; AC Adapter; Optional Charging Cradle - Battery Life (Operating): 5+ Hours Typical Environmental: - Rating: IP-67 (submersible)TD> - Operating Temp: -4F to 122F (-20C to +50C) - Handheld Package Includes: Scout PS-Series Thermal Handheld Camera, USB Cable, AC Adapter, Wrist Strap, Soft Drawstring Bag, Product CD - Optional Accessories: Charging Cradle, MOLLE-Compatible Belt Pouch Range Performance - Detect Man-Sized Target (1.8 m x 0.5 m): ~350 yds (~320 m)* * Actual range may vary depending on camera setup, environmental conditions, user experience and display method.

US Optics Sticker

US Optics 6" Sticker.

Knights Armament Logo Sticker

Knights Armament Logo Sticker 3" and 4" Sizes.

KNS Precision Sticker

KNS Precision 3" x 5" Sticker

Kiesler Sticker

Kiesier 4" x 6" Sticker.

Chief Mustache Sticker

Chief Mustache Sticker 5"

Nighthawk Customs Sticker

Nighthawk Customs 5" Sticker

Aimpoint Reticle Sticker

AIMPOINT Reticle Sticker 4"

Aimpoint Logo Sticker

Aimpoint Logo Sticker 3" x 5"

Ops Core Sticker

Ops Core 2" x 6" Sticker

Silver State Armory Sticker

Silver State Armor Logo Stickers.

Mesa Tactical Sticker

Mesa Tactical 4" Sticker

Smith Enterprise Sticker

Smith Enterprise 5" Sticker

AAC Flash Hider Sticker

AAC 3" x 5" Flash Hider Sticker

Glock Sticker

Glock 5" Round Classic Sticker

Barrett Sticker

Barrett 2" x 7" Sticker.

Gemtech Sticker

Gemtech 2" x 7" Sticker

Leupold Tactical Optics Window Decal

Leupold Tactical Optics 8" x 6" window decal mounts to inside of the window to prevent dirt build up.

Bravo Company Gunfighter Sticker

Bravo Company Gunfighter .75" x 6" Sticker

VLTOR Sticker

2.5' x 5" VLTOR Logo Sticker.

LaRue God Bless Our Snipers Bumper Sticker

Bumper Sticker Size God Bless Our Snipers.

Magpul Sticker

Magpul 3.5" Round Color Sticker.

Sage EBR Full Auto Cut Out Cover

This unit was engineered by sage for users that done utilize the full auto selector switch. This cover will allow user to plug up the hole dedicated for this switch so they may maintain durability and prevent dirt from intruding the rifle.

GG&G XDS-2 Tactical Bipod

XDS-2 Tactical Bipod Has Both Panning And Canting Capability Bipod Legs Can Be Locked In 45 Degree Orientation The XDS-2 Tactical Bipod Over the last several months we have been asked by our customers to develop a new Extreme Duty Bipod that had all of the standard features of the XDS Bipod that we supply to to the United States Military--and a few more. Specifically; a head that pans or swivels, provide a system that would allow the bipod legs to lock forward at a 45 degree angle for difficult terrain, and provide rubber feet that would grip more surfaces and be replaceable. We listened, and are now producing the GG&G XDS-2 Tactical Bipod with those specific additional features and a few more. XDS-2 Tactical Bipod Technical Specifications: - Extremely rugged construction. - Tool-Less installation. - The XDS-2 Tactical Bipod has 20 degrees of panning capability to the left and right of the center position. Panning mechanism has an easy to operate thumbnut tension adjustment. - The Tactical Bipod has 25 degrees of canting capability each side of center. Canting mechanism has an easy to adjust thumbnut tension adjustment. - Easy to operate elliptical thumbnuts are used at all adjustment points. - Silent spring lock leg deployment capability. - The Bipod legs can be folded and locked in a full forward position, deployed and locked in a 45 degree forward position, or deployed and locked in the standard straight down position. - When the XDS-2 Tactical Bipod legs are deployed and locked in the 45 degree forward position to accommodate terrain conditions, the Bipod is 6" tall. - When the Tactical Bipod legs are deployed and locked in the straight down position they can be independently adjusted from 8" to 10.25". - The legs of the XDS-2 Bipod can be used as a vertical grip. - The XDS-2 comes standard with tough rubber all weather and all terrain feet. - The feet are replaceable. - Manufactured from aircraft quality 6061 T-6 aluminum alloy with extreme duty connection points and fasteners. - All aluminum components are bead blasted and Type III hard anodized per mil-spec in a non-reflective matte black combat finish.

Desert Tactical Arms SRS Upgrade Kit

The SRS Upgrade Kit allows a Covert owner the ability to switch forearms, essentially turning your Covert into an SRS. The main benefit of swapping the Covert forearm is Night Vision. Most Night Vision apparatuses cannot mount in front of a full size scope on the Covert but with the SRS Upgrade Kit it makes this possible. Other benefits include more mounting options for a bipod and other accessories. However this Upgrade Kit does lengthen the Covert significantly and limits it's use to 22" DTA Barrels or greater (you can not properly install the Covert Conversion Kits with the SRS Forearm Installed).

Desert Tactical Arms Covert Upgrade Kit

By changing the SRS Forearm to the shorter Covert Forearm, every SRS owner opens a new world of functions and possibility for their DTA sniper rifle. Enabling the use of our shorter Covert Conversion Kits is only part of the benefit. The Covert Upgrade Kit also allows your SRS to conceal better, getting your overall rifle length to as short as 26 (66.04 cm), creating greater maneuverability, and significantly reducing the rifles weight. However these benefits do carry a cost. A shorter forearm reduces rail-mounting space, however for most people this is a negligible concern, and if you change your mind the original SRS Forearm can be just as easily reinstalled.

Wilcox / Ops-Core Universal Interface Shroud (VAS)

FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS: - Snag free for HALO, HAHO and static line operations - All aluminum construction with powder coated finish and stainless steel ballistic hardware - Fits all ACH, MICH, PASGT and Lightweight Marine Helmets with the MARSOC / WARCOM 3-hole pattern - Fits all FAST Ballistic and FAST Carbon helmets - uses different hardware for FAST Carbon helmets - Includes a foam gasket to provide additional stabilization and eliminate any vibration and wobble, better than competitor shrouds - Ideal for replacing the original helmet "hook and strap" mounting system - Can be used for mounting night vision devices (requires night vision mounting arm and NVG goggles, not sold by Ops-Core) - It is the lightest, lowest profile, least obtrusive, and least expensive front shroud solution currently available KNOCK-OFFS WARNING: Beware of counterfeit Shrouds being sold on Ebay. Knock-offs vary in quality; some are plastic, others look identical down to the Ops-Core logo and packaging, and list Ops-Core as the manufacturer. These products are not manufactured, tested, approved or guaranteed by Ops-Core. To ensure that your Shroud is authentic and will fit your headborne devices, please purchase from Ops-Core directly or approved dealers.

Wilcox AN/PVS-14 Arm

The Wilcox AN/PVS-14 Arm with Horn Style Interface Shoe allows an operator to customize the position of the AN/PVS-14 NVG for proper eye position and relief. Features of the AN/PVS-14 Arm with Horn Style Interface Shoe: 1) The AN/PVS-14 Arm secures to the NVG Interface Mount by means of a locking horn style interface that attaches with a simple click. 2) A Lock Release Lever allows the AN/PVS-14 Arm to detach from the horn style interface. 3) A Thumb Screw secures the AN/PVS-14 Arm to the AN/PVS-14 goggle. 4) An Adjustment Knob allows the NVG to be pivoted 140o for left or right eye operation of the NVG, and allows for finite tilt adjustment of the NVG at 10o stop intervals. This provides up to three stop positions per eye for fine adjustment of NVG vertical positioning. 5) An Integrated design facilitates the Automatic Function of the AN/PVS-14 goggle when attached.

US Night Vision Backlight Reduction Filter (PVS-14)

Backlight Reduction Filters eliminate the symptoms of night vision blindness and/or significantly reduce eye fatigue when wearing (and/or removing) Night Vision Devices (NVD) in total darkness. Minimizes the "green light splash" making the user's face 75% less visible in the field Regulates wavelengths of light to minimize the visual sensations of blindness and overwhelming brightness caused by "green screens" Easily retro-fitted, requiring no tools or system modifications Blocks ultraviolet light (UVA, UVB and UVC) by incorporating "invisible spectral blocks" that stop this potentially harmful radiation from reaching the eyes Regulating certain wavelengths of light improves visual acuity (scene sharpness) and reduces eyestrain Receives a rugged and optically pure anti-scratch coating The Backlight Reduction Filter for the USNV-AN/PVS-14 Night Vision Monocular is a snap-fit rubber eyecup that fits over the optic's eyepiece. Warranty: Purchasing this product entitles you to a 1 Year Warranty from the original date of purchase. At our discretion your equipment can be repaired or replaced with new or refurbished product or parts, if any product or parts are determined to be defective due to materials or workmanship. Shipping & handling is not included in this warranty. Export: The Export of this product without proper licensing is strictly prohibited and falls under ITAR per title 22, CFR, parts 120-130. Please contact US Night Vision Export Dept. to receive further information on how to obtain proper licensing from the U.S. Department of State.

US Night Vision MonoLoc Adapter (Night Vision To Day Scope)

The Monoloc Adapts Night Vision Devices to any standard day optic. Supplied with two fitted bushings. Warranty: Purchasing this product entitles you to a 1 Year Warranty from the original date of purchase. At our discretion your equipment can be repaired or replaced with new or refurbished product or parts, if any product or parts are determined to be defective due to materials or workmanship. Shipping & handling is not included in this warranty. Export: The Export of this product without proper licensing is strictly prohibited and falls under ITAR per title 22, CFR, parts 120-130. Please contact US Night Vision Export Dept. to receive further information on how to obtain proper licensing from the U.S. Department of State

US Night Vision PVS-14 Camera Adapter

Allows the PVS-14, 6015, and 6010 to be adapted to any 35mm SLR camera or camcorders with a 46mm lens. Warranty: Purchasing this product entitles you to a 1 Year Warranty from the original date of purchase. At our discretion your equipment can be repaired or replaced with new or refurbished product or parts, if any product or parts are determined to be defective due to materials or workmanship. Shipping & handling is not included in this warranty. Export: The Export of this product without proper licensing is strictly prohibited and falls under ITAR per title 22, CFR, parts 120-130. Please contact US Night Vision Export Dept. to receive further information on how to obtain proper licensing from the U.S. Department of State

US Night Vision FLIR AN/PVS-27 S135 Magnum Universal Night Sight

Manufacturer: FLIR Government Systems Manufacturer Part No: 50P2671 Compatible with Standard Sight Multi Use Design Optimized for Medium and Long-Range Sniper Weapons Built-In Image Intensifier Protection for Added Longevity Small and Lightweight Simple Operation No Special Batteries Required The FLIR AN/PVS-27 S135 Magnum Universal Night Sight (MUNS) is a magnum universal night sight designed to mount in the front of an existing day scope, adding night vision capabilities. The PVS-27 is light and rugged with basic image adjustment and simple operational controls. The PVS-27 is effective on all weapons from carbines to .50 caliber semi-automatic and bolt action sniper rifles. Due to FLIR's proprietary Shock Mitigation System (SMS) and added longevity, the weapon sight has a built-in image intensifier protection allowing the unit to be used on weapons such as bolt-action rifles. The unit can be mounted to a MIL-STD-1913 rail interface or used as a handheld device. The highly portable design reduces operator fatigue and allows for applications such as target acquisition, covert operations and surveillance. SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS: - Magnification: Unity - Optimum Dayscope Magnification: 3x to 20x - Focus Range: 15m to Infinity - Field of View: 10 - Image Intensifier Gain: 1,000 75,000 BORESIGHT CHARACTERISTICS (References I2 & IR Channels) - Accuracy: Factory aligned to MOA or better - Adjustments: None - Repeatability: Within MOA PHYSICAL CHARACTERISITCS Shock Mitigation System (SMS) - Operating Temp: -30 to +60C - Submersion: 33 ft - Interface (to MIL-STD-1913): LaRue adjustable double locking lever mount POWER - Power Requirements: 2 x AA batteries DIMENSIONS, WEIGHT & MOUNTING: - Interface (to MIL-STD-1913): Single locking lever - Length: 8.7 - Weight (w/o batteries): 50 oz - Max Height Above Rail: 3.75 INTERFACES: - Command and Control: On/Off/Gain, Focus PERFORMANCE: - Resolution (Minimum): 4.2 cy/mr - Resolution (Typical): 5.0 cy/mr FACIAL ID RANGES - Starlight, Low Contrast: 100 m - Starlight, Optimum Contrast: 140 m - 1/4 Moonlight, Low Contrast: 140 m - 1/4 Moonlight, Optimum Contrast: 180 m MAN DETECTION RANGES - Starlight, Low Contrast: 970 m - Starlight, Optimum Contrast: 1350 m - 1/4 Moonlight, Low Contrast: 1380 m - 1/4 Moonlight, Optimum Contrast: 1730 m OPTICAL CHARACTERISTICS: - Objective Lens Focal Length: 91 mm - Objective Lens f/Number: f/1.0 - Output Optic Exit Pupil Diameter: 40 mm Warranty: Purchasing this product entitles you to a 1 Year Warranty from the original date of purchase. At our discretion your equipment can be repaired or replaced with new or refurbished product or parts, if any product or parts are determined to be defective due to materials or workmanship. Shipping & handling is not included in this warranty. Export: The Export of this product without proper licensing is strictly prohibited and falls under ITAR per title 22, CFR, parts 120-130. Please contact US Night Vision Export Dept. to receive further information on how to obtain proper licensing from the U.S. Department of State.

US Night Vision MTM Kit, Vis, 1913 Mount

***IR Laser Is Also Available For Military & LE Customers Only*** Manufacturer: L-3 Insight Technology Manufacturer Part No: WTM-000-A14 Integrated Visible Red Marking Laser Menu-Driven Functions Facial Recognition at 25 Meters Digital Image Capture & Download Run Time of 3 Hours Waterproof to 66' Three Hours of Continuous Operation Using Two 3V Lithium Batteries (123) Includes Mount to Fit on a Picatinny Rail Insight Tech-Gear's hand-held thermal imager provides stationary man-sized target detection performance over 400 meters. It's compact, lightweight form and exceptional image quality make the MTM a versatile tool for a wide range of missions, including reconnaissance, surveillance, and search & rescue. The MTM features a high resolution 320 x 240 focal plane array with a 2x digital zoom. The Mini Thermal Monocular is lightweight, pocket-sized and ergonomically designed for handheld operation. It has an adjustable focus and standby operating mode. With a quick start up time, the monocular is fully operational and imaging in less than 5 seconds from power up. The MTM runs up to 4 hours of continuous operation using two 3-Volt Lithium batteries. The thermal monocular features both white/hot and black/hot polarity and is waterproof up to 66 feet. With digital image capture and download at up to 160 images, the MTM has facial recognition at 25 meters, stationary man-sized target detection at 400 meters and moving man-sized target detection at 500 meters. SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS: - Dimensions: 5 L x 2.8 W x 2.2 H - Weight: 11.5 oz (with batteries) - Finish: Matte black, corrosion resistant - Battery Type: (2) DL123 lithium batteries - Battery Life: 3 hours continuous - Submersibility: Up to 66 - Detection Range: 400 M (standing), 500 M (moving), 25 M (facial recognition) THERMAL SPECIFICATIONS: - Sensor: Vanadium oxide uncooled microbolometer - Detector: 320 x 240 - Sensitivity: 5055 mK - Spectral: 7-14 m - Frame Rate: 60 hz - Field of View: 23.4 Horizontal, 17.6 Vertical - Diopter: +6 to -6 - Polarity: White hot / black hot VISBLE LASER - Class: IIIa Red - Output Power: <4.3 mW - Beam Divergence: 0.5 mrad - Wavelength: 645 nm Warranty: Purchasing this product entitles you to a 1 Year Warranty from the original date of purchase. At our discretion your equipment can be repaired or replaced with new or refurbished product or parts, if any product or parts are determined to be defective due to materials or workmanship. Shipping & handling is not included in this warranty. Export: The Export of this product without proper licensing is strictly prohibited and falls under ITAR per title 22, CFR, parts 120-130. Please contact US Night Vision Export Dept. to receive further information on how to obtain proper licensing from the U.S. Department of State.

US Night Vision FLIR Scout SP32

The compact, lightweight FLIR Scout PS-Series provides clear, crisp thermal imagery from dawn to dusk and through the dead of night. It fits easily and naturally into the palm of your hand and features simplified operation making it an ideal choice for sportsmen, hikers, ranchers, rangers, or backyard nature enthusiasts. If you cant bear to miss a thing while exploring the great outdoors, the Scout PS-Series Thermal Handheld Camera, starting at less than $2,000, satisfies your thirst for adventure. With its small form factor, light weight, and powerful imagery, the Scout PS-Series allows you to scan vast areas of environment for long periods of time without arm fatigue. Straightforward operation ensures that you can rely on it for the visual information you need, day or night, while you concentrate on more important matters. Like all FLIR thermal cameras, the Scout PS-Series creates images from heat, not light, giving you a tactical advantage out in the wild. You can navigate rough terrain to scope out the perfect spot at dusk, before dawn and even when its pitch black outside. You can discover nocturnal animals, find wandering members of your party, locate lost livestock or spot downed game. You can use Scout to help see through light fog, smoke or trail dust and even use it to help insulate your home, check out things that go bump in the night, and much more. Key Features 320 x 240 Resolution Palm-Sized Portability Light Weight Only 12 Ounces Rugged, Weathertight, Ergonomic Design Up to 2× Digital Zoom Polarity: White Hot, Black Hot and InstAlertTM 4 Button Operation: Power, Polarity, Zoom and LCD Brightness Embedded LED Tasklight Rechargeable Li-Ion Internal Battery SPECIFICATIONS: - Detector Type: 320 x 240 VOx Microbolometer - Focal Length: 19 mm Fixed Focus - Field of View (H x W): 24 x 18 - Waveband: 7.5 13.5 m - Digital E-Zoom: 2x - Start-Up: < 5 seconds - Diopter Adjustment: +2 - USB Port: Software Updates/Upgrades/Charging - Tasklight: LED IMAGE PRESENTATION: - Built-In Viewfinder Display: Color VGA LCD Display* - Polarity/Detection Palettes: White Hot; Black Hot; InstAlert - Image Optimization: FLIR Proprietary Digital Detail Enhancement - Video Output: NTSC or PAL Composite Video; 9 Hz Refresh Rate PHYSICAL: - Weight (with battery): 12 oz (340 g) - Size (L x W x H): 6.7 x 2.31 x 2.44 (172 x 58.7 x 62 mm) - Fixed Use: Standard Tripod Mount - Standard Warranty: 2 Years POWER: - Battery Type: Internal Battery / Li-Ion - Battery Recharging: USB Cable for Internal Battery; AC Adapter; - Optional Charging Cradle - Battery Life (Operating): 5+ Hours Typical ENVIROMENTAL: - Rating: IP-67 (submersible)TD> - Operating Temp: -4F to 122F (-20C to +50C) - Handheld Package Includes: Scout PS-Series Thermal Handheld - Camera, USB Cable, AC Adapter, Wrist Strap, Soft Drawstring Bag, Product CD - Optional Accessories: Charging Cradle, MOLLE-Compatible Belt Pouch RANGE PERFORMANCE: - Detect Man-Sized Target (1.8 m x 0.5 m): ~500 yds (~450 m)* * Actual range may vary depending on camera setup, environmental conditions, user experience and display method. Warranty: Purchasing this product entitles you to a 2 Year Warranty from the original date of purchase. At our discretion your equipment can be repaired or replaced with new or refurbished product or parts, if any product or parts are determined to be defective due to materials or workmanship. Shipping & handling is not included in this warranty. Export: The Export of this product without proper licensing is strictly prohibited and falls under ITAR per title 22, CFR, parts 120-130. Please contact US Night Vision Export Dept. to receive further information on how to obtain proper licensing from the U.S. Department of State.

Nighthawk T3 Tactical Trio Package

Coming Soon!

Nighthawk T3 Thin

Coming Soon!

Nighthawk AAC Recon

Coming Soon!

Nighthawk Talon II Bobtail

If you are looking for a 1911 that already comes with the best of everything, the Talon is the gun you want. As you can see from the introductory page, there's just not much left to do to it. We have noticed that a lot of our customers still ask if they can change things on it. The answer is a resounding "yes,...anything". We're a custom shop, so we're not going to require you to buy a cookie cutter gun. We want you to have the freedom to have your gun the way you want it. It's about fit. It's about finish. It's about value. It's the classic style of the gunsmith's art form. The Talon is the embodiment of everything you love about a 1911. - Hand checkering on the rear of the slide with serrated slide top - Magazine well hand blended to frame - Match grade barrel and bushing - Real Novak night sights front and rear with distinctive white outlines - Lightweight aluminum match grade trigger with bar stock sear - Tool steel hammer and hammer strut - Hex head grip screws - Slide stop cut from forging - Completely de-horned. Not one sharp area anywhere Talon II with Bobtail Take a look at the Commander size extension of our Talon lineup. It comes standard with checkered rear of slide, serrated slide top, and all the things you have proven you like about the Talon. Have some changes you would like to see on it? No problem. Were a complete custom shop and well build you one exactly like you want it. The Talon II comes with all the standard features of the full size Talon, match grade barrel, lightweight match trigger, forged slide stop, tool steel sear, extended mag catch and tool steel hammer. Small wonder that its one of our best sellers. The Talon II is a true 4.25" bushing barrel gun. SPECIFICATIONS: - Height: 5 5/8" - 4.25" Barrel Length - Extended tactical - 2 lb. 4 oz. - Tactical single-side or Ambi-safety available - Novak Low Mount Tritium Night Sights or Heinie Slant Pro Straight Eight are standard. Heinie Sights and Fiber Optic Front Sights also available. - Perma Kote finish in Black, Sniper Gray, Green, Coyote Tan, Titanium Blue, Hard Chrome option available. - Single action only

AAC Blackout 51T Flash Hider (M14/M1A)

The BLACKOUT flash suppressor is the most efficient design available. The proprietary features eliminate muzzle flash, even on CQB-length barrels. The BLACKOUT is inherently stronger and more impact resistant than four prong designs, while not being subject to the rapid erosion of closed-ended units. A high strength corrosion-resistant aerospace alloy, and ultra-hard SCARmor finish provide the highest level of durability. Military tested and selected. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 7.62 mm - Thread Pitch: .595x32 TPI - Weight: 4.3 oz - Length: 2 1/2" - Length added: 1.875" - Finish: SCARmor - Mount: Ratchet Mount

AAC Blackout 51T M.I.T.E.R. Flash Hider

The BLACKOUT flash suppressor is the most efficient design available. The proprietary features eliminate muzzle flash, even on CQB-length barrels. The BLACKOUT is inherently stronger and more impact resistant than four prong designs, while not being subject to the rapid erosion of closed-ended units. A high strength corrosion-resistant aerospace alloy, and ultra-hard SCARmor finish provide the highest level of durability. Military tested and selected. Incorporates the M.I.T.E.R. System for use with our SPR/M4 and SCAR-H SD silencers. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 5.56 mm - Weight: 4.25 oz - Length: 4 1/4" - Length added: 1.75" - Finish: SCARmor - Mount: M.I.T.E.R. Mount

AAC Blackout 51T Flash Hider

The BLACKOUT flash suppressor is the most efficient design available. The proprietary features eliminate muzzle flash, even on CQB-length barrels. The BLACKOUT is inherently stronger and more impact resistant than four prong designs, while not being subject to the rapid erosion of closed-ended units. A high strength corrosion-resistant aerospace alloy, and ultra-hard SCARmor finish provide the highest level of durability. Military tested and selected. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 5.56 mm - Weight: 4.3 oz - Length: 2 1/2" - Length added: 1.875" - Finish: SCARmor - Mount: Ratchet Mount

AAC .300 Blackout Upper (16")

Complete 300 AAC BLACKOUT Upper Receiver Assembly SPECIFICATIONS: - 16" Nitrided 1:8: Twist Barrel, threaded 5/8-24 - AAC 51T BLACKOUT Flash Hider - "Full Auto" BCG - KAC URX Rail - Ready to drop onto your AR15/M16/M4 lower! Works with an AR lower with "Mil-Spec" push pin locations.

AAC .300 Blackout Upper (9")

Complete 300 AAC BLACKOUT Upper Receiver Assembly SPECIFICATIONS: - 9" Nitrided 1:8: Twist Barrel, threaded 5/8-24 - AAC 51T BLACKOUT Flash Hider - "Full Auto" BCG - KAC URX Rail - Ready to drop onto your AR15/M16/M4 lower! Works with an AR lower with "Mil-Spec" push pin locations. - ALL NFA RULES APPLY

AAC TITAN-TI (.338)

The TITAN series of silencers deliver excellent signature and recoil reduction along with enhanced accuracy on precision rifles chambering the powerful .338 Lapua Magnum cartridge. Extreme durability is achieved by the incorporation of a patented Hyposone monolithic baffle module and CNC fusion welding. New for 2011, we introduce the light-weight 100% titanium TiTAN Ti. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: .338LM and lower - Weight: 21oz - Length: 10" - Length added: 8.0" - Diameter: 1.85" - Finish: Moly Resin - Sound Reduction: 34dB - Mount: Thread - Materials: Grade 5 Ti

AAC CYCLOPS (.50 BMG)

The CYCLOPS is a compact, light-weight sound and flash suppressor designed to reduce the sound and visible flash signature of bolt action and single shot rifles chambering the .50 BMG cartridge. The revolutionary design of the CYCLOPS significantly reduces felt recoil, environmental disturbance, and preserves the hearing of shooters and observers by delivering an overall sound signature well below the pain threshold and risk limit for hearing loss. The CYCLOPS is constructed of specially heat treated high strength alloys and is CNC fusion welded to yield a structure that can withstand the intense pressures of the .50 BMG cartridge. The CYCLOPS couples to a proprietary muzzle brake using a durable ACME type thread and a spring biased secondary latch, allowing users to install or remove the suppressor in less than 10 seconds. Both the suppressor and muzzle brake are finished in Matte Black. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 4 lbs 15 oz - Length: 15.75" - Length added: 12.65" - Diameter: 2.50" - Finish: Moly Resin & SCARmor - Sound Reduction: 32dB (Hearing Safe) - Mount: Ratchet Mount - Materials: Alloy Steel

AAC 762-SD

Fast Attach 7.62 Silencer Updated with the 51-tooth fast-attach mounting system, the 762-SD provides reliable, precision accuracy with minimal and repeatable zero-shift. Users have the ability to install or remove the silencer from the Blackout flash eliminator within seconds while being subjected to the harshest environments. Extraordinary sound and recoil reduction are two of the instant benefits of the 762-SD. Durability is maximized by fully CNC automated fusion welding of every high-temperature aerospace alloy component used for its construction - making 100% suppressed fire possible. The back-pressure lowering design of the silencer aids in shooter comfort, reduces weapon fouling, and minimizes cyclic rate increase. As a final step, tapered-bore EDM technology is utilized to ensure precise bore alignment resulting in enhanced accuracy and maximum performance. The elimination of approximately 95% of the muzzle report nullifies the need for ear protection, preserves field communications, and masks the location of the user. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 19.1 oz - Length: 8.75" - Length added: 7.25" - Diameter: 1.50" - Finish: Moly Resin - Sound Reduction: 27-29dB - Mount: 51T Ratchet Mount - Materials: Inconel 718 & 316L SS

AAC 762-SDN-6

Fast Attach 30 Cal Silencer The AAC 7.62-SDN-6 is a compact fast-attach sound and flash suppressor for 7.62x51mm and 300 AAC BLACKOUT (7.62x35mm) weapons. It is 1.25 shorter than the 762-SD and features a fully welded all-Inconel baffle stack and front end cap to maximize durability on select fire 7.62mm SBRs. The 762-SDN-6 also functions as a superb multi-caliber suppressor for multiple hosts, providing excellent performance on 7.62 NATO, 300 AAC, 6.8 SPC, 6.5, and 5.56mm NATO. When employed on a 300 AAC BLACKOUT (www.300aacblackout.com), the overall SPL of 126 dB with subsonic ammo is quieter than the 9mm HK MP5-SD. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 7.62 NATO, 300 BLK - Weight: 19.85oz - Length: 7.66" - Length added: 6.10" - Diameter: 1.5" - Finish: Moly Resin - Sound Reduction: 30dB 7.62 NATO, 39dB 300 BLK - Mount: Ratchet Mount - Materials: Inconel 718, 316L SS

AAC 300-SD

Available for the first time to the civilian market for 2011, the 300-SD is an ultra-light-weight, fast-attach, high performance sound and flash suppressor for bolt action rifles chambered in 7.62mm NATO and .300 Winchester Magnum. The Grade 5 Titanium monolithic baffle core and Grade 9 Titanium tube give the 300-SD an improbable weight of 13.9 ounces and the durability to withstand the pressures and temperatures found at the muzzle of 300 Winchester Magnum rifles. Despite its small size and light-weight, the 300-SD delivers greater sound reduction than any similarly sized competing models due to the advanced design of the Hyposone Technology baffle core. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 300 WM & 7.62 NATO - Weight: 13.9oz - Length: 9.5" - Length added: 8.9" - Diameter: 1.5" - Finish: Moly Resin - Sound Reduction: 28-33dB - Mount: 90T Ratchet Mount - Materials: Grades 5 & 9 Ti

AAC M4-2000

The worlds most effective 5.56mm silencer just got better. AAC's new M4-2000 Mod 08 features the patent pending fast-attach Ratchet-Mount to provide precision accuracy with minimal and repeatable zero-shift. Users have the ability to install or remove the silencer from the Blackout flash hider in seconds in the harshest military environment. The compact size and light weight have minimal affect on maneuverability. The M4-2000 Mod 08s extreme durability is maximized by CNC automated fusion welding of every high-temperature aerospace alloy component used in its construction- making 100% suppressed full-auto fire possible on barrels as short as 10 inches. The back-pressure lowering design of the silencer aids in shooter comfort, reduces weapon fouling, and minimizes cyclic rate increase. As a final step, tapered-bore EDM technology is utilized to ensure precise bore alignment resulting in enhanced accuracy and maximum performance. By eliminating approximately 97% of the muzzle report, the M4-2000 Mod 08 preserves the hearing of the shooter and nearby support personnel, facilitates communication, and masks the location of the weapon. Eliminating muzzle flash in combat saves lives. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 17.1 oz - Length: 6.625" - Length added: 5.10" - Diameter: 1.50" - Finish: Moly Resin - Sound Reduction: 32-34dB - Mount: Ratchet Mount - Materials: Inconel 718 & 316L SS

AAC SPR/M4

The new patent pending M.I.T.E.R. System is the world's first Adjustable-Zero fast-attach silencer mounting system. This revolutionary mounting system is designed to offer the operator the choice of instantly choosing between silenced or unsuppressed firing, while also providing the ability to adjust zero-shift. The M.I.T.E.R. System Blackout flash eliminator provides reliable precision accuracy and the ability of installation or removal of the silencer in seconds in the harshest military environment. The over-the-barrel design has minimal affect of the weapon's center of balance and maneuverability. The extreme durability of the SPR/M4 & SCAR-H SD is maximized by CNC automated fusion welding of every high-temperature aerospace alloy component used in its construction- making 100% suppressed fire possible. The back-pressure lowering design of the silencer aids in shooter comfort, reduces weapon fouling, and minimizes cyclic rate increase. As a final step, tapered-bore EDM technology is utilized to ensure precise bore alignment resulting in enhanced accuracy and maximum performance. By removing approximately 97% of the muzzle report, the SPR/M4 eliminates the need for ear protection, preserves field communications, and masks the location of the shooter. Eliminating muzzle signature in combat saves lives. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 18.0 oz - Length: 8.625" - Length added: 4.90" - Diameter: 1.50" - Finish: Moly Resin - Sound Reduction: 33-36dB - Mount: M.I.T.E.R. System - Materials: Inconel 718 & 316L SS

AAC RANGER 2

Designed to be compact and light weight, the RANGER 2 is optimized for CQC scenarios. Replacing the standard flash hider, the simple thread mounting system provides rigidity and strength for increased accuracy while minimizing the repeatable zero-shift. Extreme durability is achieved by fully CNC automated fusion welding every high-temperature component used in its construction - giving the RANGER 2 longevity and making it an excellent value. The back-pressure lowering design of the silencer aids in shooter comfort, reduces weapon fouling, and minimizes cyclic rate increase. The elimination approximately of 95% of the muzzle report nullifies the need for ear protection, preserves field communications, and masks the location of the user. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 15.4 oz - Length: 6.0" - Length added: 4.20" - Diameter: 1.50" - Finish: Moly Resin - Sound Reduction: 28-30dB - Mount: 1/2-28 TPI Thread - Materials: Inconel 718 & 300 Series SS

AAC TI-RANT 9

The Ti-RANT is the next chapter in ultra-high-performance 9mm handgun sound and flash suppression. Careful material selection has made it possible to design a 9mm silencer that delivers class defining performance in a light-weight package that does not have an adverse effect on the balance and handling traits of the host pistol. The Ti-RANT is designed around a new generation of A.S.A.P. System (Assured Semi Automatic Performance). The fully integrated A.S.A.P. System facilitates flawless semi-automatic operation on all popular 9mm sidearms and can be quickly and easily disassembled for service by the end-user without the use of tools. Constructed of Grade 9 Titanium, heat treated 17-4 PH stainless steel, and high strength hard coat anodized 7075-T6 aluminum alloy, the Ti-RANT re-writes the book on 9mm silencer efficiency and long-term durability. SPECIFICATIONS: - Weight: 8.6 oz - Length: 7.9" - Diameter: 1.38" - Finish: GunKote, T3 HARD COAT & SCARMOR - Sound Reduction: 35-38dB - Mount: Threads using any Evo 9mm pistons - Materials: Grade 9 Ti, 17-4PH SS, 7075-T6

AAC TI-RANT 45s

The Ti-RANT series are ultra-high-performance sound and flash suppressors for today's 9mm and .45 Auto handguns. Advanced material selection gives the Ti-RANT series unequalled durability despite compact dimensions and light weight. For 2011, users will be able to remove the 17-4 PH stainless steel and hard coat anodized 7075-T6 aluminum alloy baffles from the Grade 9 Titanium tube for cleaning and maintenance using a supplied end cap spanner. Class-defining sound reduction is worthless if your silenced handgun is unreliable; To ensure reliable functioning with all popular host pistols, the Ti-RANT series incorporates a second-generation A.S.A.P (Assured Semi Automatic Performance) booster system. The fully integrated A.S.A.P. System enables flawless semi-automatic operation and can be quickly and easily disassembled for service by the end-user without the use of tools. Class-defining sound reduction is worthless if your silenced handgun is unreliable; To ensure reliable functioning with all popular host pistols, the Ti-RANT series incorporates a second-generation A.S.A.P (Assured Semi Automatic Performance) booster system. The fully integrated A.S.A.P. System enables flawless semi-automatic operation and can be quickly and easily disassembled for service by the end-user without the use of tools. SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: .45ACP - Weight: 9.2oz - Length: 6.42" - Diameter: 1.38" - Finish: Moly Resin, T3 HC, SCARmor - Sound Reduction: 18dB Dry, 28.5dB Wet - Mount: Thread - Materials: Grade 9 Ti, 17-4PH, 7075-T6

KNS M14/M1A Duplex Crosshair Front Sight

Sight Body Style - .240 aperture. Crosshair Type - Duplex. Crosshair Size - .010 / .020 Diameter. Crosshair Material - Heat treated. Installation - Requires light gunsmithing. * * Machine or file post from original sight and install. Held in place by original sight screw. No modifications to gun necessary. DESCRIPTION: Sight Body Style - .240 aperture. Crosshair Type - Duplex. Crosshair Size - .010 / .020 Diameter. Crosshair Material - Heat treated. Installation - Requires light gunsmithing. * * Machine or file post from original sight and install. Held in place by original sight screw. No modifications to gun necessary.

KNS AR15 / M16 / AR10 / SR25 Post Sight Assortment

KNS Post Sight Assortment For: M-16, AR-15, AR-10, SR-25. All post sight bodies are steel, with black oxide finish. There are 7 sight configurations: -3 square postwidths: .034, .052, .072; -3 round dot postdiameter: .034, .052, .072, and one V-notch & inverted. DESCRIPTION: KNS Post Sight Assortment For: M-16, AR-15, AR-10, SR-25. All post sight bodies are steel, with black oxide finish. There are 7 sight configurations: -3 square postwidths: .034, .052, .072; -3 round dot postdiameter: .034, .052, .072, and one V-notch & inverted. All post sights in this assortment are available individually.

Accu Shot Universal 4" 1913 Rail - BT17

The new BT17 - 4" 1913 Rail will accommodate hole patterns with a center to center spacing of 2.2 3.5" with a FLAT base to accommodate flat surfaces. A standard sling stud can be used as one fastener or two Button head machine screws can be used (not included, see BT1517) to attach this rail to the forearm of standard rifle stocks. The BT17 can also be attached to a horizontal surface on the Butt section to attach our BR12 or BT13 Precision Rail Monopods. The BT17 also has a flush cup for that style of sling swivels.

Accu Shot Universal 3.35" 1913 Rail - BT15

The new BT15 3.35" 1913 Rail will accommodate hole patterns with a center to center spacing of 1.30 to 2.25" with a relieved base to accommodate curved surfaces. A standard sling stud can be used as one fastener or two Button head machine screws can be used (not included, see BT1517) to attach this rail to the forearm of standard rifle stocks. The BT15 can also be attached to a horizontal surface on the Butt section to attach our BT12 or BT13 Precision Rail Monopods. The BT15 also has a flush cup for that style of sling swivels.

PWS MK109, .300 BLK

The MK1 series, developed by Primary Weapons Systems, is a significant product improvement for the M4/M16-type carbines and rifles. Utilizing our proven long stroke piston system, the MK1 series greatly reduces fouling in the action of the weapon making it as reliable as the AK47 that it was designed after. The MK1 series has been used in Iraq and Afghanistan, and has gained wide popularity with security personnel, law enforcement and civilians alike. The origins of the MK1 series began with the fascination in the simplicity and reliability of the AK47 combined with a deep-rooted appreciation for the ergonomics of the M4/M16 platform. Having a significant understanding of the deficiencies in the direct gas impingement operating system found on conventional M4/M16-style weapons, PWS developed the MK1 series with the professional in mind. Significant improvements have been made over both the direct gas impingement operating system and previous offerings of piston-driven operating systems. The product improvements made by PWS have addressed reliability and performance issues as well as reduced carrier tilt, cam pin wear and carrier bounce. In addition, we have one of the lightest systems on the market today! An innovative hand guard system utilizes a proprietary non-free float system that allows the end user or unit armorer to replace individual rails as needed without removing the barrel, barrel nut or even other rails. This system allows the user to attach numerous Picatinny rail-mounted devices such as sights, lights, and laser aiming devices. The PWS proprietary operating system utilizes an operating rod that is attached to the carrier and a floating head piston that is attached to the operating rod. The MK1 series is built to be a true combat carbine. With no unnecessary gas adjustments and only one moving assembly, this is the most rugged, simple and versatile piston operating system available. The MK1 series is available as a complete rifle or as a complete upper receiver for use on existing M4/M16 style lower receivers. FEATURES: - Stainless Steel, Isonite QPQ Treated, Button Rifled, 1:8 Twist Barrel - Enhanced Charging Handle - PWS Mil Spec Upper and Lower Receiver - PWS Enhanced Bolt Carrier Group - Isonite QPQ Treated Internals - Magpul XT Rail Panels - Magpul MOE stock and grip - Magpul MBUS sights - Magpul PMAG 30 - PWS Triad 30 SPECIFICATIONS: - Caliber: 300 AAC Blackout - Weight: 6 lbs (2.72 kg) - Overall Length: 26.5" (67.3 cm) - Barrel Length: 9.75" (24.7 cm) - Barrel Specs: Stainless Steel, Isonite QPQ Treated, Button Rifled, 1:8 Twist Barrel - Muzzle Velocity: 2130 ft/sec (123gr MC) - Muzzle Energy: 1238 ft/lbs

Magpul Dynamics | The Art Of The Precision Rifle

The Art of the Precision Rifle features nearly ten hours of actual live fire class instruction and additional instructional material on five DVDs. Precision Rifle Expert Todd Hodnett and Magpul Dynamics Instructors Chris Costa, Travis Haley, Steve Fisher, Mike Olivella and Caylen Wojcik cover the fundamentals and "how to" aspects of long range shooting, advanced techniques and formulas, military and law enforcement sniping, precision shooting gear, and the sniper mindset. Five discs, DVD-Video/NTSC, Region ALL, total running time of 593 min. ***DISC ONE (142 min) Course Part 1 - Intro - Rifle Setup - Zeroing - Reticles - Truing - Special Features - Ballistics - Cold Bore vs. Clean Bore - Trace ***DISC TWO (133 min) Course Part 2 - Broken Scope Field Zero - Accuracy 1st Wind Formula - Wind Course (Part 1, 2, Wrap Up) - The One Mile Shot - Wrap Up - Special Features - Mindset ***DISC THREE (126 min) USMC Fundamentals - The Sniper - The USMC Sniper - The Law Enforcement Sniper - Tools of the Military Sniper - Military Semi-Auto Weapons - Data Books - Exercises - Dialing and Scope Calibration - The Milling Exercise - Natural Point-of-Aim - Quick Reference Drills - Rapid Bolt Manipulation - Tac Reload - Speed Reload - Reaction Side Bolt Manipulation ***DISC FOUR (97 min) Gear - Bolt Action - Semi-Automatic - Ancillary Gear - Rifle Optics - Muzzle Accessories - Support Equipment ***DISC FIVE (93 min) Bonus Features - Additional Course Material - Unconventional Positions - Long Range Trajectory - The TReMoR Reticle - Cleaning - Raising the Bar - Bonus Material - Bloopers - The Whiz Wheel - Reading Wind - Formula Review - More From Magpul (Trailers)

Battle Comp 1.0 Black Oxide

Description: The Original BattleComp 1.0 fits all barrels with 1⁄2 x 28 RH standard threads. Specifically designed for 5.56 NATO and .223 Rem ammunition. Crush washer included.

Battle Comp 1.5 Black Oxide

Description: The BattleComp 1.5 Black Oxide will fit all barrels with 1⁄2 x 28 RH standard threads. The BC1.5 has the same performance as the BC1.0, but the BC1.5 has been extended and pre-drilled for permanent attachment on 14.5″ barrels needing 16.1″ overall length. Specifically designed for 5.56 NATO and .223 Rem ammunition. Crush washer included.

My Favorite Time Is Quiet Time Morale Patch

If you like firing suppressed weapons, then this is the MORALE PATCH for you. The Pantel Tactical "My Favorite Time is Quiet Time" morale patch measures 3" high x 2" wide, is 100% embroidered, and feature hook attachment for attaching to uniforms, range bags, plate carriers, etc.

PWS MK212 SBR

The MK2 series, developed by Primary Weapons Systems, and based on the SR25 platform, has been built from the ground up as a short barreled rifle for those requiring the venerable 7.62x51 in a compact package. Utilizing our proven long stroke piston system, the MK2 series greatly reduces fouling in the action of the weapon making it as reliable as the AK47 that it was designed after. The origins of the MK2 series began with the fascination in the simplicity and reliability of the AK47 combined with a deep-rooted appreciation for the ergonomics of the SR25 platform. Having a significant understanding of the deficiencies in the direct gas impingement operating system found on conventional AR10/SR25-style weapons, PWS developed the MK2 series with the professional operator in mind. Significant product improvements have been made over both the direct impingement operating system and previous offerings of piston-driven operating systems. Our product improvements have addressed reliability and performance issues as well as reduced carrier tilt, cam pin wear and carrier bounce. An innovative hand guard system utilizes a proprietary non-free float system that allows the end user or unit armorer to replace individual rails as needed without removing the barrel, barrel nut or even other rails. This system allows the user to attach numerous picatinny rail mounted devices such as sights, lights, and laser aiming devices. The PWS proprietary operating system utilizes an operating rod that is attached to the carrier and a floating head piston that is attached to the operating rod. The MK2 series is built to be a true combat carbine. With no unnecessary gas adjustments and only one moving assembly, this is the most rugged, simple and versatile piston operating system available. Specifications: - Caliber: 7.62x51 NATO - Weight: 8 lbs, 6 oz (3.79 kg) - Overall Length: 31.4" (79.75 cm) - Barrel Length: 12.5" (31.75 cm) - Barrel Specs: Stainless Steel, Isonite Treated, Button Rifled, 1:10 Twist Barrel - Muzzle Velocity: 2400 ft/sec (168 gr FMJ) - Muzzle Energy: 2149 ft/lbs Features: - Stainless Steel, Isonite Treated, Button Rifled, 1:10 Twist Barrel - Enhanced Charging Handle - PWS Upper and Lower Receiver - PWS Enhanced Bolt Carrier Group - Isonite Treated Internals - Magpul XT Rail Panels - Magpul MOE stock and grip - Magpul MBUS sights - Magpul PMAG 20 - FSC30

DTA .50 BMG 750 Grain Solid

Desert Tactical Arms Match Grade .50 BMG Ammo. - 750 Grain Solid - Box of 10 Rounds

Accu Shot M1A / AR-15 Sling Stud

Replaces the standard Sling Loop found on many standard military style rifle stocks including the AR10, AR15 and M1A, Available in black only. Weight .3 ounces.

PWS Enhanced Buffer Tube, 416

The PWS Enhanced Buffer Tube is the first major upgrade and improvement to the buffer tube in years! This one piece billet buffer tube is CNC machined out of solid 7075 aluminum in order to gain lightweight strength and reliability. This unit is specifically designed to work with the HK416, but will also fit all mil-spec lower receivers. The Enhanced Buffer Tube will resolve any carrier tilt symptoms exhibited by a short stroke piston AR and will reduce felt recoil. The most notable features on this buffer tube include: - One piece construction eliminating the castle nut and ensuring that when installed, the buffer tube cannot become loose. - Attachment system automatically indexes the buffer tube perfectly straight. - The bottom of the interior buffer tube extends a lip into the receiver, supporting the bottom rear of the bolt carrier, reducing the carrier tilt present in some piston systems. - A dead blow buffer is securely installed in the rear of the buffer tube to reduce carrier speed by an average of 10%, and dramatically reduce felt recoil. - Two QD sling swivel attachments are machined into the front of the buffer tube allowing ambidextrous connection of your QD slings. - The buffer tube is fluted to allow debris to be pushed out of the way, and a drain hole has been placed in the bottom of the tube, allowing for draining of water when the rifle is parallel to the ground. - The PWS Enhanced Buffer Tube is Mil-Spec. Specifications: - Length: 7.8" (19.8 cm) - Diameter: 1.15" (2.9 cm) - Width: 1.8" (4.5 cm) at QD points - Weight: 5.5 oz (156 grams)

TNT Vinyl "T" Logo Car Decal

Top Notch Tactical Vinyl "T" logo vehicle decal. Measures 14.5" tall and has the website address along the side of the "T". Die cut flat black vinyl will last for years.

DTA .308 Winchester 175 Grain HPBT

Wilcox Aimpoint Comp-M Mount

The Wilcox Aimpoint Comp-M Mount is a unique mount that allows an operator to affix a Comp-M Sight to any weapon that has a Picatinny Rail System. For an added nighttime advantage, the Wilcox AN/PVS-14/18 NVG Weapon Mount, (sold separately, see TDS061) allows the operator to mount an AN/PVS-14 or 18 NVG in series, which can position the dot of the Aimpoint Comp-M Sight in the view of the NVG. Features: Securely Attaches the Aimpoint Comp-M Sight to any Weapon that has a Picatinny Rail System Easily Integrates with the Wilcox AN/PVS-14/18 NVG Weapon Mount (see TDS061) for an Added Nighttime Advantage when use of an NVG in Conjunction with the Comp-M Sight (AN/PVS-14 setup requires an optional Wilcox AN/PVS-14 Arm with NVG Interface, sold separately, see TDS063) Design Approach Cuts Down on Logistics and Overall System Cost Each Mechanical Adjustment is Durable and Ergonomically Positioned for Easy One-Handed Operation while Handling a Weapon Maintains a Very Low Profile Stance on the Weapon Flat Matte Finish for Covertness in Combat Conditions Thousands of Mounts of this Type Fielded to Date Combat Proven by the US Special Operations Community and Domestic Law Enforcement Personnel Aimpoint Comp-M Mount Components (See Above): 1) A Rail Grabber secures the mount to a MIL-STD-1913 rail to ensure proper alignment of the Aimpoint Comp-M Sight. 2) A Thumb Nut assists in easy mount and dismount of the Aimpoint Comp-M Mount to the rail. It can be easily secured with a gloved hand. A coin slot, located in the head of the Thumb Nut assists the operator with rotation. Specifications: - Weight: 3.15 oz. (0.09 kg) - Material Construction: Light Weight, Aerospace Grade Metal - Weapon Mounting Configuration: MIL-STD-1913 Rail

Contour Camera GPS Waterproof Case - Black

Contour Camera USB Battery Charger

DETAILS Just connect the charger to your computers USB port and pop your battery into the charger. This charger is compatible with ContourHD, ContourGPS and VholdR batteries.

Contour Rotating Flat Surface Mount

DETAILS This useful multi-purpose mount was developed to be easy to use, while giving you the confidence that once locked it will stay in place and deliver solid video. Simply slip the camera onto the TRails, rotate the camera into position, push on the lock button, and you're good to go!

Contour Camera Rechargeable Battery

DETAILS The rechargeable lithium-ion battery provides 2-3 hours (depending upon usage and temperature) of portable power for your ContourHD and ContourGPS cameras. To recharge, place the battery in your Contour camera and connect to your computer with the USB cable included with the camera. Not compatible with the VholdR 1102 model.

Contour Camera Profile, Right (2PK) - Black

DETAILS The low-profile design enhances the already minute size of the Contour video camera, making the Worlds Smallest HD Camera even more compact. Its 3M base adheres best to flat surfaces, but will conform to curves of helmets and fairings for a variety of applications.

Contour Camera Connect View

DETAILS The Connect View card is an accessory that allows your iPhone or iPod touch to become a wireless viewfinder for your ContourGPS camera. Together with the Contour Mobile App, Connect View allows you to see what your camera sees before you record and change your settings in real-time. Mount your camera, use your phone to line up the shot, adjust your settings (video, lighting, or audio), and you're ready to record your adventure. The days of crooked or misaligned videos are a thing of the past

Noveske K9 Barricade Support

The K9 was developed by the Noveske Shooting Team to address the problem with shooting off, through, and around flimsy or otherwise non sturdy barricades. The K9 also is very effective when used in port windows and doorways. Through stage design and course of fire (COF) freestyle rifle shooting is made more difficult by dictating which targets can be engaged through which ports and over what barricades. To add to the problem, ports are generally too low to kneel and too high to go prone and more often then not, too frail and inadequate to take shots out past 200 yards with any confidence. Another problem when bracing up against a barricade is the shooter must readjust the support grip and pinch the wall and forearm together to steady the rifle. This must be practiced against every style of barricade and material thickness presented in order to become proficient. The K9 addresses these problems quickly and effectively. When used as a brace or support the "teeth" bite into the barricades or ports positively allowing faster follow up shots. When anchored into a support structure, awkward positions are no longer an issue as the rifle is now solid and the flimsy barricade can now be pushed into position for steadier shots. The K9 also takes care of the problem with readjusting the support grip. The forward facing teeth allow the shooter to push the rifle into position without ever removing the grip on the forearm and start taking shots as soon as the sights are aligned. The 7.62 model has a rear facing hook to allow the shooter to pull into the barricade and better control the heavier recoil of 7.62 rifles. Will work with 5.56mm NATO or any other picatinny rail platform.

ERGO Tactical Light Switch Mount

ERGO Tactical Light Switch Mount - Clips on to standard Picatinny and Weaver rails. - Holds tactical light switch firmly in place - Each unit comes with two differnt sized switch plates (switch not included) - Requires 10 rail slots for mounting - OAL approximately 3.8" - Made in USA (Comes with two different sized switch plates)

Barrett MRAD

Ready to follow your every move, the MRAD adapts to a variety of user needs without sacrificing performance. With unrelenting precision and unfailing accuracy, this bolt action newcomer has already defined a whole new class of long-range rifles. The MRAD rifles user-changeable barrel system is just one example of this hardworking guns modularity. The precision-grade barrel can be removed by simply unscrewing two bolts using a standard Torx wrench. Besides reducing maintenance and logistical burdens, this unique design paves the way for future caliber interchangeability and serviceability. The MRAD also boasts Barretts new easily accessed trigger module. This match-grade trigger is drop-fire-proof and combat-ready. The thumb-operated safety can be configured for left or right hand operation. The ambidextrous magazine release can be used intuitively while retaining a firing grip and cheek weld. Integrated into the MRAD rifles 7000 series aluminum upper receiver is an M1913 rail with 30 MOA taper and 21.75 inches of rail space. The configurable side and bottom rails can also hold a number of accessories. The MRAD rifles stock is foldable for enhanced portability yet locks in as solid as a fixed-stock rifle, creating a rigid platform for consistent firing. When folded, the stock latches around the bolt handle for added security during transport. Because the stock folds to the bolt handle side of the action, the rifle is the same width overall, folded or extended. Made of a temperature-resistant polymer, the adjustable cheek piece also offers a consistent rifle-to-user contact point. The rifles length of pull can be set to five different positions with the push of a single button. From its quick-detach sling mounts to the Barrett Multi-Role Brown color of the rifle that blends into any environmentevery detail of the MRAD has been carefully designed to create one thing: a high-performance rifle you can truly make your own. Specifications: - Model: MRAD - Caliber: .338 Lapua Magnum - Operation: Bolt Action Repeater - Rifle Weight: 14.8 lbs (6.713 kg) - Overall Length: 46.9 (119.13 cm) - Folded Length: 39.9 (101.35 cm) - Barrel Length: 24.5 (62.23 cm) - Rifling Twist: 1 turn in 10 (25.4 cm) - Magazine Capacity 10 Rounds - Includes: MRAD .338 Lapua Magnum Rifle System: 24.5 fluted barrel, Multi-Role Brown finish (mid-year 2011), folding stock, adjustable cheek piece and buttplate, two polymer 10-round magazines, two sling loops, three adjustable accessory rails, Pelican case and owners manual.

Gear Sector Rail Mount Vertical Grip

The [ Patent Pending ] Gear Sector Rail Mount Vertical Grip was designed to provide a low profile, ergonomic solution for increased weapon control. It was designed to bridge the gap between a handstop and a full blown vertical grip. As such it is the shortest of its kind currently on the market at only 2.00″ over the rail surface. We designed them to fit perfectly flush with the Tango Down rail panels for an uninterrupted rail space. They can be mounted anywhere on a picatinny rail but work best when run in tandem with a side mounted hand stop. They provide an excellent reference point when mounted on the lower rail space. Materials & Construction: The Gear Sector Rail Mount Vertical Grip is precision CNC machined from billet 6061-T6 aluminum and finished per Military Specification ( MIL-A-8625F ) Type III, Class II Hard Coat. - Material: 6061-T6 Aluminum - Finish: Military Specification ( MIL-A-8625F ) Type III, Class II Hard Coat - Weight: 2.5 ozs. - Compliance: 100% Berry Amendment Compliant - Origin: Proudly Made in the USA Installation: Installation is straight forward. Simply loosen the socket head cap screw. Remove the screw / clamp assembly. Apply a drop of Vibra-Tite VC3 ( included ) to the last few threads and allow to dry. Rock the grip onto your rail system, insert screw / clamp assembly and tighten it down with the included allen wrench.

HK Clip

Rugged, Clip-On Sling Attachment For Long Guns: - Enables quick attach/detach of a tactical sling from any long gun that accepts an HK-style snap hook - Hardened steel with reinforced stress points for worry-free carry, even in extreme operational conditions - Clips to any weapon with eyelet or ring-type sling attachment point - Deep grooves on the snap jaw ensure a non-slip finger contact - Strong internal spring keeps jaw securely closed

FM SPR A5M 308

- Model: FN A5 M SPR - Item Number: 75538 - Caliber / Ga.: 308 Win - Metric Designation: 7.62x51mm - Magazine Capacity: 5 - Barrel Length: 24" - Overall Length: 43 1/2" - Length of Pull: 12 3/4" - Weight: 11 lbs. 8 oz. - Rate of Twist: 1 turn in 12 " - Operating Principle: Bolt-action/Short Magnum - Magazine Type: TBM - Stock Finish: McMillan fiberglass tactical rifle stock - Additional Description: Fluted barrel

GG&G FLT Accucam QD 30mm Integral Base

The Special Purpose Rifle (SPR) has gained in popularity with shooters in the civilian and law enforcement community. Our technical advisors advised us that the scope most often used on SPR rifles is a 30mm low powered variable optic placed forward on the AR-15/M16 flattop receiver. To meet the specific optic mounting needs of the SPR shooters, we have introduced our new FLT Scope Mount With 30mm Integral Rings. To provide flexibility to the end user, we are offering the FLT Scope Mount in two configurations; one is the Accucam QD model for those shooters requiring the ability to quickly remove or install their scope with 1/2 MOA repeatability, and the other is a semi-permanent bolt on installation, using a standard squeeze rail configuration side bar and 1/2" hex nuts. Both offer forward scope mounting. For comparative purposes the SPR Scope Mount places the scope forward 1.5 inches more than the GG&G AC-30 Scope Mount. The FLT Mount is lightweight weighing in at only 5.5 ounces, and is 5 inches long. It is low profile allowing excellent cheek weld when mounted to the AR-15/M16 flattop upper receiver. The height from the centerline of the 30mm integral rings to the top of the dovetail mounting platform is 1.460 inches. The center to center dimension of the rings is 3.750 inches. Both models are manufactured from 6061 T6 aluminum and Type III hard anodized matte black to mil-spec. The FLT Accucam Quick Detach Scope Mount provides you with a solid method to quickly install or remove the scope from the weapon. The scope can quickly be installed on a dovetail rail in seconds by rotating the Accucam Lever to the locked position and can just as quickly be removed by rotating the Accucam Cam Lever to the unlocked position. Unlike other QD lever systems, it is fully adjustable to fit Weaver and MIL-STD-1913 dovetails, even those that are worn or out-of-spec. The ergonomic finger loop of the lever is easily operated, even with a gloved hand, and the round design is virtually snag proof. The Accucam mechanism is manufactured from solid billet 4140 steel. The QD FLT is not recommended for .50BMG or lightweight machine guns.

A.R.M.S. #40-BL

A.R.M.S. "SILHOUETTE" #41-BL Folding Front Sight with Bayonet Lug This new sight has the shape we all know and love, but it also folds and deploys using only a finger of one hand. It's extra rugged via the support angle, plus all the other features of the great conventional non folder, it also uses the standard front sight bead, and or night sight posts. It is barrel mounted into place, via the included allen wrench. A.R.M.S. "SILHOUETTE" #41-B Folding Front Sight, Patent's Pending.

GG&G M14/M1A Chamber Cleaning Tool

You know that it is darn near impossible to properly clean the M14/M1A chamber. We have come up with a simple and inexpensive way to keep that all important area clean. It's our new chamber cleaning tool with a rugged poly universal joint that allows you the ability to easily get into the proper area for thorough chamber cleaning. All rifle cleaner parts that come in contact with the chamber are manufactured from non-marring material. The jag is precision machined from 6061 T6 aluminum and slotted 1.5 inches deep to accept a cleaning patch. The shaft is steel with an ergonomic rubber handle. The overall length of the rifle chamber cleaning tool is 14.5 inches.

GG&G 20mm Trailer Hitch Cover

20mm Round Hitch Cover: - Manufactured from once fired brass and new projectiles. - Brass has been tumbled and polished for a great look. - Backing plate is manufactured from 6061 T-6 aluminum and is oblong3 3/8" X 7 3/4". - Aluminum parts are Type III hard anodized matte black and UV powder coated. - Ordnance is powder coated with clear UV protectant to maintain polished appearance. - Steel U shaped mounting bracket fits 2 hitch receivers and is powder coated black.

LMT Red Dot Reflex Quadrant Sight Assembly for Rail Mounted Launchers

Red dot reflex quadrant sight assembly designed to mount to a Lewis Machine & Tool Company 2003 M203 rail mounted grenade launcher.

BAD-T4 M14/M1A Smith Enterprise Gas Cylinder Wrench

The BAD-T4 is a five (5) function, double-ended wrench. On one end, it is a Gas Cylinder Lock Wrench for the M14 / M1A Rifles and on the other end, it is a wrench for the SEI Gas Lock Front Sight. 100% made in the U.S.A., out of high quality 3/8" thick aircraft grade 7075-T6 aluminum and hard coat anodized in Black, it is a must have for the old school and modern M14 / M1A shooter and enthusiast.

GG&G GS-1 Scout Rail

Our GS-1 FIRE System optical mounting rail was designed for mounting a conventional type scope on the AR/15/M16. It provides significantly longer eye relief for a proper scope/operator interface and the capability of attaching additional optical devices, such as a night vision monocular. The back of the rifle scope rail has been tapered to blend with the rear of the upper receiver and is not designed to mount a BUIS flip-up rear sight. It extends three inches over the hand guards and clears the M4 forearm. There are numerous tactical situations where an extended scope rail creates an advantage for the AR-15 or M-16 user. GG&G's scope mounting rail allows for accuracy at greater distances approaching what you would expect for a bolt action rifle. This allows for more cover choices, a higher degree of stealth and increased survivability in police and combat situations. Furthermore, the extended scope ring rail gives the M16 and AR15 operator more personal choice in selecting a preferred optical configuration which may previously have been unmountable. Manufactured from billet 6061 T6 aluminum alloy and Type III black hard-coat anodized, the GS-1 rail mounted scope meets MIL-STD-1913. As with the other FIRE System rails, it locks onto the flat top receiver by means of a full length locking side bar and two rounded socket head cap screws. The socket head wrench required for installation is included.

LMT 6.8 SPC Caliber Conversion Kit

Lewis Machine & Tool caliber conversion kit will allow you to change your LMT CQB or MRP platform rifle, from 5.56 or 204 Ruger to a 16" Barrel 6.8 SPC with Enhanced Bolt. The 6.8 SPC is the round that US and Forign Military Special Forces, as well as local federal and state law enforcement agencies are moving towards due to the muzzle velocity and energy transfered to the target. Perfect for hunting as well as close to medium range engagements.

HERA-ARMS 1911 Pistol Kit

The HERA-ARMS Colt Pistol Extension (CPE) is a simple to use pistol housing that allows users to place optical sights, lasers, flashlights and other weaver rail accessories on their weapon. Assembly only requires the removal of the standard grip of the 1911 and is replaced with the CPE. For users that wish to change their standard pistol into a lightweight carbine an additional adapter is also available allowing the fitting of standard AR15/M16 buffer tubes and stocks. The CPE has a super ergonomic design which provides improved weapon comfort and handling. FEATURES: For use with standard Mil Spec 1911s No gunsmithing or weapon modification Simple assembly Outside shaft body Picatinny rails ***To add rear sling you must add sling kit***

GG&G Quick Clip Sling Thing

Need a collapsible stock sling attachment? The HK Style Quick Clips have grown in popularity as a way to attach a sling to the AR15/M16 weapon system. Because of the lack of an alternative method, most shooters have just clipped into a standard sling swivel. Although this works, it is noisy and provides a loose and sloppy sling attachment. GG&G has now developed a great lightweight and rugged alternative to clipping into the standard sling swivel. The new GG&G SLING THING FOR HK STYLE SNAP HOOKS is available in three fully ambidextrous configurations: one that attaches to dovetails such as those found on tactical forearms, a front sight sling mount that attaches to the standard front sight "A-frame", and a collapsible stock sling mount that attaches to the collapsible stock. All quick clip sling configurations are easy to install and lightweight. None of these attachments weigh more than 1.5 ounces. These new GG&G SLING THINGS FOR QUICK CLIPS are manufactured from tough billet 7075 aluminum and Type III hard-coat anodized in a non-reflective matte black combat finish to mil-spec.GG&G HK Style Sling Things and Snap Hooks are made in the USA at our factory in Tucson Arizona. As with all of our tactical accessories and mounts for slings, they are made to stand up to punishing daily use under military circumstances. Whether you are an enthusiast, part of a police SWAT team, or in the military, you can count on GG&G accessories to make your M16 more accurate, easier to carry, or just more useful in a tight spot.

GG&G EO Tech XPS Series Accucam

The new Accucam QD System For The EOTech XPS Series is a scaled down version of the Accucam QD System (NSN:1240-99-696-3341) we provide the civilian, law enforcement and military for the EOTech 551 and 552. The patented Accucam QD Mounting System is still the only QD Lever System available today that does not add height to the EOTech optic. Thats because this unique and innovative quick detach system retrofits directly to the body of the XPS. The Accucam QD Locking Lever System For The XPS replaces the EOTech socket head screw or thumbnut attachment method. No other modifications are required. The Accucam system installs in approximately ten minutes. The only tools required are a 7/64" allen wrench and a torx head wrench which are both included in the kit. Weighing only two ounces, it is fully adjustable to fit Weaver and MIL-STD-1913 dovetails, even those that are worn or out of spec. Once the Accucam is installed on the XPS, the sight can be quickly installed on a dovetail rail in seconds by rotating the Accucam Cam Lever to the locked position. It can then be quickly removed by rotating the Accucam Cam Lever to the unlocked position. In tests, the EOTech Accucam Locking Lever System has shown to be repeatable to less than 1/2 MOA. The unique finger loop design is easily operated, even with a gloved hand and the rounded design is ergonomic and virtually snag-proof.

Mega Machine Billet Upper

FEATURES If you want to stand out from the rest of the crowd, this is the Upper you need. The Mega Billet Upper features a clean, new, custom look unlike any of our competitors. Machined from billet 7075-T6 aluminum vs. the more commonly used 6061 for a 70% increase in strength. Upper receiver has been re-designed to incorporate increased wall thicknesses for added strength. Lug Angle at the shell deflector has been altered to 60.0 for increased effectiveness. Black Hard anodized with a surface hardness of 60 Rockwell. 9.4 oz.

DD Quick Detatch Push Button Sling Swivel

1.25" Size Swivel. Push button feature allows operator to quickly detach sling from stock.

Trijicon Tri Power

The Trijicon TriPower was designed for both hunters and competitive shooters, giving them a clearly visible aiming point for those fast-moving, close-in shots. Trijicon's unique, failsafe sighting system is powered by three innovative light sources, making it the world's first triple-illuminated sight. Each provides a crisp bright reticle that's parallax-free and highly visible under any condition - bright light, low light or even no light. A perfect hunting companion for those packing brush guns, rifles or side arms, the Trijicon TriPower is the only sight that provides a clearly visible aiming point at all times. What a bright idea.

GG&G 30mm to 1" Reducer

Even though the trend has been towards rifle scopes with 30mm tubes, there are still a lot of high quality rifle scopes with one inch tubes in the marketplace. We have recently been getting a significant number of calls for a non-marring, 30mm to 1 inch scope ring reducer to fit 5/8 inch wide sniper grade 30mm scope rings, like the ones offered by GG&G separately or as integral ring bases. To meet our customers requests, we decided to offer a 1 inch reducer to our customers manufactured from solid Delrin. Nothing fancy, just a rugged, non-marring, quality machined 1 inch ring insert that not only fits tight to your 1 inch scope, but is priced competitively. As can be seen in the photos, the one inch insert has a recoil flange on one side that keeps the reducer in the correct position during installation and recoil.

GG&G Salt & Pepper Shakers

Our New Products Team is always looking for innovative ways to offer our customers not only great tactical accessories but some fun stuff like our Claymore Mine Hitch Cover. The latest creation to peg their fun meter are the 40mm Grenade Salt & Pepper Shakers. They are manufactured from solid billet 6061 T-6 aluminum and anodized in the colors shown in the above images. They are manufactured to closely replicate the dimensions of the original 40mm grenade. The tip of the projectiles are engraved with an "S" and "P" to easily identify the contents. The projectiles unscrew for easy filling. A terrific addition to your arsenal of "Fun Stuff"! Although the finish is rugged, to preserve the luminescence and overall great appearance, we recommend that they be hand washed with mild detergent when they need cleaning.

SKT Industries MOLLE Compatible Suppressor Pouch

This is a simple MOLLE compatible suppressor pouch that will accommodate most suppressor lengths.

Troy Folding Front Gas Block Mounting

Problem: Picatinny Railed Gas Blocks do not accomodate a same-plane aperture front sight. Solution: The Troy Industries Gas Block Mounted Front Sight. It's been a long wait, but Troy has engineered a rugged, reliable, combat ready BattleSight that mounts securely on the gas block. It offers all of the features of Troy's other Folding BattleSights: Easy to operate, clicks solidly into place and folds out of the way when not needed.

Wilson Combat UT-15

Wilson Combats UT-15 Urban Tactical model is an ideal all-around tactical or sporting semi-auto carbine. It offers precise accuracy and fast handling versatility in a lightweight package, with our famous unequalled quality, relentless reliability, and superior service. We start with precision CNC machined upper and lower receivers, using high-quality 7075 T6 aluminum forgings. The upper utilizes a flat-top receiver and a 16.25 free-floated, fluted, match grade barrel. Uppers and lowers are hand-matched by a master riflesmith. The UT-15 features a precision JP trigger/hammer, tuned to a crisp 3-3.5 pound trigger pull, facilitating the inherent accuracy potential of this carbine. A master riflesmith then carefully assembles and fits the rifle with what we consider the finest barrel in the industry. The result is a tactical rifle that you can stake your life on; one guaranteed to shoot 1 MOA at 100 yards with quality ammunition. The same qualities that have made the UT-15 Urban Tactical rifle a favorite defensive weapon also make it an outstanding choice for a sporting rifle. Light weight, compact size, dependable performance in all weather conditions plus extreme accuracy assure excellence in the field. Whether you are a target shooter, varmint hunter, or even a weekend plinker, our UT-15 is a superb choice you will enjoy in the field. Some standard features of the Wilson Combat UT-15 Tactical include: Flat-top upper and lower receiver CNC machined from quality US made aluminum forgings Premium 16.25 Wilson Combat match-grade fluted barrel Free-float ventilated aluminum handguard TTU - Tactical Trigger Unit - Single Stage, 4 lb. Six position Mil-Spec collapsible stock One of the most popular options is a quad-rail handguard featuring full length integral Picatinny rails for mounting virtually any accessory you can imagine. Common accessories the quad rail will accept include bi-pod, weapons light, laser sights, red-dot sights, vertical handguards, etc. The quad-rail also allows mounting the barrel so it is free-floated for maximum accuracy and is ventilated for improved barrel cooling. Our quad-rail is fully machined from air-craft grade aluminum and hard coat anodized to a matte black finish. SPECIFICATIONS: - Action Type: Semi-Auto - Caliber: .223 Rem/5 5.56x45 NATO - Barrel Length: 16.25 inches - Rifling Twist: 1 turn in 9 inches - Overall Length: Fixed Stock 36.25 inches - Overall Length: Collapsible Stock Extended 36.25 inches - Overall Length: Collapsible Stock Collapsed 32.5 inches - Trigger: Single Stage - Weight Empty: 6.9 lbs FEATURES: UT-15 Urban Tactical with Quad Rail Features: Forged Upper (Flat Top) and Lower Receiver Premium Wilson Combat Match-Grade Fluted Barrel, 16.25" OAL Wilson Combat Tactical Muzzle Brake Free-Float Ventilated Quad Rail Aluminum Handguard ERGO Ergonomically Correct Pistol Grip Crisp 3-3.5# Trigger Pull with JP Trigger/ Hammer Group Premium Mil-Spec Bolt and Bolt Carrier, NP3 Coated* Hard Anodize Finish on Receivers Mil-Spec Black Manganese Phosphate (Parkerized) on Barrel and Steel Components Armor-Tuff Finish optional Magazine Capacity Accepts all M-16/AR-15 Style Magazines, includes (1) 20rd Magazine Nylon Tactical Rifle Case Included *NP3 Plated AR Bolt Carrier Groups-The Wilson Combat Advantage At Wilson Combat, we have teamed up with Robar to have all of our AR Bolt Carrier Groups completely NP-3 plated. Our testing and the testing of others has shown that Robar NP3 plating of the Bolt Carrier Group enhances reliability, lessens cleaning time, improves corrosion resistance and minimizes required bolt lubrication. What is NP3? NP3 is a surface treatment for steel and metal alloys that combines sub-micron particles of PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), otherwise known as Teflon, with electroless nickel. NP3 - THE ADVANTAGES Little to no lubrication is needed on opposing surfaces Cleaning is minimal, usually requiring only a soft cloth Permits firing for longer periods of time between cleaning, as dirt and powder residue has no wet or oily surface to cling to NP3 has a micro hardness of 48-51 Rockwell as plated (nickel matrix) NP3 is very corrosion resistant, a 1 mil (.001) coating exceeding a 240 hour salt spray test NP3 has a high lubricity and low friction co-efficient; therefore, the life expectancy of a firearm will be greatly increased due to reduced friction wear NP3 is a satin gray, non-reflective color NP3 gives a smoothness to the action not found with any other coating NP3 is guaranteed against corrosion, peeling or flaking for the lifetime of the firearm

Wilson Combat M-4 Tactical

If you need precise accuracy and fast handling versatility such as close quarters combat, personal or home defense, etc. our M-4T Tactical Carbine may be your best choice. Lightweight, less than 36 overall length (a pistol shooter in a classic, two hand, arms extended stance has a profile only around 7 less than the same shooter with the M-4T Tactical Carbine against his shoulder in a shooting position), with as much as 30 rounds available without a reload this is a potent force for everything from a Tactical Response entry situation to home defense. The M4-T Tactical Carbine is built with precision CNC machined upper and lower receivers, using high-quality 7075 T6 aluminum forgings. The upper utilizes a flat-top receiver and a 16.25 heavy M-4 style match grade barrel with a muzzle brake that virtually eliminates recoil and muzzle rise with multiple shots. The M4T Tactical Carbine features a precision JP trigger/hammer, tuned to a crisp 3-3.5 pound trigger pull. The M4-T Tactical Carbine is also widely used for a sport rifle. Its light weight, compact size, and dependable performance in all weather conditions plus extreme accuracy assure excellence in the field. If you enjoy sport shooting in any of its forms, the M4-T is pure fun with exceptional performance. Some standard features of the Wilson Combat M4-T Tactical Carbine include: Flat-top upper and lower receivers CNC machined from quality US made aluminum forgings Premium 16.25 Wilson Combat match-grade heavy, M-4 style barrel TTU - Tactical Trigger Unit - Single Stage, 4 lb. Six position Mil-Spec collapsible stock Ergonomically correct pistol grip One of the most popular options is a quad-rail handguard featuring full length integral Picatinny rails for mounting virtually any accessory you can imagine. Common accessories the quad rail will accept include bi-pod, weapons light, laser sights, red-dot sights, vertical handguards, etc. The quad-rail also allows mounting the barrel so it is free-floated for maximum accuracy is ventilated for improved barrel cooling. Our quad-rail is fully machined from air-craft grade aluminum and hard coat anodized to a matte black finish. SPECIFICATIONS: - Action Type: Semi-Auto - Caliber: .223 Rem/5 5.56x45 NATO - Barrel Length: 16.25 inches - Rifling Twist: 1 turn in 9 inches - Overall Length: Fixed Stock 36.25 inches - Overall Length: Collapsible Stock Extended 36.25 inches - Overall Length: Collapsible Stock Collapsed 32.5 inches - Trigger: Single Stage - Weight Empty: 6.9 lbs

Barrett REC 7

Cool under pressure. Under the familiar exterior lies an evolutionary design that few can match. REC7 rifles are made for those who value quality, dependability and performance . . . and for those who dont have the option to fail. The REC7s operating system was designed to be soldier-proof, the highest accolade as to which a firearm design can aspire. A minimal number of parts and a clean-running piston system add up to a low-maintenance design with increased reliability. The piston operated system keeps heat and fouling out of the receiver, which means less time cleaning and more time putting bullets where they need to go. Cooler parts last longer, cooler guns run longer. REC7 was made to run hard. The 17-4 stainless piston transferring energy to the bolt carrier is the most robust in the industry. Its hardened one piece piston is superior to multi-component designs. The bolt carrier, machined from a monolithic block of 8620 steel features an integral piston strike face no separate gas key to shoot loose and another industry first. The REC7 gas block and gas regulator are chrome-lined for added durability, with a 1913 rail machined into the hardened billet gas block. Operators can configure the REC7 with iron sights or run slick for use with optics. The gas regulator position is firmly held in place with a substantial detent that cannot get knocked out of position with hard use. The REC7s forged 7075 aluminum upper and lower receivers are Type 3 hardcoat anodized. The mil-spec lower receiver houses an ultra-dependable single stage trigger. The upper receiver supports a free-floated, 16-inch, chrome-lined barrel with M4 feed ramps. The A2 style flash hider reduces muzzle flash and acts as a standard interface for accessories and support gear. No matter what your mission, the REC7 can get the job done. Whether that mission means putting venison on the table, taking home a trophy at the local rifle match, serving a high-risk warrant, or jumping out of a C-130 at zero dark thirty REC7 has you covered. SPECIFICATIONS: - Model: REC7 - Caliber: 6.8 SPC - Rifle Operation: Semi-Automatic - Overall Length: 33.25" (84.5 cm) - Barrel Length: 16" (40.6 cm) - Rifling Twist: 1 in 10" - Rifle Weight: 7.62 lbs (3.5 kg) - Safety: Manual Thumb Lever - Magazine: True 30-Round Capacity

Remington 870 Marine Magnum

A highly durable 12-gauge utility gun that resists corrosion on land or water. Electroless nickel plating covers all metal, including the inside of the barrel and receiver. The synthetic stock has generous checkering for positive control. Comes with 18" Cylinder barrel with single-bead front sight, six-round magazine, padded Cordura and sling swivel studs. Key Features: - Receiver milled from a solid billet of steel for strength and durability - Twin action bars ensure smooth, reliable non-binding action - Legendary pointability and accuracy

Knoxx Breachers Grip

Based on the highly effective SpecOps Stock, this shotgun pistol grip cuts recoil in half and makes firing breaching rounds or heavy loads painless and easy. This product is so effective in reducing painful recoil that a BreachersGrip equipped shotgun can be used effectively onehanded, even with magnum loads. Ideal for home defense or close quarters combat, the BreachersGrip is available for most Remington, Winchester, Mossberg and FN series pump shotguns. Attach a sling and your shotgun is ready when you need it or out ofthe way when you dont.

EO Tech EOLAD

All EOLAD units are supplied with EOTech 552, (2) AA batteries,10" remote cable pressure pad switch, pattern generating optics and nylon pouch. Waterproof to 10 m. Infared models are availble to Law Enforcement and Military Agencies ONLY. FEATURES: - AA Battery - 65 MOA circle with 1 MOA aiming dot reticle pattern - Compatible with Gen I-IV Night Vision Systems (tandem operation) - Includes rugged aluminum hood assembly and knobbed tool-less mounting bolt - Interfaces to standard 1" Weaver dovetail / Picatinny rail - Visible Laser (635nm) (5mW)

Laser Devices AR-2A

OUR MOST POPULAR LAW ENFORCEMENT & COMMERCIAL LASER SYSTEM The AR-2A laser provides the utmost flexibility in critical situations. This lightweight, waterproof unit is equipped with a visible Super Power Point laser for maximum daytime visibility and meets MIL-STD-810F for reliability under harsh environmental conditions. The AR-2A laser includes a sturdy MIL-SPEC-1913 rail mount to accommodate our popular OPERATOR tactical lights or other accessories depending on your mission requirements. Features: - Accommodates M-203 equipped rifles with side sling mount - Dual MIL-SPEC-1913 rails provide mount for tactical light - Fully adjustable windage and elevation - Laser doesn't obscure iron sight - Meets MIL-STD-810F for adverse environmental conditions - No weapon modification required - Reduces weapon weight--No foregrip or barrel mounting bracket required Supplied with: - Dual MIL-SPEC-1913 rail - A-frame front sight - Mounting hardward - Battery - AR-2A for M-4 is supplied with 6 inch remote cable pressure pad switch - AR-2A for M-16 is supplied with 8 inch remote cable pressure pad switch - Waterproof to 3 Meters

Laser Devices ITAL

***Inline Tactical Aiming Laser*** Rugged, compact and fully waterproof, the ITAL classic lasers are used by military and law enforcement agencies worldwide. ITAL's mount on flat top rifles with a cropped front sight. The laser aligns with the center of barrel. Classic models can be equipped with either a visible Super Power Point laser or an infrared laser for use with night vision devices.

Lasermax UNI-GREEN Rail Mounted Laser

GREEN IS THE ULTIMATE TACTICAL COLOR. Whether youfre running port security, investigating the noise in the garage, or engaged in combat in urban terrain, green transitions from light to dark and back again better than any other color. - Highest visibility in ALL lighting conditions. - Incredibly lightweight - weighs ONLY 1oz. with batteries - Integral Picatinny rail system to allow a wide variety of accessories to be stacked right onto the green laser system. - Ambidextrous activation to accomodate the left or right-handed shooter. - Optional Momentary Activation Switch - Constructed from FRN (Fiber Reinforced Nylon) for lasting durability. - Maintains alignment after every battery change. Specifications: For: Picatinny; Mil-Spec; Weaver Style Rails (w/ minimum rail length of 1.75") Battery Type: 1/3N Lithium (2) Accuracy: User-adjustable for windage & elevation Wavelength: 532nm (green) Power Output: 5mW Spot Size: 5/16" @ 7 Yds; 3/4" @ 25 Yds

Lasermax UNI-Max Rail Mounted Laser

The Ultimate Multi-Mission Tool: The Uni-Max is small as a matchbox! The Uni-Max Red weighs no more than a .45 ACP round! Including batteries! Super rugged, the Uni-Max can also go diving to 66 feet and survives multiple drops to concrete! We even baked it to 350 deg Fahrenheit! It still works! A super-reliable, super-handy, little laser. Keep all your rail space! The Uni-Max is a laser inside a Picatinny rail. Mount gear on it! Tactical lights and other lasers easily fit on top. Ultimate versatility: The Uni-Max fits all Picatinny (M1913) rails and Weaver rails 1.75 and longer. Use on pistols, carbines, rifles, shotguns and more. Handy features: Adjustable windage and elevation setting for precise alignment. Choose from Hi-Vis pulsating beam or continuous wave (constant on). Highest power output laser commercially available. Maintains alignment through battery changes. Optional momentary activation switch comes in 6 and 10 inch cords. Specifications: For: Picatinny; Mil-Spec; Weaver Style Rails (w/ minimum rail length of 1.75") Battery Type: 357 (2) Accuracy: User-adjusted for windage & elevation Laser Operating Temperature: 5F - 150F Wavelength: 635nm (red/orange) Power Output: 5mW Spot Size: 5/16" @ 7 Yds; 3/4" @ 25 Yds

Magpul XTM Rail Covers

The new low-profile XTM Rail Panels are a two-piece design that attach anywhere on the rail without having to remove previously-mounted accessories. The combination of design and material used in the XTM Panels ensures they will remain securely in place under all operating conditions, but may be easily removed using the tips of two rounds when necessary. - Mix and match colors to make any personal camo color design. - Each set comes with (4) two-piece panels which will cover one side of a carbine rail.

Magpul Ladder Rail Protector 3pk.

Package Of Three - Provides a very low profile grip. - Protects the operator from sharp rail edges. - Protects unmounted rail areas from damage. - Prevents damage to gear, such as rappelling ropes, that may be abraded or cut by uncovered rail sections. - The Santoprene covers provide a rubbery surface for improved weapon control. - Easily cut for custom fitting. Each protector covers 18 slots of rail.

Troy Ind. Professional Grade Receiver Sling Adapter

Enhanced reliability by securing receiver extension nut prevents rotation of buffer tube Installs in less than 2 minutes No gunsmithing required Hardened T6 aluminum construction Includes blackened stainless push down button Q.D. swivel Made in the USA

Troy Ind. OEM M4 Sling Mount

TROY Professional Grade and M16 Sling Mounts and adapters, swivel mounts and other sling accessories are all made from hardened aircraft aluminum with stainless steel push down buttons.

DD QD Sling Mount

The Daniel Defense Rail Mount QD Swivel Attachment Point is designed to allow the operator to mount the popular Heavy Duty Push Button Quick Detach Sling Swivel. This mount allows the operator to mount the swivel anywhere along their rail system. The Daniel Defense Rail Mount QD Swivel Attachment Point has been designed and machined to limit the rotation of the swivel to prevent the operators sling from becoming tangled. The Daniel Defense Rail Mount QD Swivel Attachment Point is machined from 6061 T6 aircraft grade aluminum and is Military Specification Type III Hard coat Anodized. This swivel weighs an astonishing 1.0 ounce.

DD Rear Receiver QD Sling Mount

This latest evolution of the Burnsed Loop provides for ambidextrous attachment of the popular push button sling swivel. This aluminum constructed swivel attachment mounts rear of the receiver on carbine AR15. It provides a near receiver quick detach sling loop for attaching a tactical sling.

Daniel Defense 1 O'Clock

The Daniel Defense 1 Oclock Offset Rail is optimized for mounting miniature red dot optics in the 1 Oclock (right-hand) or 11 Oclock (left-hand) positions for quick, non-magnified, transitions when employing magnified primary optics on AR-type rifles with MIL-STD-1913 rails. The geometry allows for zero cheek-weld shift during the transition. This facilitates very fast transitions from magnified to non-magnified optics, and back. The 1 Oclock Offset Rail can also be used to mount a variety of lights or other accessories that mount to a MIL-STD-1913 rail. By flipping the part upside-down, one can mount a light in a good position for use with a vertical foregrip. All Daniel Defense Rails are built to the 1913 Military Specification and are 100% Quality Assurance checked for conformity to the specification. Features: - Optimized for Miniature Red Dot Optics - Zero Change in check weld for transitions - Super Fast Transitons - Adapatable for other uses - Light weight Materials & Construction: - Precision CNC machined from Aircraft Grade 6061-T6 Aluminum and Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized for a rock hard lasting finish. The 1 Oclock Offset Rail weighs only 1.2 Ounces. - Aircraft Grade 6061-T6 Aluminum - Military Specification Type III Hard Coat Anodized - 1.2 Ounces! - Made in the USA!

GG&G Accucam for Aimpoint

Many of you have asked us to develop a quick detach system for our combat tested Aimpoint Cantilever Ring. With the development of our Accucam Quick Detach Locking Lever System we are now able to fill those requests. The new Accucam Quick Detach Aimpoint Cantilever Ring has the same robust features as our original Aimpoint Cantilever Ring. The body is manufactured from solid billet 6061 T6 aluminum and six cap screws firmly hold the Aimpoint in place. Also, a spare battery is kept handy in an insulated capped waterproof compartment. The Accucam QD Locking Lever System provides you with a solid method to quickly install or remove your Aimpoint mount from the weapon system. The Aimpoint can quickly be installed on a dovetail rail in seconds by rotating the Accucam Cam Lever to the locked position. It can then be quickly removed by rotating the Accucam Cam Lever to the unlocked position. It is fully adjustable to fit Weaver and MIL-STD-1913 dovetails. The unique design allows you to adjust the tension to accommodate out of spec or worn dovetails. In tests, the Accucam Locking Lever System has shown to be repeatable to 1/2 MOA. The unique finger loop design is easily operated, even with a gloved hand and the rounded design is ergonomic and virtually snag-proof. The Accucam mechanism is manufactured from solid billet 4140 steel and manganese phosphated black to mil-spec. GG&G Aimpoint accessories, cantilever mounts, and rings are made in the USA at our Tucson, Arizona factory. Scope mounts and mounting rings for tactical environments have to be made of top-grade material and machined to the finest tolerances, so they can perform in combat and police situations. Our components for Aimpoint, like the QD Cantilever Ring, are designed to enhance the trusted capabilities of Aimpoint's scope while giving more options to the AR-15 and M-16 operator.

GG&G Accucam Mount for Trijicon ACOG

With the development of our Accucam Quick Detach (QD) Locking Lever System, we are now able to manufacture a full line of quick detach mounts that allow the primary optic to be quickly attached and detached from the weapon system. This provides a degree of tactical flexibility highly valued in urban combat. The GG&G Accucam ACOG QD mount allows the end user to quickly switch between optics and still maintain "on target" repeatability. The Trijicon ACOG is a rugged optic and has an excellent reputation for durability; however, if by chance the ACOG should fail, the end user can quickly remove the ACOG and deploy the weapons back-up iron sight. By using the GG&G Accucam QD ACOG mount, the optic can quickly be installed on a dovetail rail in seconds by rotating the Accucam Cam Lever to the locked position. It can then be quickly removed by rotating the Accucam Cam Lever to the unlocked position. It is fully adjustable to fit Weaver and MIL-STD-1913 dovetails. The unique design is preferred over the Larue ACOG mount and allows you to adjust the tension to accommodate out-of-spec or worn dovetails. In tests, the Accucam Locking Lever System has shown to be repeatable to 1/2 MOA. The unique finger loop design is easily operated, even with a gloved hand The rounded Accucam mount design is ergonomic and virtually snag- proof. The new Accucam Quick Detach ACOG mounting base is manufactured from solid billet 6061 T6 aluminum alloy and Type III hard-coat anodized matte black to meet mil-spec. The Accucam mechanism is manufactured from solid billet 4140 steel and manganese phosphated matte black to mil-spec.

GG&G Acucam For Trijicon Tri Power

The New Trijicon TriPower Accucam QD Cantilever Mounting Base provides you with two inches of additional eye relief, while also providing space behind the Trijicon TriPower TX30 for an Aimpoint 3X Magnifier or ITT PVS-14 Monocular. Tactical flexibility is highly valued in urban combat, and the New TriPower TX30 Accucam QD Cantilever Mounting Base fills that need. This New Mounting Base allows the end user to quickly switch between optics and still maintain "on target" repeatability. The TriPower scope with its fiber optic illuminated reticle is gaining a reputation as a rugged scope; however, if by chance it should fail, the end user can choose between quickly deploying the weapons back-up iron sight, and sighting through the Trijicon TX30 TriPower, or quickly remove the scope and deploy the back up iron sight. By using the Trijicon TriPower Accucam QD Cantilever Mounting Base, the optic can quickly be installed on a dovetail rail by rotating the Accucam Cam Lever to the locked position. It can then be quickly removed by rotating the Accucam Cam Lever to the unlocked position. The unique cam design is fully adjustable to fit both Weaver and MIL-STD-1913 dovetails, and allows you to adjust the tension to accommodate out-of-spec or worn dovetails. In tests, the Accucam Locking Lever System has shown to be repeatable to 1/2 MOA. The unique finger loop design is easily operated, even with a gloved hand and the rounded design is ergonomic and virtually snag-proof. The New GG&G Trijicon TriPower Accucam Quick Detach Cantilever Mounting Base is manufactured from solid billet 6061 T6 aluminum alloy and Type III hard-coat anodized matte black to meet mil-spec. The Accucam mechanism is manufactured from solid billet 4140 steel and manganese phosphated matte black to mil-spec.

EO Tech EOLAD

EO Tech XPS2-2

Pri Front / Rear Flip Up Package

Flip Up Front and Rear sight package. This includes the rear sight that works on the same plane aperature system that allows the operator to choose between two different setting without loosing zero. The front sight is designed like the original barrel mounted flip up front sight. Both sights provide a low profile in the down position. The sights both work the same with lift and lock into the up position and then depressing the detent pin on the side allows sights to be lowered.

Troy Folding HK Style Front Sight

Durability and dead-on accuracy have made Troy Industries Folding BattleSights the hands-down choice of Special Ops and tactical users worldwide. Easy to install and to deploy, with no levers or springs to fumble with, these sights position apertures at exact factory height. A stainless-steel cross-locking system ensures sights remain upright and zeroed under extreme combat conditions. A push of a button folds the sights securely out of the way until you need them again (they fold to a profile of just 0.460). Troy BattleSights feature a zero-canting attachment system for use on all military and aftermarket receivers. No tools required for adjustment. Each click adjusts .50 MOA.

Troy Folding M4 Front Battle Sight

Troy Folding Rear Battle Sight

Chip McCormick Match Drop In Trigger

Chip McCormick single-stage drop in trigger and hammer assembly. No cheap tricks or compromises: Full strength music wire springs for fast lock-time & reliable discharge with factory or military ammo. Fully machined tolerances of +/-.001" and through hardened, the S-7 tool steel hammer, trigger, disconnector and pins are made with the highest grade, hardest, longest wearing material available. You won't get this kind of quality, performance and service life with inferior surface hardened cast parts! Housing is 410 stainless steel. Factory tuned for a better than average match grade trigger pull with minimum take-up and over-travel. Typical quality Chip McCormick is famous for! Fits Mil-Spec receivers. Self contained parts slide easily into receiver and pin into position. The easiest, fastest way to get an AR trigger job! These completely self-contained trigger group assemblies are factory tuned for a super match grade trigger pull with minimum take-up and overtravel. The innovative design provides unprecedented control, ergonomics and consistency. Constructed of a stainless steel outer casing and steel internal parts for dependable operation. Pre-set trigger pull is 3 to 3-1/2 lbs. Trigger drops in, but may need to be function checked by a qualified gunsmith. May require minor fitting. Fits Small Pin (.154") AR-15 only.

PRI LP Gas Block

Low Profile Gas Block is a must have for anyone that wants to use there AR-15 with a scope or would like to install an oversized handguard that covers gas block.

Daniel Defense A4 Upper Reciever

The A4 Upper Receiver is precisely machined from a 7075 aluminum forging and is Type III Hard Coat anodized. The A4 uppers have Feed Ramps cut in them for more reliable feeding. This upper comes complete with forward assist and Ejection Port Cover.